kpriv/pkgsrc
1
0
Fork 0
Code Issues Pull requests Projects Releases Packages Wiki Activity
pkgsrc/mk/bsd.pkg.mk

4252 lines
138 KiB
Makefile
Raw Normal View History

quote args to pkg_info, to prevent some shell trying to interpret them.
2002-09-16 12:04:39 +02:00
# $NetBSD: bsd.pkg.mk,v 1.1048 2002/09/16 10:04:39 hubertf Exp $
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
#
move documentation to packages.7. also, remove ts=4 crap.
1998-06-05 14:45:53 +02:00
# This file is in the public domain.
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
#
move documentation to packages.7. also, remove ts=4 crap.
1998-06-05 14:45:53 +02:00
# This file is derived from bsd.port.mk - 940820 Jordan K. Hubbard.
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
#
move documentation to packages.7. also, remove ts=4 crap.
1998-06-05 14:45:53 +02:00
# Please see the NetBSD packages(7) manual page for details on the
# that variables used in this make file template.
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
# Default sequence for "all" is: fetch checksum extract patch configure build
#
# Please read the comments in the targets section below, you
# should be able to use the pre-* or post-* targets/scripts
# (which are available for every stage except checksum) or
# override the do-* targets to do pretty much anything you want.
#
# NEVER override the "regular" targets unless you want to open
# a major can of worms.
Implement some parts of proposals posted to tech-pkg: - Define OS_VERSION in bsd.prefs.mk (...if not already defined). Previously was only set in a conditional block in bsd.pkg.mk. - Define new values, MACHINE_PLATFORM and MACHINE_GNU_PLATFORM, which default to ${OPSYS}-${OS_VERSION}-${MACHINE_ARCH} and ${LOWER_OPSYS}-${LOWER_VENDOR}-${LOWER_ARCH} respectively. (Probably should nuke LOWER_ARCH and rename LOWER_VENDOR to something like MACHINE_GNU_VENDOR.) - Use ${MACHINE_GNU_PLATFORM} as the argument to `--host' in GNU_CONFIGURE packages. - Allow for ONLY_FOR_PLATFORM and NOT_FOR_PLATFORM, lists of patterns in csh(1) glob style which are matched against MACHINE_PLATFORM above and take the place of {ONLY,NOT}_FOR_{ARCHS,OPSYS}. (For now, until all pkgs are converted, provide backwards compatibility.) *Both* may be defined, in which case NOT_FOR_PLATFORM takes precedence. - Also do some significant aesthetic cleanup, based on the idea `define platform-specific overrides first, then define a generic case with the ?= operator'. Lots more of this to do yet.
1999-05-24 20:42:00 +02:00
##### Include any preferences, if not already included, and common definitions
.include "../../mk/bsd.prefs.mk"
Add new NOT_FOR_ARCHS variable, that has the reverse logic of ONLY_FOR_ARCHS.
1998-08-28 16:03:48 +02:00
Prevent /etc/mk.conf from being included by BSD-style makefiles used by packages themselves, as /etc/mk.conf may contain harmful settings for package builds. Just to clarify, /etc/mk.conf is still included by the Makefiles in pkgsrc, just not by the Makefiles used to build the software itself. This should fix pkg/15297 by gabriel rosenkoetter <gr@grappa.eclipsed.net>.
2002-01-27 21:01:56 +01:00
##### Prevent /etc/mk.conf from being included by a distribution's BSD-style
##### Makefiles. We really don't want to pick up settings that are used by
##### builds in /usr/src, e.g. DESTDIR.
MAKE_ENV+= MAKECONF=/dev/null
Rewrite handling of "AUTOMAKE_OVERRIDE" so that files get touched in the desired order and in an order based on who the filesystem orders things.
2002-01-06 03:03:40 +01:00
##### Pass information about desired toolchain to package build.
.if defined(USETOOLS)
MAKE_ENV+= USETOOLS="${USETOOLS}"
.endif
Pass ${OBJECT_FMT} into a package's make environment, to permit BSD-make packages to build correctly on "transitional" systems, where the user may have ${OBJECT_FMT} set in ${MAKECONF} to either a.out or ELF. On such systems, you need something like this just to build the "pkg_install" package. Closes PR pkg/16213.
2002-05-26 17:00:25 +02:00
##### Some NetBSD platforms permitted the user to set the binary format while
##### they were in the process of transitioning to ELF. Packages with BSD-style
##### make systems need this setting to be passed in.
.if defined(OBJECT_FMT)
MAKE_ENV+= OBJECT_FMT="${OBJECT_FMT}"
.endif
Add a new mechanism for handling "crypto" packages, as discussed on tech-pkg. Setting either USE_SSL or CRYPTO in the package's Makefile will permit the package to build or not, depending on the setting of MKCRYPTO (set to yes by default).
2000-09-09 20:45:16 +02:00
##### Build crypto packages by default.
MKCRYPTO?= yes
Implement some parts of proposals posted to tech-pkg: - Define OS_VERSION in bsd.prefs.mk (...if not already defined). Previously was only set in a conditional block in bsd.pkg.mk. - Define new values, MACHINE_PLATFORM and MACHINE_GNU_PLATFORM, which default to ${OPSYS}-${OS_VERSION}-${MACHINE_ARCH} and ${LOWER_OPSYS}-${LOWER_VENDOR}-${LOWER_ARCH} respectively. (Probably should nuke LOWER_ARCH and rename LOWER_VENDOR to something like MACHINE_GNU_VENDOR.) - Use ${MACHINE_GNU_PLATFORM} as the argument to `--host' in GNU_CONFIGURE packages. - Allow for ONLY_FOR_PLATFORM and NOT_FOR_PLATFORM, lists of patterns in csh(1) glob style which are matched against MACHINE_PLATFORM above and take the place of {ONLY,NOT}_FOR_{ARCHS,OPSYS}. (For now, until all pkgs are converted, provide backwards compatibility.) *Both* may be defined, in which case NOT_FOR_PLATFORM takes precedence. - Also do some significant aesthetic cleanup, based on the idea `define platform-specific overrides first, then define a generic case with the ?= operator'. Lots more of this to do yet.
1999-05-24 20:42:00 +02:00
CLEANDEPENDS?= NO
Let "make deinstall" remove any version installed, not only the one currently in pkgsrc. Enabled unconditionally by request of several people.
1999-08-21 03:17:59 +02:00
DEINSTALLDEPENDS?= NO # add -R to pkg_delete
Add 'update' target to update a package and all depending packages.
1999-08-30 00:13:01 +02:00
REINSTALL?= NO # reinstall upon update
* add CHECK_SHLIBS variable that can be set to "no" in emul/compat packages, to precent check-shlibs from discovering that ldd(8) can't deal with e.g. Linux binaries * On "make reinstall", make sure the package gets deinstalled first. No more 'make deinstall ; make reinstall'.
2000-08-31 04:32:32 +02:00
CHECK_SHLIBS?= YES # run check-shlibs after install
Correct comment on SHLIB_HANDLING
2001-01-05 19:03:14 +01:00
SHLIB_HANDLING?= YES # do automatic shared lib handling
Change the "update" target so it becomes more useful (and less dangerous!). Here is a summary of the changed behaviour: * A "make update" will no longer clean the subtree before running. * If called a second time, it will resume package installation, in case a previous "make update" was interrupted for some reason. (just make sure you don't call "make clean" in between ;-) * Unless "NOCLEAN" is set, "make update" will clean up the subtree after successfully updating _all_ packages (to avoid a dirty directory structure for future makes). * A "clean-update" target has been introduced to clean up the subtree that gets updated. This should be used prior to an initial "make update" if you suspect that one of the packages that get updated may be dirty. XXX: this still does not automatically check for or update any obsolete ´upstream' packages (e.g., if gtk depends on glib, a "make update" in the gtk directory won't automatically update glib, you have to do it the other way round).
1999-10-31 20:43:02 +01:00
NOCLEAN?= NO # don't clean up after update
Implement some parts of proposals posted to tech-pkg: - Define OS_VERSION in bsd.prefs.mk (...if not already defined). Previously was only set in a conditional block in bsd.pkg.mk. - Define new values, MACHINE_PLATFORM and MACHINE_GNU_PLATFORM, which default to ${OPSYS}-${OS_VERSION}-${MACHINE_ARCH} and ${LOWER_OPSYS}-${LOWER_VENDOR}-${LOWER_ARCH} respectively. (Probably should nuke LOWER_ARCH and rename LOWER_VENDOR to something like MACHINE_GNU_VENDOR.) - Use ${MACHINE_GNU_PLATFORM} as the argument to `--host' in GNU_CONFIGURE packages. - Allow for ONLY_FOR_PLATFORM and NOT_FOR_PLATFORM, lists of patterns in csh(1) glob style which are matched against MACHINE_PLATFORM above and take the place of {ONLY,NOT}_FOR_{ARCHS,OPSYS}. (For now, until all pkgs are converted, provide backwards compatibility.) *Both* may be defined, in which case NOT_FOR_PLATFORM takes precedence. - Also do some significant aesthetic cleanup, based on the idea `define platform-specific overrides first, then define a generic case with the ?= operator'. Lots more of this to do yet.
1999-05-24 20:42:00 +02:00
Modify all references to PKGSRCDIR to _PKGSRCDIR, except in the external references of the pkglint package. _PKGSRCDIR is an internal definition in bsd.pkg.mk, and a few packages which would like to refer to other packages in the build tree. It should not be set by users, but neither should it stop a user from building a package if it is defined, so make it obvious that this is the case.
2001-12-15 21:25:34 +01:00
_PKGSRCDIR?= ${.CURDIR:C|/[^/]*/[^/]*$||}
Allow overriding PKGSRCDIR and PKGPATH
2000-07-06 17:37:49 +02:00
PKGPATH?= ${.CURDIR:C|.*/([^/]*/[^/]*)$|\1|}
Oops; use ?= for PKGBASE and PKGVERSION, so pkgs can derive their PKGNAMEs from them.
2000-06-03 21:03:20 +02:00
PKGBASE?= ${PKGNAME:C/-[^-]*$//}
PKGVERSION?= ${PKGNAME:C/^.*-//}
Fix NEED_NCURSES handling: Let's take timidity, which needs ncurses and tk. By setting NEED_NCURSES=1 and adding it to MAKEFLAGS, all other required pkgs automagically depend on ncurses - tk, tcl (which is slurped in by tk), ...
2000-11-21 01:16:43 +01:00
PKGWILDCARD?= ${PKGBASE}-[0-9]*
Add PKGPATH, PKGBASE, PKGVERSION and PKGWILDCARD make(1) variables, so that the substitution hacks are all done in one place. Protect a few things with double quotes just to be safe. Fix `readme' target that was left broken in last commit.
2000-06-03 20:51:34 +02:00
Modify all references to PKGSRCDIR to _PKGSRCDIR, except in the external references of the pkglint package. _PKGSRCDIR is an internal definition in bsd.pkg.mk, and a few packages which would like to refer to other packages in the build tree. It should not be set by users, but neither should it stop a user from building a package if it is defined, so make it obvious that this is the case.
2001-12-15 21:25:34 +01:00
DISTDIR?= ${_PKGSRCDIR}/distfiles
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
_DISTDIR?= ${DISTDIR}/${DIST_SUBDIR}
Modify all references to PKGSRCDIR to _PKGSRCDIR, except in the external references of the pkglint package. _PKGSRCDIR is an internal definition in bsd.pkg.mk, and a few packages which would like to refer to other packages in the build tree. It should not be set by users, but neither should it stop a user from building a package if it is defined, so make it obvious that this is the case.
2001-12-15 21:25:34 +01:00
PACKAGES?= ${_PKGSRCDIR}/packages
TEMPLATES?= ${_PKGSRCDIR}/templates
- Add OpenBSD and FreeBSD Ids in the header - Changes from FreeBSD's V1.164: * Warn if mtree-file not found * On 'make reinstall' gets DEPENDS_TARGET set to 'reinstall' instead of 'install' - Changes from OpenBSD's V1.14: * Documentation and implementation for ONLY_FOR_ARCHS * Documentation and implementation for WRKOBJDIR * Documentation on HAVE_MOTIF and MOTIF_STATIC: set in /etc/mk.conf, not /etc/make.conf * Set NOMANCOMPRESS=no to still compress man-pages (should probably be set to 'yes') * DEF_UMASK=022 * add ${MACHINE} suffix to WRKDIR if OBJMACHINE is set * .include <bsd.own.mk>
1997-09-28 02:44:15 +02:00
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
PATCHDIR?= ${.CURDIR}/patches
SCRIPTDIR?= ${.CURDIR}/scripts
FILESDIR?= ${.CURDIR}/files
Convert some spaces to tabs.
2001-11-14 22:38:29 +01:00
PKGDIR?= ${.CURDIR}
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
Deprecate IS_INTERACTIVE, and introduce a finer-grained INTERACTIVE_STAGE definition. INTERACTIVE_STAGE can take any of the values: fetch, configure, build and install Multiple values are allowed: e.g. INTERACTIVE_STAGE= configure install Explain INTERACTIVE_STAGE and its use in documentation. Patches provided by Chris Pinnock (cjep@netbsd.org).
2002-07-02 13:26:05 +02:00
INTERACTIVE_STAGE?= none
Add a USE_JAVA= variable for packages which use java, and a PKG_JVM variable for users to choose their own JVM. USE_JAVA sets up DEPENDS and $JAVA_HOME appropriately, based on PKG_JVM. Currently sane values of PKG_JVM are `jdk' and `kaffe', where the default is `jdk' on NetBSD-*-i386, and `kaffe' elsewhere.
2000-01-13 18:40:42 +01:00
.if defined(USE_JAVA)
BUILD_DEFS+= PKG_JVM JAVA_HOME
Change indentation (whitespace changes only!): .if .if .if . if .else => . else .endif . endif .endif .endif Patch contributed by Marc Espie <espie@liafa.jussieu.fr> in preparation of merging latest changes with the OpenPackages project. Thanks Marc!
2001-07-19 00:43:32 +02:00
. if !defined(PKG_JVM)
. if ${MACHINE_PLATFORM:MNetBSD-*-i386} != "" || \
${MACHINE_PLATFORM:MLinux-*-i386} != ""
Add a USE_JAVA= variable for packages which use java, and a PKG_JVM variable for users to choose their own JVM. USE_JAVA sets up DEPENDS and $JAVA_HOME appropriately, based on PKG_JVM. Currently sane values of PKG_JVM are `jdk' and `kaffe', where the default is `jdk' on NetBSD-*-i386, and `kaffe' elsewhere.
2000-01-13 18:40:42 +01:00
PKG_JVM?= jdk
Change indentation (whitespace changes only!): .if .if .if . if .else => . else .endif . endif .endif .endif Patch contributed by Marc Espie <espie@liafa.jussieu.fr> in preparation of merging latest changes with the OpenPackages project. Thanks Marc!
2001-07-19 00:43:32 +02:00
. elif ${MACHINE_PLATFORM:MNetBSD-*-powerpc} != ""
Added default JVM for PowerPC: blackdown-jdk13. Approved by Jim Wise.
2001-03-26 23:36:02 +02:00
PKG_JVM?= blackdown-jdk13
Register lang/sun{jre,jdk}13 as stub packages on Darwin, pointing to the included 1.3.1 JDK. Teach USE_JAVA about this. Approved by jwise and agc.
2002-06-30 17:01:47 +02:00
. elif ${MACHINE_PLATFORM:MDarwin-*-*} != ""
PKG_JVM?= sun-jdk
Change indentation (whitespace changes only!): .if .if .if . if .else => . else .endif . endif .endif .endif Patch contributed by Marc Espie <espie@liafa.jussieu.fr> in preparation of merging latest changes with the OpenPackages project. Thanks Marc!
2001-07-19 00:43:32 +02:00
. else
Add a USE_JAVA= variable for packages which use java, and a PKG_JVM variable for users to choose their own JVM. USE_JAVA sets up DEPENDS and $JAVA_HOME appropriately, based on PKG_JVM. Currently sane values of PKG_JVM are `jdk' and `kaffe', where the default is `jdk' on NetBSD-*-i386, and `kaffe' elsewhere.
2000-01-13 18:40:42 +01:00
PKG_JVM?= kaffe
Change indentation (whitespace changes only!): .if .if .if . if .else => . else .endif . endif .endif .endif Patch contributed by Marc Espie <espie@liafa.jussieu.fr> in preparation of merging latest changes with the OpenPackages project. Thanks Marc!
2001-07-19 00:43:32 +02:00
. endif
. endif
Invert the test for USE_JAVA. It now takes an optional value of "run" (instead of "build"). The rationale is that USE_JAVA= is "bigger" than USE_JAVA=run in the sense that the former adds another dependency. For packages that don't need the extra dependency, we can trim it off by setting USE_JAVA more thoughtfully.
2002-07-30 00:15:02 +02:00
. if (${USE_JAVA} == "run")
Change the semantics of the USE_JAVA variable. USE_JAVA may now take an optional value of "build" to represent that the package needs a JDK for a build dependency in addition to the usual run dependency on a JVM.
2002-07-29 23:45:22 +02:00
_JDK_DEPMETHOD= _UNUSED_DEPENDS
Invert the test for USE_JAVA. It now takes an optional value of "run" (instead of "build"). The rationale is that USE_JAVA= is "bigger" than USE_JAVA=run in the sense that the former adds another dependency. For packages that don't need the extra dependency, we can trim it off by setting USE_JAVA more thoughtfully.
2002-07-30 00:15:02 +02:00
. else
_JDK_DEPMETHOD= BUILD_DEPENDS
Change the semantics of the USE_JAVA variable. USE_JAVA may now take an optional value of "build" to represent that the package needs a JDK for a build dependency in addition to the usual run dependency on a JVM.
2002-07-29 23:45:22 +02:00
. endif
Change indentation (whitespace changes only!): .if .if .if . if .else => . else .endif . endif .endif .endif Patch contributed by Marc Espie <espie@liafa.jussieu.fr> in preparation of merging latest changes with the OpenPackages project. Thanks Marc!
2001-07-19 00:43:32 +02:00
. if ${PKG_JVM} == "jdk"
* Rename _JAVA_PKGNAME to _JAVA_PKGBASE which more accurately reflects its contents. * Each PKG_JVM needs its own special _JAVA_PREFIX_DEFAULT hardcoded as there's no way to discern the subdirectory of ${LOCALBASE}/java in which the PKG_JVM is installed. * If PKG_JVM == "sun-jdk", allow either sun-jdk13 or sun-jdk14 to be used, preferring whichever one is already installed, but otherwise using the best default for a given platform.
2002-07-31 16:48:03 +02:00
_JAVA_PKGBASE= jdk
_JAVA_PREFIX_DEFAULT= ${LOCALBASE}/java/jdk-1.1.8
Now that multiple JDKs can be installed, provide a working default JAVA_HOME for the given PKG_JVM. Include tools.jar on the CLASSPATH if it exists. From discussion with jlam. Approved by jwise.
2002-07-29 22:54:28 +02:00
_JAVA_HOME= ${_JAVA_PREFIX}
We've changed DEPENDS=foo-* into DEPENDS=foo-[0-9]* everywhere else but here, so correct that oversight.
2002-01-28 20:00:05 +01:00
DEPENDS+= jdk-[0-9]*:../../lang/jdk
Add and enable sun-jdk14 as an option for PKG_JVM: If no PKG_JVM is specified, same behaviour as before. If PKG_JVM=sun-jdk, check if on -current or linux and if so, use sun-jdk14, else sun-jdk13. Else believe user when she specified PKG_JVM=sun-jdk13 or PKG_JVM=sun-jdk14.
2002-05-14 20:07:01 +02:00
. elif ${PKG_JVM} == "sun-jdk14"
* Rename _JAVA_PKGNAME to _JAVA_PKGBASE which more accurately reflects its contents. * Each PKG_JVM needs its own special _JAVA_PREFIX_DEFAULT hardcoded as there's no way to discern the subdirectory of ${LOCALBASE}/java in which the PKG_JVM is installed. * If PKG_JVM == "sun-jdk", allow either sun-jdk13 or sun-jdk14 to be used, preferring whichever one is already installed, but otherwise using the best default for a given platform.
2002-07-31 16:48:03 +02:00
_JAVA_PKGBASE= sun-jdk14
_JAVA_PREFIX_DEFAULT= ${LOCALBASE}/java/sun-1.4.0
Now that multiple JDKs can be installed, provide a working default JAVA_HOME for the given PKG_JVM. Include tools.jar on the CLASSPATH if it exists. From discussion with jlam. Approved by jwise.
2002-07-29 22:54:28 +02:00
_JAVA_HOME= ${_JAVA_PREFIX}
Change the semantics of the USE_JAVA variable. USE_JAVA may now take an optional value of "build" to represent that the package needs a JDK for a build dependency in addition to the usual run dependency on a JVM.
2002-07-29 23:45:22 +02:00
${_JDK_DEPMETHOD}+= sun-jdk14-[0-9]*:../../lang/sun-jdk14
Inform USE_JAVA about the new JDK/JRE naming scheme, so that packages that USE_JAVA can work.
2002-07-28 14:51:07 +02:00
DEPENDS+= sun-jre14-[0-9]*:../../lang/sun-jre14
Add 'UNLIMIT_RESOURCES+=datasize' if we are using sun-jdk14. On at least NetBSD/i386 1.6 datasize needs to be at least 192MB to build jakarta-tomcat. Also set it for sun-jdk as that can expand to {sun-jdk13,sun-jdk14}...
2002-08-30 12:46:46 +02:00
UNLIMIT_RESOURCES+= datasize
Add and enable sun-jdk14 as an option for PKG_JVM: If no PKG_JVM is specified, same behaviour as before. If PKG_JVM=sun-jdk, check if on -current or linux and if so, use sun-jdk14, else sun-jdk13. Else believe user when she specified PKG_JVM=sun-jdk13 or PKG_JVM=sun-jdk14.
2002-05-14 20:07:01 +02:00
. elif ${PKG_JVM} == "sun-jdk13"
* Rename _JAVA_PKGNAME to _JAVA_PKGBASE which more accurately reflects its contents. * Each PKG_JVM needs its own special _JAVA_PREFIX_DEFAULT hardcoded as there's no way to discern the subdirectory of ${LOCALBASE}/java in which the PKG_JVM is installed. * If PKG_JVM == "sun-jdk", allow either sun-jdk13 or sun-jdk14 to be used, preferring whichever one is already installed, but otherwise using the best default for a given platform.
2002-07-31 16:48:03 +02:00
_JAVA_PKGBASE= sun-jdk13
Set JAVA_HOME correctly on Darwin.
2002-08-01 15:25:26 +02:00
. if ${OPSYS} == "Darwin"
_JAVA_PREFIX_DEFAULT= /usr
. else
* Rename _JAVA_PKGNAME to _JAVA_PKGBASE which more accurately reflects its contents. * Each PKG_JVM needs its own special _JAVA_PREFIX_DEFAULT hardcoded as there's no way to discern the subdirectory of ${LOCALBASE}/java in which the PKG_JVM is installed. * If PKG_JVM == "sun-jdk", allow either sun-jdk13 or sun-jdk14 to be used, preferring whichever one is already installed, but otherwise using the best default for a given platform.
2002-07-31 16:48:03 +02:00
_JAVA_PREFIX_DEFAULT= ${LOCALBASE}/java/sun-1.3.1
Set JAVA_HOME correctly on Darwin.
2002-08-01 15:25:26 +02:00
. endif
Now that multiple JDKs can be installed, provide a working default JAVA_HOME for the given PKG_JVM. Include tools.jar on the CLASSPATH if it exists. From discussion with jlam. Approved by jwise.
2002-07-29 22:54:28 +02:00
_JAVA_HOME= ${_JAVA_PREFIX}
Change the semantics of the USE_JAVA variable. USE_JAVA may now take an optional value of "build" to represent that the package needs a JDK for a build dependency in addition to the usual run dependency on a JVM.
2002-07-29 23:45:22 +02:00
${_JDK_DEPMETHOD}+= sun-jdk13-[0-9]*:../../lang/sun-jdk13
Inform USE_JAVA about the new JDK/JRE naming scheme, so that packages that USE_JAVA can work.
2002-07-28 14:51:07 +02:00
DEPENDS+= sun-jre13-[0-9]*:../../lang/sun-jre13
Change indentation (whitespace changes only!): .if .if .if . if .else => . else .endif . endif .endif .endif Patch contributed by Marc Espie <espie@liafa.jussieu.fr> in preparation of merging latest changes with the OpenPackages project. Thanks Marc!
2001-07-19 00:43:32 +02:00
. elif ${PKG_JVM} == "sun-jdk"
Add and enable sun-jdk14 as an option for PKG_JVM: If no PKG_JVM is specified, same behaviour as before. If PKG_JVM=sun-jdk, check if on -current or linux and if so, use sun-jdk14, else sun-jdk13. Else believe user when she specified PKG_JVM=sun-jdk13 or PKG_JVM=sun-jdk14.
2002-05-14 20:07:01 +02:00
. if ${MACHINE_PLATFORM:MNetBSD-1.5Z[A-Z]-i386} != "" || \
On -current, let PKG_JVM default to the same as on 1.6. I should have done this when I added sun's jdk 1.4 originally, but did not account for version names like 1.6[A-Z].
2002-07-20 19:01:09 +02:00
${MACHINE_PLATFORM:MNetBSD-1.[6-9]*-i386} != "" || \
Add and enable sun-jdk14 as an option for PKG_JVM: If no PKG_JVM is specified, same behaviour as before. If PKG_JVM=sun-jdk, check if on -current or linux and if so, use sun-jdk14, else sun-jdk13. Else believe user when she specified PKG_JVM=sun-jdk13 or PKG_JVM=sun-jdk14.
2002-05-14 20:07:01 +02:00
${MACHINE_PLATFORM:MLinux-*-i386} != ""
Fix _JAVA_PKGBASE definition in "sun-jdk" case so that when used as a pattern with "pkg_info -e <pattern>", we can actually match a full package name.
2002-08-03 21:51:20 +02:00
_JAVA_PKGBASE= sun-jdk1[34]*
* Rename _JAVA_PKGNAME to _JAVA_PKGBASE which more accurately reflects its contents. * Each PKG_JVM needs its own special _JAVA_PREFIX_DEFAULT hardcoded as there's no way to discern the subdirectory of ${LOCALBASE}/java in which the PKG_JVM is installed. * If PKG_JVM == "sun-jdk", allow either sun-jdk13 or sun-jdk14 to be used, preferring whichever one is already installed, but otherwise using the best default for a given platform.
2002-07-31 16:48:03 +02:00
_JAVA_PREFIX_DEFAULT= ${LOCALBASE}/java/sun-1.4.0
Now that multiple JDKs can be installed, provide a working default JAVA_HOME for the given PKG_JVM. Include tools.jar on the CLASSPATH if it exists. From discussion with jlam. Approved by jwise.
2002-07-29 22:54:28 +02:00
_JAVA_HOME= ${_JAVA_PREFIX}
* Rename _JAVA_PKGNAME to _JAVA_PKGBASE which more accurately reflects its contents. * Each PKG_JVM needs its own special _JAVA_PREFIX_DEFAULT hardcoded as there's no way to discern the subdirectory of ${LOCALBASE}/java in which the PKG_JVM is installed. * If PKG_JVM == "sun-jdk", allow either sun-jdk13 or sun-jdk14 to be used, preferring whichever one is already installed, but otherwise using the best default for a given platform.
2002-07-31 16:48:03 +02:00
${_JDK_DEPMETHOD}+= sun-jdk1[34]-[0-9]*:../../lang/sun-jdk14
DEPENDS+= sun-jre1[34]-[0-9]*:../../lang/sun-jre14
Add and enable sun-jdk14 as an option for PKG_JVM: If no PKG_JVM is specified, same behaviour as before. If PKG_JVM=sun-jdk, check if on -current or linux and if so, use sun-jdk14, else sun-jdk13. Else believe user when she specified PKG_JVM=sun-jdk13 or PKG_JVM=sun-jdk14.
2002-05-14 20:07:01 +02:00
. elif ${MACHINE_PLATFORM:MNetBSD-*-i386} != "" || \
Register lang/sun{jre,jdk}13 as stub packages on Darwin, pointing to the included 1.3.1 JDK. Teach USE_JAVA about this. Approved by jwise and agc.
2002-06-30 17:01:47 +02:00
${MACHINE_PLATFORM:MDarwin-*-*} != "" || \
Add and enable sun-jdk14 as an option for PKG_JVM: If no PKG_JVM is specified, same behaviour as before. If PKG_JVM=sun-jdk, check if on -current or linux and if so, use sun-jdk14, else sun-jdk13. Else believe user when she specified PKG_JVM=sun-jdk13 or PKG_JVM=sun-jdk14.
2002-05-14 20:07:01 +02:00
${MACHINE_PLATFORM:MLinux-*-i386} != ""
Fix _JAVA_PKGBASE definition in "sun-jdk" case so that when used as a pattern with "pkg_info -e <pattern>", we can actually match a full package name.
2002-08-03 21:51:20 +02:00
_JAVA_PKGBASE= sun-jdk1[34]*
Set JAVA_HOME correctly on Darwin.
2002-08-01 15:25:26 +02:00
. if ${OPSYS} == "Darwin"
_JAVA_PREFIX_DEFAULT= /usr
. else
* Rename _JAVA_PKGNAME to _JAVA_PKGBASE which more accurately reflects its contents. * Each PKG_JVM needs its own special _JAVA_PREFIX_DEFAULT hardcoded as there's no way to discern the subdirectory of ${LOCALBASE}/java in which the PKG_JVM is installed. * If PKG_JVM == "sun-jdk", allow either sun-jdk13 or sun-jdk14 to be used, preferring whichever one is already installed, but otherwise using the best default for a given platform.
2002-07-31 16:48:03 +02:00
_JAVA_PREFIX_DEFAULT= ${LOCALBASE}/java/sun-1.3.1
Set JAVA_HOME correctly on Darwin.
2002-08-01 15:25:26 +02:00
. endif
Now that multiple JDKs can be installed, provide a working default JAVA_HOME for the given PKG_JVM. Include tools.jar on the CLASSPATH if it exists. From discussion with jlam. Approved by jwise.
2002-07-29 22:54:28 +02:00
_JAVA_HOME= ${_JAVA_PREFIX}
* Rename _JAVA_PKGNAME to _JAVA_PKGBASE which more accurately reflects its contents. * Each PKG_JVM needs its own special _JAVA_PREFIX_DEFAULT hardcoded as there's no way to discern the subdirectory of ${LOCALBASE}/java in which the PKG_JVM is installed. * If PKG_JVM == "sun-jdk", allow either sun-jdk13 or sun-jdk14 to be used, preferring whichever one is already installed, but otherwise using the best default for a given platform.
2002-07-31 16:48:03 +02:00
${_JDK_DEPMETHOD}+= sun-jdk1[34]-[0-9]*:../../lang/sun-jdk13
DEPENDS+= sun-jre1[34]-[0-9]*:../../lang/sun-jre13
Add and enable sun-jdk14 as an option for PKG_JVM: If no PKG_JVM is specified, same behaviour as before. If PKG_JVM=sun-jdk, check if on -current or linux and if so, use sun-jdk14, else sun-jdk13. Else believe user when she specified PKG_JVM=sun-jdk13 or PKG_JVM=sun-jdk14.
2002-05-14 20:07:01 +02:00
. endif
Add 'UNLIMIT_RESOURCES+=datasize' if we are using sun-jdk14. On at least NetBSD/i386 1.6 datasize needs to be at least 192MB to build jakarta-tomcat. Also set it for sun-jdk as that can expand to {sun-jdk13,sun-jdk14}...
2002-08-30 12:46:46 +02:00
UNLIMIT_RESOURCES+= datasize
Change indentation (whitespace changes only!): .if .if .if . if .else => . else .endif . endif .endif .endif Patch contributed by Marc Espie <espie@liafa.jussieu.fr> in preparation of merging latest changes with the OpenPackages project. Thanks Marc!
2001-07-19 00:43:32 +02:00
. elif ${PKG_JVM} == "blackdown-jdk13"
* Rename _JAVA_PKGNAME to _JAVA_PKGBASE which more accurately reflects its contents. * Each PKG_JVM needs its own special _JAVA_PREFIX_DEFAULT hardcoded as there's no way to discern the subdirectory of ${LOCALBASE}/java in which the PKG_JVM is installed. * If PKG_JVM == "sun-jdk", allow either sun-jdk13 or sun-jdk14 to be used, preferring whichever one is already installed, but otherwise using the best default for a given platform.
2002-07-31 16:48:03 +02:00
_JAVA_PKGBASE= blackdown-jdk13
_JAVA_PREFIX_DEFAULT= ${LOCALBASE}
Now that multiple JDKs can be installed, provide a working default JAVA_HOME for the given PKG_JVM. Include tools.jar on the CLASSPATH if it exists. From discussion with jlam. Approved by jwise.
2002-07-29 22:54:28 +02:00
_JAVA_HOME= ${_JAVA_PREFIX}/java/blackdown-1.3.1
Change the semantics of the USE_JAVA variable. USE_JAVA may now take an optional value of "build" to represent that the package needs a JDK for a build dependency in addition to the usual run dependency on a JVM.
2002-07-29 23:45:22 +02:00
${_JDK_DEPMETHOD}+= blackdown-jdk13-[0-9]*:../../lang/blackdown-jdk13
Inform USE_JAVA about the new JDK/JRE naming scheme, so that packages that USE_JAVA can work.
2002-07-28 14:51:07 +02:00
DEPENDS+= blackdown-jre13-[0-9]*:../../lang/blackdown-jre13
Change indentation (whitespace changes only!): .if .if .if . if .else => . else .endif . endif .endif .endif Patch contributed by Marc Espie <espie@liafa.jussieu.fr> in preparation of merging latest changes with the OpenPackages project. Thanks Marc!
2001-07-19 00:43:32 +02:00
. elif ${PKG_JVM} == "kaffe"
* Rename _JAVA_PKGNAME to _JAVA_PKGBASE which more accurately reflects its contents. * Each PKG_JVM needs its own special _JAVA_PREFIX_DEFAULT hardcoded as there's no way to discern the subdirectory of ${LOCALBASE}/java in which the PKG_JVM is installed. * If PKG_JVM == "sun-jdk", allow either sun-jdk13 or sun-jdk14 to be used, preferring whichever one is already installed, but otherwise using the best default for a given platform.
2002-07-31 16:48:03 +02:00
_JAVA_PKGBASE= kaffe
_JAVA_PREFIX_DEFAULT= ${LOCALBASE}
_JAVA_HOME= ${_JAVA_PREFIX}/java/kaffe
Use relative paths when adding magic dependencies for USE_* variables.
2000-06-03 22:03:37 +02:00
DEPENDS+= kaffe-[0-9]*:../../lang/kaffe
Change indentation (whitespace changes only!): .if .if .if . if .else => . else .endif . endif .endif .endif Patch contributed by Marc Espie <espie@liafa.jussieu.fr> in preparation of merging latest changes with the OpenPackages project. Thanks Marc!
2001-07-19 00:43:32 +02:00
. endif
Change the semantics of the USE_JAVA variable. USE_JAVA may now take an optional value of "build" to represent that the package needs a JDK for a build dependency in addition to the usual run dependency on a JVM.
2002-07-29 23:45:22 +02:00
. undef _UNUSED_DEPENDS
* Rename _JAVA_PKGNAME to _JAVA_PKGBASE which more accurately reflects its contents. * Each PKG_JVM needs its own special _JAVA_PREFIX_DEFAULT hardcoded as there's no way to discern the subdirectory of ${LOCALBASE}/java in which the PKG_JVM is installed. * If PKG_JVM == "sun-jdk", allow either sun-jdk13 or sun-jdk14 to be used, preferring whichever one is already installed, but otherwise using the best default for a given platform.
2002-07-31 16:48:03 +02:00
EVAL_PREFIX+= _JAVA_PREFIX=${_JAVA_PKGBASE}
Improve Java handling via "USE_JAVA" option: - The "sun-jre" and "sun-jdk" packages can now be directly selected by setting "PKG_JVM" to "sun-jdk". "JAVA_HOME" is set to "${LOCALBASE}/java/jre/bin" in this case which fixes PR pkg/11901 by myself. - Only set "CLASSPATH" to "${JAVA_HOME}/lib/classes.zip" if that file really exists.
2001-07-13 13:28:23 +02:00
MAKE_ENV+= JAVA_HOME=${JAVA_HOME}
CONFIGURE_ENV+= JAVA_HOME=${JAVA_HOME}
SCRIPTS_ENV+= JAVA_HOME=${JAVA_HOME}
Fix problem where CLASSPATH was not being added to MAKE_ENV, CONFIGURE_ENV, or SCRIPTS_ENV in non-native jdk case.
2002-04-19 19:14:44 +02:00
MAKE_ENV+= CLASSPATH=${CLASSPATH}
CONFIGURE_ENV+= CLASSPATH=${CLASSPATH}
SCRIPTS_ENV+= CLASSPATH=${CLASSPATH}
Add a USE_JAVA= variable for packages which use java, and a PKG_JVM variable for users to choose their own JVM. USE_JAVA sets up DEPENDS and $JAVA_HOME appropriately, based on PKG_JVM. Currently sane values of PKG_JVM are `jdk' and `kaffe', where the default is `jdk' on NetBSD-*-i386, and `kaffe' elsewhere.
2000-01-13 18:40:42 +01:00
.endif
Merge pkgsrc/mk from the buildlink2 branch back into the main trunk.
2002-08-22 10:21:26 +02:00
# Set the default BUILDLINK_DIR, BUILDLINK_X11PKG_DIR, BUILDLINK_X11_DIR so
# that if no buildlink.mk files are included, then they still point to
# where headers and libraries for installed packages and X11R6 may be found.
Set the default BUILDLINK_X11_DIR to ${X11BASE} so that in the absence of x11.buildlink.mk, it still points to a working X11R6 hierarchy.
2001-08-23 06:21:02 +02:00
#
Set a default value for BUILDLINK_DIR so that if no buildlink.mk files are included, then it still points to a sensible location (${LOCALBASE}).
2001-11-11 10:46:51 +01:00
BUILDLINK_DIR?= ${LOCALBASE}
Merge pkgsrc/mk from the buildlink2 branch back into the main trunk.
2002-08-22 10:21:26 +02:00
BUILDLINK_X11PKG_DIR?= ${X11BASE}
Set the default BUILDLINK_X11_DIR to ${X11BASE} so that in the absence of x11.buildlink.mk, it still points to a working X11R6 hierarchy.
2001-08-23 06:21:02 +02:00
BUILDLINK_X11_DIR?= ${X11BASE}
Document the new Motif-related variables. Deprecate USE_MOTIF in favor of including motif.buildlink.mk, which contains more sophisticated and complete logic for detecting the various Motif options that may be installed. Though deprecated, USE_MOTIF is still recognized, though it does no more than include motif.buildlink.mk.
2001-09-14 03:52:40 +02:00
.if defined(USE_IMAKE) || defined(USE_X11BASE)
Change indentation (whitespace changes only!): .if .if .if . if .else => . else .endif . endif .endif .endif Patch contributed by Marc Espie <espie@liafa.jussieu.fr> in preparation of merging latest changes with the OpenPackages project. Thanks Marc!
2001-07-19 00:43:32 +02:00
. if exists(${LOCALBASE}/lib/X11/config/xpkgwedge.def) || \
exists(${X11BASE}/lib/X11/config/xpkgwedge.def)
Bump build-dependency on xpkgwedge to >=1.5, and add a build-dependency on buildlink-x11 if USE_BUILDLINK_ONLY is defined. Pass all of CPPFLAGS/CFLAGS/CXXFLAGS/LDFLAGS to buildlink-x11 through PKGSRC_* versions of those values. Also add preliminary support for USE_BUILDLINK_X11 for buildlinking X11R6 instead of USE_X11 (hi zuntum!).
2001-07-02 23:06:51 +02:00
BUILD_DEPENDS+= xpkgwedge>=1.5:../../pkgtools/xpkgwedge
Merge pkgsrc/mk from the buildlink2 branch back into the main trunk.
2002-08-22 10:21:26 +02:00
BUILDLINK_X11PKG_DIR= ${LOCALBASE}
Change indentation (whitespace changes only!): .if .if .if . if .else => . else .endif . endif .endif .endif Patch contributed by Marc Espie <espie@liafa.jussieu.fr> in preparation of merging latest changes with the OpenPackages project. Thanks Marc!
2001-07-19 00:43:32 +02:00
. endif
Motif-checking code broke when X11PREFIX == X11BASE and both lesstif and lesstif12 were installed, and set MOTIFBASE to the wrong value when USE_MOTIF12 was set. Fix this by checking for 1.2/2.0 headers when setting MOTIFBASE. Also, use just X11PREFIX instead of extra checks for X11PREFIX == LOCALBASE throughout bsd.pkg.mk.
2000-07-31 04:49:47 +02:00
PREFIX= ${X11PREFIX}
- Introduce CROSSBASE and a USE_CROSSBASE option, for use with pkgs from the "cross" subdirectory. Defaults to ${LOCALBASE}/cross. - PREFIX is not user settable. Do not conditionally set it such that environment variables and mk.conf can override it. Issue an error if PREFIX is attempted to be set from mk.conf, environment, or command line.
1998-08-11 21:30:48 +02:00
.elif defined(USE_CROSSBASE)
PREFIX= ${CROSSBASE}
Set NO_MTREE= for a USE_CROSSBASE pkg.
1998-08-12 03:30:13 +02:00
NO_MTREE= yes
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
.else
- Introduce CROSSBASE and a USE_CROSSBASE option, for use with pkgs from the "cross" subdirectory. Defaults to ${LOCALBASE}/cross. - PREFIX is not user settable. Do not conditionally set it such that environment variables and mk.conf can override it. Issue an error if PREFIX is attempted to be set from mk.conf, environment, or command line.
1998-08-11 21:30:48 +02:00
PREFIX= ${LOCALBASE}
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
.endif
- Integrate xpkgwedge with a switch, USE_LOCALBASE_FOR_X11, which leaves X11BASE alone and, when set, sets PREFIX to LOCALBASE and adds a build dependency on xpkgwedge - Nuke last vestiges of the ${ARCH} variable, and replace it with the binary compatibility identifier ${MACHINE_ARCH}. - Include bsd.prefs.mk early in bsd.pkg.mk. (Needed by xpkgwedge change.) - Look for Motif/lesstif in both X11BASE and LOCALBASE - Add rpath (-Wl,-R) options for MOTIFLIB - Nuke obsolete EXEC_DEPENDS cruft
1998-07-31 16:55:38 +02:00
If USE_IMAKE is set, then ensure that the buildlink-x11 package isn't installed, as it currently breaks builds that use imake. I made an announcement on current-users and tech-pkg on this, but having the make logic place to verify that buildlink-x11 is actually gone is better.
2001-10-04 09:56:06 +02:00
# We need to make sure the buildlink-x11 package is not installed since it
USE_BUILDLINK_X11 is dead too with the removal of pkgtools/buildlink-x11.
2002-08-06 08:11:12 +02:00
# breaks builds that use imake.
If USE_IMAKE is set, then ensure that the buildlink-x11 package isn't installed, as it currently breaks builds that use imake. I made an announcement on current-users and tech-pkg on this, but having the make logic place to verify that buildlink-x11 is actually gone is better.
2001-10-04 09:56:06 +02:00
#
USE_BUILDLINK_X11 is dead too with the removal of pkgtools/buildlink-x11.
2002-08-06 08:11:12 +02:00
.if defined(USE_IMAKE)
If USE_IMAKE is set, then ensure that the buildlink-x11 package isn't installed, as it currently breaks builds that use imake. I made an announcement on current-users and tech-pkg on this, but having the make logic place to verify that buildlink-x11 is actually gone is better.
2001-10-04 09:56:06 +02:00
. if exists(${LOCALBASE}/lib/X11/config/buildlinkX11.def) || \
exists(${X11BASE}/lib/X11/config/buildlinkX11.def)
IGNORE+= "${PKGNAME} uses imake, but the buildlink-x11 package was found." \
" Please deinstall it (pkg_delete buildlink-x11)."
. endif
USE_BUILDLINK_X11 is dead too with the removal of pkgtools/buildlink-x11.
2002-08-06 08:11:12 +02:00
.endif # USE_IMAKE
If USE_IMAKE is set, then ensure that the buildlink-x11 package isn't installed, as it currently breaks builds that use imake. I made an announcement on current-users and tech-pkg on this, but having the make logic place to verify that buildlink-x11 is actually gone is better.
2001-10-04 09:56:06 +02:00
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
.if defined(USE_GMAKE)
Add a new _OPSYS_HAS_GMAKE definition, to denote that the OS has GNU make as standard. Hoist the default definition of ${GMAKE} from bsd.pkg.mk into the different defs.${OPSYS}.mk files. A non-standard location or name for GMAKE can still be specified in /etc/mk.conf.
2001-12-19 11:29:11 +01:00
. if ${_OPSYS_HAS_GMAKE} == "no"
Change BUILD_DEPENDS semantics: first component is now a package name+version/pattern, no more executable/patchname/whatnot. While there, introduce BUILD_USES_MSGFMT as shorthand to pull in devel/gettext unless /usr/bin/msgfmt exists (i.e. on post-1.5 -current). Patch by Alistair Crooks <agc@netbsd.org>
2001-03-27 05:19:43 +02:00
BUILD_DEPENDS+= gmake>=3.78:../../devel/gmake
Add a new _OPSYS_HAS_GMAKE definition, to denote that the OS has GNU make as standard. Hoist the default definition of ${GMAKE} from bsd.pkg.mk into the different defs.${OPSYS}.mk files. A non-standard location or name for GMAKE can still be specified in /etc/mk.conf.
2001-12-19 11:29:11 +01:00
. endif
Let make do the work: + set MAKE_PROGRAM variable in bsd.port.mk to either ${GMAKE} or ${MAKE}, and use it in do-build and do-install targets + if X11 package, and man pages are installed, add install.man to ${INSTALL_TARGET}, rather than using a separate command to do this. Also added CATn= blah.0, similar to MANn= blah.1, which installs pre-formatted man pages, like the ones imake produces.
1997-11-05 14:36:31 +01:00
MAKE_PROGRAM= ${GMAKE}
Fix thinko in last commit.
2001-06-07 17:40:15 +02:00
.else
Add a definition of _IMAKE_MAKE to the individual defs.${OPSYS}.mk files, defined to be the make program which is invoked by imake, and use it accordingly in bsd.pkg.mk
2001-11-21 13:53:04 +01:00
. if defined(USE_IMAKE)
MAKE_PROGRAM= ${_IMAKE_MAKE}
Change indentation (whitespace changes only!): .if .if .if . if .else => . else .endif . endif .endif .endif Patch contributed by Marc Espie <espie@liafa.jussieu.fr> in preparation of merging latest changes with the OpenPackages project. Thanks Marc!
2001-07-19 00:43:32 +02:00
. else
Fix thinko in last commit.
2001-06-07 17:40:15 +02:00
MAKE_PROGRAM= ${MAKE}
Change indentation (whitespace changes only!): .if .if .if . if .else => . else .endif . endif .endif .endif Patch contributed by Marc Espie <espie@liafa.jussieu.fr> in preparation of merging latest changes with the OpenPackages project. Thanks Marc!
2001-07-19 00:43:32 +02:00
. endif
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
.endif
Add MAKE="${MAKE_PROGRAM}" to CONFIGURE_ENV. This ensures that GNU configure scripts are aware of which make program is invoked during the build process.
2001-05-18 04:08:17 +02:00
CONFIGURE_ENV+= MAKE="${MAKE_PROGRAM}"
Implement some parts of proposals posted to tech-pkg: - Define OS_VERSION in bsd.prefs.mk (...if not already defined). Previously was only set in a conditional block in bsd.pkg.mk. - Define new values, MACHINE_PLATFORM and MACHINE_GNU_PLATFORM, which default to ${OPSYS}-${OS_VERSION}-${MACHINE_ARCH} and ${LOWER_OPSYS}-${LOWER_VENDOR}-${LOWER_ARCH} respectively. (Probably should nuke LOWER_ARCH and rename LOWER_VENDOR to something like MACHINE_GNU_VENDOR.) - Use ${MACHINE_GNU_PLATFORM} as the argument to `--host' in GNU_CONFIGURE packages. - Allow for ONLY_FOR_PLATFORM and NOT_FOR_PLATFORM, lists of patterns in csh(1) glob style which are matched against MACHINE_PLATFORM above and take the place of {ONLY,NOT}_FOR_{ARCHS,OPSYS}. (For now, until all pkgs are converted, provide backwards compatibility.) *Both* may be defined, in which case NOT_FOR_PLATFORM takes precedence. - Also do some significant aesthetic cleanup, based on the idea `define platform-specific overrides first, then define a generic case with the ?= operator'. Lots more of this to do yet.
1999-05-24 20:42:00 +02:00
Change USE_KERBEROS to PKG_USE_KERBEROS in pkgsrc. There was a "conflict" which the basesrc USE_KERBEROS variable. Discussed on packages@ This fixes PR#17182 from Takahiro Kambe. The problem was pointed out by FUKAUMI Naoki on a Japanese NetBSD mailing list.
2002-06-15 23:19:59 +02:00
.if defined(PKG_USE_KERBEROS)
Change how Kerberos support is enabled in pkgsrc. Quick guide for compiling packages: - set KERBEROS=4 or KERBEROS=5 in /etc/mk.conf Quick guide for configuring Kerberos support in a package Makefile: - test for KERBEROS value and enable the appropriate version with CONFIGURE_ARGS or other means and set USE_KERBEROS=yes - make sure to disable Kerberos support otherwise (especially if using configure, which might automatically detect it) - BUILD_DEFS and RESTRICTED are set automatically in bsd.pkg.mk when USE_KERBEROS=yes is set
1999-09-14 04:32:21 +02:00
RESTRICTED?= uses Kerberos encryption code
BUILD_DEFS+= KERBEROS
.endif
Add a variable "PERL5_REQD" which can be used to set the minimum required Perl 5 version. The default is "5.0" for now.
2001-04-26 10:35:38 +02:00
PERL5_REQD?= 5.0
* Change the semantics of the USE_PERL5 variable. USE_PERL5 may now take an optional value of "build" to represent that the package only wants a build dependency on perl. * Add a new public variable "PERL5_PKGSRCDIR" that is either "../../lang/perl58" or "../../lang/perl5" depending on whether we need perl>=5.8.0 or not.
2002-07-24 21:42:21 +02:00
PERL5_PKGSRCDIR?= ../../lang/perl5
# _PERL58_PATTERNS contains perl versions >=5.8.0 but before 6.0.
_PERL58_PATTERNS= 5.8.* 5.9* 5.[1-9][0-9]*
# Darwin support was added to perl beginning with release 5.8.0. Tweak the
# value of PERL5_REQD (possible user-supplied) so that it is always at least
# 5.8.0.
#
Allow non-Darwin platforms to build perl58. We're in pkgsrc lockdown down just prior to branching for 1.6, so this should be okay now. I also want to see this built in the bulk-builds for testing purposes.
2002-08-08 08:10:03 +02:00
.if ${OPSYS} == "Darwin"
* Change the semantics of the USE_PERL5 variable. USE_PERL5 may now take an optional value of "build" to represent that the package only wants a build dependency on perl. * Add a new public variable "PERL5_PKGSRCDIR" that is either "../../lang/perl58" or "../../lang/perl5" depending on whether we need perl>=5.8.0 or not.
2002-07-24 21:42:21 +02:00
_PERL58_REQD?= 5.8.0
. for _pattern_ in ${_PERL58_PATTERNS}
. if !empty(PERL5_REQD:M${_pattern_})
_PERL58_REQD:= ${PERL5_REQD}
. endif
. endfor
PERL5_REQD:= ${_PERL58_REQD}
.endif
# For perl>=5.8.0, we need to build perl from ../../lang/perl58.
.for _pattern_ in ${_PERL58_PATTERNS}
. if !empty(PERL5_REQD:M${_pattern_})
PERL5_PKGSRCDIR= ../../lang/perl58
. endif
.endfor
# Convert USE_PERL5 to be two-valued: either "build" or "run" to denote
# whether we want a build-time or run-time dependency on perl.
#
put the PERL5_REQD outside the USE_PERL5 check so packages can do: BUILD_DEPENDS+= perl>=${PERL5_REQD}:../../lang/perl5
2001-05-09 04:13:01 +02:00
.if defined(USE_PERL5)
* Change the semantics of the USE_PERL5 variable. USE_PERL5 may now take an optional value of "build" to represent that the package only wants a build dependency on perl. * Add a new public variable "PERL5_PKGSRCDIR" that is either "../../lang/perl58" or "../../lang/perl5" depending on whether we need perl>=5.8.0 or not.
2002-07-24 21:42:21 +02:00
. if (${USE_PERL5} == "build")
_PERL5_DEPMETHOD= BUILD_DEPENDS
Adapt to using perl-5.8.0. Perl 5.8.0 removes the need for libperl as DynaLoader.a is now an archive of PIC objects.
2002-07-23 00:00:49 +02:00
. else
* Change the semantics of the USE_PERL5 variable. USE_PERL5 may now take an optional value of "build" to represent that the package only wants a build dependency on perl. * Add a new public variable "PERL5_PKGSRCDIR" that is either "../../lang/perl58" or "../../lang/perl5" depending on whether we need perl>=5.8.0 or not.
2002-07-24 21:42:21 +02:00
USE_PERL5:= run
_PERL5_DEPMETHOD= DEPENDS
Adapt to using perl-5.8.0. Perl 5.8.0 removes the need for libperl as DynaLoader.a is now an archive of PIC objects.
2002-07-23 00:00:49 +02:00
. endif
* Change the semantics of the USE_PERL5 variable. USE_PERL5 may now take an optional value of "build" to represent that the package only wants a build dependency on perl. * Add a new public variable "PERL5_PKGSRCDIR" that is either "../../lang/perl58" or "../../lang/perl5" depending on whether we need perl>=5.8.0 or not.
2002-07-24 21:42:21 +02:00
_PERL5_DEPENDS= perl>=${PERL5_REQD}
Don't add the perl dependency if perl5/buildlink2.mk is included as the buildlink2.mk file has it's own logic for how to add the perl dependency.
2002-09-06 10:10:40 +02:00
. if !defined(PERL5_BUILDLINK2_MK)
* Change the semantics of the USE_PERL5 variable. USE_PERL5 may now take an optional value of "build" to represent that the package only wants a build dependency on perl. * Add a new public variable "PERL5_PKGSRCDIR" that is either "../../lang/perl58" or "../../lang/perl5" depending on whether we need perl>=5.8.0 or not.
2002-07-24 21:42:21 +02:00
${_PERL5_DEPMETHOD}+= ${_PERL5_DEPENDS}:${PERL5_PKGSRCDIR}
Don't add the perl dependency if perl5/buildlink2.mk is included as the buildlink2.mk file has it's own logic for how to add the perl dependency.
2002-09-06 10:10:40 +02:00
. endif
* Change the semantics of the USE_PERL5 variable. USE_PERL5 may now take an optional value of "build" to represent that the package only wants a build dependency on perl. * Add a new public variable "PERL5_PKGSRCDIR" that is either "../../lang/perl58" or "../../lang/perl5" depending on whether we need perl>=5.8.0 or not.
2002-07-24 21:42:21 +02:00
.endif
.if defined(USE_PERL5) && (${USE_PERL5} == "run")
Change indentation (whitespace changes only!): .if .if .if . if .else => . else .endif . endif .endif .endif Patch contributed by Marc Espie <espie@liafa.jussieu.fr> in preparation of merging latest changes with the OpenPackages project. Thanks Marc!
2001-07-19 00:43:32 +02:00
. if exists(${PERL5})
. if exists(${LOCALBASE}/share/mk/bsd.perl.mk)
. include "${LOCALBASE}/share/mk/bsd.perl.mk"
. elif !defined(PERL5_SITELIB) || !defined(PERL5_SITEARCH) || !defined(PERL5_ARCHLIB)
Quiet perl invocations in bsd.pkg.mk when the locale isn't properly set in the environment.
2000-10-18 01:56:19 +02:00
PERL5_SITELIB!= eval `${PERL5} -V:installsitelib 2>/dev/null`; \
Migrate some OS-specific variable definitions into OS-specific files. Include it in bsd.prefs.mk to allow their use much earlier in Makefiles, and try to use the variable references instead of directly invoking the programs in bsd.prefs.mk and bsd.pkg.mk where possible.
2001-06-12 14:49:55 +02:00
${ECHO} $${installsitelib}
Quiet perl invocations in bsd.pkg.mk when the locale isn't properly set in the environment.
2000-10-18 01:56:19 +02:00
PERL5_SITEARCH!= eval `${PERL5} -V:installsitearch 2>/dev/null`; \
Migrate some OS-specific variable definitions into OS-specific files. Include it in bsd.prefs.mk to allow their use much earlier in Makefiles, and try to use the variable references instead of directly invoking the programs in bsd.prefs.mk and bsd.pkg.mk where possible.
2001-06-12 14:49:55 +02:00
${ECHO} $${installsitearch}
Quiet perl invocations in bsd.pkg.mk when the locale isn't properly set in the environment.
2000-10-18 01:56:19 +02:00
PERL5_ARCHLIB!= eval `${PERL5} -V:installarchlib 2>/dev/null`; \
Migrate some OS-specific variable definitions into OS-specific files. Include it in bsd.prefs.mk to allow their use much earlier in Makefiles, and try to use the variable references instead of directly invoking the programs in bsd.prefs.mk and bsd.pkg.mk where possible.
2001-06-12 14:49:55 +02:00
${ECHO} $${installarchlib}
Fix errors with not finding perl in another way. Also only compute PERL5_* variables once and pass into MAKEFLAGS, following model of IS_LESSTIF (thanks to hubertf for the suggestion).
2000-08-29 20:48:11 +02:00
MAKEFLAGS+= PERL5_SITELIB=${PERL5_SITELIB}
MAKEFLAGS+= PERL5_SITEARCH=${PERL5_SITEARCH}
MAKEFLAGS+= PERL5_ARCHLIB=${PERL5_ARCHLIB}
Change indentation (whitespace changes only!): .if .if .if . if .else => . else .endif . endif .endif .endif Patch contributed by Marc Espie <espie@liafa.jussieu.fr> in preparation of merging latest changes with the OpenPackages project. Thanks Marc!
2001-07-19 00:43:32 +02:00
. endif # !exists(bsd.perl.mk) && !defined(PERL5_*)
. endif # exists($PERL5)
* Change the semantics of the USE_PERL5 variable. USE_PERL5 may now take an optional value of "build" to represent that the package only wants a build dependency on perl. * Add a new public variable "PERL5_PKGSRCDIR" that is either "../../lang/perl58" or "../../lang/perl5" depending on whether we need perl>=5.8.0 or not.
2002-07-24 21:42:21 +02:00
.endif # USE_PERL5 == run
Implement some parts of proposals posted to tech-pkg: - Define OS_VERSION in bsd.prefs.mk (...if not already defined). Previously was only set in a conditional block in bsd.pkg.mk. - Define new values, MACHINE_PLATFORM and MACHINE_GNU_PLATFORM, which default to ${OPSYS}-${OS_VERSION}-${MACHINE_ARCH} and ${LOWER_OPSYS}-${LOWER_VENDOR}-${LOWER_ARCH} respectively. (Probably should nuke LOWER_ARCH and rename LOWER_VENDOR to something like MACHINE_GNU_VENDOR.) - Use ${MACHINE_GNU_PLATFORM} as the argument to `--host' in GNU_CONFIGURE packages. - Allow for ONLY_FOR_PLATFORM and NOT_FOR_PLATFORM, lists of patterns in csh(1) glob style which are matched against MACHINE_PLATFORM above and take the place of {ONLY,NOT}_FOR_{ARCHS,OPSYS}. (For now, until all pkgs are converted, provide backwards compatibility.) *Both* may be defined, in which case NOT_FOR_PLATFORM takes precedence. - Also do some significant aesthetic cleanup, based on the idea `define platform-specific overrides first, then define a generic case with the ?= operator'. Lots more of this to do yet.
1999-05-24 20:42:00 +02:00
- Add USE_FORTRAN variable. In packages which need a fortran compiler to build, USE_FORTRAN should be set in the package Makefile. The logic added by this commit will choose a fortran compiler to use and set the correct dependency rather than having this selection scattered across each package which needs a fortran compiler. - Add PKG_FC variable. By setting PKG_FC in /etc/mk.conf, users can force the selection of which fortran compiler gets used by the package system. If not specified, PKG_FC defaults to f2c-f77 on pre-1.4 systems that did not include /usr/bin/f77. In addition PKG_FC defaults to f2c-f77 on newer systems since f77 is still somewhat buggy. When /usr/bin/f77 becomes more stable, the default should be changed from f2c-f77 to f77.
1999-11-23 00:42:21 +01:00
.if defined(USE_FORTRAN)
Change indentation (whitespace changes only!): .if .if .if . if .else => . else .endif . endif .endif .endif Patch contributed by Marc Espie <espie@liafa.jussieu.fr> in preparation of merging latest changes with the OpenPackages project. Thanks Marc!
2001-07-19 00:43:32 +02:00
. if !exists(/usr/bin/f77)
- Add USE_FORTRAN variable. In packages which need a fortran compiler to build, USE_FORTRAN should be set in the package Makefile. The logic added by this commit will choose a fortran compiler to use and set the correct dependency rather than having this selection scattered across each package which needs a fortran compiler. - Add PKG_FC variable. By setting PKG_FC in /etc/mk.conf, users can force the selection of which fortran compiler gets used by the package system. If not specified, PKG_FC defaults to f2c-f77 on pre-1.4 systems that did not include /usr/bin/f77. In addition PKG_FC defaults to f2c-f77 on newer systems since f77 is still somewhat buggy. When /usr/bin/f77 becomes more stable, the default should be changed from f2c-f77 to f77.
1999-11-23 00:42:21 +01:00
PKG_FC?= f2c-f77
Change indentation (whitespace changes only!): .if .if .if . if .else => . else .endif . endif .endif .endif Patch contributed by Marc Espie <espie@liafa.jussieu.fr> in preparation of merging latest changes with the OpenPackages project. Thanks Marc!
2001-07-19 00:43:32 +02:00
. endif
- Add USE_FORTRAN variable. In packages which need a fortran compiler to build, USE_FORTRAN should be set in the package Makefile. The logic added by this commit will choose a fortran compiler to use and set the correct dependency rather than having this selection scattered across each package which needs a fortran compiler. - Add PKG_FC variable. By setting PKG_FC in /etc/mk.conf, users can force the selection of which fortran compiler gets used by the package system. If not specified, PKG_FC defaults to f2c-f77 on pre-1.4 systems that did not include /usr/bin/f77. In addition PKG_FC defaults to f2c-f77 on newer systems since f77 is still somewhat buggy. When /usr/bin/f77 becomes more stable, the default should be changed from f2c-f77 to f77.
1999-11-23 00:42:21 +01:00
# it is anticipated that once /usr/bin/f77 is more stable that the following
# default will be changed to f77. However, in the case where there is no
# /usr/bin/f77, the default will remain as f2c-f77.
make f77 be the default fortran compiler instead of f2c-f77 for netbsd>=1.5. f2c was really only needed in 1.4 and earlier days.
2002-05-19 05:42:14 +02:00
.for __tmp__ in 1.[5-9]* [2-9].*
. if ${MACHINE_PLATFORM:MNetBSD-${__tmp__}-*} != ""
PKG_FC?= f77
. endif # MACHINE_PLATFORM
.endfor # __tmp__
PKG_FC?= f2c-f77
Change indentation (whitespace changes only!): .if .if .if . if .else => . else .endif . endif .endif .endif Patch contributed by Marc Espie <espie@liafa.jussieu.fr> in preparation of merging latest changes with the OpenPackages project. Thanks Marc!
2001-07-19 00:43:32 +02:00
. if (${PKG_FC} == "f2c-f77")
when USE_FORTRAN is set and we don't have f77 set, or we've asked for f2c instead of f77, then use a DEPENDS not BUILD_DEPENDS because pkgs need the shared libraries at run time.
2001-04-18 23:50:46 +02:00
# this is a DEPENDS not BUILD_DEPENDS because of the
# shared Fortran libs
Fix USE_FORTRAN in the USE_BUILDLINK2 case.
2002-08-27 19:35:02 +02:00
. if defined(USE_BUILDLINK2)
. include "../../lang/f2c/buildlink2.mk"
. elif defined(USE_BUILDLINK_ONLY)
If USE_BUILDLINK_ONLY is defined, then use f2c/buildlink.mk instead of directly adding a dependency on f2c.
2001-07-26 01:49:41 +02:00
. include "../../lang/f2c/buildlink.mk"
. else
Change some spaces to tabs.
2002-04-29 08:43:34 +02:00
DEPENDS+= f2c>=20001205nb3:../../lang/f2c
If USE_BUILDLINK_ONLY is defined, then use f2c/buildlink.mk instead of directly adding a dependency on f2c.
2001-07-26 01:49:41 +02:00
. endif
Change indentation (whitespace changes only!): .if .if .if . if .else => . else .endif . endif .endif .endif Patch contributed by Marc Espie <espie@liafa.jussieu.fr> in preparation of merging latest changes with the OpenPackages project. Thanks Marc!
2001-07-19 00:43:32 +02:00
. endif
- Add USE_FORTRAN variable. In packages which need a fortran compiler to build, USE_FORTRAN should be set in the package Makefile. The logic added by this commit will choose a fortran compiler to use and set the correct dependency rather than having this selection scattered across each package which needs a fortran compiler. - Add PKG_FC variable. By setting PKG_FC in /etc/mk.conf, users can force the selection of which fortran compiler gets used by the package system. If not specified, PKG_FC defaults to f2c-f77 on pre-1.4 systems that did not include /usr/bin/f77. In addition PKG_FC defaults to f2c-f77 on newer systems since f77 is still somewhat buggy. When /usr/bin/f77 becomes more stable, the default should be changed from f2c-f77 to f77.
1999-11-23 00:42:21 +01:00
FC= ${PKG_FC}
F77= ${PKG_FC}
Set the variables F77 and FFLAGS in the configure environment (CONFIGURE_ENV).
2001-02-02 05:53:31 +01:00
CONFIGURE_ENV+= F77="${F77}"
CONFIGURE_ENV+= FFLAGS="${FFLAGS}"
add "" around ${F77} and ${FC} when adding to MAKE_ENV. This way if someone specifies flags in PKG_FC, they are properly handled.
1999-11-23 15:31:24 +01:00
MAKE_ENV+= F77="${F77}"
MAKE_ENV+= FC="${FC}"
- Add USE_FORTRAN variable. In packages which need a fortran compiler to build, USE_FORTRAN should be set in the package Makefile. The logic added by this commit will choose a fortran compiler to use and set the correct dependency rather than having this selection scattered across each package which needs a fortran compiler. - Add PKG_FC variable. By setting PKG_FC in /etc/mk.conf, users can force the selection of which fortran compiler gets used by the package system. If not specified, PKG_FC defaults to f2c-f77 on pre-1.4 systems that did not include /usr/bin/f77. In addition PKG_FC defaults to f2c-f77 on newer systems since f77 is still somewhat buggy. When /usr/bin/f77 becomes more stable, the default should be changed from f2c-f77 to f77.
1999-11-23 00:42:21 +01:00
.endif
Add a new variable "UNLIMIT_RESOURCES" which can be used to raise process limits for building a package.
2002-01-04 13:00:56 +01:00
# Automatically increase process limit where necessary for building.
_ULIMIT_CMD=
.if defined(UNLIMIT_RESOURCES)
Allow more flexibility in the handling of UNLIMIT_RESOURCES. Each word of UNLIMIT_RESOURCES is supposed to be a knob on ULIMIT_CMD_<word> variable which value if defined is added to _ULIMIT_CMD. The ULIMIT_CMD_* variables are set per $OPSYS in defs.*.mk and are overridable by the user. Solaris' default value of ULIMIT_CMD_memorysize adjusted as suggested in PR pkg/18087 by Jonathan Perkin <sketch@rd.bbc.co.uk>.
2002-08-28 13:06:17 +02:00
. for __tmp__ in ${UNLIMIT_RESOURCES}
. if defined(ULIMIT_CMD_${__tmp__})
_ULIMIT_CMD+= ${ULIMIT_CMD_${__tmp__}} ;
. endif
. endfor
Add a new variable "UNLIMIT_RESOURCES" which can be used to raise process limits for building a package.
2002-01-04 13:00:56 +01:00
.endif
USE_LIBINTL: workaround brokenness in gettext.m4 (configure.in fragment ships with GNU gettext).
2000-11-09 15:02:46 +01:00
# -lintl in CONFIGURE_ENV is to workaround broken gettext.m4
# (gettext.m4 does not add -lintl where it should, and fails to detect
# if libintl.a is genuine GNU gettext or not).
Add a _DO_LIBINTL_CHECKS definition to the individual defs,${OPSYS}.mk files, and use it in bsd.pkg.mk. If set to "yes", checks that a valid libintl library and header file should be performed.
2001-11-21 13:58:15 +01:00
.if ${_DO_LIBINTL_CHECKS} == "yes"
Change indentation (whitespace changes only!): .if .if .if . if .else => . else .endif . endif .endif .endif Patch contributed by Marc Espie <espie@liafa.jussieu.fr> in preparation of merging latest changes with the OpenPackages project. Thanks Marc!
2001-07-19 00:43:32 +02:00
. if defined(USE_LIBINTL)
. if exists(/usr/include/libintl.h)
. if defined(GNU_CONFIGURE)
If GNU_CONFIGURE is defined, then pass LIBS to the GNU configure script. There are 40 packages in pkgsrc that do this.
2001-06-12 22:30:09 +02:00
LIBS+= -lintl
Change indentation (whitespace changes only!): .if .if .if . if .else => . else .endif . endif .endif .endif Patch contributed by Marc Espie <espie@liafa.jussieu.fr> in preparation of merging latest changes with the OpenPackages project. Thanks Marc!
2001-07-19 00:43:32 +02:00
. endif
. else
declare USE_LIBINTL.
2000-10-31 18:20:07 +01:00
DEPENDS+= gettext-lib>=0.10.35nb1:../../devel/gettext-lib
Change indentation (whitespace changes only!): .if .if .if . if .else => . else .endif . endif .endif .endif Patch contributed by Marc Espie <espie@liafa.jussieu.fr> in preparation of merging latest changes with the OpenPackages project. Thanks Marc!
2001-07-19 00:43:32 +02:00
. if defined(GNU_CONFIGURE)
USE_LIBINTL: workaround brokenness in gettext.m4 (configure.in fragment ships with GNU gettext).
2000-11-09 15:02:46 +01:00
CPPFLAGS+= -I${LOCALBASE}/include
If GNU_CONFIGURE is defined, then pass LIBS to the GNU configure script. There are 40 packages in pkgsrc that do this.
2001-06-12 22:30:09 +02:00
LIBS+= -L${LOCALBASE}/lib -lintl
Change indentation (whitespace changes only!): .if .if .if . if .else => . else .endif . endif .endif .endif Patch contributed by Marc Espie <espie@liafa.jussieu.fr> in preparation of merging latest changes with the OpenPackages project. Thanks Marc!
2001-07-19 00:43:32 +02:00
. endif
. endif
. endif
Skip all the -lintl checks on Linux
2001-05-17 16:51:41 +02:00
.endif
declare USE_LIBINTL.
2000-10-31 18:20:07 +01:00
Introduce CPP_PRECOMP_FLAGS, defaulting to "-no-cpp-precomp" on Darwin (meaning "don't use the OS X cpp that groks precompiled headers", which gets us the more compatible GNU cpp instead), and blank on other systems. Approved by agc and yyamano.
2002-06-02 02:40:18 +02:00
CPPFLAGS+= ${CPP_PRECOMP_FLAGS}
If GNU_CONFIGURE is defined, then pass LIBS to the GNU configure script. There are 40 packages in pkgsrc that do this.
2001-06-12 22:30:09 +02:00
# If GNU_CONFIGURE is defined, then pass LIBS to the GNU configure script.
add CONFIG_SHELL to CONFIGURE_ENV. This avoids picking up bash as the shell which complains about the buildlink vaiable names containing '.' in them.
2002-04-07 19:09:57 +02:00
# also pass in a CONFIG_SHELL to avoid picking up bash
If GNU_CONFIGURE is defined, then pass LIBS to the GNU configure script. There are 40 packages in pkgsrc that do this.
2001-06-12 22:30:09 +02:00
.if defined(GNU_CONFIGURE)
Fix typo...LIBS gets added to CONFIGURE_ENV, not CONFIGURE.
2001-06-13 09:09:33 +02:00
CONFIGURE_ENV+= LIBS="${LIBS}"
add CONFIG_SHELL to CONFIGURE_ENV. This avoids picking up bash as the shell which complains about the buildlink vaiable names containing '.' in them.
2002-04-07 19:09:57 +02:00
CONFIG_SHELL?= ${SH}
CONFIGURE_ENV+= CONFIG_SHELL=${CONFIG_SHELL}
If GNU_CONFIGURE is defined, then pass LIBS to the GNU configure script. There are 40 packages in pkgsrc that do this.
2001-06-12 22:30:09 +02:00
.endif
Bump LIBTOOL_REQD (libtool support for Darwin).
2002-05-21 16:06:15 +02:00
LIBTOOL_REQD= 1.4.20010614nb9
Add the USE_LIBTOOL pkg Makefile option. When set, it adds a build dependency on libtool, and puts the path to libtool in $LIBTOOL in the configure and make environments.
1998-07-24 03:41:15 +02:00
.if defined(USE_LIBTOOL)
s/USE_LIBTOOL/USE_PKGLIBTOOL/ Add a new USE_LIBTOOL definition that uses the libtool package instead of pkglibtool which is now considered outdated. USE_PKGLIBTOOL is available for backwards compatibility with old packages but is deprecated for new packages.
2000-06-01 13:23:11 +02:00
LIBTOOL= ${LOCALBASE}/bin/libtool
Merge pkgsrc/mk from the buildlink2 branch back into the main trunk.
2002-08-22 10:21:26 +02:00
PKGLIBTOOL= ${LIBTOOL}
Change indentation (whitespace changes only!): .if .if .if . if .else => . else .endif . endif .endif .endif Patch contributed by Marc Espie <espie@liafa.jussieu.fr> in preparation of merging latest changes with the OpenPackages project. Thanks Marc!
2001-07-19 00:43:32 +02:00
. if defined(USE_LTDL)
Invert new variable "LIBTOOL_REQD" analogous to "PKGTOOLS_REQD" for the required version of the "libtool" package.
2001-04-16 02:55:37 +02:00
DEPENDS+= libtool>=${LIBTOOL_REQD}:../../devel/libtool
Change indentation (whitespace changes only!): .if .if .if . if .else => . else .endif . endif .endif .endif Patch contributed by Marc Espie <espie@liafa.jussieu.fr> in preparation of merging latest changes with the OpenPackages project. Thanks Marc!
2001-07-19 00:43:32 +02:00
. else
Since libtool has now been split, it's no longer necessary to have a BUILD_DEPENDS on libtool for the USE_LIBTOOL/non-USE_LTDL case; instead, just depend on libtool-base (thus skipping the libtool-info and libtool package compilation where appropriate).
2001-08-27 17:05:54 +02:00
BUILD_DEPENDS+= libtool-base>=${LIBTOOL_REQD}:../../devel/libtool-base
Change indentation (whitespace changes only!): .if .if .if . if .else => . else .endif . endif .endif .endif Patch contributed by Marc Espie <espie@liafa.jussieu.fr> in preparation of merging latest changes with the OpenPackages project. Thanks Marc!
2001-07-19 00:43:32 +02:00
. endif
Merge pkgsrc/mk from the buildlink2 branch back into the main trunk.
2002-08-22 10:21:26 +02:00
CONFIGURE_ENV+= LIBTOOL="${PKGLIBTOOL} ${LIBTOOL_FLAGS}"
MAKE_ENV+= LIBTOOL="${PKGLIBTOOL} ${LIBTOOL_FLAGS}"
Add the USE_LIBTOOL pkg Makefile option. When set, it adds a build dependency on libtool, and puts the path to libtool in $LIBTOOL in the configure and make environments.
1998-07-24 03:41:15 +02:00
.endif
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
Do previous in a different way.
2001-06-21 06:52:56 +02:00
.if defined(USE_XAW)
Change indentation (whitespace changes only!): .if .if .if . if .else => . else .endif . endif .endif .endif Patch contributed by Marc Espie <espie@liafa.jussieu.fr> in preparation of merging latest changes with the OpenPackages project. Thanks Marc!
2001-07-19 00:43:32 +02:00
. if defined(XAW_TYPE)
. if ${XAW_TYPE} == "xpm"
Use relative paths when adding magic dependencies for USE_* variables.
2000-06-03 22:03:37 +02:00
DEPENDS+= Xaw-Xpm-1.1:../../x11/Xaw-Xpm
Change indentation (whitespace changes only!): .if .if .if . if .else => . else .endif . endif .endif .endif Patch contributed by Marc Espie <espie@liafa.jussieu.fr> in preparation of merging latest changes with the OpenPackages project. Thanks Marc!
2001-07-19 00:43:32 +02:00
. elif ${XAW_TYPE} == "3d"
Use relative paths when adding magic dependencies for USE_* variables.
2000-06-03 22:03:37 +02:00
DEPENDS+= Xaw3d-1.5:../../x11/Xaw3d
Change indentation (whitespace changes only!): .if .if .if . if .else => . else .endif . endif .endif .endif Patch contributed by Marc Espie <espie@liafa.jussieu.fr> in preparation of merging latest changes with the OpenPackages project. Thanks Marc!
2001-07-19 00:43:32 +02:00
. endif
. endif
Do previous in a different way.
2001-06-21 06:52:56 +02:00
.endif
Introduce a USE_XAW definition, which is used in package Makefiles, to denote that the package uses libXaw. Introduce an XAW_TYPE definition, which is defined in /etc/mk.conf by the user, to denote the type of libXaw to use. Possible values are: standard, 3d and xpm. Define USE_XAW in relevant Makefiles. Set default XAW_TYPE in Makefiles which previously did a DEPENDS+= Xaw3d... This means that package builds should not fail because of conflicting Xaw packages being installed on machines.
1999-08-25 15:37:34 +02:00
Ignore "/usr/bin/msgfmt" under Solaris because it's not the GNU version.
2002-01-05 23:46:18 +01:00
.if defined(BUILD_USES_MSGFMT) && \
(!exists(/usr/bin/msgfmt) || ${OPSYS} == SunOS)
Add BUILD_USES_GETTEXT_M4 to set a build dependency on either an older version of gettext or gettext-m4.
2001-06-16 06:11:30 +02:00
BUILD_DEPENDS+= gettext>=0.10.35nb1:../../devel/gettext
.endif
.if defined(BUILD_USES_GETTEXT_M4)
We've changed DEPENDS=foo-* into DEPENDS=foo-[0-9]* everywhere else but here, so correct that oversight.
2002-01-28 20:00:05 +01:00
BUILD_DEPENDS+= {gettext-0.10.35nb1,gettext-m4-[0-9]*}:../../devel/gettext-m4
Change BUILD_DEPENDS semantics: first component is now a package name+version/pattern, no more executable/patchname/whatnot. While there, introduce BUILD_USES_MSGFMT as shorthand to pull in devel/gettext unless /usr/bin/msgfmt exists (i.e. on post-1.5 -current). Patch by Alistair Crooks <agc@netbsd.org>
2001-03-27 05:19:43 +02:00
.endif
- The comment above the _COOKIE settings says "don't change these!!", so use = to set them, not ?=. - _DEPENDS_USE doesn't actually do any macro expansion, so save some processing time by executing it exactly once (remove the .USE operator). - Merge the IGNORE targets. Add an IGNORE target for depends and check-depends (see bottom). - Don't check for installation of a package in ${DEPENDS} when doing a "make depends". Instead, let the return code of make fall through (using && instead of ; in the last clause of each depend recursion block). - Provide a variable IGNORE_FAIL: when set, causes the ignore message to be printed (regardless of IGNORE_SILENT or ECHO_MSG setting) and the build to fail with ${FALSE}. Used with the next addition: - Add a new target, "check-depends", which is called as part of "real-fetch". This validates whether the dependencies of a pkg to be built are installed, and if not, whether those dependencies will prospectively build (will not set IGNORE directly or indirectly through the various disable options). Recurses to "depends" with a DEPENDS_TARGET of "check-depends". ...And now, it is no longer necessary to mark dependent pkgs as unusable when their dependencies are unusable thanks to an incorrect LICENSE, _FOR_PLATFORM setting, and so forth. The check-depends step will validate everything before fetching a single file.
1999-05-25 01:04:52 +02:00
EXTRACT_COOKIE= ${WRKDIR}/.extract_done
Merge pkgsrc/mk from the buildlink2 branch back into the main trunk.
2002-08-22 10:21:26 +02:00
BUILDLINK_COOKIE= ${WRKDIR}/.buildlink_done
- The comment above the _COOKIE settings says "don't change these!!", so use = to set them, not ?=. - _DEPENDS_USE doesn't actually do any macro expansion, so save some processing time by executing it exactly once (remove the .USE operator). - Merge the IGNORE targets. Add an IGNORE target for depends and check-depends (see bottom). - Don't check for installation of a package in ${DEPENDS} when doing a "make depends". Instead, let the return code of make fall through (using && instead of ; in the last clause of each depend recursion block). - Provide a variable IGNORE_FAIL: when set, causes the ignore message to be printed (regardless of IGNORE_SILENT or ECHO_MSG setting) and the build to fail with ${FALSE}. Used with the next addition: - Add a new target, "check-depends", which is called as part of "real-fetch". This validates whether the dependencies of a pkg to be built are installed, and if not, whether those dependencies will prospectively build (will not set IGNORE directly or indirectly through the various disable options). Recurses to "depends" with a DEPENDS_TARGET of "check-depends". ...And now, it is no longer necessary to mark dependent pkgs as unusable when their dependencies are unusable thanks to an incorrect LICENSE, _FOR_PLATFORM setting, and so forth. The check-depends step will validate everything before fetching a single file.
1999-05-25 01:04:52 +02:00
CONFIGURE_COOKIE= ${WRKDIR}/.configure_done
INSTALL_COOKIE= ${WRKDIR}/.install_done
BUILD_COOKIE= ${WRKDIR}/.build_done
PATCH_COOKIE= ${WRKDIR}/.patch_done
PACKAGE_COOKIE= ${WRKDIR}/.package_done
Don't create the ${INTERACTIVE_COOKIE}s in the ${WRKDIR} - this will fail if the interactive stage is "fetch", since there will be no ${WRKDIR} at that time. Instead, since ${INTERACTIVE_COOKIE}s are only used in bulk builds, create them in the package directory, along with the related .broken.`hostname` file.
2002-08-07 17:12:45 +02:00
INTERACTIVE_COOKIE= .interactive_stage
Introduce NULL_COOKIE and use it instead of /dev/null for touch (see PR 15597). While here remove some old comments.
2002-05-14 14:47:48 +02:00
NULL_COOKIE= ${WRKDIR}/.null
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
Add support for message digests other than md5 into pkgsrc. This is done by using the pkgsrc/pkgtools/digest package, and adding dependencies in bsd.pkg.mk to make sure that that package is up to date. There is no discernable performance decrease in using sha1 checksums over md5 ones, and most people advocate the use of sha1 or rmd160 over md5. As part of this change, move the initial setting of LOCALBASE, X11BASE and CROSSBASE into bsd.prefs.mk from bsd.pkg.mk. Addresses PR 11809.
2001-03-06 15:50:45 +01:00
# New message digest defs
DIGEST_ALGORITHM?= SHA1
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
# Miscellaneous overridable commands:
Add code to include the size of a package into both the installed version and binary packages. The size can be queried then via pkg_info: xfeyrer @ noon% pkg_info -s xv Information for xv-3.10apl1: Size of this package in bytes: 4670692 xfeyrer @ noon% pkg_info -S xv Information for xv-3.10apl1: Size in bytes including required pkgs: 14610165 While doing work on the size code, support for the @src directive was removed (formerly enabled with the pkg_create -s switch, but unused in our pkg system). The new pkg_info -s and -S switches were tested on installed, local (file) and remote (ftp) packages. In bsd.pkg.mk, take special care for pkg_* versions that do not have the pkg_create -s and -S switches and do not record size information there.
1999-11-29 20:48:15 +01:00
SHCOMMENT?= ${ECHO_MSG} >/dev/null '***'
Add support for message digests other than md5 into pkgsrc. This is done by using the pkgsrc/pkgtools/digest package, and adding dependencies in bsd.pkg.mk to make sure that that package is up to date. There is no discernable performance decrease in using sha1 checksums over md5 ones, and most people advocate the use of sha1 or rmd160 over md5. As part of this change, move the initial setting of LOCALBASE, X11BASE and CROSSBASE into bsd.prefs.mk from bsd.pkg.mk. Addresses PR 11809.
2001-03-06 15:50:45 +01:00
Distinfo changes. + move the distfile digest/checksum value from files/md5 to distinfo + move the patch digest/checksum values from files/patch-sum to distinfo + include distfile filesizes in distinfo If there's no distinfo file (the name comes from FreeBSD, no point in being gratuitously incompatible), then use existing files/{md5,patch-sum} files.
2001-04-17 11:07:01 +02:00
DISTINFO_FILE?= ${.CURDIR}/distinfo
Deal with some hidden dependencies, commonly induced by Gnu configure, by setting M4, and by adding M4 and YACC to CONFIGURE_ENV (YACC is already set, for NetBSD, in "sys.mk"). If it turns out that a package really needs "gm4" for "m4", or "bison -y" for "yacc", the corresponding variable will have to be set in the package's Makefile (and the explicit dependency added, too).
2000-03-25 18:17:37 +01:00
.if exists(/usr/bin/m4)
M4?= /usr/bin/m4
.endif
Have x11.buildlink.mk add -Wl,-R${X11BASE}/lib to LDFLAGS directly, instead of relying on bsd.pkg.mk to do it. This change just makes x11.buildlink.mk more self-sufficient. Also add a warning that x11.buildlink.mk shouldn't be included in any buildlink.mk files since what it appends to *_POST_SED variables must come last.
2001-10-01 19:14:40 +02:00
.if !defined(X11_BUILDLINK_MK)
. if defined(USE_X11BASE) || defined(USE_X11)
Only add rpath to LDFLAGS when the platform supports it.
2002-01-07 14:50:06 +01:00
. if ${_USE_RPATH} == "yes"
Bump build-dependency on xpkgwedge to >=1.5, and add a build-dependency on buildlink-x11 if USE_BUILDLINK_ONLY is defined. Pass all of CPPFLAGS/CFLAGS/CXXFLAGS/LDFLAGS to buildlink-x11 through PKGSRC_* versions of those values. Also add preliminary support for USE_BUILDLINK_X11 for buildlinking X11R6 instead of USE_X11 (hi zuntum!).
2001-07-02 23:06:51 +02:00
LDFLAGS+= -Wl,-R${X11BASE}/lib
Only add rpath to LDFLAGS when the platform supports it.
2002-01-07 14:50:06 +01:00
. endif
Bump build-dependency on xpkgwedge to >=1.5, and add a build-dependency on buildlink-x11 if USE_BUILDLINK_ONLY is defined. Pass all of CPPFLAGS/CFLAGS/CXXFLAGS/LDFLAGS to buildlink-x11 through PKGSRC_* versions of those values. Also add preliminary support for USE_BUILDLINK_X11 for buildlinking X11R6 instead of USE_X11 (hi zuntum!).
2001-07-02 23:06:51 +02:00
LDFLAGS+= -L${X11BASE}/lib
Change indentation (whitespace changes only!): .if .if .if . if .else => . else .endif . endif .endif .endif Patch contributed by Marc Espie <espie@liafa.jussieu.fr> in preparation of merging latest changes with the OpenPackages project. Thanks Marc!
2001-07-19 00:43:32 +02:00
. endif
Add new automatic handling for rpath. This sets the LDFLAGS variable to include rpath statements for /usr/pkg/lib, and if using X11, /usr/X11R6/lib. It also gives us the side benefit of having an LDFLAGS variable in top level makefiles.
1998-09-14 19:07:46 +02:00
.endif
Add a _USE_RPATH definition to the individual defs.${OPSYS}.mk files, and use it in bsd.pkg.mk. This definition says whether or not the rpath is to be added to the LDFLAGS definition.
2001-11-21 14:02:52 +01:00
.if ${_USE_RPATH} == "yes"
Create USE_BUILDLINK_ONLY variable that doesn't add -L${LOCALBASE}/lib to LDFLAGS if it's defined. This is intended for use by package developers to catch packages that implicitly use libraries from ${LOCALBASE}/lib without depending on the correct package.
2001-06-18 23:23:35 +02:00
LDFLAGS+= -Wl,-R${LOCALBASE}/lib
If ${_USE_RPATH} == "no", strip any rpaths that may have managed to sneak into LDFLAGS. From jlam, tested a bit by billc, approved by agc.
2002-06-10 15:28:23 +02:00
.else
LDFLAGS:= ${LDFLAGS:N*-Wl,-R*:N*-rpath*}
Add initial support for Darwin (1.4) to pkgsrc.
2001-10-30 14:53:15 +01:00
.endif
If ${_USE_RPATH} == "no", strip any rpaths that may have managed to sneak into LDFLAGS. From jlam, tested a bit by billc, approved by agc.
2002-06-10 15:28:23 +02:00
Create USE_BUILDLINK_ONLY variable that doesn't add -L${LOCALBASE}/lib to LDFLAGS if it's defined. This is intended for use by package developers to catch packages that implicitly use libraries from ${LOCALBASE}/lib without depending on the correct package.
2001-06-18 23:23:35 +02:00
.if !defined(USE_BUILDLINK_ONLY)
LDFLAGS+= -L${LOCALBASE}/lib
.endif
Add new automatic handling for rpath. This sets the LDFLAGS variable to include rpath statements for /usr/pkg/lib, and if using X11, /usr/X11R6/lib. It also gives us the side benefit of having an LDFLAGS variable in top level makefiles.
1998-09-14 19:07:46 +02:00
MAKE_ENV+= LDFLAGS="${LDFLAGS}"
Deal with some hidden dependencies, commonly induced by Gnu configure, by setting M4, and by adding M4 and YACC to CONFIGURE_ENV (YACC is already set, for NetBSD, in "sys.mk"). If it turns out that a package really needs "gm4" for "m4", or "bison -y" for "yacc", the corresponding variable will have to be set in the package's Makefile (and the explicit dependency added, too).
2000-03-25 18:17:37 +01:00
CONFIGURE_ENV+= LDFLAGS="${LDFLAGS}" M4="${M4}" YACC="${YACC}"
Add new automatic handling for rpath. This sets the LDFLAGS variable to include rpath statements for /usr/pkg/lib, and if using X11, /usr/X11R6/lib. It also gives us the side benefit of having an LDFLAGS variable in top level makefiles.
1998-09-14 19:07:46 +02:00
Remove the trailing '-f' from MAKE_FLAGS in bsd.pkg.mk, and include it explicitly in the commands before ${MAKEFILE}; modify package Makefiles to conform to this rationalisation. This was used inconsistently in many packages, some including it, some not.
1998-06-10 10:02:08 +02:00
MAKE_FLAGS?=
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
MAKEFILE?= Makefile
Be consistent throughout the file with line continuations and whitespace. No functional changes.
2002-05-03 14:44:01 +02:00
MAKE_ENV+= PATH=${PATH}:${LOCALBASE}/bin:${X11BASE}/bin
MAKE_ENV+= PREFIX=${PREFIX} LOCALBASE=${LOCALBASE}
MAKE_ENV+= X11BASE=${X11BASE} CFLAGS="${CFLAGS}"
MAKE_ENV+= CPPFLAGS="${CPPFLAGS}" FFLAGS="${FFLAGS}"
MAKE_ENV+= X11PREFIX=${X11PREFIX}
Don't use "MOTIFBASE" if "USE_MOTIF" was not defined. Patch supplied by John Darrow in PR pkg/9914.
2000-04-25 22:19:56 +02:00
Invent ZOULARISBASE, defaulting to $LOCALBASE/bsd, to make it possible to setup Zoularis (or similar :-) environments to be closer to hier(7).
2001-04-08 16:14:11 +02:00
.if exists(${ZOULARISBASE}/bin/ftp) # Zoularis
FETCH_CMD?= ${ZOULARISBASE}/bin/ftp
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
.else
FETCH_CMD?= /usr/bin/ftp
.endif
Implement some parts of proposals posted to tech-pkg: - Define OS_VERSION in bsd.prefs.mk (...if not already defined). Previously was only set in a conditional block in bsd.pkg.mk. - Define new values, MACHINE_PLATFORM and MACHINE_GNU_PLATFORM, which default to ${OPSYS}-${OS_VERSION}-${MACHINE_ARCH} and ${LOWER_OPSYS}-${LOWER_VENDOR}-${LOWER_ARCH} respectively. (Probably should nuke LOWER_ARCH and rename LOWER_VENDOR to something like MACHINE_GNU_VENDOR.) - Use ${MACHINE_GNU_PLATFORM} as the argument to `--host' in GNU_CONFIGURE packages. - Allow for ONLY_FOR_PLATFORM and NOT_FOR_PLATFORM, lists of patterns in csh(1) glob style which are matched against MACHINE_PLATFORM above and take the place of {ONLY,NOT}_FOR_{ARCHS,OPSYS}. (For now, until all pkgs are converted, provide backwards compatibility.) *Both* may be defined, in which case NOT_FOR_PLATFORM takes precedence. - Also do some significant aesthetic cleanup, based on the idea `define platform-specific overrides first, then define a generic case with the ?= operator'. Lots more of this to do yet.
1999-05-24 20:42:00 +02:00
TOUCH_FLAGS?= -f
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
Implement some parts of proposals posted to tech-pkg: - Define OS_VERSION in bsd.prefs.mk (...if not already defined). Previously was only set in a conditional block in bsd.pkg.mk. - Define new values, MACHINE_PLATFORM and MACHINE_GNU_PLATFORM, which default to ${OPSYS}-${OS_VERSION}-${MACHINE_ARCH} and ${LOWER_OPSYS}-${LOWER_VENDOR}-${LOWER_ARCH} respectively. (Probably should nuke LOWER_ARCH and rename LOWER_VENDOR to something like MACHINE_GNU_VENDOR.) - Use ${MACHINE_GNU_PLATFORM} as the argument to `--host' in GNU_CONFIGURE packages. - Allow for ONLY_FOR_PLATFORM and NOT_FOR_PLATFORM, lists of patterns in csh(1) glob style which are matched against MACHINE_PLATFORM above and take the place of {ONLY,NOT}_FOR_{ARCHS,OPSYS}. (For now, until all pkgs are converted, provide backwards compatibility.) *Both* may be defined, in which case NOT_FOR_PLATFORM takes precedence. - Also do some significant aesthetic cleanup, based on the idea `define platform-specific overrides first, then define a generic case with the ?= operator'. Lots more of this to do yet.
1999-05-24 20:42:00 +02:00
PATCH_STRIP?= -p0
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
PATCH_DIST_STRIP?= -p0
Add automatic manual page handling. This is backwards-compatible with the MANx and CATx definitions in package Makefiles - if neither MANx or CATx is specified, the PLIST will be searched for the package's manual pages. If automatic manual page handling is in operation, and PKG_VERBOSE is set, echo the manual page names.
1998-06-18 13:45:33 +02:00
.if defined(PATCH_DEBUG) || defined(PKG_VERBOSE)
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
PATCH_DEBUG_TMP= yes
Implement some parts of proposals posted to tech-pkg: - Define OS_VERSION in bsd.prefs.mk (...if not already defined). Previously was only set in a conditional block in bsd.pkg.mk. - Define new values, MACHINE_PLATFORM and MACHINE_GNU_PLATFORM, which default to ${OPSYS}-${OS_VERSION}-${MACHINE_ARCH} and ${LOWER_OPSYS}-${LOWER_VENDOR}-${LOWER_ARCH} respectively. (Probably should nuke LOWER_ARCH and rename LOWER_VENDOR to something like MACHINE_GNU_VENDOR.) - Use ${MACHINE_GNU_PLATFORM} as the argument to `--host' in GNU_CONFIGURE packages. - Allow for ONLY_FOR_PLATFORM and NOT_FOR_PLATFORM, lists of patterns in csh(1) glob style which are matched against MACHINE_PLATFORM above and take the place of {ONLY,NOT}_FOR_{ARCHS,OPSYS}. (For now, until all pkgs are converted, provide backwards compatibility.) *Both* may be defined, in which case NOT_FOR_PLATFORM takes precedence. - Also do some significant aesthetic cleanup, based on the idea `define platform-specific overrides first, then define a generic case with the ?= operator'. Lots more of this to do yet.
1999-05-24 20:42:00 +02:00
PATCH_ARGS?= -d ${WRKSRC} -E ${PATCH_STRIP}
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
PATCH_DIST_ARGS?= -d ${WRKSRC} -E ${PATCH_DIST_STRIP}
.else
PATCH_DEBUG_TMP= no
Implement some parts of proposals posted to tech-pkg: - Define OS_VERSION in bsd.prefs.mk (...if not already defined). Previously was only set in a conditional block in bsd.pkg.mk. - Define new values, MACHINE_PLATFORM and MACHINE_GNU_PLATFORM, which default to ${OPSYS}-${OS_VERSION}-${MACHINE_ARCH} and ${LOWER_OPSYS}-${LOWER_VENDOR}-${LOWER_ARCH} respectively. (Probably should nuke LOWER_ARCH and rename LOWER_VENDOR to something like MACHINE_GNU_VENDOR.) - Use ${MACHINE_GNU_PLATFORM} as the argument to `--host' in GNU_CONFIGURE packages. - Allow for ONLY_FOR_PLATFORM and NOT_FOR_PLATFORM, lists of patterns in csh(1) glob style which are matched against MACHINE_PLATFORM above and take the place of {ONLY,NOT}_FOR_{ARCHS,OPSYS}. (For now, until all pkgs are converted, provide backwards compatibility.) *Both* may be defined, in which case NOT_FOR_PLATFORM takes precedence. - Also do some significant aesthetic cleanup, based on the idea `define platform-specific overrides first, then define a generic case with the ?= operator'. Lots more of this to do yet.
1999-05-24 20:42:00 +02:00
PATCH_ARGS?= -d ${WRKSRC} --forward --quiet -E ${PATCH_STRIP}
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
PATCH_DIST_ARGS?= -d ${WRKSRC} --forward --quiet -E ${PATCH_DIST_STRIP}
.endif
.if defined(BATCH)
PATCH_ARGS+= --batch
PATCH_DIST_ARGS+= --batch
.endif
make _PATCH_BACKUP_ARG be more useful to callers by moving "-V simple" definition to be part of it instead of appending to PATCH_ARGS. otherwise, $VERSION_CONTROL or $PATCH_VERSION_CONTROL would still override -b/-z.
2002-03-14 03:28:22 +01:00
PATCH_ARGS+= ${_PATCH_BACKUP_ARG} .orig
Add "${_PATCH_BACKUP_ARG} .orig" to PATCH_DIST_ARGS too. Fixes Solaris problem reported in pkg/17769 by Valeriy E. Ushakov.
2002-07-31 16:43:29 +02:00
PATCH_DIST_ARGS+= ${_PATCH_BACKUP_ARG} .orig
Enable 'PATCH_FUZZ_FACTOR?= -F0' by default, rather than just iff PKG_DEVELOPER
2000-12-06 17:29:16 +01:00
PATCH_FUZZ_FACTOR?= -F0 # Default to zero fuzz
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
Add automatic handling for ".tar.bz2" archives - just set "EXTRACT_SUFX" and "bsd.pkg.mk" will do the rest. Furthermore replace all remaining instances of ":../../foo/bar" in dependences by ":${PKGSRCDIR}/foo/bar".
1999-02-13 12:06:47 +01:00
EXTRACT_SUFX?= .tar.gz
Rewrite the extraction commands to be more intuitive. In the vast majority of cases, nothing has changed (i.e. .tgz, .tar.gz, and .tar.bz2). EXTRACT_USING_PAX can be set as before. For custom extractions, instead of using EXTRACT_BEFORE_ARGS, EXTRACT_AFTER_ARGS and EXTRACT_CMD, simply set EXTRACT_CMD to be the command needed to decompress and extract the lements from the archive. ${DOWNLOADED_DISTFILE} can be used to reference the distfile(s). e.g. for compressed shars, where previously there was: EXTRACT_CMD= ${GZCAT} EXTRACT_BEFORE_ARGS= EXTRACT_AFTER_ARGS= |sh now use: EXTRACT_CMD= ${GZCAT} ${DOWNLOADED_DISTFILE} | ${SH}
1999-04-01 16:07:52 +02:00
Teach bsd.pkg.mk how to extract all files in ${EXTRACT_ONLY} that end in suffices listed in ${_EXTRACT_SUFFICES}. Currently, _EXTRACT_SUFFICES has .tar.bz2, .tbz, .tar.gz, .tgz, .tar, .zip, .lzh, and .lha. If the file doesn't end in any of these suffices, then we use the old code to do the extraction. This rids us of the mild annoyance where if you have several distfiles, some ending in .tar.bz2, some in .tar.gz, and others in .zip, then you have to create a post-extract target to extract all of the ones not ending in the suffix that you designate in EXTRACT_SUFX. I've tested this with some representative packages: archivers/gtar-base, print/cups, www/surfraw, and print/ghostscript-nox11.
2001-12-20 00:14:01 +01:00
# We need bzip2 for PATCHFILES with .bz2 suffix.
Support bzip2 compressed patch files.
2000-05-17 05:32:43 +02:00
.if defined(PATCHFILES)
Change indentation (whitespace changes only!): .if .if .if . if .else => . else .endif . endif .endif .endif Patch contributed by Marc Espie <espie@liafa.jussieu.fr> in preparation of merging latest changes with the OpenPackages project. Thanks Marc!
2001-07-19 00:43:32 +02:00
. if ${PATCHFILES:E} == "bz2" && ${EXTRACT_SUFX} != ".tar.bz2"
. if exists(/usr/bin/bzcat)
Support bzip2 compressed patch files.
2000-05-17 05:32:43 +02:00
BZCAT= /usr/bin/bzcat
Change indentation (whitespace changes only!): .if .if .if . if .else => . else .endif . endif .endif .endif Patch contributed by Marc Espie <espie@liafa.jussieu.fr> in preparation of merging latest changes with the OpenPackages project. Thanks Marc!
2001-07-19 00:43:32 +02:00
. else
Support bzip2 compressed patch files.
2000-05-17 05:32:43 +02:00
BZCAT= ${LOCALBASE}/bin/bzcat
change BUILD_DEPENDS+= bzip2-0.9.0b:../../archivers/bzip2 to >=0.9.0b; otherwise, extracts fail when bzip2-1.0.1 is installed.
2001-08-16 03:49:09 +02:00
BUILD_DEPENDS+= bzip2>=0.9.0b:../../archivers/bzip2
Change indentation (whitespace changes only!): .if .if .if . if .else => . else .endif . endif .endif .endif Patch contributed by Marc Espie <espie@liafa.jussieu.fr> in preparation of merging latest changes with the OpenPackages project. Thanks Marc!
2001-07-19 00:43:32 +02:00
. endif # !exists bzcat
. endif
Support bzip2 compressed patch files.
2000-05-17 05:32:43 +02:00
.endif # defined(PATCHFILES)
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
# Figure out where the local mtree file is
.if !defined(MTREE_FILE)
Document the new Motif-related variables. Deprecate USE_MOTIF in favor of including motif.buildlink.mk, which contains more sophisticated and complete logic for detecting the various Motif options that may be installed. Though deprecated, USE_MOTIF is still recognized, though it does no more than include motif.buildlink.mk.
2001-09-14 03:52:40 +02:00
. if defined(USE_IMAKE) || defined(USE_X11BASE)
Modify all references to PKGSRCDIR to _PKGSRCDIR, except in the external references of the pkglint package. _PKGSRCDIR is an internal definition in bsd.pkg.mk, and a few packages which would like to refer to other packages in the build tree. It should not be set by users, but neither should it stop a user from building a package if it is defined, so make it obvious that this is the case.
2001-12-15 21:25:34 +01:00
MTREE_FILE= ${_PKGSRCDIR}/mk/${OPSYS}.x11.dist
Change indentation (whitespace changes only!): .if .if .if . if .else => . else .endif . endif .endif .endif Patch contributed by Marc Espie <espie@liafa.jussieu.fr> in preparation of merging latest changes with the OpenPackages project. Thanks Marc!
2001-07-19 00:43:32 +02:00
. else
Modify all references to PKGSRCDIR to _PKGSRCDIR, except in the external references of the pkglint package. _PKGSRCDIR is an internal definition in bsd.pkg.mk, and a few packages which would like to refer to other packages in the build tree. It should not be set by users, but neither should it stop a user from building a package if it is defined, so make it obvious that this is the case.
2001-12-15 21:25:34 +01:00
MTREE_FILE= ${_PKGSRCDIR}/mk/${OPSYS}.pkg.dist
Change indentation (whitespace changes only!): .if .if .if . if .else => . else .endif . endif .endif .endif Patch contributed by Marc Espie <espie@liafa.jussieu.fr> in preparation of merging latest changes with the OpenPackages project. Thanks Marc!
2001-07-19 00:43:32 +02:00
. endif
Add Solaris support to pkgsrc, using Christos Zoulas' NetBSD emulation package. Tested for some packages on Solaris 2.6 on Sparc.
1999-03-08 18:26:54 +01:00
.endif # ! MTREE_FILE
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
MTREE_ARGS?= -U -f ${MTREE_FILE} -d -e -p
Add Solaris support to pkgsrc, using Christos Zoulas' NetBSD emulation package. Tested for some packages on Solaris 2.6 on Sparc.
1999-03-08 18:26:54 +01:00
# Debugging levels for this file, dependent on PKG_DEBUG_LEVEL definition
# 0 == normal, default, quiet operation
# 1 == all shell commands echoed before invocation
# 2 == shell "set -x" operation
PKG_DEBUG_LEVEL?= 0
_PKG_SILENT= @
_PKG_DEBUG=
.if ${PKG_DEBUG_LEVEL} > 0
_PKG_SILENT=
.endif
.if ${PKG_DEBUG_LEVEL} > 1
_PKG_DEBUG= set -x;
- Add OpenBSD and FreeBSD Ids in the header - Changes from FreeBSD's V1.164: * Warn if mtree-file not found * On 'make reinstall' gets DEPENDS_TARGET set to 'reinstall' instead of 'install' - Changes from OpenBSD's V1.14: * Documentation and implementation for ONLY_FOR_ARCHS * Documentation and implementation for WRKOBJDIR * Documentation on HAVE_MOTIF and MOTIF_STATIC: set in /etc/mk.conf, not /etc/make.conf * Set NOMANCOMPRESS=no to still compress man-pages (should probably be set to 'yes') * DEF_UMASK=022 * add ${MACHINE} suffix to WRKDIR if OBJMACHINE is set * .include <bsd.own.mk>
1997-09-28 02:44:15 +02:00
.endif
Modifications for a read-only pkgsrc (but writable WRKOBJDIR).
1998-09-15 19:05:04 +02:00
# If WRKOBJDIR is set, use that tree to build
.ifdef WRKOBJDIR
The __canonical_* stuff for WRKOBJDIR is unnecessary. Just use PKGPATH to derive the work directory. No more !=s in recursive make(1)s.
2000-06-03 21:10:48 +02:00
BUILD_DIR?= ${WRKOBJDIR}/${PKGPATH}
Modifications for a read-only pkgsrc (but writable WRKOBJDIR).
1998-09-15 19:05:04 +02:00
.else
BUILD_DIR?= ${.CURDIR}
.endif # WRKOBJDIR
Add and document a new OBJHOSTNAME definition. If set, the first component of the hostname (up to the first '.', if any), will be appended to "work." to form the WRKDIR_BASENAME. OBJHOSTNAME takes precedence over OBJMACHINE.
2002-01-11 15:41:41 +01:00
# If OBJHOSTNAME is set, use first component of hostname in directory name
Modifications for a read-only pkgsrc (but writable WRKOBJDIR).
1998-09-15 19:05:04 +02:00
# If OBJMACHINE is set, use ${MACHINE_ARCH} in the working directory name
Add and document a new OBJHOSTNAME definition. If set, the first component of the hostname (up to the first '.', if any), will be appended to "work." to form the WRKDIR_BASENAME. OBJHOSTNAME takes precedence over OBJMACHINE.
2002-01-11 15:41:41 +01:00
.if defined(OBJHOSTNAME)
. if !defined(_HOSTNAME)
_HOSTNAME!= ${UNAME} -n
MAKEFLAGS+= _HOSTNAME=${_HOSTNAME}
. endif
WRKDIR_BASENAME?= work.${_HOSTNAME:C|\..*||}
.elif defined(OBJMACHINE)
When OBJMACHINE and WRKOBJDIR set, be sure to also add the arch name to the directory created in $WRKOBJDIR, to allow using the same obj-dir for several architectures at once (e.g. via NFS or with cross compiling). Inspired by Bill Studenmund <skippy@macro.stanford.edu>.
1998-07-03 21:27:39 +02:00
WRKDIR_BASENAME?= work.${MACHINE_ARCH}
Modifications for a read-only pkgsrc (but writable WRKOBJDIR).
1998-09-15 19:05:04 +02:00
.else
When OBJMACHINE and WRKOBJDIR set, be sure to also add the arch name to the directory created in $WRKOBJDIR, to allow using the same obj-dir for several architectures at once (e.g. via NFS or with cross compiling). Inspired by Bill Studenmund <skippy@macro.stanford.edu>.
1998-07-03 21:27:39 +02:00
WRKDIR_BASENAME?= work
Modifications for a read-only pkgsrc (but writable WRKOBJDIR).
1998-09-15 19:05:04 +02:00
.endif
WRKDIR?= ${BUILD_DIR}/${WRKDIR_BASENAME}
Set the default value of WRKSRC in a slightly different way (from Hubert Feyrer).
2001-09-10 11:56:05 +02:00
WRKSRC?= ${WRKDIR}/${DISTNAME}
Modifications for a read-only pkgsrc (but writable WRKOBJDIR).
1998-09-15 19:05:04 +02:00
Make definition of OBJMACHINE in mk.conf work.
1998-03-08 15:55:04 +01:00
.if defined(NO_WRKSUBDIR)
Deprecate NO_WRKSUBDIR, replacing it with an explicit assignment of: WRKSRC= ${WRKDIR} This is much cleaner, much more indicative of what happens, and removes another of the negative definitions (NO_.* = value).
2001-09-09 22:36:07 +02:00
.BEGIN:
@${ECHO_MSG} 'NO_WRKSUBDIR has been deprecated - please replace it with an explicit'
@${ECHO_MSG} 'assignment of WRKSRC= $${WRKDIR}'
@${FALSE}
When OBJMACHINE and WRKOBJDIR set, be sure to also add the arch name to the directory created in $WRKOBJDIR, to allow using the same obj-dir for several architectures at once (e.g. via NFS or with cross compiling). Inspired by Bill Studenmund <skippy@macro.stanford.edu>.
1998-07-03 21:27:39 +02:00
.endif # NO_WRKSUBDIR
Make definition of OBJMACHINE in mk.conf work.
1998-03-08 15:55:04 +01:00
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
# A few aliases for *-install targets
Don't override INSTALL_* definitions in local Makefiles.
1998-09-01 23:21:09 +02:00
INSTALL_PROGRAM?= \
Replace STRIPFLAG with _STRIPFLAG_INSTALL to fix pkg/15467.
2002-05-29 16:52:14 +02:00
${INSTALL} ${COPY} ${_STRIPFLAG_INSTALL} -o ${BINOWN} -g ${BINGRP} -m ${BINMODE}
Don't override INSTALL_* definitions in local Makefiles.
1998-09-01 23:21:09 +02:00
INSTALL_SCRIPT?= \
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
${INSTALL} ${COPY} -o ${BINOWN} -g ${BINGRP} -m ${BINMODE}
Don't override INSTALL_* definitions in local Makefiles.
1998-09-01 23:21:09 +02:00
INSTALL_DATA?= \
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
${INSTALL} ${COPY} -o ${SHAREOWN} -g ${SHAREGRP} -m ${SHAREMODE}
Don't override INSTALL_* definitions in local Makefiles.
1998-09-01 23:21:09 +02:00
INSTALL_MAN?= \
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
${INSTALL} ${COPY} -o ${MANOWN} -g ${MANGRP} -m ${MANMODE}
Don't override INSTALL_* definitions in local Makefiles.
1998-09-01 23:21:09 +02:00
INSTALL_PROGRAM_DIR?= \
Add INSTALL_*_DIR macros.
1998-03-07 22:19:00 +01:00
${INSTALL} -d -o ${BINOWN} -g ${BINGRP} -m ${BINMODE}
Don't override INSTALL_* definitions in local Makefiles.
1998-09-01 23:21:09 +02:00
INSTALL_SCRIPT_DIR?= \
Add INSTALL_*_DIR macros.
1998-03-07 22:19:00 +01:00
${INSTALL_PROGRAM_DIR}
Don't override INSTALL_* definitions in local Makefiles.
1998-09-01 23:21:09 +02:00
INSTALL_DATA_DIR?= \
INSTALL_DATA_DIR should not install directories with mode 444
1998-04-09 00:27:41 +02:00
${INSTALL} -d -o ${SHAREOWN} -g ${SHAREGRP} -m ${BINMODE}
Don't override INSTALL_* definitions in local Makefiles.
1998-09-01 23:21:09 +02:00
INSTALL_MAN_DIR?= \
Don't creade dirs mode 444, inspired by fvdl's last commit.
1998-04-09 14:47:02 +02:00
${INSTALL} -d -o ${MANOWN} -g ${MANGRP} -m ${BINMODE}
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
Use ${SORT} and ${WC} instead of sort and wc. Also some minor whitespace fixes.
2001-06-12 15:17:01 +02:00
INSTALL_MACROS= BSD_INSTALL_PROGRAM="${INSTALL_PROGRAM}" \
BSD_INSTALL_SCRIPT="${INSTALL_SCRIPT}" \
BSD_INSTALL_DATA="${INSTALL_DATA}" \
BSD_INSTALL_MAN="${INSTALL_MAN}" \
BSD_INSTALL_PROGRAM_DIR="${INSTALL_PROGRAM_DIR}" \
BSD_INSTALL_SCRIPT_DIR="${INSTALL_SCRIPT_DIR}" \
BSD_INSTALL_DATA_DIR="${INSTALL_DATA_DIR}" \
BSD_INSTALL_MAN_DIR="${INSTALL_MAN_DIR}"
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
MAKE_ENV+= ${INSTALL_MACROS}
SCRIPTS_ENV+= ${INSTALL_MACROS}
# The user can override the NO_PACKAGE by specifying this from
# the make command line
.if defined(FORCE_PACKAGE)
Change indentation (whitespace changes only!): .if .if .if . if .else => . else .endif . endif .endif .endif Patch contributed by Marc Espie <espie@liafa.jussieu.fr> in preparation of merging latest changes with the OpenPackages project. Thanks Marc!
2001-07-19 00:43:32 +02:00
. undef NO_PACKAGE
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
.endif
Change COMMENT handling: COMMENTs are now a variable in the Makefile instead of a pkg/COMMENT file. The COMMENT var should be in the maintainer block after the homepage. Modify bsd.pkg.mk, pkglint, url2pkg, and port2pkg (last one untested) for the new behaviour. Document new state in Packages.txt. This should save lots of inodes, and lots of time when untarring/updating. Idea by Alistair Crooks. For the time being, accept pkg/COMMENT instead of a COMMENT var to avoid a flag day.
2001-02-16 14:06:17 +01:00
.if !defined(COMMENT)
Migrate some OS-specific variable definitions into OS-specific files. Include it in bsd.prefs.mk to allow their use much earlier in Makefiles, and try to use the variable references instead of directly invoking the programs in bsd.prefs.mk and bsd.pkg.mk where possible.
2001-06-12 14:49:55 +02:00
COMMENT!= (${CAT} ${PKGDIR}/COMMENT || ${ECHO} -n "(no description)") 2>/dev/null
Change COMMENT handling: COMMENTs are now a variable in the Makefile instead of a pkg/COMMENT file. The COMMENT var should be in the maintainer block after the homepage. Modify bsd.pkg.mk, pkglint, url2pkg, and port2pkg (last one untested) for the new behaviour. Document new state in Packages.txt. This should save lots of inodes, and lots of time when untarring/updating. Idea by Alistair Crooks. For the time being, accept pkg/COMMENT instead of a COMMENT var to avoid a flag day.
2001-02-16 14:06:17 +01:00
.endif
Implement some parts of proposals posted to tech-pkg: - Define OS_VERSION in bsd.prefs.mk (...if not already defined). Previously was only set in a conditional block in bsd.pkg.mk. - Define new values, MACHINE_PLATFORM and MACHINE_GNU_PLATFORM, which default to ${OPSYS}-${OS_VERSION}-${MACHINE_ARCH} and ${LOWER_OPSYS}-${LOWER_VENDOR}-${LOWER_ARCH} respectively. (Probably should nuke LOWER_ARCH and rename LOWER_VENDOR to something like MACHINE_GNU_VENDOR.) - Use ${MACHINE_GNU_PLATFORM} as the argument to `--host' in GNU_CONFIGURE packages. - Allow for ONLY_FOR_PLATFORM and NOT_FOR_PLATFORM, lists of patterns in csh(1) glob style which are matched against MACHINE_PLATFORM above and take the place of {ONLY,NOT}_FOR_{ARCHS,OPSYS}. (For now, until all pkgs are converted, provide backwards compatibility.) *Both* may be defined, in which case NOT_FOR_PLATFORM takes precedence. - Also do some significant aesthetic cleanup, based on the idea `define platform-specific overrides first, then define a generic case with the ?= operator'. Lots more of this to do yet.
1999-05-24 20:42:00 +02:00
DESCR= ${WRKDIR}/.DESCR
Check for DESCR_SRC, PLIST_SRC, MESSAGE_SRC, DEINSTALL and INSTALL files in ${.CURDIR} as well as ${PKGDIR}, just in case the pkg/ directory still exists but is empty.
2001-11-09 09:58:19 +01:00
.if !defined(DESCR_SRC)
* Remove old PLIST-mi/md.shared/md.static that was only used for perl in a previous (pkgsrc) life. * add "lint" target to run pkglint * Add commented out direction on how to use bzip2 compressed binary packages * Some cleanup (clean target, ...) Reviewed by Thomas Klauser <wiz@netbsd.org>.
2000-12-30 12:19:04 +01:00
DESCR_SRC?= ${PKGDIR}/DESCR
Check for DESCR_SRC, PLIST_SRC, MESSAGE_SRC, DEINSTALL and INSTALL files in ${.CURDIR} as well as ${PKGDIR}, just in case the pkg/ directory still exists but is empty.
2001-11-09 09:58:19 +01:00
.endif
Make any INSTALL or DEINSTALL scripts specifiable in the package Makefile (for read-only pkgsrc use). This is for the use of packages which build INSTALL and DEINSTALL scripts dynamically, such as pkgsrc/games/crossfire.
1998-09-17 16:03:48 +02:00
PLIST= ${WRKDIR}/.PLIST
Check for DESCR_SRC, PLIST_SRC, MESSAGE_SRC, DEINSTALL and INSTALL files in ${.CURDIR} as well as ${PKGDIR}, just in case the pkg/ directory still exists but is empty.
2001-11-09 09:58:19 +01:00
.if !defined(PLIST_SRC)
* Remove old PLIST-mi/md.shared/md.static that was only used for perl in a previous (pkgsrc) life. * add "lint" target to run pkglint * Add commented out direction on how to use bzip2 compressed binary packages * Some cleanup (clean target, ...) Reviewed by Thomas Klauser <wiz@netbsd.org>.
2000-12-30 12:19:04 +01:00
PLIST_SRC?= ${PKGDIR}/PLIST
Check for DESCR_SRC, PLIST_SRC, MESSAGE_SRC, DEINSTALL and INSTALL files in ${.CURDIR} as well as ${PKGDIR}, just in case the pkg/ directory still exists but is empty.
2001-11-09 09:58:19 +01:00
.endif
Add 'update' target to update a package and all depending packages.
1999-08-30 00:13:01 +02:00
DLIST= ${WRKDIR}/.DLIST
DDIR= ${WRKDIR}/.DDIR
Make any INSTALL or DEINSTALL scripts specifiable in the package Makefile (for read-only pkgsrc use). This is for the use of packages which build INSTALL and DEINSTALL scripts dynamically, such as pkgsrc/games/crossfire.
1998-09-17 16:03:48 +02:00
* Remove old PLIST-mi/md.shared/md.static that was only used for perl in a previous (pkgsrc) life. * add "lint" target to run pkglint * Add commented out direction on how to use bzip2 compressed binary packages * Some cleanup (clean target, ...) Reviewed by Thomas Klauser <wiz@netbsd.org>.
2000-12-30 12:19:04 +01:00
s/PLIST_SUB/PLIST_SUBST/
1999-09-03 04:43:51 +02:00
# Set PLIST_SUBST to substitute "${variable}" to "value" in PLIST
Changes for building dynamic PLIST for perl packages: * Add a PERL5 variable that is always defined, set to the path of a pkgsrc-installed perl5 binary (${LOCALBASE}/bin/perl). * Define three new variables PERL5_SITELIB, PERL5_SITEARCH, and PERL5_ARCHLIB that define special locations used by perl. In particular, it seems packlists are always found under PERL5_SITEARCH. * Substitute the above three variables when generating PLISTs, but stripping away the initial ${LOCALBASE}/ part. This is for perl packages which don't generate packlists because they don't use the perl Makefile generator during the build process. * Append to the PLIST any files listed in the packlists named by PERL5_PACKLIST. Also append statements to try removing the directories installed into by the packlist-ed files.
2000-08-27 04:15:49 +02:00
PLIST_SUBST+= OPSYS=${OPSYS} \
OS_VERSION=${OS_VERSION} \
MACHINE_ARCH=${MACHINE_ARCH} \
MACHINE_GNU_ARCH=${MACHINE_GNU_ARCH} \
MACHINE_GNU_PLATFORM=${MACHINE_GNU_PLATFORM} \
Add missing LN to PLIST_SUBST
2002-07-14 01:27:54 +02:00
LN=${LN:Q} \
Changes for building dynamic PLIST for perl packages: * Add a PERL5 variable that is always defined, set to the path of a pkgsrc-installed perl5 binary (${LOCALBASE}/bin/perl). * Define three new variables PERL5_SITELIB, PERL5_SITEARCH, and PERL5_ARCHLIB that define special locations used by perl. In particular, it seems packlists are always found under PERL5_SITEARCH. * Substitute the above three variables when generating PLISTs, but stripping away the initial ${LOCALBASE}/ part. This is for perl packages which don't generate packlists because they don't use the perl Makefile generator during the build process. * Append to the PLIST any files listed in the packlists named by PERL5_PACKLIST. Also append statements to try removing the directories installed into by the packlist-ed files.
2000-08-27 04:15:49 +02:00
LOWER_VENDOR=${LOWER_VENDOR} \
LOWER_OPSYS=${LOWER_OPSYS} \
Add LOWER_OS_VERSION to match LOWER_OPSYS, LOWER_VENDOR, and LOWER_ARCH
2001-12-12 13:31:14 +01:00
LOWER_OS_VERSION=${LOWER_OS_VERSION} \
Add ${PKGBASE} to the things to substitute for in PLISTs.
2001-11-14 13:38:51 +01:00
PKGBASE=${PKGBASE} \
Invent a new variable "PKGNAME_NOREV" which holds the package name without the package revision added. Replace "PKGNAME" in package list with this value because the installed software doesn't know anything about package system revision. This fixes package list problems in e.g. the "xemacs" package.
2002-03-15 11:05:56 +01:00
PKGNAME=${PKGNAME_NOREV} \
Fix cut and paste error in last commit.
2001-09-24 13:02:49 +02:00
PKGLOCALEDIR=${PKGLOCALEDIR} \
PKGVERSION=${PKGVERSION:C/nb[0-9]*$//} \
Don't hardcode /usr/X11R6 when making directories or running X based programs such as mkfontdir use ${X11BASE} instead. Also pick up a couple of /bin/chmod -> ${CHMOD}s
2002-02-05 23:03:54 +01:00
LOCALBASE=${LOCALBASE} \
X11BASE=${X11BASE} \
X11PREFIX=${X11PREFIX} \
So many of our PLIST use mkdir, rmdir, and true, and we have full paths to these utilities in ${MKDIR}, ${RMDIR}, and ${TRUE}, so substitute for them.
2001-11-01 21:37:17 +01:00
SVR4_PKGNAME=${SVR4_PKGNAME} \
Also substitute for CHMOD, CHOWN, CHGRP in PLISTs.
2001-11-03 05:58:15 +01:00
CHGRP=${CHGRP:Q} \
CHMOD=${CHMOD:Q} \
CHOWN=${CHOWN:Q} \
Introduce new framework for handling info files generation and installation. Summary of changes: - removal of USE_GTEXINFO - addition of mk/texinfo.mk - inclusion of this file in package Makefiles requiring it - `install-info' substituted by `${INSTALL_INFO}' in PLISTs - tuning of mk/bsd.pkg.mk: removal of USE_GTEXINFO INSTALL_INFO added to PLIST_SUBST `${INSTALL_INFO}' replace `install-info' in target rules print-PLIST target now generate `${INSTALL_INFO}' instead of `install-info' - a couple of new patch files added for a handful of packages - setting of the TEXINFO_OVERRIDE "switch" in packages Makefiles requiring it - devel/cssc marked requiring texinfo 4.0 - a couple of packages Makefiles were tuned with respect of INFO_FILES and makeinfo command usage See -newly added by this commit- section 10.24 of Packages.txt for further information.
2002-02-18 16:14:00 +01:00
INSTALL_INFO=${INSTALL_INFO:Q} \
So many of our PLIST use mkdir, rmdir, and true, and we have full paths to these utilities in ${MKDIR}, ${RMDIR}, and ${TRUE}, so substitute for them.
2001-11-01 21:37:17 +01:00
MKDIR=${MKDIR:Q} \
RMDIR=${RMDIR:Q} \
mkdir -> ${MKDIR} rmdir -> ${RMDIR} rm -> ${RM} (${RM} added to PLIST_SUBST) chmod -> ${CHMOD} chown -> ${CHOWN}
2002-02-15 11:12:28 +01:00
RM=${RM:Q} \
Add QMAILDIR variable that defaults to /var/qmail, may be set in /etc/mk.conf Also substitute QMAILDIR in PLIST because more packages than just mail/qmail need it.
2002-01-21 18:31:02 +01:00
TRUE=${TRUE:Q} \
QMAILDIR=${QMAILDIR}
Fix errors with not finding perl in another way. Also only compute PERL5_* variables once and pass into MAKEFLAGS, following model of IS_LESSTIF (thanks to hubertf for the suggestion).
2000-08-29 20:48:11 +02:00
.if defined(PERL5_SITELIB)
PLIST_SUBST+= PERL5_SITELIB=${PERL5_SITELIB:S/^${LOCALBASE}\///}
.endif
.if defined(PERL5_SITEARCH)
PLIST_SUBST+= PERL5_SITEARCH=${PERL5_SITEARCH:S/^${LOCALBASE}\///}
.endif
.if defined(PERL5_ARCHLIB)
PLIST_SUBST+= PERL5_ARCHLIB=${PERL5_ARCHLIB:S/^${LOCALBASE}\///}
Surround the PERL5_* in PLIST_SUBST with .if defined(USE_PERL5) ... .endif
2000-08-29 00:43:07 +02:00
.endif
Add support for PLIST_SUB variable. It is a list of "VAR=VALUE" pairs, and will substitute ${VAR} with the value of VALUE in the PLIST. This implementation was taken from FreeBSD. Default PLIST_SUB: OPSYS=${OPSYS} OS_VERSION=${OS_VERSION} MACHINE_ARCH=${MACHINE_ARCH} MACHINE_GNU_ARCH=${MACHINE_GNU_ARCH} MACHINE_GNU_PLATFORM=${MACHINE_GNU_PLATFORM} LOWER_VENDOR=${LOWER_VENDOR} LOWER_OPSYS=${LOWER_OPSYS} PKGNAME=${PKGNAME}
1999-08-31 11:20:21 +02:00
Make any INSTALL or DEINSTALL scripts specifiable in the package Makefile (for read-only pkgsrc use). This is for the use of packages which build INSTALL and DEINSTALL scripts dynamically, such as pkgsrc/games/crossfire.
1998-09-17 16:03:48 +02:00
# Set INSTALL_FILE to be the name of any INSTALL file
.if !defined(INSTALL_FILE) && exists(${PKGDIR}/INSTALL)
INSTALL_FILE= ${PKGDIR}/INSTALL
.endif
# Set DEINSTALL_FILE to be the name of any DEINSTALL file
.if !defined(DEINSTALL_FILE) && exists(${PKGDIR}/DEINSTALL)
DEINSTALL_FILE= ${PKGDIR}/DEINSTALL
.endif
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
Allow MESSAGE_SRC to be a space-separated list of files, like PLIST_SRC, that are concatenated together to form the whole MESSAGE file.
2001-11-14 22:04:43 +01:00
# If MESSAGE hasn't been defined, then set MESSAGE_SRC to be a space-separated
# list of files to be concatenated together to generate the MESSAGE file.
#
Add automatic ${VARIABLE} handling for MESSAGE files. Convert most MESSAGE files to new syntax (${VARIABLE} gets replaced, not @VARIABLE@, nor @@VARIABLE@@). By default, substitutions are done for LOCALBASE, PKGNAME, PREFIX, X11BASE, X11PREFIX; additional patterns can be added via MESSAGE_SUBST. Clean up some packages while I'm there; add RCS tags to most MESSAGEs. Remove some uninteresting MESSAGEs.
2001-01-29 12:34:21 +01:00
.if !defined(MESSAGE_SRC) && !defined(MESSAGE) && exists(${PKGDIR}/MESSAGE)
MESSAGE_SRC= ${PKGDIR}/MESSAGE
.endif
.if defined(MESSAGE_SRC)
MESSAGE= ${WRKDIR}/.MESSAGE
# Set MESSAGE_SUBST to substitute "${variable}" to "value" in MESSAGE
MESSAGE_SUBST+= PKGNAME=${PKGNAME} \
PREFIX=${PREFIX} \
LOCALBASE=${LOCALBASE} \
X11PREFIX=${X11PREFIX} \
Also substitute for ${PKG_SYSCONFDIR} in MESSAGE files.
2002-01-10 03:51:30 +01:00
X11BASE=${X11BASE} \
Add ${QMAILDIR} to MESSAGE_SUBST, as it is going to be used in all qmail-related packages.
2002-01-21 17:31:42 +01:00
PKG_SYSCONFDIR=${PKG_SYSCONFDIR} \
QMAILDIR=${QMAILDIR}
Allow MESSAGE_SRC to be a space-separated list of files, like PLIST_SRC, that are concatenated together to form the whole MESSAGE file.
2001-11-14 22:04:43 +01:00
MESSAGE_SUBST_SED= ${MESSAGE_SUBST:S/=/}!/:S/$/!g/:S/^/ -e s!\\\${/}
Make the REQ and MESSAGE files specifiable from package Makefiles, as REQ_FILE and MESSAGE_FILE respectively. Modify xpkgwedge to create its MESSAGE_FILE in the WRKDIR.
1998-09-17 17:47:08 +02:00
.endif
Revert last change, it made pkg_info spew.
2000-10-10 22:37:29 +02:00
PKG_ADD?= PKG_DBDIR=${PKG_DBDIR} ${PKG_TOOLS_BIN}/pkg_add
PKG_ADMIN?= PKG_DBDIR=${PKG_DBDIR} ${PKG_TOOLS_BIN}/pkg_admin
PKG_CREATE?= PKG_DBDIR=${PKG_DBDIR} ${PKG_TOOLS_BIN}/pkg_create
PKG_DELETE?= PKG_DBDIR=${PKG_DBDIR} ${PKG_TOOLS_BIN}/pkg_delete
PKG_INFO?= PKG_DBDIR=${PKG_DBDIR} ${PKG_TOOLS_BIN}/pkg_info
Calculate current pkgtools version once (inline rather than via additional make call), and pass it in the environment to any recursive make calls. 'make fetch' in gnumeric on my system is now > 15% faster checking dependencies.
2000-01-07 13:24:14 +01:00
Add support for message digests other than md5 into pkgsrc. This is done by using the pkgsrc/pkgtools/digest package, and adding dependencies in bsd.pkg.mk to make sure that that package is up to date. There is no discernable performance decrease in using sha1 checksums over md5 ones, and most people advocate the use of sha1 or rmd160 over md5. As part of this change, move the initial setting of LOCALBASE, X11BASE and CROSSBASE into bsd.prefs.mk from bsd.pkg.mk. Addresses PR 11809.
2001-03-06 15:50:45 +01:00
# Latest version of digest(1) required for pkgsrc
DIGEST_REQD= 20010302
uptodate-digest:
${_PKG_SILENT}${_PKG_DEBUG} \
if [ ! -f ${DIGEST} -o ${DIGEST_VERSION} -lt ${DIGEST_REQD} ]; then \
case ${PKGNAME} in \
digest-*) \
;; \
*) \
Modify all references to PKGSRCDIR to _PKGSRCDIR, except in the external references of the pkglint package. _PKGSRCDIR is an internal definition in bsd.pkg.mk, and a few packages which would like to refer to other packages in the build tree. It should not be set by users, but neither should it stop a user from building a package if it is defined, so make it obvious that this is the case.
2001-12-15 21:25:34 +01:00
{ cd ${_PKGSRCDIR}/pkgtools/digest; \
Add support for message digests other than md5 into pkgsrc. This is done by using the pkgsrc/pkgtools/digest package, and adding dependencies in bsd.pkg.mk to make sure that that package is up to date. There is no discernable performance decrease in using sha1 checksums over md5 ones, and most people advocate the use of sha1 or rmd160 over md5. As part of this change, move the initial setting of LOCALBASE, X11BASE and CROSSBASE into bsd.prefs.mk from bsd.pkg.mk. Addresses PR 11809.
2001-03-06 15:50:45 +01:00
${MAKE} clean; \
if [ -f ${DIGEST} ]; then \
${MAKE} ${MAKEFLAGS} deinstall; \
fi; \
Clean up after installing digest, also use DEPENDS_TARGET to install (in case someone wants something else then a 'install')
2001-03-26 02:55:39 +02:00
${MAKE} ${MAKEFLAGS} ${DEPENDS_TARGET}; \
Replace subshell commands in (...) by {...;} for speed. Based on patch from Chris Coleman <chrisc@vmunix.com>. Timing of "make show-var VARNAME=COMMENT" in pkgsrc/x11: new: 2.744u 0.888s 0:16.69 21.6% 0+0k 809+201io 55pf+0w 2.827u 1.047s 0:07.72 50.0% 0+0k 0+189io 0pf+0w 2.913u 0.992s 0:06.91 56.4% 0+0k 0+168io 0pf+0w 2.978u 0.997s 0:06.88 57.5% 0+0k 0+169io 0pf+0w 3.017u 0.886s 0:07.88 49.3% 0+0k 0+186io 0pf+0w old: 2.921u 0.987s 0:07.04 55.3% 0+0k 2+183io 0pf+0w 2.931u 1.051s 0:08.49 46.8% 0+0k 0+169io 0pf+0w 3.065u 0.816s 0:08.33 46.4% 0+0k 0+174io 0pf+0w 2.962u 0.987s 0:08.08 48.7% 0+0k 0+181io 0pf+0w 2.661u 1.228s 0:08.50 45.6% 0+0k 0+171io 0pf+0w
2001-04-03 14:06:31 +02:00
${MAKE} ${MAKEFLAGS} clean; } \
Clean up after installing digest, also use DEPENDS_TARGET to install (in case someone wants something else then a 'install')
2001-03-26 02:55:39 +02:00
;; \
Add support for message digests other than md5 into pkgsrc. This is done by using the pkgsrc/pkgtools/digest package, and adding dependencies in bsd.pkg.mk to make sure that that package is up to date. There is no discernable performance decrease in using sha1 checksums over md5 ones, and most people advocate the use of sha1 or rmd160 over md5. As part of this change, move the initial setting of LOCALBASE, X11BASE and CROSSBASE into bsd.prefs.mk from bsd.pkg.mk. Addresses PR 11809.
2001-03-06 15:50:45 +01:00
esac \
fi
Fix size-registering code. (Need to test PKGTOOLS_VERSION, not PKGTOOLS_REQD, to see if the new code is present; for PKGTOOLS_VERSION to get defined, some code needs to get moved around a bit, though)
2000-01-09 05:43:20 +01:00
# Latest version of pkgtools required for this file.
Updated PKGTOOLS_REQD to 20020402.
2002-06-10 07:51:10 +02:00
PKGTOOLS_REQD= 20020402
Fix size-registering code. (Need to test PKGTOOLS_VERSION, not PKGTOOLS_REQD, to see if the new code is present; for PKGTOOLS_VERSION to get defined, some code needs to get moved around a bit, though)
2000-01-09 05:43:20 +01:00
Add a version check for the installed Zoularis version.
2001-03-23 17:02:23 +01:00
# Check that we are using up-to-date pkg_* tools with this file.
.if defined(ZOULARIS_VERSION)
uptodate-pkgtools: uptodate-zoularis
.else
Fix size-registering code. (Need to test PKGTOOLS_VERSION, not PKGTOOLS_REQD, to see if the new code is present; for PKGTOOLS_VERSION to get defined, some code needs to get moved around a bit, though)
2000-01-09 05:43:20 +01:00
uptodate-pkgtools:
Add a version check for the installed Zoularis version.
2001-03-23 17:02:23 +01:00
.endif
Fix size-registering code. (Need to test PKGTOOLS_VERSION, not PKGTOOLS_REQD, to see if the new code is present; for PKGTOOLS_VERSION to get defined, some code needs to get moved around a bit, though)
2000-01-09 05:43:20 +01:00
${_PKG_SILENT}${_PKG_DEBUG} \
if [ ${PKGTOOLS_VERSION} -lt ${PKGTOOLS_REQD} ]; then \
case ${PKGNAME} in \
Special-case digest the same way as pkg_install to avoid chicken-and-egg problem. Patch by Alistair Crooks.
2001-03-07 10:52:53 +01:00
digest-*|pkg_install-*) \
Fix size-registering code. (Need to test PKGTOOLS_VERSION, not PKGTOOLS_REQD, to see if the new code is present; for PKGTOOLS_VERSION to get defined, some code needs to get moved around a bit, though)
2000-01-09 05:43:20 +01:00
;; \
*) \
Speedups! Major changes: * Avoid a big bunch of subshells/forks/execs by using make(1) features; should be good for some minor speedups. * Use shell builtins for echo, true, false, test. Using full paths here causes fork&execs, making things slow. Only changed for NetBSD. * Rename all references to ${.MAKEFLAGS} to ${MAKEFLAGS}. See make(1). * Evaluate all !=s only once, and add them to MAKEFLAGS * Pass ${MAKEFLAGS} to ALL ${MAKE} calls Now PKGTOOLS_VERSION is really only set once in a whole "make package" cycle, even across dependencies. Minor changes: * SORTED_MASTER_SITES was renamed SORTED_MASTER_SITES_CMD and is now (only) execuded in the places where it's needed. * Don't check for /usr/bin/fetch - we never had it, and if someone depends on it he can set FETCH_CMD instead. * Don't fall back to README.port * Replace some commands by their uppercase equivalents (sed -> ${SED}, same for grep, awk, ...) * Some whitespace changes to improve readability => With these changes, times for a "make clean" in x11/kde go down to 20%, time for "make readme" goes down to 33%!
2000-06-03 09:15:28 +02:00
${ECHO} "Your package tools need to be updated to ${PKGTOOLS_REQD:C|(....)(..)(..)|\1/\2/\3|} versions."; \
${ECHO} "The installed package tools were last updated on ${PKGTOOLS_VERSION:C|(....)(..)(..)|\1/\2/\3|}."; \
Update the pkgtools out of date instructions to Please "make install" in ../../pkgtools/pkg_install.
2001-03-15 14:31:04 +01:00
${ECHO} "Please \"make install\" in ../../pkgtools/pkg_install."; \
Fix size-registering code. (Need to test PKGTOOLS_VERSION, not PKGTOOLS_REQD, to see if the new code is present; for PKGTOOLS_VERSION to get defined, some code needs to get moved around a bit, though)
2000-01-09 05:43:20 +01:00
${FALSE} ;; \
esac \
fi
Add a version check for the installed Zoularis version.
2001-03-23 17:02:23 +01:00
# Latest version of Zoularis required for this file.
ZOULARIS_REQD= 20010323
# Check that we are using up-to-date Zoularis.
.if defined(ZOULARIS_VERSION)
uptodate-zoularis:
${_PKG_SILENT}${_PKG_DEBUG} \
if [ ${ZOULARIS_VERSION} -lt ${ZOULARIS_REQD} ]; then \
${ECHO} "Your Zoularis needs to be updated to the ${ZOULARIS_REQD:C|(....)(..)(..)|\1/\2/\3|} version."; \
${ECHO} "The installed Zoularis was last updated on ${ZOULARIS_VERSION:C|(....)(..)(..)|\1/\2/\3|}."; \
${FALSE}; \
fi
.endif
Fix size-registering code. (Need to test PKGTOOLS_VERSION, not PKGTOOLS_REQD, to see if the new code is present; for PKGTOOLS_VERSION to get defined, some code needs to get moved around a bit, though)
2000-01-09 05:43:20 +01:00
# Files to create for versioning and build information
BUILD_VERSION_FILE= ${WRKDIR}/.build_version
BUILD_INFO_FILE= ${WRKDIR}/.build_info
# Files containing size of pkg w/o and w/ all required pkgs
rename Size* to .Size*
2000-06-27 01:53:33 +02:00
SIZE_PKG_FILE= ${WRKDIR}/.SizePkg
SIZE_ALL_FILE= ${WRKDIR}/.SizeAll
Fix size-registering code. (Need to test PKGTOOLS_VERSION, not PKGTOOLS_REQD, to see if the new code is present; for PKGTOOLS_VERSION to get defined, some code needs to get moved around a bit, though)
2000-01-09 05:43:20 +01:00
As per discussion on tech-pkg, correct behavior of `make package' in the case where DESTDIR is set. Previously, if DESTDIR was set when a pkg was installed, $DESTDIR/var/db/pkg/+CONTENT would get `@cwd $DESTDIR/$PREFIX', as would the +CONTENT archived in the binary package. The first is correct, the second is not. Now, @cwd in the +CONTENT recorded in the binary package gets $PREFIX (no $DESTDIR). This allows binary packages built into a DESTDIR to be installed on a real system. The @cwd in the installed PKG_DBDIR ($DESTDIR/var/db/pkg) remains the same. In addition, the full path ($DESTDIR/$PREFIX) is recorded in @src in the binary package's +CONTENT, for reference purposes. This patch is the same as that posted to tech-pkg, except that variable names have been clarified as suggested by hubertf.
2001-01-29 02:56:51 +01:00
.ifndef PKG_ARGS_COMMON
Use the make :Q modifier for quoting strings for the shell, instead of manually doing it (in some places).
2001-02-21 16:01:29 +01:00
PKG_ARGS_COMMON= -v -c -${COMMENT:Q}" " -d ${DESCR} -f ${PLIST}
Change COMMENT handling: COMMENTs are now a variable in the Makefile instead of a pkg/COMMENT file. The COMMENT var should be in the maintainer block after the homepage. Modify bsd.pkg.mk, pkglint, url2pkg, and port2pkg (last one untested) for the new behaviour. Document new state in Packages.txt. This should save lots of inodes, and lots of time when untarring/updating. Idea by Alistair Crooks. For the time being, accept pkg/COMMENT instead of a COMMENT var to avoid a flag day.
2001-02-16 14:06:17 +01:00
PKG_ARGS_COMMON+= -l -b ${BUILD_VERSION_FILE} -B ${BUILD_INFO_FILE}
As per discussion on tech-pkg, correct behavior of `make package' in the case where DESTDIR is set. Previously, if DESTDIR was set when a pkg was installed, $DESTDIR/var/db/pkg/+CONTENT would get `@cwd $DESTDIR/$PREFIX', as would the +CONTENT archived in the binary package. The first is correct, the second is not. Now, @cwd in the +CONTENT recorded in the binary package gets $PREFIX (no $DESTDIR). This allows binary packages built into a DESTDIR to be installed on a real system. The @cwd in the installed PKG_DBDIR ($DESTDIR/var/db/pkg) remains the same. In addition, the full path ($DESTDIR/$PREFIX) is recorded in @src in the binary package's +CONTENT, for reference purposes. This patch is the same as that posted to tech-pkg, except that variable names have been clarified as suggested by hubertf.
2001-01-29 02:56:51 +01:00
PKG_ARGS_COMMON+= -s ${SIZE_PKG_FILE} -S ${SIZE_ALL_FILE}
Use ${SORT} and ${WC} instead of sort and wc. Also some minor whitespace fixes.
2001-06-12 15:17:01 +02:00
PKG_ARGS_COMMON+= -P "`${MAKE} ${MAKEFLAGS} run-depends-list PACKAGE_DEPENDS_QUICK=true | ${SORT} -u`"
Change indentation (whitespace changes only!): .if .if .if . if .else => . else .endif . endif .endif .endif Patch contributed by Marc Espie <espie@liafa.jussieu.fr> in preparation of merging latest changes with the OpenPackages project. Thanks Marc!
2001-07-19 00:43:32 +02:00
. ifdef CONFLICTS
As per discussion on tech-pkg, correct behavior of `make package' in the case where DESTDIR is set. Previously, if DESTDIR was set when a pkg was installed, $DESTDIR/var/db/pkg/+CONTENT would get `@cwd $DESTDIR/$PREFIX', as would the +CONTENT archived in the binary package. The first is correct, the second is not. Now, @cwd in the +CONTENT recorded in the binary package gets $PREFIX (no $DESTDIR). This allows binary packages built into a DESTDIR to be installed on a real system. The @cwd in the installed PKG_DBDIR ($DESTDIR/var/db/pkg) remains the same. In addition, the full path ($DESTDIR/$PREFIX) is recorded in @src in the binary package's +CONTENT, for reference purposes. This patch is the same as that posted to tech-pkg, except that variable names have been clarified as suggested by hubertf.
2001-01-29 02:56:51 +01:00
PKG_ARGS_COMMON+= -C "${CONFLICTS}"
Change indentation (whitespace changes only!): .if .if .if . if .else => . else .endif . endif .endif .endif Patch contributed by Marc Espie <espie@liafa.jussieu.fr> in preparation of merging latest changes with the OpenPackages project. Thanks Marc!
2001-07-19 00:43:32 +02:00
. endif
. ifdef INSTALL_FILE
As per discussion on tech-pkg, correct behavior of `make package' in the case where DESTDIR is set. Previously, if DESTDIR was set when a pkg was installed, $DESTDIR/var/db/pkg/+CONTENT would get `@cwd $DESTDIR/$PREFIX', as would the +CONTENT archived in the binary package. The first is correct, the second is not. Now, @cwd in the +CONTENT recorded in the binary package gets $PREFIX (no $DESTDIR). This allows binary packages built into a DESTDIR to be installed on a real system. The @cwd in the installed PKG_DBDIR ($DESTDIR/var/db/pkg) remains the same. In addition, the full path ($DESTDIR/$PREFIX) is recorded in @src in the binary package's +CONTENT, for reference purposes. This patch is the same as that posted to tech-pkg, except that variable names have been clarified as suggested by hubertf.
2001-01-29 02:56:51 +01:00
PKG_ARGS_COMMON+= -i ${INSTALL_FILE}
Change indentation (whitespace changes only!): .if .if .if . if .else => . else .endif . endif .endif .endif Patch contributed by Marc Espie <espie@liafa.jussieu.fr> in preparation of merging latest changes with the OpenPackages project. Thanks Marc!
2001-07-19 00:43:32 +02:00
. endif
. ifdef DEINSTALL_FILE
As per discussion on tech-pkg, correct behavior of `make package' in the case where DESTDIR is set. Previously, if DESTDIR was set when a pkg was installed, $DESTDIR/var/db/pkg/+CONTENT would get `@cwd $DESTDIR/$PREFIX', as would the +CONTENT archived in the binary package. The first is correct, the second is not. Now, @cwd in the +CONTENT recorded in the binary package gets $PREFIX (no $DESTDIR). This allows binary packages built into a DESTDIR to be installed on a real system. The @cwd in the installed PKG_DBDIR ($DESTDIR/var/db/pkg) remains the same. In addition, the full path ($DESTDIR/$PREFIX) is recorded in @src in the binary package's +CONTENT, for reference purposes. This patch is the same as that posted to tech-pkg, except that variable names have been clarified as suggested by hubertf.
2001-01-29 02:56:51 +01:00
PKG_ARGS_COMMON+= -k ${DEINSTALL_FILE}
Change indentation (whitespace changes only!): .if .if .if . if .else => . else .endif . endif .endif .endif Patch contributed by Marc Espie <espie@liafa.jussieu.fr> in preparation of merging latest changes with the OpenPackages project. Thanks Marc!
2001-07-19 00:43:32 +02:00
. endif
. ifdef MESSAGE
Add automatic ${VARIABLE} handling for MESSAGE files. Convert most MESSAGE files to new syntax (${VARIABLE} gets replaced, not @VARIABLE@, nor @@VARIABLE@@). By default, substitutions are done for LOCALBASE, PKGNAME, PREFIX, X11BASE, X11PREFIX; additional patterns can be added via MESSAGE_SUBST. Clean up some packages while I'm there; add RCS tags to most MESSAGEs. Remove some uninteresting MESSAGEs.
2001-01-29 12:34:21 +01:00
PKG_ARGS_COMMON+= -D ${MESSAGE}
Change indentation (whitespace changes only!): .if .if .if . if .else => . else .endif . endif .endif .endif Patch contributed by Marc Espie <espie@liafa.jussieu.fr> in preparation of merging latest changes with the OpenPackages project. Thanks Marc!
2001-07-19 00:43:32 +02:00
. endif
. ifndef NO_MTREE
As per discussion on tech-pkg, correct behavior of `make package' in the case where DESTDIR is set. Previously, if DESTDIR was set when a pkg was installed, $DESTDIR/var/db/pkg/+CONTENT would get `@cwd $DESTDIR/$PREFIX', as would the +CONTENT archived in the binary package. The first is correct, the second is not. Now, @cwd in the +CONTENT recorded in the binary package gets $PREFIX (no $DESTDIR). This allows binary packages built into a DESTDIR to be installed on a real system. The @cwd in the installed PKG_DBDIR ($DESTDIR/var/db/pkg) remains the same. In addition, the full path ($DESTDIR/$PREFIX) is recorded in @src in the binary package's +CONTENT, for reference purposes. This patch is the same as that posted to tech-pkg, except that variable names have been clarified as suggested by hubertf.
2001-01-29 02:56:51 +01:00
PKG_ARGS_COMMON+= -m ${MTREE_FILE}
Change indentation (whitespace changes only!): .if .if .if . if .else => . else .endif . endif .endif .endif Patch contributed by Marc Espie <espie@liafa.jussieu.fr> in preparation of merging latest changes with the OpenPackages project. Thanks Marc!
2001-07-19 00:43:32 +02:00
. endif
As per discussion on tech-pkg, correct behavior of `make package' in the case where DESTDIR is set. Previously, if DESTDIR was set when a pkg was installed, $DESTDIR/var/db/pkg/+CONTENT would get `@cwd $DESTDIR/$PREFIX', as would the +CONTENT archived in the binary package. The first is correct, the second is not. Now, @cwd in the +CONTENT recorded in the binary package gets $PREFIX (no $DESTDIR). This allows binary packages built into a DESTDIR to be installed on a real system. The @cwd in the installed PKG_DBDIR ($DESTDIR/var/db/pkg) remains the same. In addition, the full path ($DESTDIR/$PREFIX) is recorded in @src in the binary package's +CONTENT, for reference purposes. This patch is the same as that posted to tech-pkg, except that variable names have been clarified as suggested by hubertf.
2001-01-29 02:56:51 +01:00
PKG_ARGS_INSTALL= -p ${PREFIX} ${PKG_ARGS_COMMON}
Don't use regexp substitution where plain substitution is intended, it might yield some surprising results. Pointed out by Marc Espie <espie@schutzenberger.liafa.jussieu.fr>
2001-03-30 00:08:21 +02:00
PKG_ARGS_BINPKG= -p ${PREFIX:S/^${DESTDIR}//} -L ${PREFIX} ${PKG_ARGS_COMMON}
As per discussion on tech-pkg, correct behavior of `make package' in the case where DESTDIR is set. Previously, if DESTDIR was set when a pkg was installed, $DESTDIR/var/db/pkg/+CONTENT would get `@cwd $DESTDIR/$PREFIX', as would the +CONTENT archived in the binary package. The first is correct, the second is not. Now, @cwd in the +CONTENT recorded in the binary package gets $PREFIX (no $DESTDIR). This allows binary packages built into a DESTDIR to be installed on a real system. The @cwd in the installed PKG_DBDIR ($DESTDIR/var/db/pkg) remains the same. In addition, the full path ($DESTDIR/$PREFIX) is recorded in @src in the binary package's +CONTENT, for reference purposes. This patch is the same as that posted to tech-pkg, except that variable names have been clarified as suggested by hubertf.
2001-01-29 02:56:51 +01:00
.endif # !PKG_ARGS_COMMON
Fix size-registering code. (Need to test PKGTOOLS_VERSION, not PKGTOOLS_REQD, to see if the new code is present; for PKGTOOLS_VERSION to get defined, some code needs to get moved around a bit, though)
2000-01-09 05:43:20 +01:00
PKG_SUFX?= .tgz
* Remove old PLIST-mi/md.shared/md.static that was only used for perl in a previous (pkgsrc) life. * add "lint" target to run pkglint * Add commented out direction on how to use bzip2 compressed binary packages * Some cleanup (clean target, ...) Reviewed by Thomas Klauser <wiz@netbsd.org>.
2000-12-30 12:19:04 +01:00
#PKG_SUFX?= .tbz # bzip2(1) pkgs
Fix size-registering code. (Need to test PKGTOOLS_VERSION, not PKGTOOLS_REQD, to see if the new code is present; for PKGTOOLS_VERSION to get defined, some code needs to get moved around a bit, though)
2000-01-09 05:43:20 +01:00
# where pkg_add records its dirty deeds.
Changes to make DESTDIR builds have a bit more chance to survive, esp. WRT PKG_DBDIR; Plus one comment.
2000-03-09 14:54:50 +01:00
PKG_DBDIR?= ${DESTDIR}/var/db/pkg
Fix size-registering code. (Need to test PKGTOOLS_VERSION, not PKGTOOLS_REQD, to see if the new code is present; for PKGTOOLS_VERSION to get defined, some code needs to get moved around a bit, though)
2000-01-09 05:43:20 +01:00
Previous commit to bsd.pkg.mk caught some "SMART_MESSAGES" work - document them now, in mk.conf.example, and add a small comment explaining what they do. When SMART_MESSAGES is defined, when compiling packages, the make(1) target is displayed, and also the current stack of packages being built.
2000-03-13 15:24:27 +01:00
# Define SMART_MESSAGES in /etc/mk.conf for messages giving the tree
Typo in comment for SMART_MESSAGES.
2001-01-31 00:18:36 +01:00
# of dependencies for building, and the current target.
Fix PACKAGE_DEPENDS_QUICK when installing on Solaris - escape the argument from the shell, so that we can install packages on Solaris again, and use canonical ${GREP} and ${AWK} programs.
2000-03-13 15:19:15 +01:00
.ifdef SMART_MESSAGES
_PKGSRC_IN?= ===> ${.TARGET} [${PKGNAME}${_PKGSRC_DEPS}] ===
.else
_PKGSRC_IN?= ===
.endif
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
# Used to print all the '===>' style prompts - override this to turn them off.
ECHO_MSG?= ${ECHO}
Introduce TRUE?=/usr/bin/true, and use it.
1998-02-02 09:10:41 +01:00
# How to do nothing. Override if you, for some strange reason, would rather
# do something.
DO_NADA?= ${TRUE}
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
ALL_TARGET?= all
INSTALL_TARGET?= install
Let make do the work: + set MAKE_PROGRAM variable in bsd.port.mk to either ${GMAKE} or ${MAKE}, and use it in do-build and do-install targets + if X11 package, and man pages are installed, add install.man to ${INSTALL_TARGET}, rather than using a separate command to do this. Also added CATn= blah.0, similar to MANn= blah.1, which installs pre-formatted man pages, like the ones imake produces.
1997-11-05 14:36:31 +01:00
.if defined(USE_IMAKE) && !defined(NO_INSTALL_MANPAGES)
INSTALL_TARGET+= install.man
.endif
Implement a new PASSIVE_FETCH definition, which can be set in the environment, or /etc/mk.conf, and is used to specify -p to ftp(1) when fetching distfiles from behind a filtering firewall. Document PASSIVE_FETCH in mk.conf.example. Suggested by Bill Coldwell.
1998-05-29 11:21:43 +02:00
# If this host is behind a filtering firewall, use passive ftp(1)
.if defined(PASSIVE_FETCH)
FETCH_BEFORE_ARGS += -p
.endif
Document the new Motif-related variables. Deprecate USE_MOTIF in favor of including motif.buildlink.mk, which contains more sophisticated and complete logic for detecting the various Motif options that may be installed. Though deprecated, USE_MOTIF is still recognized, though it does no more than include motif.buildlink.mk.
2001-09-14 03:52:40 +02:00
# If USE_MOTIF (deprecated) is set, then include motif.buildlink.mk for the
# Motif discovery logic.
#
Support using a preinstalled Motif installation instead of Lesstif again.
1999-10-06 00:18:05 +02:00
.if defined(USE_MOTIF)
Document the new Motif-related variables. Deprecate USE_MOTIF in favor of including motif.buildlink.mk, which contains more sophisticated and complete logic for detecting the various Motif options that may be installed. Though deprecated, USE_MOTIF is still recognized, though it does no more than include motif.buildlink.mk.
2001-09-14 03:52:40 +02:00
. include "../../mk/motif.buildlink.mk"
.endif
Support using a preinstalled Motif installation instead of Lesstif again.
1999-10-06 00:18:05 +02:00
Make check for Xpm in XFree86 look like the checks for Mesa and freetype2.
2001-07-02 10:02:33 +02:00
# If USE_XPM is set, depend on xpm.
Partially back out revision 1.612 because it causes endless loops in dependency checks if the "xpm" package is not installed.
2000-11-25 00:28:30 +01:00
.if defined(USE_XPM)
Change indentation (whitespace changes only!): .if .if .if . if .else => . else .endif . endif .endif .endif Patch contributed by Marc Espie <espie@liafa.jussieu.fr> in preparation of merging latest changes with the OpenPackages project. Thanks Marc!
2001-07-19 00:43:32 +02:00
. if (defined(HAVE_BUILTIN_XPM) && (${HAVE_BUILTIN_XPM} == "NO"))
Add support for new variable "USE_XPM" for packages which use the Xpm library. It will use the include Xpm library on systems with XFree86 4.0 or newer and the package on systems with XFree86 3.3.6 and older.
2000-08-24 00:22:53 +02:00
DEPENDS+= xpm-3.4k:../../graphics/xpm
Fix a EVAL_PREFIX problem with XPM and xfree86 4.x Patch from Alistair G. Crooks with a small change from me after a comment from Matthias Scheler.
2000-09-05 21:13:40 +02:00
XPMDIR_DEFAULT= ${X11PREFIX}
Change indentation (whitespace changes only!): .if .if .if . if .else => . else .endif . endif .endif .endif Patch contributed by Marc Espie <espie@liafa.jussieu.fr> in preparation of merging latest changes with the OpenPackages project. Thanks Marc!
2001-07-19 00:43:32 +02:00
. else
Fix a EVAL_PREFIX problem with XPM and xfree86 4.x Patch from Alistair G. Crooks with a small change from me after a comment from Matthias Scheler.
2000-09-05 21:13:40 +02:00
XPMDIR_DEFAULT= ${X11BASE}
Change indentation (whitespace changes only!): .if .if .if . if .else => . else .endif . endif .endif .endif Patch contributed by Marc Espie <espie@liafa.jussieu.fr> in preparation of merging latest changes with the OpenPackages project. Thanks Marc!
2001-07-19 00:43:32 +02:00
. endif
. undef __BUILTIN_XPM
Add USE_MESA and USE_GLX mechanism similar to USE_XPM that detects and handles a builtin XFree86-4.x Mesa.
2000-10-15 13:31:41 +02:00
.endif # USE_XPM
# If USE_MESA is set, depend on Mesa (or Mesa-glx if USE_GLX is defined and
# Mesa/GLX is not included in XFree86)
.if defined(USE_MESA)
work around HAVE_BUILTIN_MESA not set when USE_GLX is set.
2001-07-27 14:19:15 +02:00
. if (defined(USE_GLX) && defined(HAVE_BUILTIN_MESA) && ${HAVE_BUILTIN_MESA} == "NO")
Add USE_MESA and USE_GLX mechanism similar to USE_XPM that detects and handles a builtin XFree86-4.x Mesa.
2000-10-15 13:31:41 +02:00
DEPENDS+= Mesa-glx>=20000813:../../graphics/Mesa-glx
Change indentation (whitespace changes only!): .if .if .if . if .else => . else .endif . endif .endif .endif Patch contributed by Marc Espie <espie@liafa.jussieu.fr> in preparation of merging latest changes with the OpenPackages project. Thanks Marc!
2001-07-19 00:43:32 +02:00
. else
Add USE_MESA and USE_GLX mechanism similar to USE_XPM that detects and handles a builtin XFree86-4.x Mesa.
2000-10-15 13:31:41 +02:00
DEPENDS+= Mesa>=3.2.1:../../graphics/Mesa
Change indentation (whitespace changes only!): .if .if .if . if .else => . else .endif . endif .endif .endif Patch contributed by Marc Espie <espie@liafa.jussieu.fr> in preparation of merging latest changes with the OpenPackages project. Thanks Marc!
2001-07-19 00:43:32 +02:00
. endif
. undef __BUILTIN_MESA
Add USE_MESA and USE_GLX mechanism similar to USE_XPM that detects and handles a builtin XFree86-4.x Mesa.
2000-10-15 13:31:41 +02:00
.endif # USE_MESA
Add support for new variable "USE_XPM" for packages which use the Xpm library. It will use the include Xpm library on systems with XFree86 4.0 or newer and the package on systems with XFree86 3.3.6 and older.
2000-08-24 00:22:53 +02:00
Handle freetype2 package like the MesaLib package as it is bundled with XFree86-4.0.x.
2001-04-19 21:11:59 +02:00
# If USE_FREETYPE2 is set, depend on freetype2.
.if defined(USE_FREETYPE2)
Change indentation (whitespace changes only!): .if .if .if . if .else => . else .endif . endif .endif .endif Patch contributed by Marc Espie <espie@liafa.jussieu.fr> in preparation of merging latest changes with the OpenPackages project. Thanks Marc!
2001-07-19 00:43:32 +02:00
. if ${HAVE_BUILTIN_FREETYPE2} == "NO"
Handle freetype2 package like the MesaLib package as it is bundled with XFree86-4.0.x.
2001-04-19 21:11:59 +02:00
DEPENDS+= freetype2>=2.0.1:../../graphics/freetype2
Change indentation (whitespace changes only!): .if .if .if . if .else => . else .endif . endif .endif .endif Patch contributed by Marc Espie <espie@liafa.jussieu.fr> in preparation of merging latest changes with the OpenPackages project. Thanks Marc!
2001-07-19 00:43:32 +02:00
. endif
. undef __BUILTIN_FREETYPE2
Handle freetype2 package like the MesaLib package as it is bundled with XFree86-4.0.x.
2001-04-19 21:11:59 +02:00
.endif # USE_FREETYPE2
As discussed on tech-pkg, introduce USE_RMAN to accomodate the XFree86-4.x installed "rman".
2001-03-20 01:04:15 +01:00
# Check if we got "rman" with XFree86, for packages that need "rman".
.if defined(USE_RMAN)
Change indentation (whitespace changes only!): .if .if .if . if .else => . else .endif . endif .endif .endif Patch contributed by Marc Espie <espie@liafa.jussieu.fr> in preparation of merging latest changes with the OpenPackages project. Thanks Marc!
2001-07-19 00:43:32 +02:00
. if !exists(${X11BASE}/bin/rman)
As discussed on tech-pkg, introduce USE_RMAN to accomodate the XFree86-4.x installed "rman".
2001-03-20 01:04:15 +01:00
DEPENDS+= rman-3.0.9:../../textproc/rman
RMAN?= ${LOCALBASE}/bin/rman
Change indentation (whitespace changes only!): .if .if .if . if .else => . else .endif . endif .endif .endif Patch contributed by Marc Espie <espie@liafa.jussieu.fr> in preparation of merging latest changes with the OpenPackages project. Thanks Marc!
2001-07-19 00:43:32 +02:00
. else
As discussed on tech-pkg, introduce USE_RMAN to accomodate the XFree86-4.x installed "rman".
2001-03-20 01:04:15 +01:00
RMAN?= ${X11BASE}/bin/rman
Change indentation (whitespace changes only!): .if .if .if . if .else => . else .endif . endif .endif .endif Patch contributed by Marc Espie <espie@liafa.jussieu.fr> in preparation of merging latest changes with the OpenPackages project. Thanks Marc!
2001-07-19 00:43:32 +02:00
. endif
As discussed on tech-pkg, introduce USE_RMAN to accomodate the XFree86-4.x installed "rman".
2001-03-20 01:04:15 +01:00
.endif
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
# Popular master sites
MASTER_SITE_XCONTRIB+= \
Update MASTER_SITE_XCONTRIB server list, inspired by a posting to tech-pkg by Jim Bernard <jbernard@mines.edu>.
2001-06-28 18:54:07 +02:00
ftp://uiarchive.uiuc.edu/pub/ftp/ftp.x.org/contrib/ \
ftp://sunsite.doc.ic.ac.uk/packages/X11/contrib/ \
ftp://ftp.gwdg.de/pub/x11/x.org/contrib/ \
ftp://ftp.sunet.se/pub/X11/contrib/ \
ftp://sunsite.sut.ac.jp/pub/archives/X11/contrib/ \
ftp://sunsite.icm.edu.pl/pub/X11/contrib/ \
ftp://ftp.task.gda.pl/mirror/ftp.x.org/contrib/ \
ftp://ftp.ntua.gr/pub/X11/contrib/ \
ftp://sunsite.cnlab-switch.ch/mirror/X11/contrib/ \
ftp://ftp.cica.es/pub/X/contrib/ \
ftp://ftp.unicamp.br/pub/X11/contrib/ \
Completely replace "MASTER_SITE_SUBDIR" and "PATCH_SITE_SUBDIR" with variable substituition of "MASTER_SITES" and "PATCH_SITES".
1999-04-15 22:39:38 +02:00
ftp://ftp.uni-paderborn.de/pub/X11/contrib/ \
ftp://ftp.x.org/contrib/
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
MASTER_SITE_GNU+= \
Completely replace "MASTER_SITE_SUBDIR" and "PATCH_SITE_SUBDIR" with variable substituition of "MASTER_SITES" and "PATCH_SITES".
1999-04-15 22:39:38 +02:00
ftp://ftp.gnu.org/pub/gnu/ \
Update GNU mirror list.
2000-02-03 17:41:48 +01:00
ftp://ftp.gwdg.de/pub/gnu/ \
remove bogus 'ftp' before URL
2000-02-05 15:10:27 +01:00
ftp://ftp.progsoc.uts.edu.au/pub/gnu/
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
MASTER_SITE_PERL_CPAN+= \
MASTER_SITE_PERL_CPAN, cpan.pair.com: s/by-modules/by-module/
2002-06-17 11:11:10 +02:00
ftp://cpan.pair.com/pub/CPAN/modules/by-module/ \
Remove one, and add four CPAN mirrors, more or less randomly chosen all over the world.
2002-03-13 16:39:36 +01:00
ftp://mirrors.cloud9.net/pub/mirrors/CPAN/modules/by-module/ \
ftp://ftp.sunet.se/pub/lang/perl/CPAN/modules/by-module/ \
ftp://ftp.uvsq.fr/pub/perl/CPAN/modules/by-module/ \
Add german CPAN mirror.
2001-02-17 16:55:47 +01:00
ftp://ftp.gmd.de/mirrors/CPAN/modules/by-module/ \
Remove one, and add four CPAN mirrors, more or less randomly chosen all over the world.
2002-03-13 16:39:36 +01:00
ftp://ftp.tuwien.ac.at/pub/CPAN/modules/by-module/ \
Add authoritative CPAN ftp site as a last resort in case packages have not yet propagated to mirror sites. Closes PR pkg/11591 from Damon Brodie
2000-12-12 02:04:16 +01:00
ftp://cpan.perl.org/CPAN/modules/by-module/
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
Change the 'update' target to skip non-existent (removed) directories. This fixes PR pkg/9181 by Richard Rauch.
2000-02-01 17:30:07 +01:00
MASTER_SITE_R_CRAN+= \
http://cran.r-project.org/src/ \
ftp://cran.r-project.org/pub/R/src/ \
http://cran.at.r-project.org/src/ \
ftp://cran.at.r-project.org/pub/R/src/ \
http://cran.dk.r-project.org/src/ \
http://cran.ch.r-project.org/src/ \
http://cran.uk.r-project.org/src/ \
http://cran.us.r-project.org/src/ \
http://lib.stat.cmu.edu/R/CRAN/src/ \
ftp://ftp.biostat.washington.edu/mirrors/R/CRAN/src/ \
http://cran.stat.wisc.edu/src/ \
http://SunSITE.auc.dk/R/src/ \
http://www.stat.unipg.it/pub/stat/statlib/R/CRAN/src/ \
ftp://ftp.u-aizu.ac.jp/pub/lang/R/CRAN/src/ \
ftp://dola.snu.ac.kr/pub/R/CRAN/src/ \
http://stat.ethz.ch/CRAN/src/ \
http://www.stats.bris.ac.uk/R/src/
Be consistent throughout the file with line continuations and whitespace. No functional changes.
2002-05-03 14:44:01 +02:00
MASTER_SITE_TEX_CTAN+= \
Standardise on the format of continuation lines. No functional change.
2002-05-13 13:43:05 +02:00
ftp://ftp.wustl.edu/packages/TeX/ \
ftp://ftp.funet.fi/pub/TeX/CTAN/ \
ftp://ftp.tex.ac.uk/public/ctan/tex-archive/ \
Completely replace "MASTER_SITE_SUBDIR" and "PATCH_SITE_SUBDIR" with variable substituition of "MASTER_SITES" and "PATCH_SITES".
1999-04-15 22:39:38 +02:00
ftp://ftp.dante.de/tex-archive/
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
MASTER_SITE_SUNSITE+= \
Completely replace "MASTER_SITE_SUBDIR" and "PATCH_SITE_SUBDIR" with variable substituition of "MASTER_SITES" and "PATCH_SITES".
1999-04-15 22:39:38 +02:00
ftp://sunsite.unc.edu/pub/Linux/ \
Add mirror on "ftp.informatik.rwth-aachen.de" to "MASTER_SITE_SUNSITE".
2000-03-01 11:53:07 +01:00
ftp://ftp.infomagic.com/pub/mirrors/linux/sunsite/ \
ftp://ftp.informatik.rwth-aachen.de/pub/comp/Linux/sunsite.unc.edu/
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
Fix typo in last commit.
1999-08-22 23:42:22 +02:00
MASTER_SITE_GNOME+= \
Add "MASTER_SITE_GNOME" for GNOME related packages.
1999-08-22 23:36:10 +02:00
ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/GNOME/ \
ftp://ftp.sunet.se/pub/X11/GNOME/ \
Remove GNOME on "ftp.fh-rosenheim.de" which doesn't carry any files at the moment.
2001-11-16 21:35:19 +01:00
ftp://ftp.tuwien.ac.at/hci/gnome.org/GNOME/
Add "MASTER_SITE_GNOME" for GNOME related packages.
1999-08-22 23:36:10 +02:00
Add new master site list "MASTER_SITE_SOURCEFORGE" for "download.sourceforge.net" and mirror sites.
2000-11-11 15:46:57 +01:00
MASTER_SITE_SOURCEFORGE+= \
add actual sourceforge mirrors, and remove non-working
2002-05-08 13:33:49 +02:00
http://belnet.dl.sourceforge.net/sourceforge/ \
Add some more sourceforge mirror sites.
2002-08-23 13:26:07 +02:00
http://cesnet.dl.sourceforge.net/sourceforge/ \
Another sourceforge mirror site.
2002-08-30 14:54:29 +02:00
http://switch.dl.sourceforge.net/sourceforge/ \
add actual sourceforge mirrors, and remove non-working
2002-05-08 13:33:49 +02:00
http://telia.dl.sourceforge.net/sourceforge/ \
Add some more sourceforge mirror sites.
2002-08-23 13:26:07 +02:00
http://twtelecom.dl.sourceforge.net/sourceforge/ \
http://umn.dl.sourceforge.net/sourceforge/ \
http://unc.dl.sourceforge.net/sourceforge/ \
Reorder "MASTER_SITE_SOURCEFORGE" in the interest of performance.
2001-04-18 12:53:02 +02:00
ftp://ftp3.sourceforge.net/pub/sourceforge/ \
Fix sourceforge path on ftp.tuwien.ac.at.
2002-09-01 18:15:32 +02:00
ftp://ftp.tuwien.ac.at/linux/sourceforge/
Add new master site list "MASTER_SITE_SOURCEFORGE" for "download.sourceforge.net" and mirror sites.
2000-11-11 15:46:57 +01:00
forgot to commit in previous.
2002-06-23 04:23:23 +02:00
MASTER_SITE_MOZILLA+= \
ftp://ftp.mozilla.org/pub/mozilla/releases/ \
ftp://ftp.fu-berlin.de/pub/unix/network/www/mozilla/releases/
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
# The primary backup site.
Don't put a // in MASTER_SITE_BACKUP if DIST_SUBDIR is empty/undefined. Yes, this is a hack.
1999-07-27 09:09:48 +02:00
MASTER_SITE_BACKUP?= \
Move "ftp.fi.netbsd.org" from "MASTER_SITE_LOCAL" to "MASTER_SITE_BACKUP". This will reduce load on "ftp.netbsd.org" a bit and still make our local distribution files available during outages.
2002-08-11 18:56:51 +02:00
ftp://ftp.fi.netbsd.org/pub/NetBSD/packages/distfiles/ \
Don't put a // in MASTER_SITE_BACKUP if DIST_SUBDIR is empty/undefined. Yes, this is a hack.
1999-07-27 09:09:48 +02:00
ftp://ftp.netbsd.org/pub/NetBSD/packages/distfiles/ \
ftp://ftp.freebsd.org/pub/FreeBSD/distfiles/
Automatically set MASTER_SITE_LOCAL from MASTER_SITE_BACKUP, and make sure MASTER_SITE_BACKUP doesn't end in //. For this, any setting of MASTER_SITE_LOCAL in /etc/mk.conf must no longer include ${DIST_SUBDIR} - this will be added automatically, if needed.
1999-11-20 22:15:49 +01:00
.if defined(DIST_SUBDIR)
Don't apply ${DIST_SUBDIR} twice. Fixes PR 10646 by Kawaguti Ginga <k.ginga@nbwww.isc.org ???>.
2000-07-26 14:36:49 +02:00
_MASTER_SITE_BACKUP:= ${MASTER_SITE_BACKUP:=${DIST_SUBDIR}/}
. if defined(MASTER_SITE_OVERRIDE)
_MASTER_SITE_OVERRIDE:= ${MASTER_SITE_OVERRIDE:=${DIST_SUBDIR}/}
. endif # MASTER_SITE_OVERRIDE
.else # !DIST_SUBDIR
_MASTER_SITE_BACKUP:= ${MASTER_SITE_BACKUP}
. if defined(MASTER_SITE_OVERRIDE)
_MASTER_SITE_OVERRIDE:= ${MASTER_SITE_OVERRIDE}
. endif # MASTER_SITE_OVERRIDE
Only add DIST_SUBDIR to MASTER_SITE_OVERRIDE if MASTER_SITE_OVERRIDE is actually set. Prevents "Variable MASTER_SITE_OVERRIDE is recursive" message. Found by Ezra Story <ezy@panix.com>
2000-02-25 06:46:27 +01:00
.endif # DIST_SUBDIR
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
# Where to put distfiles that don't have any other master site
MASTER_SITE_LOCAL?= \
Add "ftp.fi.netbsd.org" to "MASTER_SITE_LOCAL" so that e.g. building the "openssl" package works while "ftp.netbsd.org" is down.
2002-08-11 11:59:43 +02:00
${MASTER_SITE_BACKUP:=LOCAL_PORTS/} \
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
# Derived names so that they're easily overridable.
DISTFILES?= ${DISTNAME}${EXTRACT_SUFX}
Treat PKGREVISION=0 as if it wasn't set (-> add no "nb0")
2001-12-08 03:12:38 +01:00
.if defined(PKGREVISION) && ${PKGREVISION} != "" && ${PKGREVISION} != "0"
Get rid of manually adding "nbX" to PKGNAME when a pkg was changed in pkgsrc. Instead, a new variable PKGREVISION is invented that can get bumped independent of DISTNAME and PKGNAME. Example #1: DISTNAME= foo-X.Y PKGREVISION= Z => PKGNAME= foo-X.YnbZ Example #2: DISTNAME= barthing-X.Y PKGNAME= bar-X.Y PKGREVISION= Z => PKGNAME= bar=X.YnbZ (!) On subsequent changes, only PKGREVISION needs to be bumped, no more risk of getting DISTNAME changed accidentally.
2001-11-29 02:12:24 +01:00
. if defined(PKGNAME)
Invent a new variable "PKGNAME_NOREV" which holds the package name without the package revision added. Replace "PKGNAME" in package list with this value because the installed software doesn't know anything about package system revision. This fixes package list problems in e.g. the "xemacs" package.
2002-03-15 11:05:56 +01:00
PKGNAME_NOREV:= ${PKGNAME}
Get rid of manually adding "nbX" to PKGNAME when a pkg was changed in pkgsrc. Instead, a new variable PKGREVISION is invented that can get bumped independent of DISTNAME and PKGNAME. Example #1: DISTNAME= foo-X.Y PKGREVISION= Z => PKGNAME= foo-X.YnbZ Example #2: DISTNAME= barthing-X.Y PKGNAME= bar-X.Y PKGREVISION= Z => PKGNAME= bar=X.YnbZ (!) On subsequent changes, only PKGREVISION needs to be bumped, no more risk of getting DISTNAME changed accidentally.
2001-11-29 02:12:24 +01:00
PKGNAME:= ${PKGNAME}nb${PKGREVISION}
. else
PKGNAME?= ${DISTNAME}nb${PKGREVISION}
Invent a new variable "PKGNAME_NOREV" which holds the package name without the package revision added. Replace "PKGNAME" in package list with this value because the installed software doesn't know anything about package system revision. This fixes package list problems in e.g. the "xemacs" package.
2002-03-15 11:05:56 +01:00
PKGNAME_NOREV= ${DISTNAME}
Get rid of manually adding "nbX" to PKGNAME when a pkg was changed in pkgsrc. Instead, a new variable PKGREVISION is invented that can get bumped independent of DISTNAME and PKGNAME. Example #1: DISTNAME= foo-X.Y PKGREVISION= Z => PKGNAME= foo-X.YnbZ Example #2: DISTNAME= barthing-X.Y PKGNAME= bar-X.Y PKGREVISION= Z => PKGNAME= bar=X.YnbZ (!) On subsequent changes, only PKGREVISION needs to be bumped, no more risk of getting DISTNAME changed accidentally.
2001-11-29 02:12:24 +01:00
. endif
.else
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
PKGNAME?= ${DISTNAME}
Invent a new variable "PKGNAME_NOREV" which holds the package name without the package revision added. Replace "PKGNAME" in package list with this value because the installed software doesn't know anything about package system revision. This fixes package list problems in e.g. the "xemacs" package.
2002-03-15 11:05:56 +01:00
PKGNAME_NOREV= ${PKGNAME}
Get rid of manually adding "nbX" to PKGNAME when a pkg was changed in pkgsrc. Instead, a new variable PKGREVISION is invented that can get bumped independent of DISTNAME and PKGNAME. Example #1: DISTNAME= foo-X.Y PKGREVISION= Z => PKGNAME= foo-X.YnbZ Example #2: DISTNAME= barthing-X.Y PKGNAME= bar-X.Y PKGREVISION= Z => PKGNAME= bar=X.YnbZ (!) On subsequent changes, only PKGREVISION needs to be bumped, no more risk of getting DISTNAME changed accidentally.
2001-11-29 02:12:24 +01:00
.endif
Add support for SVR4_PKGNAME: SVR4 has a lenght limitation of the package name: Only 9 characters are allowed. Thats not a real problem since gensolpkg, which is used to create a SVR4 packages, truncates the PKGNAME to 9 characters, but there is a second problem. Normaly you have a vendor identifier in that package name. gensolpkg uses at the moment TNF, so we only have 6 characters left, and that is insufficient for a few packages like the amanda ones. Where the real lenght should be limited to 5 characters so one can choose to use a vendor string up to 4 characters. SVR4_PKGNAME should be only added to a few packages where the truncation of the PKGNAME does not produce an unique package name, e.g the amanda packages. You will need pkgsrc/pkgtools/gensolpkg 1.9 which will be commited in the next few days to use SVR4_PKGNAME. TODO: add SVR4_PKGNAME support to pkglint.
2001-01-21 23:41:03 +01:00
SVR4_PKGNAME?= ${PKGNAME}
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
Add back default MAINTAINER field. Remove test which made MAINTAINER field mandatory - it's not a field that's critical to the build or installation of a package, and is redundant given a default value.
1998-08-06 11:51:20 +02:00
MAINTAINER?= packages@netbsd.org
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
ALLFILES?= ${DISTFILES} ${PATCHFILES}
Speed up the evaluation of ${CKSUMFILES} vs. ${IGNOREFILES} a little (and make it cleaner) by replacing the shell expansion with a bmake .for loop.
1999-05-21 21:29:02 +02:00
CKSUMFILES?= ${ALLFILES}
.for __tmp__ in ${IGNOREFILES}
CKSUMFILES:= ${CKSUMFILES:N${__tmp__}}
.endfor
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
Fix MD5 checksum test in "do-fetch:" target to work with "DIST_SUBDIR". Patch supplied by Jim Bernard in PR pkg/5962.
1998-08-15 00:10:53 +02:00
# List of all files, with ${DIST_SUBDIR} in front. Used for fetch and checksum.
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
.if defined(DIST_SUBDIR)
Change indentation (whitespace changes only!): .if .if .if . if .else => . else .endif . endif .endif .endif Patch contributed by Marc Espie <espie@liafa.jussieu.fr> in preparation of merging latest changes with the OpenPackages project. Thanks Marc!
2001-07-19 00:43:32 +02:00
. if ${CKSUMFILES} != ""
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
_CKSUMFILES?= ${CKSUMFILES:S/^/${DIST_SUBDIR}\//}
Change indentation (whitespace changes only!): .if .if .if . if .else => . else .endif . endif .endif .endif Patch contributed by Marc Espie <espie@liafa.jussieu.fr> in preparation of merging latest changes with the OpenPackages project. Thanks Marc!
2001-07-19 00:43:32 +02:00
. endif
Fix MD5 checksum test in "do-fetch:" target to work with "DIST_SUBDIR". Patch supplied by Jim Bernard in PR pkg/5962.
1998-08-15 00:10:53 +02:00
_DISTFILES?= ${DISTFILES:S/^/${DIST_SUBDIR}\//}
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
_IGNOREFILES?= ${IGNOREFILES:S/^/${DIST_SUBDIR}\//}
Fix MD5 checksum test in "do-fetch:" target to work with "DIST_SUBDIR". Patch supplied by Jim Bernard in PR pkg/5962.
1998-08-15 00:10:53 +02:00
_PATCHFILES?= ${PATCHFILES:S/^/${DIST_SUBDIR}\//}
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
.else
_CKSUMFILES?= ${CKSUMFILES}
Fix MD5 checksum test in "do-fetch:" target to work with "DIST_SUBDIR". Patch supplied by Jim Bernard in PR pkg/5962.
1998-08-15 00:10:53 +02:00
_DISTFILES?= ${DISTFILES}
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
_IGNOREFILES?= ${IGNOREFILES}
Fix MD5 checksum test in "do-fetch:" target to work with "DIST_SUBDIR". Patch supplied by Jim Bernard in PR pkg/5962.
1998-08-15 00:10:53 +02:00
_PATCHFILES?= ${PATCHFILES}
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
.endif
Re-work the fetch target(s), as discussed on "tech-pkg". The primary motivation is to make the order that sites are hit more sane, and especially to prevent hitting sites that aren't ever expected to have the sought after file. Now, ${MASTER_SITE_OVERRIDE} is always hit first. If that fails, then the sites designated for that file, then ${MASTER_SITE_BACKUP}, are hit (by default), but with the order subject to ${MASTER_SORT_REGEX} and ${MASTER_SORT_AWK}. The "designated sites" are usually ${MASTER_SITES} for files in ${DISTFILES}, and ${PATCH_SITES} for files in ${PATCH_FILES}. However, defining a variable `${SITES_foo}' in the package "Makefile" overrides that for file "foo". [The use of ${MASTER_SITES_foo} and ${PATCH_SITES_foo}, which is currently only used by a couple of packages for the same purpose, is deprecated, and will be shortly unsupported.] Also eliminate redundancy in the do-fetch and fetch-list-one-pkg targets, by making them use a single, common macro (escaped with `:Q' in the fetch-list-one-pkg case), so "make fetch-list-one-pkg | sh" now does exactly the same thing as "make do-fetch".
2002-01-06 21:03:22 +01:00
_ALLFILES?= ${_DISTFILES} ${_PATCHFILES}
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
# This is what is actually going to be extracted, and is overridable
# by user.
EXTRACT_ONLY?= ${DISTFILES}
Add back default MAINTAINER field. Remove test which made MAINTAINER field mandatory - it's not a field that's critical to the build or installation of a package, and is redundant given a default value.
1998-08-06 11:51:20 +02:00
.if !defined(CATEGORIES) || !defined(DISTNAME)
- Nuke LIB_DEPENDS pkg cruft. Add an error message if LIB_DEPENDS is set. - Build in some pkglint: error out if DISTNAME or MAINTAINER are not set in the pkg Makefile.
1998-08-05 21:25:08 +02:00
.BEGIN:
Add back default MAINTAINER field. Remove test which made MAINTAINER field mandatory - it's not a field that's critical to the build or installation of a package, and is redundant given a default value.
1998-08-06 11:51:20 +02:00
@${ECHO_MSG} "CATEGORIES and DISTNAME are mandatory."
- Nuke LIB_DEPENDS pkg cruft. Add an error message if LIB_DEPENDS is set. - Build in some pkglint: error out if DISTNAME or MAINTAINER are not set in the pkg Makefile.
1998-08-05 21:25:08 +02:00
@${FALSE}
MAINTAINER = packages@NetBSD.ORG
1998-01-25 15:39:49 +01:00
.endif
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
- Nuke LIB_DEPENDS pkg cruft. Add an error message if LIB_DEPENDS is set. - Build in some pkglint: error out if DISTNAME or MAINTAINER are not set in the pkg Makefile.
1998-08-05 21:25:08 +02:00
.if defined(LIB_DEPENDS)
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
.BEGIN:
Completely replace "MASTER_SITE_SUBDIR" and "PATCH_SITE_SUBDIR" with variable substituition of "MASTER_SITES" and "PATCH_SITES".
1999-04-15 22:39:38 +02:00
@${ECHO_MSG} "LIB_DEPENDS is deprecated and must be replaced with DEPENDS."
@${FALSE}
.endif
Stopgag fix to force people to unset PKG_PATH before doing pkgsrc works (at least until we handle this more sane).
2000-11-11 20:13:41 +01:00
.if defined(PKG_PATH)
.BEGIN:
@${ECHO_MSG} "Please unset PKG_PATH before doing pkgsrc works!"
@${FALSE}
.endif
Completely replace "MASTER_SITE_SUBDIR" and "PATCH_SITE_SUBDIR" with variable substituition of "MASTER_SITES" and "PATCH_SITES".
1999-04-15 22:39:38 +02:00
.if defined(MASTER_SITE_SUBDIR)
.BEGIN:
@${ECHO_MSG} 'MASTER_SITE_SUBDIR is deprecated and must be replaced with MASTER_SITES.'
@${FALSE}
.endif
.if defined(PATCH_SITE_SUBDIR)
.BEGIN:
@${ECHO_MSG} 'PATCH_SITE_SUBDIR is deprecated and must be replaced with PATCH_SITES.'
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
@${FALSE}
.endif
Change {ONLY,NOT}_FOR_{ARCH,OPSYS} format to {ONLY,NOT}_FOR_PLATFORM pattern match format. Minor pkglint along the way.
1999-05-24 22:39:35 +02:00
.if defined(ONLY_FOR_ARCHS) || defined(NOT_FOR_ARCHS) \
|| defined(ONLY_FOR_OPSYS) || defined(NOT_FOR_OPSYS)
.BEGIN:
@${ECHO_MSG} 'ONLY/NOT_FOR_ARCHS/OPSYS are deprecated and must be replaced with ONLY/NOT_FOR_PLATFORM.'
@${FALSE}
.endif
Add coarse-grained locking to pkgsrc builds, by means of a beefed up version of the bare-bones code in PR 7590, from David Maxwell. The definition governing the type of locking used is PKGSRC_LOCKTYPE, which can take any of the values "none", "sleep", and "once". The default is "none". If "sleep" locking is used, and process A is building a package, when process B attempts to build the same package, process B will sleep for PKGSRC_SLEEPSECS seconds, and attempt to grab the lock again. Coarse-grained locking uses the OBJHOSTNAME definition to ensure that the PID space is regular for shlock(1) to do its work. The pkgsrc/pkgtools/shlock package has been provided for environments where shlock is not standard.
2002-01-19 22:29:41 +01:00
.if (${PKGSRC_LOCKTYPE} == "sleep" || ${PKGSRC_LOCKTYPE} == "once") && !defined(OBJHOSTNAME)
.BEGIN:
@${ECHO_MSG} 'PKGSRC_LOCKTYPE needs OBJHOSTNAME defined.'
@${FALSE}
.endif
.if (${PKGSRC_LOCKTYPE} == "sleep" || ${PKGSRC_LOCKTYPE} == "once") && !exists(${SHLOCK})
.BEGIN:
@${ECHO_MSG} 'The ${SHLOCK} utility does not exist, and is necessary for locking.'
@${ECHO_MSG} 'Please go to the ${.CURDIR}/../../pkgtools/shlock directory, and type'
@${ECHO_MSG} 'make install'
@${FALSE}
.endif
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
PKGREPOSITORYSUBDIR?= All
PKGREPOSITORY?= ${PACKAGES}/${PKGREPOSITORYSUBDIR}
PKGFILE?= ${PKGREPOSITORY}/${PKGNAME}${PKG_SUFX}
Merge pkgsrc/mk from the buildlink2 branch back into the main trunk.
2002-08-22 10:21:26 +02:00
CONFIGURE_DIRS?= ${WRKSRC}
Don't invoke "${CONFIGURE_SCRIPT}" with leading "./" so that an absolute pathname will work properly.
2000-03-27 10:43:05 +02:00
CONFIGURE_SCRIPT?= ./configure
- Our default for FETCH_CMD is ftp, not fetch. - Document NO_IGNORE, __ARCH_OK - Make __ARCH_OK overridable, so it can be set to YES e.g. for fetching all distfiles. - Move ".ifndef(__ARCH_OK): block, so some targets like clean work in any case. - Add LOCALBASE and X11BASE to PATH in MAKE_ENV, CONFIGURE_ENV and SCRIPT_ENV; this fixes PR 4573
1998-01-15 23:58:59 +01:00
CONFIGURE_ENV+= PATH=${PATH}:${LOCALBASE}/bin:${X11BASE}/bin
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
.if defined(GNU_CONFIGURE)
New variable GNU_CONFIGURE_PREFIX whose value is the argument to the --prefix option passed to a GNU configure script. It defaults to ${PREFIX}. This should help simplify the packages out there that avoid setting GNU_CONFIGURE=yes because they need a custom --prefix option.
2002-06-23 05:15:28 +02:00
#
# CONFIGURE_PREFIX is the argument to the --prefix option passed to the
# GNU configure script.
#
GNU_CONFIGURE_PREFIX?= ${PREFIX}
CONFIGURE_ARGS+= --host=${MACHINE_GNU_PLATFORM}
CONFIGURE_ARGS+= --prefix=${GNU_CONFIGURE_PREFIX}
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
HAS_CONFIGURE= yes
Change indentation (whitespace changes only!): .if .if .if . if .else => . else .endif . endif .endif .endif Patch contributed by Marc Espie <espie@liafa.jussieu.fr> in preparation of merging latest changes with the OpenPackages project. Thanks Marc!
2001-07-19 00:43:32 +02:00
. if ${X11PREFIX} == ${LOCALBASE}
By default, don't use pkgtools/buildlink-x11 to cause packages that use imake to be buildlinked as it's not necessary for those packages. Many thanks to Frederick Bruckman <fredb@immanent.net> for pointing this out. This is accomplished by ripping out all of the Makefile logic related to buildlink-x11. It will be added back in a separate file (as noted by the additional check for X11_BUILDLINK_MK, but will still not be the default.
2001-08-22 19:34:19 +02:00
. if !defined(X11_BUILDLINK_MK)
enable xpkgwedge bits -- it basically works now.
1999-07-01 16:33:36 +02:00
CONFIGURE_ARGS+= --x-libraries=${X11BASE}/lib --x-includes=${X11BASE}/include
Change indentation (whitespace changes only!): .if .if .if . if .else => . else .endif . endif .endif .endif Patch contributed by Marc Espie <espie@liafa.jussieu.fr> in preparation of merging latest changes with the OpenPackages project. Thanks Marc!
2001-07-19 00:43:32 +02:00
. endif
. endif
Update buildlink-x11 to 0.5. Changes from previous version are the addition of the xmkmf script from the XFree86-4.0.x distribution, which understands passing -D options through to imake. Update the dependency on buildlink-x11 in bsd.pkg.mk for packages using USE_BUILDLINK_ONLY to >=0.5. Also, if USE_BUILDLINK_X11 is set, then refer to ${BUILDLINK_DIR} for location of X headers and libraries.
2001-07-05 06:47:27 +02:00
.endif
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
Move the PKG_SYSCONFDIR logic below the definition of PKGNAME. PKGNAME is use to set PKGBASE, which is used in the name of the package-specific config directory override (PKG_SYSCONFDIR.${PKGBASE}). Prior to this, if PKGNAME wasn't explicitly set in the package, then the override would not work.
2001-11-28 20:55:31 +01:00
#
Move description of variables used for config file handling to Packages.txt. Supplements PR 16971 by Julio Merino <jmmv@hispabsd.org>
2002-05-23 01:15:22 +02:00
# Config file related settings - see Packages.txt
Create a new knob: PKG_SYSCONFVAR PKG_SYSCONFVAR is the special suffix used to distinguish any overriding values for a particular package (see next item). It defaults to ${PKGNAME}, but for a collection of related packages that should all have the same PKG_SYSCONFDIR value, it can be set in each of the package Makefiles to a common value. PKG_SYSCONFDIR.${PKG_SYSCONFVAR} overrides the value of ${PKG_SYSCONFDIR} for packages with the same value for PKG_SYSCONFVAR. Package maintainers may want to set PKG_SYSCONFVAR to a common value for related packages, e.g. all of the amanda packages set PKG_SYSCONFVAR=amanda so that the PKG_SYSCONFDIR for all of them may be tweaked by just setting PKG_SYSCONFDIR.amanda in /etc/mk.conf.
2002-02-07 21:34:21 +01:00
#
PKG_SYSCONFVAR?= ${PKGBASE}
.if defined(PKG_SYSCONFDIR.${PKG_SYSCONFVAR})
PKG_SYSCONFDIR= ${PKG_SYSCONFDIR.${PKG_SYSCONFVAR}}
Move the PKG_SYSCONFDIR logic below the definition of PKGNAME. PKGNAME is use to set PKGBASE, which is used in the name of the package-specific config directory override (PKG_SYSCONFDIR.${PKGBASE}). Prior to this, if PKGNAME wasn't explicitly set in the package, then the override would not work.
2001-11-28 20:55:31 +01:00
.else
PKG_SYSCONFSUBDIR?= # empty
PKG_SYSCONFBASE?= ${PREFIX}/etc
. if empty(PKG_SYSCONFSUBDIR)
PKG_SYSCONFDIR is not supposed to be settable, so change its setting from ?= to =. Note in Packages.txt that the only variables that a user should customize in /etc/mk.conf are PKG_SYSCONFBASE and PKG_SYSCONFDIR.<pkg>.
2002-08-26 07:17:39 +02:00
PKG_SYSCONFDIR= ${PKG_SYSCONFBASE}
Move the PKG_SYSCONFDIR logic below the definition of PKGNAME. PKGNAME is use to set PKGBASE, which is used in the name of the package-specific config directory override (PKG_SYSCONFDIR.${PKGBASE}). Prior to this, if PKGNAME wasn't explicitly set in the package, then the override would not work.
2001-11-28 20:55:31 +01:00
. else
PKG_SYSCONFDIR is not supposed to be settable, so change its setting from ?= to =. Note in Packages.txt that the only variables that a user should customize in /etc/mk.conf are PKG_SYSCONFBASE and PKG_SYSCONFDIR.<pkg>.
2002-08-26 07:17:39 +02:00
PKG_SYSCONFDIR= ${PKG_SYSCONFBASE}/${PKG_SYSCONFSUBDIR}
Move the PKG_SYSCONFDIR logic below the definition of PKGNAME. PKGNAME is use to set PKGBASE, which is used in the name of the package-specific config directory override (PKG_SYSCONFDIR.${PKGBASE}). Prior to this, if PKGNAME wasn't explicitly set in the package, then the override would not work.
2001-11-28 20:55:31 +01:00
. endif
.endif
CONFIGURE_ENV+= PKG_SYSCONFDIR="${PKG_SYSCONFDIR}"
MAKE_ENV+= PKG_SYSCONFDIR="${PKG_SYSCONFDIR}"
Add PKG_SYSCONFDIR to BUILD_DEFS. Note: it was already as part of CONFIGURE_ENV value, this change only makes it more "readable" IMHO. Remove explicit addition of PKG_SYSCONFDIR to BUILD_DEFS in a couple of Makefiles.
2002-06-28 11:05:16 +02:00
BUILD_DEFS+= PKG_SYSCONFDIR
Move the PKG_SYSCONFDIR logic below the definition of PKGNAME. PKGNAME is use to set PKGBASE, which is used in the name of the package-specific config directory override (PKG_SYSCONFDIR.${PKGBASE}). Prior to this, if PKGNAME wasn't explicitly set in the package, then the override would not work.
2001-11-28 20:55:31 +01:00
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
# Passed to most of script invocations
- Our default for FETCH_CMD is ftp, not fetch. - Document NO_IGNORE, __ARCH_OK - Make __ARCH_OK overridable, so it can be set to YES e.g. for fetching all distfiles. - Move ".ifndef(__ARCH_OK): block, so some targets like clean work in any case. - Add LOCALBASE and X11BASE to PATH in MAKE_ENV, CONFIGURE_ENV and SCRIPT_ENV; this fixes PR 4573
1998-01-15 23:58:59 +01:00
SCRIPTS_ENV+= CURDIR=${.CURDIR} DISTDIR=${DISTDIR} \
move documentation to packages.7. also, remove ts=4 crap.
1998-06-05 14:45:53 +02:00
PATH=${PATH}:${LOCALBASE}/bin:${X11BASE}/bin \
WRKDIR=${WRKDIR} WRKSRC=${WRKSRC} PATCHDIR=${PATCHDIR} \
SCRIPTDIR=${SCRIPTDIR} FILESDIR=${FILESDIR} \
Modify all references to PKGSRCDIR to _PKGSRCDIR, except in the external references of the pkglint package. _PKGSRCDIR is an internal definition in bsd.pkg.mk, and a few packages which would like to refer to other packages in the build tree. It should not be set by users, but neither should it stop a user from building a package if it is defined, so make it obvious that this is the case.
2001-12-15 21:25:34 +01:00
_PKGSRCDIR=${_PKGSRCDIR} DEPENDS="${DEPENDS}" \
move documentation to packages.7. also, remove ts=4 crap.
1998-06-05 14:45:53 +02:00
PREFIX=${PREFIX} LOCALBASE=${LOCALBASE} X11BASE=${X11BASE}
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
.if defined(BATCH)
SCRIPTS_ENV+= BATCH=yes
.endif
Merge pkgsrc/mk from the buildlink2 branch back into the main trunk.
2002-08-22 10:21:26 +02:00
.if defined(USE_BUILDLINK2)
. if (${USE_BUILDLINK2} == "NO") || (${USE_BUILDLINK2} == "no")
Pull up change in buildlink2 branch: Rename NO_BUILDLINK2 to NO_BUILDLINK. This better matches what it's supposed to disable -- the "buildlink" targets.
2002-08-25 20:52:05 +02:00
NO_BUILDLINK= # defined
Merge pkgsrc/mk from the buildlink2 branch back into the main trunk.
2002-08-22 10:21:26 +02:00
. endif
.else
Pull up change in buildlink2 branch: Rename NO_BUILDLINK2 to NO_BUILDLINK. This better matches what it's supposed to disable -- the "buildlink" targets.
2002-08-25 20:52:05 +02:00
NO_BUILDLINK= # defined
Merge pkgsrc/mk from the buildlink2 branch back into the main trunk.
2002-08-22 10:21:26 +02:00
.endif
Pull up change in buildlink2 branch: Rename NO_BUILDLINK2 to NO_BUILDLINK. This better matches what it's supposed to disable -- the "buildlink" targets.
2002-08-25 20:52:05 +02:00
.if !defined(NO_BUILDLINK)
Merge pkgsrc/mk from the buildlink2 branch back into the main trunk.
2002-08-22 10:21:26 +02:00
. include "../../mk/buildlink2/bsd.buildlink2.mk"
.endif
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
.MAIN: all
Add logic to handle shared objects correctly for ELF and a.out platforms.
1998-07-14 13:36:11 +02:00
# Use aliases, so that all versions of English are acceptable
.if defined(LICENCE) && !defined(LICENSE)
LICENSE= ${LICENCE}
.endif
.if defined(ACCEPTABLE_LICENCES) && !defined(ACCEPTABLE_LICENSES)
ACCEPTABLE_LICENSES= ${ACCEPTABLE_LICENCES}
.endif
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
################################################################
This is NetBSD. s/port/package/g
1999-08-10 12:48:23 +02:00
# Many ways to disable a package.
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
#
Revert last change. I only tested this on netbsd-1-4; it doesn't seem to work on netbsd-1-5 at all.
2000-09-07 04:29:40 +02:00
# Ignore packages that can't be resold if building for a CDROM.
Introduce a new category, "crypto", with a special property: If the user sets MKCRYPTO=no, packages in this category won't be fetched, installed, built, or packaged. Also, binary package users forbidden, by law, from using strong cryptography would presumably find the list on the category's automatically generated web page useful for ensuring compliance.
2000-09-06 22:28:32 +02:00
#
Correct a factual error in the comment "ways to disable a package": we actually check for "X", and not just Motif. Also, clean up word wrap, and rearrange the sections to be in the same order as the checks they refer to.
2000-09-07 17:26:52 +02:00
# Don't build a package if it's restricted and we don't want to
# get into that.
#
Add a new mechanism for handling "crypto" packages, as discussed on tech-pkg. Setting either USE_SSL or CRYPTO in the package's Makefile will permit the package to build or not, depending on the setting of MKCRYPTO (set to yes by default).
2000-09-09 20:45:16 +02:00
# Don't build any package that utilizes strong cryptography, for
# when the law of the land forbids it.
#
Correct a factual error in the comment "ways to disable a package": we actually check for "X", and not just Motif. Also, clean up word wrap, and rearrange the sections to be in the same order as the checks they refer to.
2000-09-07 17:26:52 +02:00
# Don't attempt to build packages against X if we don't have X.
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
#
This is NetBSD. s/port/package/g
1999-08-10 12:48:23 +02:00
# Don't build a package if it's broken.
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
################################################################
.if !defined(NO_IGNORE)
Change indentation (whitespace changes only!): .if .if .if . if .else => . else .endif . endif .endif .endif Patch contributed by Marc Espie <espie@liafa.jussieu.fr> in preparation of merging latest changes with the OpenPackages project. Thanks Marc!
2001-07-19 00:43:32 +02:00
. if (defined(NO_BIN_ON_CDROM) && defined(FOR_CDROM))
* Prevent " etc. in RESTRICTED (NO_{SRC,BIN}_ON_{CDROM,FTP}) and BROKEN from producing errors * Rework IGNORE handling: - IGNORE messages must now include the pkg's name - if multiple reasons exist for a pkg to be ignored, they are now all printed - IGNORECMD is gone * Make 'mirror-distfiles' not print a warning if NO_SRC_ON_FTP is set (I really don't want to see that list every day!) * Catch one leftover 'depends' -> 'install-depends'
2000-08-19 17:32:15 +02:00
IGNORE+= "${PKGNAME} may not be placed in binary form on a CDROM:" \
" "${NO_BIN_ON_CDROM:Q}
Change indentation (whitespace changes only!): .if .if .if . if .else => . else .endif . endif .endif .endif Patch contributed by Marc Espie <espie@liafa.jussieu.fr> in preparation of merging latest changes with the OpenPackages project. Thanks Marc!
2001-07-19 00:43:32 +02:00
. endif
. if (defined(NO_SRC_ON_CDROM) && defined(FOR_CDROM))
* Prevent " etc. in RESTRICTED (NO_{SRC,BIN}_ON_{CDROM,FTP}) and BROKEN from producing errors * Rework IGNORE handling: - IGNORE messages must now include the pkg's name - if multiple reasons exist for a pkg to be ignored, they are now all printed - IGNORECMD is gone * Make 'mirror-distfiles' not print a warning if NO_SRC_ON_FTP is set (I really don't want to see that list every day!) * Catch one leftover 'depends' -> 'install-depends'
2000-08-19 17:32:15 +02:00
IGNORE+= "${PKGNAME} may not be placed in source form on a CDROM:" \
" "${NO_SRC_ON_CDROM:Q}
Change indentation (whitespace changes only!): .if .if .if . if .else => . else .endif . endif .endif .endif Patch contributed by Marc Espie <espie@liafa.jussieu.fr> in preparation of merging latest changes with the OpenPackages project. Thanks Marc!
2001-07-19 00:43:32 +02:00
. endif
. if (defined(RESTRICTED) && defined(NO_RESTRICTED))
* Prevent " etc. in RESTRICTED (NO_{SRC,BIN}_ON_{CDROM,FTP}) and BROKEN from producing errors * Rework IGNORE handling: - IGNORE messages must now include the pkg's name - if multiple reasons exist for a pkg to be ignored, they are now all printed - IGNORECMD is gone * Make 'mirror-distfiles' not print a warning if NO_SRC_ON_FTP is set (I really don't want to see that list every day!) * Catch one leftover 'depends' -> 'install-depends'
2000-08-19 17:32:15 +02:00
IGNORE+= "${PKGNAME} is restricted:" \
" "${RESTRICTED:Q}
Change indentation (whitespace changes only!): .if .if .if . if .else => . else .endif . endif .endif .endif Patch contributed by Marc Espie <espie@liafa.jussieu.fr> in preparation of merging latest changes with the OpenPackages project. Thanks Marc!
2001-07-19 00:43:32 +02:00
. endif
. if !(${MKCRYPTO} == "YES" || ${MKCRYPTO} == yes)
Deprecate USE_SSL.
2002-07-02 17:25:49 +02:00
. if defined(CRYPTO)
Add a new mechanism for handling "crypto" packages, as discussed on tech-pkg. Setting either USE_SSL or CRYPTO in the package's Makefile will permit the package to build or not, depending on the setting of MKCRYPTO (set to yes by default).
2000-09-09 20:45:16 +02:00
IGNORE+= "${PKGNAME} may not be built, because it utilizes strong cryptography"
Change indentation (whitespace changes only!): .if .if .if . if .else => . else .endif . endif .endif .endif Patch contributed by Marc Espie <espie@liafa.jussieu.fr> in preparation of merging latest changes with the OpenPackages project. Thanks Marc!
2001-07-19 00:43:32 +02:00
. endif
Add a new mechanism for handling "crypto" packages, as discussed on tech-pkg. Setting either USE_SSL or CRYPTO in the package's Makefile will permit the package to build or not, depending on the setting of MKCRYPTO (set to yes by default).
2000-09-09 20:45:16 +02:00
. endif
Document the new Motif-related variables. Deprecate USE_MOTIF in favor of including motif.buildlink.mk, which contains more sophisticated and complete logic for detecting the various Motif options that may be installed. Though deprecated, USE_MOTIF is still recognized, though it does no more than include motif.buildlink.mk.
2001-09-14 03:52:40 +02:00
. if ((defined(USE_IMAKE) || defined(USE_X11BASE) || defined(USE_X11)) && \
If "${USE_MOTIF}" is set install package to "${X11BASE}" and check if X11 is actually installed.
1998-06-20 16:01:28 +02:00
!exists(${X11BASE}))
* Prevent " etc. in RESTRICTED (NO_{SRC,BIN}_ON_{CDROM,FTP}) and BROKEN from producing errors * Rework IGNORE handling: - IGNORE messages must now include the pkg's name - if multiple reasons exist for a pkg to be ignored, they are now all printed - IGNORECMD is gone * Make 'mirror-distfiles' not print a warning if NO_SRC_ON_FTP is set (I really don't want to see that list every day!) * Catch one leftover 'depends' -> 'install-depends'
2000-08-19 17:32:15 +02:00
IGNORE+= "${PKGNAME} uses X11, but ${X11BASE} not found"
Change indentation (whitespace changes only!): .if .if .if . if .else => . else .endif . endif .endif .endif Patch contributed by Marc Espie <espie@liafa.jussieu.fr> in preparation of merging latest changes with the OpenPackages project. Thanks Marc!
2001-07-19 00:43:32 +02:00
. endif
. if defined(BROKEN)
* Prevent " etc. in RESTRICTED (NO_{SRC,BIN}_ON_{CDROM,FTP}) and BROKEN from producing errors * Rework IGNORE handling: - IGNORE messages must now include the pkg's name - if multiple reasons exist for a pkg to be ignored, they are now all printed - IGNORECMD is gone * Make 'mirror-distfiles' not print a warning if NO_SRC_ON_FTP is set (I really don't want to see that list every day!) * Catch one leftover 'depends' -> 'install-depends'
2000-08-19 17:32:15 +02:00
IGNORE+= "${PKGNAME} is marked as broken:" ${BROKEN:Q}
Change indentation (whitespace changes only!): .if .if .if . if .else => . else .endif . endif .endif .endif Patch contributed by Marc Espie <espie@liafa.jussieu.fr> in preparation of merging latest changes with the OpenPackages project. Thanks Marc!
2001-07-19 00:43:32 +02:00
. endif
* Prevent " etc. in RESTRICTED (NO_{SRC,BIN}_ON_{CDROM,FTP}) and BROKEN from producing errors * Rework IGNORE handling: - IGNORE messages must now include the pkg's name - if multiple reasons exist for a pkg to be ignored, they are now all printed - IGNORECMD is gone * Make 'mirror-distfiles' not print a warning if NO_SRC_ON_FTP is set (I really don't want to see that list every day!) * Catch one leftover 'depends' -> 'install-depends'
2000-08-19 17:32:15 +02:00
Change indentation (whitespace changes only!): .if .if .if . if .else => . else .endif . endif .endif .endif Patch contributed by Marc Espie <espie@liafa.jussieu.fr> in preparation of merging latest changes with the OpenPackages project. Thanks Marc!
2001-07-19 00:43:32 +02:00
. if defined(LICENSE)
. ifdef ACCEPTABLE_LICENSES
. for _lic in ${ACCEPTABLE_LICENSES}
. if ${LICENSE} == "${_lic}"
Add an ACCEPTABLE_LICENCES definition to /etc/mk.conf. This is a whitespace-delimited list, and details which types of licences are allowed. Package Makefiles with non-standard licences (shareware, non-commercial-use only) should have a LICENCE= <type> added. Normal package Makefiles remain unchanged. Add logic to bsd.pkg.mk to check, if LICENCE is defined, that the package is acceptable.
1998-07-06 17:10:48 +02:00
_ACCEPTABLE= yes
Change indentation (whitespace changes only!): .if .if .if . if .else => . else .endif . endif .endif .endif Patch contributed by Marc Espie <espie@liafa.jussieu.fr> in preparation of merging latest changes with the OpenPackages project. Thanks Marc!
2001-07-19 00:43:32 +02:00
. endif # LICENSE == _lic
. endfor # _lic
. endif # ACCEPTABLE_LICENSES
. ifndef _ACCEPTABLE
Make sure we record the RCS Ids of all of the patch files in the BUILD_VERSION information (pkg_info -b) Correct the English in the licence gripe.
2001-02-15 14:49:04 +01:00
IGNORE+= "${PKGNAME} has an unacceptable license: ${LICENSE}." \
* Prevent " etc. in RESTRICTED (NO_{SRC,BIN}_ON_{CDROM,FTP}) and BROKEN from producing errors * Rework IGNORE handling: - IGNORE messages must now include the pkg's name - if multiple reasons exist for a pkg to be ignored, they are now all printed - IGNORECMD is gone * Make 'mirror-distfiles' not print a warning if NO_SRC_ON_FTP is set (I really don't want to see that list every day!) * Catch one leftover 'depends' -> 'install-depends'
2000-08-19 17:32:15 +02:00
" To build this package, add this line to your /etc/mk.conf:" \
" ACCEPTABLE_LICENSES+=${LICENSE}"
Change indentation (whitespace changes only!): .if .if .if . if .else => . else .endif . endif .endif .endif Patch contributed by Marc Espie <espie@liafa.jussieu.fr> in preparation of merging latest changes with the OpenPackages project. Thanks Marc!
2001-07-19 00:43:32 +02:00
. endif # _ACCEPTABLE
. endif # LICENSE
* Prevent " etc. in RESTRICTED (NO_{SRC,BIN}_ON_{CDROM,FTP}) and BROKEN from producing errors * Rework IGNORE handling: - IGNORE messages must now include the pkg's name - if multiple reasons exist for a pkg to be ignored, they are now all printed - IGNORECMD is gone * Make 'mirror-distfiles' not print a warning if NO_SRC_ON_FTP is set (I really don't want to see that list every day!) * Catch one leftover 'depends' -> 'install-depends'
2000-08-19 17:32:15 +02:00
Move all settings of IGNORE into one spot. No need for the arch-checking code (ONLY_FOR_PLATFORM, NOT_FOR_PLATFORM) to be located elsewhere. Inspired by OpenBSD.
2000-05-31 00:36:53 +02:00
# Define __PLATFORM_OK only if the OS matches the pkg's allowed list.
Change indentation (whitespace changes only!): .if .if .if . if .else => . else .endif . endif .endif .endif Patch contributed by Marc Espie <espie@liafa.jussieu.fr> in preparation of merging latest changes with the OpenPackages project. Thanks Marc!
2001-07-19 00:43:32 +02:00
. if defined(ONLY_FOR_PLATFORM) && !empty(ONLY_FOR_PLATFORM)
. for __tmp__ in ${ONLY_FOR_PLATFORM}
. if ${MACHINE_PLATFORM:M${__tmp__}} != ""
Move all settings of IGNORE into one spot. No need for the arch-checking code (ONLY_FOR_PLATFORM, NOT_FOR_PLATFORM) to be located elsewhere. Inspired by OpenBSD.
2000-05-31 00:36:53 +02:00
__PLATFORM_OK?= yes
Change indentation (whitespace changes only!): .if .if .if . if .else => . else .endif . endif .endif .endif Patch contributed by Marc Espie <espie@liafa.jussieu.fr> in preparation of merging latest changes with the OpenPackages project. Thanks Marc!
2001-07-19 00:43:32 +02:00
. endif # MACHINE_PLATFORM
. endfor # __tmp__
. else # !ONLY_FOR_PLATFORM
__PLATFORM_OK?= yes
. endif # ONLY_FOR_PLATFORM
. for __tmp__ in ${NOT_FOR_PLATFORM}
. if ${MACHINE_PLATFORM:M${__tmp__}} != ""
. undef __PLATFORM_OK
* Prevent " etc. in RESTRICTED (NO_{SRC,BIN}_ON_{CDROM,FTP}) and BROKEN from producing errors * Rework IGNORE handling: - IGNORE messages must now include the pkg's name - if multiple reasons exist for a pkg to be ignored, they are now all printed - IGNORECMD is gone * Make 'mirror-distfiles' not print a warning if NO_SRC_ON_FTP is set (I really don't want to see that list every day!) * Catch one leftover 'depends' -> 'install-depends'
2000-08-19 17:32:15 +02:00
. endif # MACHINE_PLATFORM
. endfor # __tmp__
Change indentation (whitespace changes only!): .if .if .if . if .else => . else .endif . endif .endif .endif Patch contributed by Marc Espie <espie@liafa.jussieu.fr> in preparation of merging latest changes with the OpenPackages project. Thanks Marc!
2001-07-19 00:43:32 +02:00
. if !defined(__PLATFORM_OK)
* Prevent " etc. in RESTRICTED (NO_{SRC,BIN}_ON_{CDROM,FTP}) and BROKEN from producing errors * Rework IGNORE handling: - IGNORE messages must now include the pkg's name - if multiple reasons exist for a pkg to be ignored, they are now all printed - IGNORECMD is gone * Make 'mirror-distfiles' not print a warning if NO_SRC_ON_FTP is set (I really don't want to see that list every day!) * Catch one leftover 'depends' -> 'install-depends'
2000-08-19 17:32:15 +02:00
IGNORE+= "${PKGNAME} is not available for ${MACHINE_PLATFORM}"
Change indentation (whitespace changes only!): .if .if .if . if .else => . else .endif . endif .endif .endif Patch contributed by Marc Espie <espie@liafa.jussieu.fr> in preparation of merging latest changes with the OpenPackages project. Thanks Marc!
2001-07-19 00:43:32 +02:00
. endif # !__PLATFORM_OK
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
* Prevent " etc. in RESTRICTED (NO_{SRC,BIN}_ON_{CDROM,FTP}) and BROKEN from producing errors * Rework IGNORE handling: - IGNORE messages must now include the pkg's name - if multiple reasons exist for a pkg to be ignored, they are now all printed - IGNORECMD is gone * Make 'mirror-distfiles' not print a warning if NO_SRC_ON_FTP is set (I really don't want to see that list every day!) * Catch one leftover 'depends' -> 'install-depends'
2000-08-19 17:32:15 +02:00
#
# Now print some error messages that we know we should ignore the pkg
#
Change indentation (whitespace changes only!): .if .if .if . if .else => . else .endif . endif .endif .endif Patch contributed by Marc Espie <espie@liafa.jussieu.fr> in preparation of merging latest changes with the OpenPackages project. Thanks Marc!
2001-07-19 00:43:32 +02:00
. if defined(IGNORE)
do not check for ACCEPTABLE_LICENCES when deinstalling. closes PR pkg/13211
2001-06-19 13:54:56 +02:00
fetch checksum extract patch configure all build install package \
Do not attempt to update a package (deleting the package and all its dependencies) if IGNORE is set. This puts the 'update' target in line with 'install', 'package', and other targets that use the same checks.
2002-04-06 01:26:49 +02:00
update install-depends:
Change indentation (whitespace changes only!): .if .if .if . if .else => . else .endif . endif .endif .endif Patch contributed by Marc Espie <espie@liafa.jussieu.fr> in preparation of merging latest changes with the OpenPackages project. Thanks Marc!
2001-07-19 00:43:32 +02:00
. if defined(IGNORE_SILENT)
* Prevent " etc. in RESTRICTED (NO_{SRC,BIN}_ON_{CDROM,FTP}) and BROKEN from producing errors * Rework IGNORE handling: - IGNORE messages must now include the pkg's name - if multiple reasons exist for a pkg to be ignored, they are now all printed - IGNORECMD is gone * Make 'mirror-distfiles' not print a warning if NO_SRC_ON_FTP is set (I really don't want to see that list every day!) * Catch one leftover 'depends' -> 'install-depends'
2000-08-19 17:32:15 +02:00
@${DO_NADA}
Change indentation (whitespace changes only!): .if .if .if . if .else => . else .endif . endif .endif .endif Patch contributed by Marc Espie <espie@liafa.jussieu.fr> in preparation of merging latest changes with the OpenPackages project. Thanks Marc!
2001-07-19 00:43:32 +02:00
. else
* Prevent " etc. in RESTRICTED (NO_{SRC,BIN}_ON_{CDROM,FTP}) and BROKEN from producing errors * Rework IGNORE handling: - IGNORE messages must now include the pkg's name - if multiple reasons exist for a pkg to be ignored, they are now all printed - IGNORECMD is gone * Make 'mirror-distfiles' not print a warning if NO_SRC_ON_FTP is set (I really don't want to see that list every day!) * Catch one leftover 'depends' -> 'install-depends'
2000-08-19 17:32:15 +02:00
@for str in ${IGNORE} ; \
do \
${ECHO} "${_PKGSRC_IN}> $$str" ; \
done
Change indentation (whitespace changes only!): .if .if .if . if .else => . else .endif . endif .endif .endif Patch contributed by Marc Espie <espie@liafa.jussieu.fr> in preparation of merging latest changes with the OpenPackages project. Thanks Marc!
2001-07-19 00:43:32 +02:00
. endif
. if defined(IGNORE_FAIL)
* Prevent " etc. in RESTRICTED (NO_{SRC,BIN}_ON_{CDROM,FTP}) and BROKEN from producing errors * Rework IGNORE handling: - IGNORE messages must now include the pkg's name - if multiple reasons exist for a pkg to be ignored, they are now all printed - IGNORECMD is gone * Make 'mirror-distfiles' not print a warning if NO_SRC_ON_FTP is set (I really don't want to see that list every day!) * Catch one leftover 'depends' -> 'install-depends'
2000-08-19 17:32:15 +02:00
${FALSE}
Change indentation (whitespace changes only!): .if .if .if . if .else => . else .endif . endif .endif .endif Patch contributed by Marc Espie <espie@liafa.jussieu.fr> in preparation of merging latest changes with the OpenPackages project. Thanks Marc!
2001-07-19 00:43:32 +02:00
. endif
. endif # IGNORE
Re-move .if!defined(__ARCH_OK) to fix use of NO_IGNORE; document some .endif's
1998-01-25 15:46:10 +01:00
.endif # !NO_IGNORE
+ Add and document the PKG_RELATIVE_SYMLINKS option, which makes sure that a symbolic link in a package is relative to ${PREFIX}, if it is under ${PREFIX}, using the -l argument to pkg_create. + Build a +BUILD_INFO file with appropriate information from the package build. Thanks to Christoph Badura for pointers to the appropriate information.
1998-10-20 18:01:03 +02:00
# Add these defs to the ones dumped into +BUILD_DEFS
* Make sure PKGPATH gets added to BUILD_DEFS (I thought it was there for a long time. Oh well.) * Only replace the value of PATH for "PATH", not any variable whose name starts with PATH (like PKGPATH :-) Hinted by Jason R. Mastaler <jason@mastaler.com> on tech-pkg.
2000-11-27 23:24:49 +01:00
BUILD_DEFS+= PKGPATH
+ Add and document the PKG_RELATIVE_SYMLINKS option, which makes sure that a symbolic link in a package is relative to ${PREFIX}, if it is under ${PREFIX}, using the -l argument to pkg_create. + Build a +BUILD_INFO file with appropriate information from the package build. Thanks to Christoph Badura for pointers to the appropriate information.
1998-10-20 18:01:03 +02:00
BUILD_DEFS+= OPSYS OS_VERSION MACHINE_ARCH MACHINE_GNU_ARCH
make sure FFLAGS ends up in MAKE_ENV as well as BUILD_DEFS. This allows you to do make FFLAGS='-my -f -flags' and at least the pkgs which obey FFLAGS use them.
2002-01-22 19:15:20 +01:00
BUILD_DEFS+= CPPFLAGS CFLAGS FFLAGS LDFLAGS
+ Add and document the PKG_RELATIVE_SYMLINKS option, which makes sure that a symbolic link in a package is relative to ${PREFIX}, if it is under ${PREFIX}, using the -l argument to pkg_create. + Build a +BUILD_INFO file with appropriate information from the package build. Thanks to Christoph Badura for pointers to the appropriate information.
1998-10-20 18:01:03 +02:00
BUILD_DEFS+= CONFIGURE_ENV CONFIGURE_ARGS
Add 'RESTRICTED' to ${BUILD_DEFS}, so that any restrictions are recorded in the binary package.
2000-07-23 20:42:48 +02:00
BUILD_DEFS+= OBJECT_FMT LICENSE RESTRICTED
* Replace MIRROR_DISTFILES with NO_SRC_ON_FTP * Replace NO_CDROM with NO_SRC_ON_CDROM and NO_BIN_ON_CDROM * Add NO_{SRC,BIN}_ON_{FTP,CDROM} to BUILD_DEFS (in case someone wants to re-distribute a binary pkg, so he has a chance to know about resitrictions) * Adjust 'mirror-distfiles' target for NO_SRC_ON_FTP
2000-08-19 00:43:19 +02:00
BUILD_DEFS+= NO_SRC_ON_FTP NO_SRC_ON_CDROM
BUILD_DEFS+= NO_BIN_ON_FTP NO_BIN_ON_CDROM
+ Add and document the PKG_RELATIVE_SYMLINKS option, which makes sure that a symbolic link in a package is relative to ${PREFIX}, if it is under ${PREFIX}, using the -l argument to pkg_create. + Build a +BUILD_INFO file with appropriate information from the package build. Thanks to Christoph Badura for pointers to the appropriate information.
1998-10-20 18:01:03 +02:00
add OSVERSION_SPECIFIC to BUILD_DEFS if defined so it ends up in the binary package. This way we can look at a binary package and determine what versions of the OS it may run on.
2001-07-07 19:10:36 +02:00
.if defined(OSVERSION_SPECIFIC)
BUILD_DEFS+= OSVERSION_SPECIFIC
.endif # OSVERSION_SPECIFIC
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
.if !target(all)
all: build
.endif
.if !defined(DEPENDS_TARGET)
Change indentation (whitespace changes only!): .if .if .if . if .else => . else .endif . endif .endif .endif Patch contributed by Marc Espie <espie@liafa.jussieu.fr> in preparation of merging latest changes with the OpenPackages project. Thanks Marc!
2001-07-19 00:43:32 +02:00
. if make(package)
Set DEPENDS_TARGET=package during a "make package", and propagate DEPENDS_TARGET to builds for dependencies. This results in "make package" creating packages for all missing dependencies as well, instead of merely installing them on the system. This is a more consistent and intuitive behaviour. Running "make install" will install the dependencies just like before (no binary packages will be built).
2000-04-24 05:40:50 +02:00
DEPENDS_TARGET= package
Change indentation (whitespace changes only!): .if .if .if . if .else => . else .endif . endif .endif .endif Patch contributed by Marc Espie <espie@liafa.jussieu.fr> in preparation of merging latest changes with the OpenPackages project. Thanks Marc!
2001-07-19 00:43:32 +02:00
. elif make(update)
Use UPDATE_TARGET (new) instead of DEPENDS_TARGET for 'make update'. This allows the user to set DEPENDS_TARGET=update, which will now automatically update all outdated prerequisite packages.
2000-10-22 10:22:24 +02:00
DEPENDS_TARGET= update
bin-install: set DEPENDS_TARGET=bin-install, so depends are still installed via binaries (if possible), even if there is no binary pkg available for the current pkg. Implementation still allows overriding DEPENDS_TARGET=build (etc.) to force installation of dependencies by compiling if desired. Patch submitted by Marko Schuetz <MarkoSchuetz@web.de> in private mail.
2002-04-25 23:58:55 +02:00
. elif make(bin-install)
DEPENDS_TARGET= bin-install
Change indentation (whitespace changes only!): .if .if .if . if .else => . else .endif . endif .endif .endif Patch contributed by Marc Espie <espie@liafa.jussieu.fr> in preparation of merging latest changes with the OpenPackages project. Thanks Marc!
2001-07-19 00:43:32 +02:00
. else
Use "reinstall" as default for DEPENDS_TARGET, to use any pkg already built and possible deinstalled as dependency. Addresses PR 10629 by Erich.T.Enke@wheaton.edu. (If that's not enough, we can still introduce a "make clean ; make install"- type target, but for now i'd prefer not to was the cycles)
2000-07-20 00:57:31 +02:00
DEPENDS_TARGET= reinstall
Change indentation (whitespace changes only!): .if .if .if . if .else => . else .endif . endif .endif .endif Patch contributed by Marc Espie <espie@liafa.jussieu.fr> in preparation of merging latest changes with the OpenPackages project. Thanks Marc!
2001-07-19 00:43:32 +02:00
. endif
- Add OpenBSD and FreeBSD Ids in the header - Changes from FreeBSD's V1.164: * Warn if mtree-file not found * On 'make reinstall' gets DEPENDS_TARGET set to 'reinstall' instead of 'install' - Changes from OpenBSD's V1.14: * Documentation and implementation for ONLY_FOR_ARCHS * Documentation and implementation for WRKOBJDIR * Documentation on HAVE_MOTIF and MOTIF_STATIC: set in /etc/mk.conf, not /etc/make.conf * Set NOMANCOMPRESS=no to still compress man-pages (should probably be set to 'yes') * DEF_UMASK=022 * add ${MACHINE} suffix to WRKDIR if OBJMACHINE is set * .include <bsd.own.mk>
1997-09-28 02:44:15 +02:00
.endif
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
Use UPDATE_TARGET (new) instead of DEPENDS_TARGET for 'make update'. This allows the user to set DEPENDS_TARGET=update, which will now automatically update all outdated prerequisite packages.
2000-10-22 10:22:24 +02:00
.if !defined(UPDATE_TARGET)
Change indentation (whitespace changes only!): .if .if .if . if .else => . else .endif . endif .endif .endif Patch contributed by Marc Espie <espie@liafa.jussieu.fr> in preparation of merging latest changes with the OpenPackages project. Thanks Marc!
2001-07-19 00:43:32 +02:00
. if ${DEPENDS_TARGET} == "update"
. if make(package)
Use UPDATE_TARGET (new) instead of DEPENDS_TARGET for 'make update'. This allows the user to set DEPENDS_TARGET=update, which will now automatically update all outdated prerequisite packages.
2000-10-22 10:22:24 +02:00
UPDATE_TARGET= package
Change indentation (whitespace changes only!): .if .if .if . if .else => . else .endif . endif .endif .endif Patch contributed by Marc Espie <espie@liafa.jussieu.fr> in preparation of merging latest changes with the OpenPackages project. Thanks Marc!
2001-07-19 00:43:32 +02:00
. else
Use UPDATE_TARGET (new) instead of DEPENDS_TARGET for 'make update'. This allows the user to set DEPENDS_TARGET=update, which will now automatically update all outdated prerequisite packages.
2000-10-22 10:22:24 +02:00
UPDATE_TARGET= install
Change indentation (whitespace changes only!): .if .if .if . if .else => . else .endif . endif .endif .endif Patch contributed by Marc Espie <espie@liafa.jussieu.fr> in preparation of merging latest changes with the OpenPackages project. Thanks Marc!
2001-07-19 00:43:32 +02:00
. endif
. else
Use UPDATE_TARGET (new) instead of DEPENDS_TARGET for 'make update'. This allows the user to set DEPENDS_TARGET=update, which will now automatically update all outdated prerequisite packages.
2000-10-22 10:22:24 +02:00
UPDATE_TARGET= ${DEPENDS_TARGET}
Change indentation (whitespace changes only!): .if .if .if . if .else => . else .endif . endif .endif .endif Patch contributed by Marc Espie <espie@liafa.jussieu.fr> in preparation of merging latest changes with the OpenPackages project. Thanks Marc!
2001-07-19 00:43:32 +02:00
. endif
Use UPDATE_TARGET (new) instead of DEPENDS_TARGET for 'make update'. This allows the user to set DEPENDS_TARGET=update, which will now automatically update all outdated prerequisite packages.
2000-10-22 10:22:24 +02:00
.endif
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
################################################################
# The following are used to create easy dummy targets for
# disabling some bit of default target behavior you don't want.
# They still check to see if the target exists, and if so don't
# do anything, since you might want to set this globally for a
This is NetBSD. s/port/package/g
1999-08-10 12:48:23 +02:00
# group of packages in a Makefile.inc, but still be able to
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
# override from an individual Makefile.
################################################################
# Disable checksum
Skip checksum step if the ${EXTRACT_COOKIE} exists (NFS speedup if build quits and you want to restart, or you run "make install" separately)
1998-06-02 17:47:06 +02:00
.if (defined(NO_CHECKSUM) && !target(checksum)) || exists(${EXTRACT_COOKIE})
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
checksum: fetch
@${DO_NADA}
.endif
# Disable patch
.if defined(NO_PATCH) && !target(patch)
patch: extract
Add Solaris support to pkgsrc, using Christos Zoulas' NetBSD emulation package. Tested for some packages on Solaris 2.6 on Sparc.
1999-03-08 18:26:54 +01:00
${_PKG_SILENT}${_PKG_DEBUG}${TOUCH} ${TOUCH_FLAGS} ${PATCH_COOKIE}
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
.endif
Merge pkgsrc/mk from the buildlink2 branch back into the main trunk.
2002-08-22 10:21:26 +02:00
# Disable buildlink
Pull up change in buildlink2 branch: Rename NO_BUILDLINK2 to NO_BUILDLINK. This better matches what it's supposed to disable -- the "buildlink" targets.
2002-08-25 20:52:05 +02:00
.if defined(NO_BUILDLINK) && !target(configure)
Merge pkgsrc/mk from the buildlink2 branch back into the main trunk.
2002-08-22 10:21:26 +02:00
buildlink: patch
${_PKG_SILENT}${_PKG_DEBUG}${TOUCH} ${TOUCH_FLAGS} ${BUILDLINK_COOKIE}
.endif
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
# Disable configure
.if defined(NO_CONFIGURE) && !target(configure)
Merge pkgsrc/mk from the buildlink2 branch back into the main trunk.
2002-08-22 10:21:26 +02:00
configure: buildlink
Add Solaris support to pkgsrc, using Christos Zoulas' NetBSD emulation package. Tested for some packages on Solaris 2.6 on Sparc.
1999-03-08 18:26:54 +01:00
${_PKG_SILENT}${_PKG_DEBUG}${TOUCH} ${TOUCH_FLAGS} ${CONFIGURE_COOKIE}
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
.endif
# Disable build
.if defined(NO_BUILD) && !target(build)
build: configure
Add Solaris support to pkgsrc, using Christos Zoulas' NetBSD emulation package. Tested for some packages on Solaris 2.6 on Sparc.
1999-03-08 18:26:54 +01:00
${_PKG_SILENT}${_PKG_DEBUG}${TOUCH} ${TOUCH_FLAGS} ${BUILD_COOKIE}
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
.endif
# Disable install
.if defined(NO_INSTALL) && !target(install)
install: build
Add Solaris support to pkgsrc, using Christos Zoulas' NetBSD emulation package. Tested for some packages on Solaris 2.6 on Sparc.
1999-03-08 18:26:54 +01:00
${_PKG_SILENT}${_PKG_DEBUG}${TOUCH} ${TOUCH_FLAGS} ${INSTALL_COOKIE}
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
.endif
# Disable package
.if defined(NO_PACKAGE) && !target(package)
package:
Change indentation (whitespace changes only!): .if .if .if . if .else => . else .endif . endif .endif .endif Patch contributed by Marc Espie <espie@liafa.jussieu.fr> in preparation of merging latest changes with the OpenPackages project. Thanks Marc!
2001-07-19 00:43:32 +02:00
. if defined(IGNORE_SILENT)
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
@${DO_NADA}
Change indentation (whitespace changes only!): .if .if .if . if .else => . else .endif . endif .endif .endif Patch contributed by Marc Espie <espie@liafa.jussieu.fr> in preparation of merging latest changes with the OpenPackages project. Thanks Marc!
2001-07-19 00:43:32 +02:00
. else
Fix PACKAGE_DEPENDS_QUICK when installing on Solaris - escape the argument from the shell, so that we can install packages on Solaris again, and use canonical ${GREP} and ${AWK} programs.
2000-03-13 15:19:15 +01:00
@${ECHO_MSG} "${_PKGSRC_IN}> ${PKGNAME} may not be packaged: ${NO_PACKAGE}."
Change indentation (whitespace changes only!): .if .if .if . if .else => . else .endif . endif .endif .endif Patch contributed by Marc Espie <espie@liafa.jussieu.fr> in preparation of merging latest changes with the OpenPackages project. Thanks Marc!
2001-07-19 00:43:32 +02:00
. endif
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
.endif
################################################################
# More standard targets start here.
#
# These are the body of the build/install framework. If you are
# not happy with the default actions, and you can't solve it by
# adding pre-* or post-* targets/scripts, override these.
################################################################
Re-work the fetch target(s), as discussed on "tech-pkg". The primary motivation is to make the order that sites are hit more sane, and especially to prevent hitting sites that aren't ever expected to have the sought after file. Now, ${MASTER_SITE_OVERRIDE} is always hit first. If that fails, then the sites designated for that file, then ${MASTER_SITE_BACKUP}, are hit (by default), but with the order subject to ${MASTER_SORT_REGEX} and ${MASTER_SORT_AWK}. The "designated sites" are usually ${MASTER_SITES} for files in ${DISTFILES}, and ${PATCH_SITES} for files in ${PATCH_FILES}. However, defining a variable `${SITES_foo}' in the package "Makefile" overrides that for file "foo". [The use of ${MASTER_SITES_foo} and ${PATCH_SITES_foo}, which is currently only used by a couple of packages for the same purpose, is deprecated, and will be shortly unsupported.] Also eliminate redundancy in the do-fetch and fetch-list-one-pkg targets, by making them use a single, common macro (escaped with `:Q' in the fetch-list-one-pkg case), so "make fetch-list-one-pkg | sh" now does exactly the same thing as "make do-fetch".
2002-01-06 21:03:22 +01:00
#
# Define the elementary fetch macros.
#
Combine fetch loops for distribution and patch files to reduce duplicate code. Patch supplied by Jim Bernard in PR pkg/5977.
1998-09-05 21:45:25 +02:00
_FETCH_FILE= \
Don't try to fetch a file if there's a symbolic link in ${DISTDIR}.
1999-07-28 12:58:30 +02:00
if [ ! -f $$file -a ! -f $$bfile -a ! -h $$bfile ]; then \
In informational messages to the user, use '=>' in preference to '>>', so that cut-n-paste into send-pr will work correctly. Fixes PR 9173 from ITOH Yasufumi.
2000-03-10 17:07:37 +01:00
${ECHO_MSG} "=> $$bfile doesn't seem to exist on this system."; \
Check if $DISTDIR is writable before downloading something (and wonder if the "permission denied" comes from the distfile being unreadable)
2000-05-31 03:07:14 +02:00
if [ ! -w ${_DISTDIR}/. ]; then \
${ECHO_MSG} "=> Can't download to ${_DISTDIR} (permission denied?)."; \
exit 1; \
fi; \
+ explain "Unacceptable license" message a bit better. + create a +BUILD_VERSION file when creating the package, containing the RCS Id strings of files pertinent to the package build. + re-format one block of code + s/echo/${ECHO}/ + don't give out unnecessary internal pkg information to users (the exact location of registration of the package does not matter).
1998-10-12 21:40:33 +02:00
for site in $$sites; do \
In informational messages to the user, use '=>' in preference to '>>', so that cut-n-paste into send-pr will work correctly. Fixes PR 9173 from ITOH Yasufumi.
2000-03-10 17:07:37 +01:00
${ECHO_MSG} "=> Attempting to fetch $$bfile from $${site}."; \
Fix for PR 15761 from Jonathan Perkin <sketch@rd.bbc.co.uk> - only print the number of bytes about to be downloaded, as gleaned from the distinfo file, if a distinfo file exists.
2002-03-01 14:16:45 +01:00
if [ -f ${DISTINFO_FILE} ]; then \
${AWK} 'NF == 5 && $$1 == "Size" && $$2 == "('$$bfile')" { printf("=> [%s %s]\n", $$4, $$5) }' ${DISTINFO_FILE}; \
fi; \
+ explain "Unacceptable license" message a bit better. + create a +BUILD_VERSION file when creating the package, containing the RCS Id strings of files pertinent to the package build. + re-format one block of code + s/echo/${ECHO}/ + don't give out unnecessary internal pkg information to users (the exact location of registration of the package does not matter).
1998-10-12 21:40:33 +02:00
if ${FETCH_CMD} ${FETCH_BEFORE_ARGS} $${site}$${bfile} ${FETCH_AFTER_ARGS}; then \
Deprecate DIGEST_FILE and PATCH_SUM_FILE (replaced by DIGEST_FILE, and not used anymore in pkgsrc).
2001-06-09 14:15:59 +02:00
if [ -n "${FAILOVER_FETCH}" -a -f ${DISTINFO_FILE} -a -f ${_DISTDIR}/$$bfile ]; then \
alg=`${AWK} 'NF == 4 && $$2 == "('$$file')" && $$3 == "=" {print $$1;}' ${DISTINFO_FILE}`; \
Provide a default digest algorithm in the case where FAILOVER_FETCH is set, and a distfile which isn't in files/md5 is attempted to be downloaded. Fixes a problem pointed out by Dan Mcmahill.
2001-03-26 19:08:19 +02:00
if [ -z "$$alg" ]; then \
alg=${DIGEST_ALGORITHM};\
fi; \
Add support for message digests other than md5 into pkgsrc. This is done by using the pkgsrc/pkgtools/digest package, and adding dependencies in bsd.pkg.mk to make sure that that package is up to date. There is no discernable performance decrease in using sha1 checksums over md5 ones, and most people advocate the use of sha1 or rmd160 over md5. As part of this change, move the initial setting of LOCALBASE, X11BASE and CROSSBASE into bsd.prefs.mk from bsd.pkg.mk. Addresses PR 11809.
2001-03-06 15:50:45 +01:00
CKSUM=`${DIGEST} $$alg < ${_DISTDIR}/$$bfile`; \
Deprecate DIGEST_FILE and PATCH_SUM_FILE (replaced by DIGEST_FILE, and not used anymore in pkgsrc).
2001-06-09 14:15:59 +02:00
CKSUM2=`${AWK} '$$1 == "'$$alg'" && $$2 == "('$$file')" {print $$4;}' <${DISTINFO_FILE}`; \
+ explain "Unacceptable license" message a bit better. + create a +BUILD_VERSION file when creating the package, containing the RCS Id strings of files pertinent to the package build. + re-format one block of code + s/echo/${ECHO}/ + don't give out unnecessary internal pkg information to users (the exact location of registration of the package does not matter).
1998-10-12 21:40:33 +02:00
if [ "$$CKSUM" = "$$CKSUM2" -o "$$CKSUM2" = "IGNORE" ]; then \
Add support for distfile-specific master sites, as requested in pkg/7471. Syntax: MASTER_SITES_completefilename= http://specific.master/site and similarly for PATCH_SITES. Convert print/ghostscript-nox11 and x11/kterm to take advantage of this.
2001-12-02 22:29:20 +01:00
break; \
+ explain "Unacceptable license" message a bit better. + create a +BUILD_VERSION file when creating the package, containing the RCS Id strings of files pertinent to the package build. + re-format one block of code + s/echo/${ECHO}/ + don't give out unnecessary internal pkg information to users (the exact location of registration of the package does not matter).
1998-10-12 21:40:33 +02:00
else \
In informational messages to the user, use '=>' in preference to '>>', so that cut-n-paste into send-pr will work correctly. Fixes PR 9173 from ITOH Yasufumi.
2000-03-10 17:07:37 +01:00
${ECHO_MSG} "=> Checksum failure - trying next site."; \
Amend the fetch: target, so that the distfile's integrity is checked with the additional checksum only if FAILOVER_FETCH is set (this does not affect the checksum: target at all). Document FAILOVER_FETCH.
1998-09-01 15:15:29 +02:00
fi; \
Some master-sites (like the second one of the libslang package) seem to return some "please see the new location"-pages instead of the requested archive, which our ftp(1) doesn't take as an error. Now, add a check here to see if ftp(1) actually got the requested file or something else. Detected by Reinoud Zandijk <zandijk@cs.utwente.nl>, talked over with Frederick Bruckman <fb@enteract.com>.
1999-07-21 14:16:27 +02:00
elif [ ! -f ${_DISTDIR}/$$bfile ]; then \
In informational messages to the user, use '=>' in preference to '>>', so that cut-n-paste into send-pr will work correctly. Fixes PR 9173 from ITOH Yasufumi.
2000-03-10 17:07:37 +01:00
${ECHO_MSG} "=> FTP didn't fetch expected file, trying next site." ; \
+ explain "Unacceptable license" message a bit better. + create a +BUILD_VERSION file when creating the package, containing the RCS Id strings of files pertinent to the package build. + re-format one block of code + s/echo/${ECHO}/ + don't give out unnecessary internal pkg information to users (the exact location of registration of the package does not matter).
1998-10-12 21:40:33 +02:00
else \
Add support for distfile-specific master sites, as requested in pkg/7471. Syntax: MASTER_SITES_completefilename= http://specific.master/site and similarly for PATCH_SITES. Convert print/ghostscript-nox11 and x11/kterm to take advantage of this.
2001-12-02 22:29:20 +01:00
break; \
+ explain "Unacceptable license" message a bit better. + create a +BUILD_VERSION file when creating the package, containing the RCS Id strings of files pertinent to the package build. + re-format one block of code + s/echo/${ECHO}/ + don't give out unnecessary internal pkg information to users (the exact location of registration of the package does not matter).
1998-10-12 21:40:33 +02:00
fi; \
fi \
done; \
Add support for distfile-specific master sites, as requested in pkg/7471. Syntax: MASTER_SITES_completefilename= http://specific.master/site and similarly for PATCH_SITES. Convert print/ghostscript-nox11 and x11/kterm to take advantage of this.
2001-12-02 22:29:20 +01:00
if [ ! -f ${_DISTDIR}/$$bfile ]; then \
${ECHO_MSG} "=> Couldn't fetch $$bfile - please try to retrieve this";\
${ECHO_MSG} "=> file manually into ${_DISTDIR} and try again."; \
exit 1; \
fi; \
+ explain "Unacceptable license" message a bit better. + create a +BUILD_VERSION file when creating the package, containing the RCS Id strings of files pertinent to the package build. + re-format one block of code + s/echo/${ECHO}/ + don't give out unnecessary internal pkg information to users (the exact location of registration of the package does not matter).
1998-10-12 21:40:33 +02:00
fi
Combine fetch loops for distribution and patch files to reduce duplicate code. Patch supplied by Jim Bernard in PR pkg/5977.
1998-09-05 21:45:25 +02:00
Actually apply any patch-local-* local patch files if there are any.
1999-07-27 17:01:30 +02:00
_CHECK_DIST_PATH= \
if [ "X${DIST_PATH}" != "X" ]; then \
Speedups! Major changes: * Avoid a big bunch of subshells/forks/execs by using make(1) features; should be good for some minor speedups. * Use shell builtins for echo, true, false, test. Using full paths here causes fork&execs, making things slow. Only changed for NetBSD. * Rename all references to ${.MAKEFLAGS} to ${MAKEFLAGS}. See make(1). * Evaluate all !=s only once, and add them to MAKEFLAGS * Pass ${MAKEFLAGS} to ALL ${MAKE} calls Now PKGTOOLS_VERSION is really only set once in a whole "make package" cycle, even across dependencies. Minor changes: * SORTED_MASTER_SITES was renamed SORTED_MASTER_SITES_CMD and is now (only) execuded in the places where it's needed. * Don't check for /usr/bin/fetch - we never had it, and if someone depends on it he can set FETCH_CMD instead. * Don't fall back to README.port * Replace some commands by their uppercase equivalents (sed -> ${SED}, same for grep, awk, ...) * Some whitespace changes to improve readability => With these changes, times for a "make clean" in x11/kde go down to 20%, time for "make readme" goes down to 33%!
2000-06-03 09:15:28 +02:00
for d in "" ${DIST_PATH:S/:/ /g}; do \
Actually apply any patch-local-* local patch files if there are any.
1999-07-27 17:01:30 +02:00
if [ "X$$d" = "X" -o "X$$d" = "X${DISTDIR}" ]; then continue; fi; \
if [ -f $$d/${DIST_SUBDIR}/$$bfile ]; then \
${ECHO} "Using $$d/${DIST_SUBDIR}/$$bfile"; \
${RM} -f $$bfile; \
${LN} -s $$d/${DIST_SUBDIR}/$$bfile $$bfile; \
break; \
fi; \
done; \
fi
Add possibility to sort the master download site list according to local preferences (domain suffixes or full regular expressions) by defining MASTER_SORT or MASTER_SORT_REGEX appropriately.
1999-07-13 20:09:19 +02:00
#
Generalize the handling for packages where "fetch" and "fetch-list" only emit a message and don't actually fetch anything. This allows us to make the output of "fetch-list" for these packages consistent with other packages. While we're in here, integrate DYNAMIC_MASTER_SITES with the ${ORDERED_SITES} macro. The only functional change here is that ${MASTER_SITE_OVERRIDE} is now respected. Still to do -- something appropriate for "fetch-list" for these packages, like sourcing "getsites.sh" into the generated script. (Well, "package", but there are two others that do something similar in their "Makefile".) Also eliminate the misbegotten _FETCH_ALLFILES macro -- now that only "fetch" uses it, move it's functionality directly under "do-fetch".
2002-03-04 20:41:03 +01:00
# Set up ORDERED_SITES to work out the exact list of sites for every file,
# using the dynamic sites script, or sorting according to the master site
# list or the patterns in MASTER_SORT or MASTER_SORT_REGEX as appropriate.
# No actual sorting is done until ORDERED_SITES is expanded.
Add possibility to sort the master download site list according to local preferences (domain suffixes or full regular expressions) by defining MASTER_SORT or MASTER_SORT_REGEX appropriately.
1999-07-13 20:09:19 +02:00
#
Some tweaks to "fetch" and "fetch-list" re: DYNAMIC_MASTER_SITES: - - For "fetch", move the assignment of the "getsite.sh" script to a more natural place, to get the full benefit of, and consistent handling for, setting MASTER_SORT and MASTER_SORT_REGEX - - For "fetch-list", embed the "getsite.sh" script into the generated script, so that the calculation can be properly done at run-time. ("fetch-list" also respects MASTER_SORT and MASTER_SORT_REGEX.)
2002-03-10 18:15:29 +01:00
.if defined(MASTER_SORT) || defined(MASTER_SORT_REGEX)
Add possibility to sort the master download site list according to local preferences (domain suffixes or full regular expressions) by defining MASTER_SORT or MASTER_SORT_REGEX appropriately.
1999-07-13 20:09:19 +02:00
MASTER_SORT?=
MASTER_SORT_REGEX?=
MASTER_SORT_REGEX+= ${MASTER_SORT:S/./\\./g:C/.*/:\/\/[^\/]*&\//}
MASTER_SORT_AWK= BEGIN { RS = " "; ORS = " "; IGNORECASE = 1 ; gl = "${MASTER_SORT_REGEX}"; }
Generalize the handling for packages where "fetch" and "fetch-list" only emit a message and don't actually fetch anything. This allows us to make the output of "fetch-list" for these packages consistent with other packages. While we're in here, integrate DYNAMIC_MASTER_SITES with the ${ORDERED_SITES} macro. The only functional change here is that ${MASTER_SITE_OVERRIDE} is now respected. Still to do -- something appropriate for "fetch-list" for these packages, like sourcing "getsites.sh" into the generated script. (Well, "package", but there are two others that do something similar in their "Makefile".) Also eliminate the misbegotten _FETCH_ALLFILES macro -- now that only "fetch" uses it, move it's functionality directly under "do-fetch".
2002-03-04 20:41:03 +01:00
. for srt in ${MASTER_SORT_REGEX}
Add possibility to sort the master download site list according to local preferences (domain suffixes or full regular expressions) by defining MASTER_SORT or MASTER_SORT_REGEX appropriately.
1999-07-13 20:09:19 +02:00
MASTER_SORT_AWK+= /${srt:C/\//\\\//g}/ { good["${srt}"] = good["${srt}"] " " $$0 ; next; }
Generalize the handling for packages where "fetch" and "fetch-list" only emit a message and don't actually fetch anything. This allows us to make the output of "fetch-list" for these packages consistent with other packages. While we're in here, integrate DYNAMIC_MASTER_SITES with the ${ORDERED_SITES} macro. The only functional change here is that ${MASTER_SITE_OVERRIDE} is now respected. Still to do -- something appropriate for "fetch-list" for these packages, like sourcing "getsites.sh" into the generated script. (Well, "package", but there are two others that do something similar in their "Makefile".) Also eliminate the misbegotten _FETCH_ALLFILES macro -- now that only "fetch" uses it, move it's functionality directly under "do-fetch".
2002-03-04 20:41:03 +01:00
. endfor
Speedups! Major changes: * Avoid a big bunch of subshells/forks/execs by using make(1) features; should be good for some minor speedups. * Use shell builtins for echo, true, false, test. Using full paths here causes fork&execs, making things slow. Only changed for NetBSD. * Rename all references to ${.MAKEFLAGS} to ${MAKEFLAGS}. See make(1). * Evaluate all !=s only once, and add them to MAKEFLAGS * Pass ${MAKEFLAGS} to ALL ${MAKE} calls Now PKGTOOLS_VERSION is really only set once in a whole "make package" cycle, even across dependencies. Minor changes: * SORTED_MASTER_SITES was renamed SORTED_MASTER_SITES_CMD and is now (only) execuded in the places where it's needed. * Don't check for /usr/bin/fetch - we never had it, and if someone depends on it he can set FETCH_CMD instead. * Don't fall back to README.port * Replace some commands by their uppercase equivalents (sed -> ${SED}, same for grep, awk, ...) * Some whitespace changes to improve readability => With these changes, times for a "make clean" in x11/kde go down to 20%, time for "make readme" goes down to 33%!
2000-06-03 09:15:28 +02:00
MASTER_SORT_AWK+= { rest = rest " " $$0; } END { n=split(gl, gla); for(i=1;i<=n;i++) { print good[gla[i]]; } print rest; }
Re-work the fetch target(s), as discussed on "tech-pkg". The primary motivation is to make the order that sites are hit more sane, and especially to prevent hitting sites that aren't ever expected to have the sought after file. Now, ${MASTER_SITE_OVERRIDE} is always hit first. If that fails, then the sites designated for that file, then ${MASTER_SITE_BACKUP}, are hit (by default), but with the order subject to ${MASTER_SORT_REGEX} and ${MASTER_SORT_AWK}. The "designated sites" are usually ${MASTER_SITES} for files in ${DISTFILES}, and ${PATCH_SITES} for files in ${PATCH_FILES}. However, defining a variable `${SITES_foo}' in the package "Makefile" overrides that for file "foo". [The use of ${MASTER_SITES_foo} and ${PATCH_SITES_foo}, which is currently only used by a couple of packages for the same purpose, is deprecated, and will be shortly unsupported.] Also eliminate redundancy in the do-fetch and fetch-list-one-pkg targets, by making them use a single, common macro (escaped with `:Q' in the fetch-list-one-pkg case), so "make fetch-list-one-pkg | sh" now does exactly the same thing as "make do-fetch".
2002-01-06 21:03:22 +01:00
SORT_SITES_CMD= ${ECHO} $$unsorted_sites | ${AWK} '${MASTER_SORT_AWK}'
Apply quoting to "${SORT_SITES_CMD}" to make Solaris's "/bin/sh" happy.
2002-01-18 23:14:09 +01:00
ORDERED_SITES= ${_MASTER_SITE_OVERRIDE} `${SORT_SITES_CMD:C/"/\"/g}`
Re-work the fetch target(s), as discussed on "tech-pkg". The primary motivation is to make the order that sites are hit more sane, and especially to prevent hitting sites that aren't ever expected to have the sought after file. Now, ${MASTER_SITE_OVERRIDE} is always hit first. If that fails, then the sites designated for that file, then ${MASTER_SITE_BACKUP}, are hit (by default), but with the order subject to ${MASTER_SORT_REGEX} and ${MASTER_SORT_AWK}. The "designated sites" are usually ${MASTER_SITES} for files in ${DISTFILES}, and ${PATCH_SITES} for files in ${PATCH_FILES}. However, defining a variable `${SITES_foo}' in the package "Makefile" overrides that for file "foo". [The use of ${MASTER_SITES_foo} and ${PATCH_SITES_foo}, which is currently only used by a couple of packages for the same purpose, is deprecated, and will be shortly unsupported.] Also eliminate redundancy in the do-fetch and fetch-list-one-pkg targets, by making them use a single, common macro (escaped with `:Q' in the fetch-list-one-pkg case), so "make fetch-list-one-pkg | sh" now does exactly the same thing as "make do-fetch".
2002-01-06 21:03:22 +01:00
.else
Put back the DIST_SUBDIR handling in the _FETCH_ALLFILES macro.
2002-01-07 00:01:31 +01:00
ORDERED_SITES= ${_MASTER_SITE_OVERRIDE} $$unsorted_sites
Re-work the fetch target(s), as discussed on "tech-pkg". The primary motivation is to make the order that sites are hit more sane, and especially to prevent hitting sites that aren't ever expected to have the sought after file. Now, ${MASTER_SITE_OVERRIDE} is always hit first. If that fails, then the sites designated for that file, then ${MASTER_SITE_BACKUP}, are hit (by default), but with the order subject to ${MASTER_SORT_REGEX} and ${MASTER_SORT_AWK}. The "designated sites" are usually ${MASTER_SITES} for files in ${DISTFILES}, and ${PATCH_SITES} for files in ${PATCH_FILES}. However, defining a variable `${SITES_foo}' in the package "Makefile" overrides that for file "foo". [The use of ${MASTER_SITES_foo} and ${PATCH_SITES_foo}, which is currently only used by a couple of packages for the same purpose, is deprecated, and will be shortly unsupported.] Also eliminate redundancy in the do-fetch and fetch-list-one-pkg targets, by making them use a single, common macro (escaped with `:Q' in the fetch-list-one-pkg case), so "make fetch-list-one-pkg | sh" now does exactly the same thing as "make do-fetch".
2002-01-06 21:03:22 +01:00
.endif
Add possibility to sort the master download site list according to local preferences (domain suffixes or full regular expressions) by defining MASTER_SORT or MASTER_SORT_REGEX appropriately.
1999-07-13 20:09:19 +02:00
Re-work the fetch target(s), as discussed on "tech-pkg". The primary motivation is to make the order that sites are hit more sane, and especially to prevent hitting sites that aren't ever expected to have the sought after file. Now, ${MASTER_SITE_OVERRIDE} is always hit first. If that fails, then the sites designated for that file, then ${MASTER_SITE_BACKUP}, are hit (by default), but with the order subject to ${MASTER_SORT_REGEX} and ${MASTER_SORT_AWK}. The "designated sites" are usually ${MASTER_SITES} for files in ${DISTFILES}, and ${PATCH_SITES} for files in ${PATCH_FILES}. However, defining a variable `${SITES_foo}' in the package "Makefile" overrides that for file "foo". [The use of ${MASTER_SITES_foo} and ${PATCH_SITES_foo}, which is currently only used by a couple of packages for the same purpose, is deprecated, and will be shortly unsupported.] Also eliminate redundancy in the do-fetch and fetch-list-one-pkg targets, by making them use a single, common macro (escaped with `:Q' in the fetch-list-one-pkg case), so "make fetch-list-one-pkg | sh" now does exactly the same thing as "make do-fetch".
2002-01-06 21:03:22 +01:00
#
Generalize the handling for packages where "fetch" and "fetch-list" only emit a message and don't actually fetch anything. This allows us to make the output of "fetch-list" for these packages consistent with other packages. While we're in here, integrate DYNAMIC_MASTER_SITES with the ${ORDERED_SITES} macro. The only functional change here is that ${MASTER_SITE_OVERRIDE} is now respected. Still to do -- something appropriate for "fetch-list" for these packages, like sourcing "getsites.sh" into the generated script. (Well, "package", but there are two others that do something similar in their "Makefile".) Also eliminate the misbegotten _FETCH_ALLFILES macro -- now that only "fetch" uses it, move it's functionality directly under "do-fetch".
2002-03-04 20:41:03 +01:00
# Associate each file to fetch with the correct site(s).
Re-work the fetch target(s), as discussed on "tech-pkg". The primary motivation is to make the order that sites are hit more sane, and especially to prevent hitting sites that aren't ever expected to have the sought after file. Now, ${MASTER_SITE_OVERRIDE} is always hit first. If that fails, then the sites designated for that file, then ${MASTER_SITE_BACKUP}, are hit (by default), but with the order subject to ${MASTER_SORT_REGEX} and ${MASTER_SORT_AWK}. The "designated sites" are usually ${MASTER_SITES} for files in ${DISTFILES}, and ${PATCH_SITES} for files in ${PATCH_FILES}. However, defining a variable `${SITES_foo}' in the package "Makefile" overrides that for file "foo". [The use of ${MASTER_SITES_foo} and ${PATCH_SITES_foo}, which is currently only used by a couple of packages for the same purpose, is deprecated, and will be shortly unsupported.] Also eliminate redundancy in the do-fetch and fetch-list-one-pkg targets, by making them use a single, common macro (escaped with `:Q' in the fetch-list-one-pkg case), so "make fetch-list-one-pkg | sh" now does exactly the same thing as "make do-fetch".
2002-01-06 21:03:22 +01:00
#
Some tweaks to "fetch" and "fetch-list" re: DYNAMIC_MASTER_SITES: - - For "fetch", move the assignment of the "getsite.sh" script to a more natural place, to get the full benefit of, and consistent handling for, setting MASTER_SORT and MASTER_SORT_REGEX - - For "fetch-list", embed the "getsite.sh" script into the generated script, so that the calculation can be properly done at run-time. ("fetch-list" also respects MASTER_SORT and MASTER_SORT_REGEX.)
2002-03-10 18:15:29 +01:00
.if defined(DYNAMIC_MASTER_SITES)
. for fetchfile in ${_ALLFILES}
SITES_${fetchfile:T}?= `${SH} ${FILESDIR}/getsite.sh ${fetchfile:T}`
. endfor
.endif
Generalize the handling for packages where "fetch" and "fetch-list" only emit a message and don't actually fetch anything. This allows us to make the output of "fetch-list" for these packages consistent with other packages. While we're in here, integrate DYNAMIC_MASTER_SITES with the ${ORDERED_SITES} macro. The only functional change here is that ${MASTER_SITE_OVERRIDE} is now respected. Still to do -- something appropriate for "fetch-list" for these packages, like sourcing "getsites.sh" into the generated script. (Well, "package", but there are two others that do something similar in their "Makefile".) Also eliminate the misbegotten _FETCH_ALLFILES macro -- now that only "fetch" uses it, move it's functionality directly under "do-fetch".
2002-03-04 20:41:03 +01:00
.if !empty(_DISTFILES)
. for fetchfile in ${_DISTFILES}
Re-work the fetch target(s), as discussed on "tech-pkg". The primary motivation is to make the order that sites are hit more sane, and especially to prevent hitting sites that aren't ever expected to have the sought after file. Now, ${MASTER_SITE_OVERRIDE} is always hit first. If that fails, then the sites designated for that file, then ${MASTER_SITE_BACKUP}, are hit (by default), but with the order subject to ${MASTER_SORT_REGEX} and ${MASTER_SORT_AWK}. The "designated sites" are usually ${MASTER_SITES} for files in ${DISTFILES}, and ${PATCH_SITES} for files in ${PATCH_FILES}. However, defining a variable `${SITES_foo}' in the package "Makefile" overrides that for file "foo". [The use of ${MASTER_SITES_foo} and ${PATCH_SITES_foo}, which is currently only used by a couple of packages for the same purpose, is deprecated, and will be shortly unsupported.] Also eliminate redundancy in the do-fetch and fetch-list-one-pkg targets, by making them use a single, common macro (escaped with `:Q' in the fetch-list-one-pkg case), so "make fetch-list-one-pkg | sh" now does exactly the same thing as "make do-fetch".
2002-01-06 21:03:22 +01:00
SITES_${fetchfile:T}?= ${MASTER_SITES}
Generalize the handling for packages where "fetch" and "fetch-list" only emit a message and don't actually fetch anything. This allows us to make the output of "fetch-list" for these packages consistent with other packages. While we're in here, integrate DYNAMIC_MASTER_SITES with the ${ORDERED_SITES} macro. The only functional change here is that ${MASTER_SITE_OVERRIDE} is now respected. Still to do -- something appropriate for "fetch-list" for these packages, like sourcing "getsites.sh" into the generated script. (Well, "package", but there are two others that do something similar in their "Makefile".) Also eliminate the misbegotten _FETCH_ALLFILES macro -- now that only "fetch" uses it, move it's functionality directly under "do-fetch".
2002-03-04 20:41:03 +01:00
. endfor
.endif
.if !empty(_PATCHFILES)
. for fetchfile in ${_PATCHFILES}
Re-work the fetch target(s), as discussed on "tech-pkg". The primary motivation is to make the order that sites are hit more sane, and especially to prevent hitting sites that aren't ever expected to have the sought after file. Now, ${MASTER_SITE_OVERRIDE} is always hit first. If that fails, then the sites designated for that file, then ${MASTER_SITE_BACKUP}, are hit (by default), but with the order subject to ${MASTER_SORT_REGEX} and ${MASTER_SORT_AWK}. The "designated sites" are usually ${MASTER_SITES} for files in ${DISTFILES}, and ${PATCH_SITES} for files in ${PATCH_FILES}. However, defining a variable `${SITES_foo}' in the package "Makefile" overrides that for file "foo". [The use of ${MASTER_SITES_foo} and ${PATCH_SITES_foo}, which is currently only used by a couple of packages for the same purpose, is deprecated, and will be shortly unsupported.] Also eliminate redundancy in the do-fetch and fetch-list-one-pkg targets, by making them use a single, common macro (escaped with `:Q' in the fetch-list-one-pkg case), so "make fetch-list-one-pkg | sh" now does exactly the same thing as "make do-fetch".
2002-01-06 21:03:22 +01:00
SITES_${fetchfile:T}?= ${PATCH_SITES}
Generalize the handling for packages where "fetch" and "fetch-list" only emit a message and don't actually fetch anything. This allows us to make the output of "fetch-list" for these packages consistent with other packages. While we're in here, integrate DYNAMIC_MASTER_SITES with the ${ORDERED_SITES} macro. The only functional change here is that ${MASTER_SITE_OVERRIDE} is now respected. Still to do -- something appropriate for "fetch-list" for these packages, like sourcing "getsites.sh" into the generated script. (Well, "package", but there are two others that do something similar in their "Makefile".) Also eliminate the misbegotten _FETCH_ALLFILES macro -- now that only "fetch" uses it, move it's functionality directly under "do-fetch".
2002-03-04 20:41:03 +01:00
. endfor
.endif
In the do-fetch target, break out the check for distfiles if we're in batch mode, into a separate target. Call that target if we're in batch mode. Modify the check for distfiles code to do a loop for all the distfiles, and only print the message once at the end if the files aren't present, and BATCH is defined. Only check for distfiles' explicit presence if BATCH is defined.
2002-07-03 18:30:18 +02:00
# This code is only called in a batch case, to check for the presence of
# the distfiles
batch-check-distfiles:
Deprecate IS_INTERACTIVE, and introduce a finer-grained INTERACTIVE_STAGE definition. INTERACTIVE_STAGE can take any of the values: fetch, configure, build and install Multiple values are allowed: e.g. INTERACTIVE_STAGE= configure install Explain INTERACTIVE_STAGE and its use in documentation. Patches provided by Chris Pinnock (cjep@netbsd.org).
2002-07-02 13:26:05 +02:00
${_PKG_SILENT}${_PKG_DEBUG} \
In the do-fetch target, break out the check for distfiles if we're in batch mode, into a separate target. Call that target if we're in batch mode. Modify the check for distfiles code to do a loop for all the distfiles, and only print the message once at the end if the files aren't present, and BATCH is defined. Only check for distfiles' explicit presence if BATCH is defined.
2002-07-03 18:30:18 +02:00
gotfiles=yes; \
for file in "" ${_ALLFILES}; do \
case "$$file" in \
"") continue ;; \
*) if [ ! -f ${DISTDIR}/$$file ]; then \
gotfiles=no; \
fi ;; \
esac; \
done; \
case "$$gotfiles" in \
no) ${ECHO} "*** This package requires user intervention to download the distfiles"; \
Deprecate IS_INTERACTIVE, and introduce a finer-grained INTERACTIVE_STAGE definition. INTERACTIVE_STAGE can take any of the values: fetch, configure, build and install Multiple values are allowed: e.g. INTERACTIVE_STAGE= configure install Explain INTERACTIVE_STAGE and its use in documentation. Patches provided by Chris Pinnock (cjep@netbsd.org).
2002-07-02 13:26:05 +02:00
${ECHO} "*** Please fetch the distfiles manually and place them in"; \
${ECHO} "*** ${DISTDIR}"; \
[ ! -z "${MASTER_SITES}" ] && \
${ECHO} "*** The distfiles are available from ${MASTER_SITES}"; \
[ ! -z "${HOMEPAGE}" ] && \
${ECHO} "*** See ${HOMEPAGE} for more details"; \
${ECHO}; \
Add a missing semicolon in the INTERACTIVE_STAGE=fetch bulk build logic.
2002-07-24 19:44:16 +02:00
${TOUCH} ${INTERACTIVE_COOKIE}; \
In the do-fetch target, break out the check for distfiles if we're in batch mode, into a separate target. Call that target if we're in batch mode. Modify the check for distfiles code to do a loop for all the distfiles, and only print the message once at the end if the files aren't present, and BATCH is defined. Only check for distfiles' explicit presence if BATCH is defined.
2002-07-03 18:30:18 +02:00
${FALSE} ;; \
esac
.if !target(do-fetch)
do-fetch:
. if !empty(_ALLFILES)
${_PKG_SILENT}${_PKG_DEBUG} \
${TEST} -d ${_DISTDIR} || ${MKDIR} ${_DISTDIR}
. if ${INTERACTIVE_STAGE:Mfetch} == "fetch" && defined(BATCH)
${_PKG_SILENT}${_PKG_DEBUG} \
${MAKE} ${MAKEFLAGS} batch-check-distfiles
Deprecate IS_INTERACTIVE, and introduce a finer-grained INTERACTIVE_STAGE definition. INTERACTIVE_STAGE can take any of the values: fetch, configure, build and install Multiple values are allowed: e.g. INTERACTIVE_STAGE= configure install Explain INTERACTIVE_STAGE and its use in documentation. Patches provided by Chris Pinnock (cjep@netbsd.org).
2002-07-02 13:26:05 +02:00
. else
. for fetchfile in ${_ALLFILES}
. if defined(_FETCH_MESSAGE)
Generalize the handling for packages where "fetch" and "fetch-list" only emit a message and don't actually fetch anything. This allows us to make the output of "fetch-list" for these packages consistent with other packages. While we're in here, integrate DYNAMIC_MASTER_SITES with the ${ORDERED_SITES} macro. The only functional change here is that ${MASTER_SITE_OVERRIDE} is now respected. Still to do -- something appropriate for "fetch-list" for these packages, like sourcing "getsites.sh" into the generated script. (Well, "package", but there are two others that do something similar in their "Makefile".) Also eliminate the misbegotten _FETCH_ALLFILES macro -- now that only "fetch" uses it, move it's functionality directly under "do-fetch".
2002-03-04 20:41:03 +01:00
${_PKG_SILENT}${_PKG_DEBUG} \
Implement DYNAMIC_MASTER_SITES If you need to download from a dynamic URL you can set DYNAMIC_MASTER_SITES and a 'make fetch' will call files/getsite.sh with the name of each file to download as an argument, expecting it to output the URL of the directory from which to download it. graphics/ns-cult3d is an example of this usage.
2002-02-13 21:05:02 +01:00
file="${fetchfile}"; \
Generalize the handling for packages where "fetch" and "fetch-list" only emit a message and don't actually fetch anything. This allows us to make the output of "fetch-list" for these packages consistent with other packages. While we're in here, integrate DYNAMIC_MASTER_SITES with the ${ORDERED_SITES} macro. The only functional change here is that ${MASTER_SITE_OVERRIDE} is now respected. Still to do -- something appropriate for "fetch-list" for these packages, like sourcing "getsites.sh" into the generated script. (Well, "package", but there are two others that do something similar in their "Makefile".) Also eliminate the misbegotten _FETCH_ALLFILES macro -- now that only "fetch" uses it, move it's functionality directly under "do-fetch".
2002-03-04 20:41:03 +01:00
if [ ! -f ${DISTDIR}/$$file ]; then \
${_FETCH_MESSAGE}; \
fi
Deprecate IS_INTERACTIVE, and introduce a finer-grained INTERACTIVE_STAGE definition. INTERACTIVE_STAGE can take any of the values: fetch, configure, build and install Multiple values are allowed: e.g. INTERACTIVE_STAGE= configure install Explain INTERACTIVE_STAGE and its use in documentation. Patches provided by Chris Pinnock (cjep@netbsd.org).
2002-07-02 13:26:05 +02:00
. else
Generalize the handling for packages where "fetch" and "fetch-list" only emit a message and don't actually fetch anything. This allows us to make the output of "fetch-list" for these packages consistent with other packages. While we're in here, integrate DYNAMIC_MASTER_SITES with the ${ORDERED_SITES} macro. The only functional change here is that ${MASTER_SITE_OVERRIDE} is now respected. Still to do -- something appropriate for "fetch-list" for these packages, like sourcing "getsites.sh" into the generated script. (Well, "package", but there are two others that do something similar in their "Makefile".) Also eliminate the misbegotten _FETCH_ALLFILES macro -- now that only "fetch" uses it, move it's functionality directly under "do-fetch".
2002-03-04 20:41:03 +01:00
${_PKG_SILENT}${_PKG_DEBUG} \
cd ${_DISTDIR}; \
Add support for distfile-specific master sites, as requested in pkg/7471. Syntax: MASTER_SITES_completefilename= http://specific.master/site and similarly for PATCH_SITES. Convert print/ghostscript-nox11 and x11/kterm to take advantage of this.
2001-12-02 22:29:20 +01:00
file="${fetchfile}"; \
bfile="${fetchfile:T}"; \
Generalize the handling for packages where "fetch" and "fetch-list" only emit a message and don't actually fetch anything. This allows us to make the output of "fetch-list" for these packages consistent with other packages. While we're in here, integrate DYNAMIC_MASTER_SITES with the ${ORDERED_SITES} macro. The only functional change here is that ${MASTER_SITE_OVERRIDE} is now respected. Still to do -- something appropriate for "fetch-list" for these packages, like sourcing "getsites.sh" into the generated script. (Well, "package", but there are two others that do something similar in their "Makefile".) Also eliminate the misbegotten _FETCH_ALLFILES macro -- now that only "fetch" uses it, move it's functionality directly under "do-fetch".
2002-03-04 20:41:03 +01:00
unsorted_sites="${SITES_${fetchfile:T}} ${_MASTER_SITE_BACKUP}"; \
sites="${ORDERED_SITES}"; \
Add support for distfile-specific master sites, as requested in pkg/7471. Syntax: MASTER_SITES_completefilename= http://specific.master/site and similarly for PATCH_SITES. Convert print/ghostscript-nox11 and x11/kterm to take advantage of this.
2001-12-02 22:29:20 +01:00
${_CHECK_DIST_PATH}; \
Re-work the fetch target(s), as discussed on "tech-pkg". The primary motivation is to make the order that sites are hit more sane, and especially to prevent hitting sites that aren't ever expected to have the sought after file. Now, ${MASTER_SITE_OVERRIDE} is always hit first. If that fails, then the sites designated for that file, then ${MASTER_SITE_BACKUP}, are hit (by default), but with the order subject to ${MASTER_SORT_REGEX} and ${MASTER_SORT_AWK}. The "designated sites" are usually ${MASTER_SITES} for files in ${DISTFILES}, and ${PATCH_SITES} for files in ${PATCH_FILES}. However, defining a variable `${SITES_foo}' in the package "Makefile" overrides that for file "foo". [The use of ${MASTER_SITES_foo} and ${PATCH_SITES_foo}, which is currently only used by a couple of packages for the same purpose, is deprecated, and will be shortly unsupported.] Also eliminate redundancy in the do-fetch and fetch-list-one-pkg targets, by making them use a single, common macro (escaped with `:Q' in the fetch-list-one-pkg case), so "make fetch-list-one-pkg | sh" now does exactly the same thing as "make do-fetch".
2002-01-06 21:03:22 +01:00
${_FETCH_FILE};
Deprecate IS_INTERACTIVE, and introduce a finer-grained INTERACTIVE_STAGE definition. INTERACTIVE_STAGE can take any of the values: fetch, configure, build and install Multiple values are allowed: e.g. INTERACTIVE_STAGE= configure install Explain INTERACTIVE_STAGE and its use in documentation. Patches provided by Chris Pinnock (cjep@netbsd.org).
2002-07-02 13:26:05 +02:00
. endif # defined(_FETCH_MESSAGE)
. endfor
. endif # INTERACTIVE_STAGE == fetch
Generalize the handling for packages where "fetch" and "fetch-list" only emit a message and don't actually fetch anything. This allows us to make the output of "fetch-list" for these packages consistent with other packages. While we're in here, integrate DYNAMIC_MASTER_SITES with the ${ORDERED_SITES} macro. The only functional change here is that ${MASTER_SITE_OVERRIDE} is now respected. Still to do -- something appropriate for "fetch-list" for these packages, like sourcing "getsites.sh" into the generated script. (Well, "package", but there are two others that do something similar in their "Makefile".) Also eliminate the misbegotten _FETCH_ALLFILES macro -- now that only "fetch" uses it, move it's functionality directly under "do-fetch".
2002-03-04 20:41:03 +01:00
. endif # !empty(_ALLFILES)
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
.endif
add 'show-depends-dir' target. This shows the directories of the "top level" depends for the package. Both build and run depends are shown. This is a non-recursive target. Ie, only explicitly depends are shown. Example: bondage 109 # cd /usr/pkgsrc/cad/geda && make show-depends-dirs cad/gschem cad/gnetlist cad/gsymcheck cad/geda-utils cad/geda-docs This target is useful for collecting dependency tree information for bulk builds.
2001-01-22 05:00:54 +01:00
# show both build and run depends directories (non-recursively)
.if !target(show-depends-dirs)
show-depends-dirs:
Be consistent throughout the file with line continuations and whitespace. No functional changes.
2002-05-03 14:44:01 +02:00
${_PKG_SILENT}${_PKG_DEBUG} \
dlist=""; \
thisdir=`pwd`; \
Fix problem with Solaris' /bin/sh not accepting an empty list in a for loop noted in pkg/13894 by Stoned Elipot <Stoned.Elipot@script.jussieu.fr>. The suggested fix was applied.
2001-09-14 20:54:43 +02:00
for reldir in "" ${DEPENDS:C/^[^:]*://:C/:.*$//} ${BUILD_DEPENDS:C/^[^:]*://:C/:.*$//} ;\
Be consistent throughout the file with line continuations and whitespace. No functional changes.
2002-05-03 14:44:01 +02:00
do \
if [ "X$$reldir" = "X" ]; then continue; fi; \
cd $$thisdir/$$reldir; \
WD=`pwd`; \
d=`dirname $$WD`; \
absdir=`basename $$d`/`basename $$WD`; \
dlist="$$dlist $$absdir"; \
done; \
cd $$thisdir; \
add 'show-depends-dir' target. This shows the directories of the "top level" depends for the package. Both build and run depends are shown. This is a non-recursive target. Ie, only explicitly depends are shown. Example: bondage 109 # cd /usr/pkgsrc/cad/geda && make show-depends-dirs cad/gschem cad/gnetlist cad/gsymcheck cad/geda-utils cad/geda-docs This target is useful for collecting dependency tree information for bulk builds.
2001-01-22 05:00:54 +01:00
${ECHO} "$$dlist"
.endif
Comprehensive update to the fetch-list target (and friends), incorporating many suggestions made by Bernd Ernesti on "tech-pkg". Closes PR pkg/15539. - - Partially revert 1.895, which made 'fetch-list' ape 'fetch', so instead check if a file exists on the building host before emitting anything for it into the generated script. Update to use the new 'fetch' procedure on the fetching host, once it is determined that the file is needed, and generally clean up the output, so that it's a human readable shell script with comments. - - Introduce utility target 'show-all-depends-dirs', to do the necessary recursing over dependencies quickly and correctly. Add a couple of variations to show how it's done, and bracket the whole thing with ".if make()", so it's invisible to the dependency graph for all the other targets. The key improvement over the old way, is that it utilizes an "awk" associative array to guarantee that no package subdirectory is visited twice. For the package with the hairiest dependency graph, "x11/gnome", this leads to something like a 1,000-fold improvement! - - "sort -u" over the result of 'fetch-list-one-pkg' goes bye-bye. The new "awk" post-processor begins emitting output as soon as there is a file to fetch, so the user doesn't have to wait for the whole thing to finish before he sees anything. - - Get rid of the old hook for non-recursing for a top-level 'fetch-list', which was never used. Previously, a top-level 'fetch-list' couldn't work anyway, because the progress reports ruined the shell script. Remove 'fetch-list' from the targets that recurse from the top, and instead use a different 'fetch-list' target in "bsd.pkg.subdir.mk" to do the right thing. Currently, that right thing includes recursing in the single-category case, or if ${SPECIFIC_PKGS} is set, and not recursing in the top-level, all packages case (where it would be perfectly pointless).
2002-02-28 15:42:39 +01:00
# Show all build and run depends, reverse-breadth first, with options.
.if make(show-all-depends-dirs) || make(show-all-depends-dirs-excl) || make (show-root-dirs)
.PHONY: show-all-depends-dirs show-all-depends-dirs-excl show-root-dirs
# "awk" macro to recurse over the dependencies efficiently, never running in
# the same same directory twice. You may set the following options via "-v":
#
# NonSelf = 1 to not print own directory;
# RootsOnly = 1 to print only root directories (i.e. directories
# of packages with no dependencies), including possibly
# own directory
#
_RECURSE_DEPENDS_DIRS= \
function append_dirs(dir) { \
Be consistent throughout the file with line continuations and whitespace. No functional changes.
2002-05-03 14:44:01 +02:00
command = "cd ../../" dir " && ${MAKE} show-depends-dirs"; \
Comprehensive update to the fetch-list target (and friends), incorporating many suggestions made by Bernd Ernesti on "tech-pkg". Closes PR pkg/15539. - - Partially revert 1.895, which made 'fetch-list' ape 'fetch', so instead check if a file exists on the building host before emitting anything for it into the generated script. Update to use the new 'fetch' procedure on the fetching host, once it is determined that the file is needed, and generally clean up the output, so that it's a human readable shell script with comments. - - Introduce utility target 'show-all-depends-dirs', to do the necessary recursing over dependencies quickly and correctly. Add a couple of variations to show how it's done, and bracket the whole thing with ".if make()", so it's invisible to the dependency graph for all the other targets. The key improvement over the old way, is that it utilizes an "awk" associative array to guarantee that no package subdirectory is visited twice. For the package with the hairiest dependency graph, "x11/gnome", this leads to something like a 1,000-fold improvement! - - "sort -u" over the result of 'fetch-list-one-pkg' goes bye-bye. The new "awk" post-processor begins emitting output as soon as there is a file to fetch, so the user doesn't have to wait for the whole thing to finish before he sees anything. - - Get rid of the old hook for non-recursing for a top-level 'fetch-list', which was never used. Previously, a top-level 'fetch-list' couldn't work anyway, because the progress reports ruined the shell script. Remove 'fetch-list' from the targets that recurse from the top, and instead use a different 'fetch-list' target in "bsd.pkg.subdir.mk" to do the right thing. Currently, that right thing includes recursing in the single-category case, or if ${SPECIFIC_PKGS} is set, and not recursing in the top-level, all packages case (where it would be perfectly pointless).
2002-02-28 15:42:39 +01:00
command | getline tmp_dirs; \
close(command); \
if (tmp_dirs ~ /^$$/) \
root_dirs[p++] = dir; \
for (i = 1; i <= split(tmp_dirs, tmp_r); i++) \
if (!(tmp_r[i] in hash_all_dirs)) { \
all_dirs[n++] = tmp_r[i]; \
hash_all_dirs[tmp_r[i]] = 1 \
} \
} \
BEGIN { \
command = "pwd"; \
command | getline start_dir; \
close(command); \
i = split(start_dir, tmp_r, /\//); \
all_dirs[n++] = tmp_r[i-1] "/" tmp_r[i]; \
for (; m < n; ) \
append_dirs(all_dirs[m++]); \
if (RootsOnly) { \
printf("%s", root_dirs[--p]); \
for (; p > 0; ) \
printf(" %s", root_dirs[--p]) \
} \
else { \
if (m > NonSelf) \
printf("%s", all_dirs[--m]); \
for (; m > NonSelf; ) \
printf(" %s", all_dirs[--m]) \
} \
print \
}
.if make(show-all-depends-dirs)
show-all-depends-dirs:
${_PKG_SILENT}${_PKG_DEBUG}${AWK} '${_RECURSE_DEPENDS_DIRS}'
.endif
.if make(show-all-depends-dirs-excl)
show-all-depends-dirs-excl:
Be consistent throughout the file with line continuations and whitespace. No functional changes.
2002-05-03 14:44:01 +02:00
${_PKG_SILENT}${_PKG_DEBUG}${AWK} -v NonSelf=1 '${_RECURSE_DEPENDS_DIRS}'
Comprehensive update to the fetch-list target (and friends), incorporating many suggestions made by Bernd Ernesti on "tech-pkg". Closes PR pkg/15539. - - Partially revert 1.895, which made 'fetch-list' ape 'fetch', so instead check if a file exists on the building host before emitting anything for it into the generated script. Update to use the new 'fetch' procedure on the fetching host, once it is determined that the file is needed, and generally clean up the output, so that it's a human readable shell script with comments. - - Introduce utility target 'show-all-depends-dirs', to do the necessary recursing over dependencies quickly and correctly. Add a couple of variations to show how it's done, and bracket the whole thing with ".if make()", so it's invisible to the dependency graph for all the other targets. The key improvement over the old way, is that it utilizes an "awk" associative array to guarantee that no package subdirectory is visited twice. For the package with the hairiest dependency graph, "x11/gnome", this leads to something like a 1,000-fold improvement! - - "sort -u" over the result of 'fetch-list-one-pkg' goes bye-bye. The new "awk" post-processor begins emitting output as soon as there is a file to fetch, so the user doesn't have to wait for the whole thing to finish before he sees anything. - - Get rid of the old hook for non-recursing for a top-level 'fetch-list', which was never used. Previously, a top-level 'fetch-list' couldn't work anyway, because the progress reports ruined the shell script. Remove 'fetch-list' from the targets that recurse from the top, and instead use a different 'fetch-list' target in "bsd.pkg.subdir.mk" to do the right thing. Currently, that right thing includes recursing in the single-category case, or if ${SPECIFIC_PKGS} is set, and not recursing in the top-level, all packages case (where it would be perfectly pointless).
2002-02-28 15:42:39 +01:00
.endif
.if make(show-root-dirs)
show-root-dirs:
Be consistent throughout the file with line continuations and whitespace. No functional changes.
2002-05-03 14:44:01 +02:00
${_PKG_SILENT}${_PKG_DEBUG}${AWK} -v RootsOnly=1 '${_RECURSE_DEPENDS_DIRS}'
Comprehensive update to the fetch-list target (and friends), incorporating many suggestions made by Bernd Ernesti on "tech-pkg". Closes PR pkg/15539. - - Partially revert 1.895, which made 'fetch-list' ape 'fetch', so instead check if a file exists on the building host before emitting anything for it into the generated script. Update to use the new 'fetch' procedure on the fetching host, once it is determined that the file is needed, and generally clean up the output, so that it's a human readable shell script with comments. - - Introduce utility target 'show-all-depends-dirs', to do the necessary recursing over dependencies quickly and correctly. Add a couple of variations to show how it's done, and bracket the whole thing with ".if make()", so it's invisible to the dependency graph for all the other targets. The key improvement over the old way, is that it utilizes an "awk" associative array to guarantee that no package subdirectory is visited twice. For the package with the hairiest dependency graph, "x11/gnome", this leads to something like a 1,000-fold improvement! - - "sort -u" over the result of 'fetch-list-one-pkg' goes bye-bye. The new "awk" post-processor begins emitting output as soon as there is a file to fetch, so the user doesn't have to wait for the whole thing to finish before he sees anything. - - Get rid of the old hook for non-recursing for a top-level 'fetch-list', which was never used. Previously, a top-level 'fetch-list' couldn't work anyway, because the progress reports ruined the shell script. Remove 'fetch-list' from the targets that recurse from the top, and instead use a different 'fetch-list' target in "bsd.pkg.subdir.mk" to do the right thing. Currently, that right thing includes recursing in the single-category case, or if ${SPECIFIC_PKGS} is set, and not recursing in the top-level, all packages case (where it would be perfectly pointless).
2002-02-28 15:42:39 +01:00
.endif
.endif # make(show-{all-depends-dirs{,-excl},root-dirs})
Add a "show-distfiles" target, used to show the distfiles and patchfiles (including any subdir) for a package. If ${IGNORE} is set, for any reason, do not print anything. The output is relative to ${DISTDIR}. This target can be used to identify out of date distfiles and patchfiles in ${DISTDIR}, in conjunction with suitable filters.
1999-06-28 13:42:28 +02:00
.if !target(show-distfiles)
show-distfiles:
Change indentation (whitespace changes only!): .if .if .if . if .else => . else .endif . endif .endif .endif Patch contributed by Marc Espie <espie@liafa.jussieu.fr> in preparation of merging latest changes with the OpenPackages project. Thanks Marc!
2001-07-19 00:43:32 +02:00
. if defined(IGNORE)
Add a "show-distfiles" target, used to show the distfiles and patchfiles (including any subdir) for a package. If ${IGNORE} is set, for any reason, do not print anything. The output is relative to ${DISTDIR}. This target can be used to identify out of date distfiles and patchfiles in ${DISTDIR}, in conjunction with suitable filters.
1999-06-28 13:42:28 +02:00
${_PKG_SILENT}${_PKG_DEBUG}${DO_NADA}
Change indentation (whitespace changes only!): .if .if .if . if .else => . else .endif . endif .endif .endif Patch contributed by Marc Espie <espie@liafa.jussieu.fr> in preparation of merging latest changes with the OpenPackages project. Thanks Marc!
2001-07-19 00:43:32 +02:00
. else
Add a "show-distfiles" target, used to show the distfiles and patchfiles (including any subdir) for a package. If ${IGNORE} is set, for any reason, do not print anything. The output is relative to ${DISTDIR}. This target can be used to identify out of date distfiles and patchfiles in ${DISTDIR}, in conjunction with suitable filters.
1999-06-28 13:42:28 +02:00
${_PKG_SILENT}${_PKG_DEBUG} \
for file in "" ${_CKSUMFILES}; do \
if [ "X$$file" = "X" ]; then continue; fi; \
${ECHO} $$file; \
done
Change indentation (whitespace changes only!): .if .if .if . if .else => . else .endif . endif .endif .endif Patch contributed by Marc Espie <espie@liafa.jussieu.fr> in preparation of merging latest changes with the OpenPackages project. Thanks Marc!
2001-07-19 00:43:32 +02:00
. endif
Add a "show-distfiles" target, used to show the distfiles and patchfiles (including any subdir) for a package. If ${IGNORE} is set, for any reason, do not print anything. The output is relative to ${DISTDIR}. This target can be used to identify out of date distfiles and patchfiles in ${DISTDIR}, in conjunction with suitable filters.
1999-06-28 13:42:28 +02:00
.endif
Add a show-downlevel target, which shows output of the form: sudo package: sudo-1.5.7p4 installed, pkgsrc version sudo-1.5.9p1 for installed packages whose version does not match that in pkgsrc. No output is produced if the package is not installed. This allows an easy overview of the packages installed on a machine which need to be upgraded.
1999-07-02 14:54:28 +02:00
.if !target(show-downlevel)
show-downlevel:
Change indentation (whitespace changes only!): .if .if .if . if .else => . else .endif . endif .endif .endif Patch contributed by Marc Espie <espie@liafa.jussieu.fr> in preparation of merging latest changes with the OpenPackages project. Thanks Marc!
2001-07-19 00:43:32 +02:00
. if defined(IGNORE)
Add a show-downlevel target, which shows output of the form: sudo package: sudo-1.5.7p4 installed, pkgsrc version sudo-1.5.9p1 for installed packages whose version does not match that in pkgsrc. No output is produced if the package is not installed. This allows an easy overview of the packages installed on a machine which need to be upgraded.
1999-07-02 14:54:28 +02:00
${_PKG_SILENT}${_PKG_DEBUG}${DO_NADA}
Change indentation (whitespace changes only!): .if .if .if . if .else => . else .endif . endif .endif .endif Patch contributed by Marc Espie <espie@liafa.jussieu.fr> in preparation of merging latest changes with the OpenPackages project. Thanks Marc!
2001-07-19 00:43:32 +02:00
. else
Add a show-downlevel target, which shows output of the form: sudo package: sudo-1.5.7p4 installed, pkgsrc version sudo-1.5.9p1 for installed packages whose version does not match that in pkgsrc. No output is produced if the package is not installed. This allows an easy overview of the packages installed on a machine which need to be upgraded.
1999-07-02 14:54:28 +02:00
${_PKG_SILENT}${_PKG_DEBUG} \
Don't use a Dewey decimal relational operator when matching package names in the "show-downlevel" target, since a number of package names do not correspond to Dewey decimal version numbers (e.g. 2.4.1p1) Instead, use pkg_info(1) to retrieve the installed package name, and compare that against ${PKGNAME}. Fixes PR 12041, from Bernd Ernesti
2001-01-25 22:20:05 +01:00
found="`${PKG_INFO} -e \"${PKGBASE}\" || ${TRUE}`"; \
Add a show-downlevel target, which shows output of the form: sudo package: sudo-1.5.7p4 installed, pkgsrc version sudo-1.5.9p1 for installed packages whose version does not match that in pkgsrc. No output is produced if the package is not installed. This allows an easy overview of the packages installed on a machine which need to be upgraded.
1999-07-02 14:54:28 +02:00
if [ "X$$found" != "X" -a "X$$found" != "X${PKGNAME}" ]; then \
Add PKGPATH, PKGBASE, PKGVERSION and PKGWILDCARD make(1) variables, so that the substitution hacks are all done in one place. Protect a few things with double quotes just to be safe. Fix `readme' target that was left broken in last commit.
2000-06-03 20:51:34 +02:00
${ECHO} "${PKGBASE} package: $$found installed, pkgsrc version ${PKGNAME}"; \
Add support for two environment variables to help update all your installed packages and only rebuild everything once: STOP_DOWNLEVEL_AFTER_FIRST if set makes "make show-downlevel" stop a bit earlier (since with the other one below you will be only interested in the first downlevel pkg found). REBUILD_DOWNLEVEL_DEPENDS if set forces the pattern match for dependencies to fail whenever the installed pkg is not the version in the makefile (i.e. "make show-downlevel" would print a version mismatch for the dependecy). This causes all downlevel dependencies (and everything depending on them) to be rebuild. Enhancements, like making this all work with make command line flags and settings in /etc/mk.conf are welcome. A way to stop "make show-downlevel" through all upper levels of recursion imediately would be very usefull too.
2001-09-10 22:03:17 +02:00
if [ "X$$STOP_DOWNLEVEL_AFTER_FIRST" != "X" ]; then \
TYpoe: 'stoping' -> 'stopping'
2002-07-22 04:33:55 +02:00
${ECHO} "stopping after first downlevel pkg found"; \
Add support for two environment variables to help update all your installed packages and only rebuild everything once: STOP_DOWNLEVEL_AFTER_FIRST if set makes "make show-downlevel" stop a bit earlier (since with the other one below you will be only interested in the first downlevel pkg found). REBUILD_DOWNLEVEL_DEPENDS if set forces the pattern match for dependencies to fail whenever the installed pkg is not the version in the makefile (i.e. "make show-downlevel" would print a version mismatch for the dependecy). This causes all downlevel dependencies (and everything depending on them) to be rebuild. Enhancements, like making this all work with make command line flags and settings in /etc/mk.conf are welcome. A way to stop "make show-downlevel" through all upper levels of recursion imediately would be very usefull too.
2001-09-10 22:03:17 +02:00
exit 1; \
fi; \
Add a show-downlevel target, which shows output of the form: sudo package: sudo-1.5.7p4 installed, pkgsrc version sudo-1.5.9p1 for installed packages whose version does not match that in pkgsrc. No output is produced if the package is not installed. This allows an easy overview of the packages installed on a machine which need to be upgraded.
1999-07-02 14:54:28 +02:00
fi
Change indentation (whitespace changes only!): .if .if .if . if .else => . else .endif . endif .endif .endif Patch contributed by Marc Espie <espie@liafa.jussieu.fr> in preparation of merging latest changes with the OpenPackages project. Thanks Marc!
2001-07-19 00:43:32 +02:00
. endif
Add a show-downlevel target, which shows output of the form: sudo package: sudo-1.5.7p4 installed, pkgsrc version sudo-1.5.9p1 for installed packages whose version does not match that in pkgsrc. No output is produced if the package is not installed. This allows an easy overview of the packages installed on a machine which need to be upgraded.
1999-07-02 14:54:28 +02:00
.endif
Define a new target, "show-pkgsrc-dir", which prints the directory from which an installed package can be re-installed. This can be used to build up a list of host specific packages, which is useful, for example, in re-building all packages on a machine for a.out to ELF transition.
2000-05-11 13:23:20 +02:00
Add 'show-installed-depends' - neat implementation thanks to Hubert.
2001-10-01 00:10:33 +02:00
.if !target(show-installed-depends)
show-installed-depends:
use ${PKG_INFO} rather than pkg_info in show-installed-depends target, so that the correct setting of PKG_DBDIR is used, and the correct pkg_info binary too, presumably. Make show-installed-depends work on Solaris (untested) by only defining the target if DEPENDS is defined.
2001-10-04 23:48:12 +02:00
. if defined(DEPENDS)
Use the usual _PKG_SILENT and _PKG_DEBUG definitions in the show-installed-depends target.
2001-10-05 00:01:54 +02:00
${_PKG_SILENT}${_PKG_DEBUG} \
for i in ${DEPENDS:C/:.*$//:Q:S/\ / /g} ; do \
show-installed-depends: properly quote pkg, as it can contain some things the shell would definitely interpret in a wrong fashion (like "perl>=5.0" - we don't want to create some file). Pointed out by Jan Schaumann <jschauma@netmeister.org> on tech-pkg.
2002-09-16 11:56:31 +02:00
echo "$$i =>" `${PKG_INFO} -e "$$i"` ; \
Add 'show-installed-depends' - neat implementation thanks to Hubert.
2001-10-01 00:10:33 +02:00
done
use ${PKG_INFO} rather than pkg_info in show-installed-depends target, so that the correct setting of PKG_DBDIR is used, and the correct pkg_info binary too, presumably. Make show-installed-depends work on Solaris (untested) by only defining the target if DEPENDS is defined.
2001-10-04 23:48:12 +02:00
. endif
Add 'show-installed-depends' - neat implementation thanks to Hubert.
2001-10-01 00:10:33 +02:00
.endif
Instead of the clunky SHOW_PKG_PREFIX, introduce an EVAL_PREFIX definition, which takes entries of the format <make-definition-name>=<pkgname>. This has not been added to MAKEFLAGS because (a) premature optimisation is the root of all evil, and (b) because the .for loop used to implement this shows the wrong results when multiple prefices are evaluated. Modify all the package Makefiles to use EVAL_PREFIX, thereby simplifying them considerably. ALso simplify the logic to calculate the prefix as well.
2000-07-15 22:39:13 +02:00
.if defined(EVAL_PREFIX)
Change indentation (whitespace changes only!): .if .if .if . if .else => . else .endif . endif .endif .endif Patch contributed by Marc Espie <espie@liafa.jussieu.fr> in preparation of merging latest changes with the OpenPackages project. Thanks Marc!
2001-07-19 00:43:32 +02:00
. for def in ${EVAL_PREFIX}
. if !defined(${def:C/=.*//}_DEFAULT)
Fix a EVAL_PREFIX problem with XPM and xfree86 4.x Patch from Alistair G. Crooks with a small change from me after a comment from Matthias Scheler.
2000-09-05 21:13:40 +02:00
${def:C/=.*//}_DEFAULT= ${X11PREFIX}
Change indentation (whitespace changes only!): .if .if .if . if .else => . else .endif . endif .endif .endif Patch contributed by Marc Espie <espie@liafa.jussieu.fr> in preparation of merging latest changes with the OpenPackages project. Thanks Marc!
2001-07-19 00:43:32 +02:00
. endif
. if !defined(${def:C/=.*//})
Change the EVAL_PREFIX logic so that if EVAL_PREFIX= FOODIR=foo is defined, then FOODIR's value is only saved if the package foo was found. This causes FOODIR to keep being reset until the package foo is installed, which makes EVAL_PREFIX work properly with buildlink.mk files. This should fix various problems people have been having with files not being linked in when a dependency is built via a "make build" in a package that uses that dependency further up the chain.
2001-07-25 09:36:40 +02:00
_depend_${def:C/=.*//} != ${PKG_INFO} -e ${def:C/.*=//} 2>/dev/null; ${ECHO}
. if (${_depend_${def:C/=.*//}} == "")
${def:C/=.*//}=${${def:C/=.*//}_DEFAULT}
. else
_dir_${def:C/=.*//} != (${PKG_INFO} -qp ${def:C/.*=//} 2>/dev/null) | ${AWK} '{ print $$2; exit }'
Optimise by setting the EVAL_PREFIX names and directories in MAKEFLAGS, so that they get passed to sub-makes.
2000-07-25 17:15:47 +02:00
${def:C/=.*//}=${_dir_${def:C/=.*//}}
MAKEFLAGS+= ${def:C/=.*//}=${_dir_${def:C/=.*//}}
Change the EVAL_PREFIX logic so that if EVAL_PREFIX= FOODIR=foo is defined, then FOODIR's value is only saved if the package foo was found. This causes FOODIR to keep being reset until the package foo is installed, which makes EVAL_PREFIX work properly with buildlink.mk files. This should fix various problems people have been having with files not being linked in when a dependency is built via a "make build" in a package that uses that dependency further up the chain.
2001-07-25 09:36:40 +02:00
. endif
Change indentation (whitespace changes only!): .if .if .if . if .else => . else .endif . endif .endif .endif Patch contributed by Marc Espie <espie@liafa.jussieu.fr> in preparation of merging latest changes with the OpenPackages project. Thanks Marc!
2001-07-19 00:43:32 +02:00
. endif
. endfor
Instead of the clunky SHOW_PKG_PREFIX, introduce an EVAL_PREFIX definition, which takes entries of the format <make-definition-name>=<pkgname>. This has not been added to MAKEFLAGS because (a) premature optimisation is the root of all evil, and (b) because the .for loop used to implement this shows the wrong results when multiple prefices are evaluated. Modify all the package Makefiles to use EVAL_PREFIX, thereby simplifying them considerably. ALso simplify the logic to calculate the prefix as well.
2000-07-15 22:39:13 +02:00
.endif
Make the determination of the pre-req package's installed directory be a bit more user-friendly. Introduce a show-{gtk+,imlib,kdebase,qt1,qt2,xpm}-prefix target in bsd.pkg.mk, and use "${MAKE} show-*-prefix" in package Makefiles.
2000-07-11 16:53:35 +02:00
Now that multiple JDKs can be installed, provide a working default JAVA_HOME for the given PKG_JVM. Include tools.jar on the CLASSPATH if it exists. From discussion with jlam. Approved by jwise.
2002-07-29 22:54:28 +02:00
.if defined(USE_JAVA)
JAVA_HOME?= ${_JAVA_HOME}
. if exists(${JAVA_HOME}/lib/classes.zip)
_JAVA_CLASSES_ZIP= ${JAVA_HOME}/lib/classes.zip:
. endif
. if exists(${JAVA_HOME}/lib/tools.jar)
_JAVA_TOOLS_JAR= ${JAVA_HOME}/lib/tools.jar:
. endif
CLASSPATH?= ${_JAVA_CLASSES_ZIP}${_JAVA_TOOLS_JAR}.
PATH:= ${PATH}:${JAVA_HOME}/bin
.endif
Define a new target, "show-pkgsrc-dir", which prints the directory from which an installed package can be re-installed. This can be used to build up a list of host specific packages, which is useful, for example, in re-building all packages on a machine for a.out to ELF transition.
2000-05-11 13:23:20 +02:00
.if !target(show-pkgsrc-dir)
show-pkgsrc-dir:
Change indentation (whitespace changes only!): .if .if .if . if .else => . else .endif . endif .endif .endif Patch contributed by Marc Espie <espie@liafa.jussieu.fr> in preparation of merging latest changes with the OpenPackages project. Thanks Marc!
2001-07-19 00:43:32 +02:00
. if defined(IGNORE)
Define a new target, "show-pkgsrc-dir", which prints the directory from which an installed package can be re-installed. This can be used to build up a list of host specific packages, which is useful, for example, in re-building all packages on a machine for a.out to ELF transition.
2000-05-11 13:23:20 +02:00
${_PKG_SILENT}${_PKG_DEBUG}${DO_NADA}
Change indentation (whitespace changes only!): .if .if .if . if .else => . else .endif . endif .endif .endif Patch contributed by Marc Espie <espie@liafa.jussieu.fr> in preparation of merging latest changes with the OpenPackages project. Thanks Marc!
2001-07-19 00:43:32 +02:00
. else
Define a new target, "show-pkgsrc-dir", which prints the directory from which an installed package can be re-installed. This can be used to build up a list of host specific packages, which is useful, for example, in re-building all packages on a machine for a.out to ELF transition.
2000-05-11 13:23:20 +02:00
${_PKG_SILENT}${_PKG_DEBUG} \
Add PKGPATH, PKGBASE, PKGVERSION and PKGWILDCARD make(1) variables, so that the substitution hacks are all done in one place. Protect a few things with double quotes just to be safe. Fix `readme' target that was left broken in last commit.
2000-06-03 20:51:34 +02:00
found="`${PKG_INFO} -e \"${PKGWILDCARD}\" || ${TRUE}`"; \
Define a new target, "show-pkgsrc-dir", which prints the directory from which an installed package can be re-installed. This can be used to build up a list of host specific packages, which is useful, for example, in re-building all packages on a machine for a.out to ELF transition.
2000-05-11 13:23:20 +02:00
if [ "X$$found" != "X" ]; then \
Add PKGPATH, PKGBASE, PKGVERSION and PKGWILDCARD make(1) variables, so that the substitution hacks are all done in one place. Protect a few things with double quotes just to be safe. Fix `readme' target that was left broken in last commit.
2000-06-03 20:51:34 +02:00
${ECHO} ${PKGPATH}; \
Define a new target, "show-pkgsrc-dir", which prints the directory from which an installed package can be re-installed. This can be used to build up a list of host specific packages, which is useful, for example, in re-building all packages on a machine for a.out to ELF transition.
2000-05-11 13:23:20 +02:00
fi
Change indentation (whitespace changes only!): .if .if .if . if .else => . else .endif . endif .endif .endif Patch contributed by Marc Espie <espie@liafa.jussieu.fr> in preparation of merging latest changes with the OpenPackages project. Thanks Marc!
2001-07-19 00:43:32 +02:00
. endif
Define a new target, "show-pkgsrc-dir", which prints the directory from which an installed package can be re-installed. This can be used to build up a list of host specific packages, which is useful, for example, in re-building all packages on a machine for a.out to ELF transition.
2000-05-11 13:23:20 +02:00
.endif
Add a show-downlevel target, which shows output of the form: sudo package: sudo-1.5.7p4 installed, pkgsrc version sudo-1.5.9p1 for installed packages whose version does not match that in pkgsrc. No output is produced if the package is not installed. This allows an easy overview of the packages installed on a machine which need to be upgraded.
1999-07-02 14:54:28 +02:00
* Turn _SHELL_EXTRACT into a "subroutine" for extracting an archive. It extracts the contents of archive named by the shell variable "extract_file" based on the file extension of the archive. The contents are dumped into the current directory. * Unify the EXTRACT_CMD handling. We now define the default EXTRACT_CMD to be ${_SHELL_EXTRACT} (see above). Otherwise, if it's already defined in the package Makefile, then that EXTRACT_CMD is used to extract all of the archives. * Rearrange the locking code so that it's localized instead of interspersed in the extraction code. * Add EXTRACT_CMD definitions for files that are only compressed (foo.c.gz) that decompress the file into ${WRKDIR}.
2002-02-25 05:43:55 +01:00
# Extract
Add coarse-grained locking to pkgsrc builds, by means of a beefed up version of the bare-bones code in PR 7590, from David Maxwell. The definition governing the type of locking used is PKGSRC_LOCKTYPE, which can take any of the values "none", "sleep", and "once". The default is "none". If "sleep" locking is used, and process A is building a package, when process B attempts to build the same package, process B will sleep for PKGSRC_SLEEPSECS seconds, and attempt to grab the lock again. Coarse-grained locking uses the OBJHOSTNAME definition to ensure that the PID space is regular for shlock(1) to do its work. The pkgsrc/pkgtools/shlock package has been provided for environments where shlock is not standard.
2002-01-19 22:29:41 +01:00
# pkgsrc coarse-grained locking definitions and targets
.if ${PKGSRC_LOCKTYPE} == "none"
_ACQUIRE_LOCK= ${_PKG_SILENT}${_PKG_DEBUG}${DO_NADA}
_RELEASE_LOCK= ${_PKG_SILENT}${_PKG_DEBUG}${DO_NADA}
.else
LOCKFILE= ${WRKDIR}/.lockfile
_ACQUIRE_LOCK= \
${_PKG_SILENT}${_PKG_DEBUG} \
ppid=`${PS} -p $$$$ -o ppid | ${AWK} 'NR == 2 { print $$0 }'`; \
while true; do \
${SHLOCK} -f ${LOCKFILE} -p $$ppid && break; \
${ECHO} "=> Lock is held by pid `cat ${LOCKFILE}`"; \
case "${PKGSRC_LOCKTYPE}" in \
once) exit 1 ;; \
sleep) sleep ${PKGSRC_SLEEPSECS} ;; \
esac \
done; \
${ECHO_MSG} "=> Lock acquired on behalf of process $$ppid"
_RELEASE_LOCK= \
${_PKG_SILENT}${_PKG_DEBUG} \
${ECHO_MSG} "=> Lock released on behalf of process `${CAT} ${LOCKFILE}`"; \
${RM} ${LOCKFILE}
.endif # PKGSRC_LOCKTYPE
Add a MIRROR_DISTFILE variable; defaults to "yes", and should be set to "no" in a package's Makefile when the authors have placed restrictions on the redistribution of the distfiles. (Thanks to Jason Thorpe for the idea). Add a `mirror' target, which will do a "make fetch" if the package's distfile is allowed to be redistributed. This is for use on sites which mirror package distfiles. (Thanks to Charles Hannum for the idea).
1998-01-22 11:20:48 +01:00
* Turn _SHELL_EXTRACT into a "subroutine" for extracting an archive. It extracts the contents of archive named by the shell variable "extract_file" based on the file extension of the archive. The contents are dumped into the current directory. * Unify the EXTRACT_CMD handling. We now define the default EXTRACT_CMD to be ${_SHELL_EXTRACT} (see above). Otherwise, if it's already defined in the package Makefile, then that EXTRACT_CMD is used to extract all of the archives. * Rearrange the locking code so that it's localized instead of interspersed in the extraction code. * Add EXTRACT_CMD definitions for files that are only compressed (foo.c.gz) that decompress the file into ${WRKDIR}.
2002-02-25 05:43:55 +01:00
${WRKDIR}:
.if !defined(KEEP_WRKDIR)
. if ${PKGSRC_LOCKTYPE} == "sleep" || ${PKGSRC_LOCKTYPE} == "once"
. if !exists(${LOCKFILE})
${_PKG_SILENT}${_PKG_DEBUG}${RM} -rf ${WRKDIR}
. endif
. endif
.endif
${_PKG_SILENT}${_PKG_DEBUG}${MKDIR} ${WRKDIR}
.ifdef WRKOBJDIR
. if ${PKGSRC_LOCKTYPE} == "sleep" || ${PKGSRC_LOCKTYPE} == "once"
. if !exists(${LOCKFILE})
${_PKG_SILENT}${_PKG_DEBUG} \
${RM} -f ${WRKDIR_BASENAME} || ${TRUE}
. endif
. endif
${_PKG_SILENT}${_PKG_DEBUG} \
if ${LN} -s ${WRKDIR} ${WRKDIR_BASENAME} 2>/dev/null; then \
${ECHO} "${WRKDIR_BASENAME} -> ${WRKDIR}"; \
fi
.endif # WRKOBJDIR
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
Add `_tar.gz' to the list of suffices to grok for the benefit of socks5.
2002-04-05 13:39:25 +02:00
_EXTRACT_SUFFICES= .tar.gz .tgz .tar.bz2 .tbz .tar.Z .tar _tar.gz
Recognize how to automatically extract .shar.gz, .shar.bz2, .shar.Z, and .shar distfiles.
2002-01-27 19:31:47 +01:00
_EXTRACT_SUFFICES+= .shar.gz .shar.bz2 .shar.Z .shar
_EXTRACT_SUFFICES+= .zip
* Turn _SHELL_EXTRACT into a "subroutine" for extracting an archive. It extracts the contents of archive named by the shell variable "extract_file" based on the file extension of the archive. The contents are dumped into the current directory. * Unify the EXTRACT_CMD handling. We now define the default EXTRACT_CMD to be ${_SHELL_EXTRACT} (see above). Otherwise, if it's already defined in the package Makefile, then that EXTRACT_CMD is used to extract all of the archives. * Rearrange the locking code so that it's localized instead of interspersed in the extraction code. * Add EXTRACT_CMD definitions for files that are only compressed (foo.c.gz) that decompress the file into ${WRKDIR}.
2002-02-25 05:43:55 +01:00
_EXTRACT_SUFFICES+= .lha .lzh
_EXTRACT_SUFFICES+= .Z .bz2 .gz
Teach bsd.pkg.mk how to extract all files in ${EXTRACT_ONLY} that end in suffices listed in ${_EXTRACT_SUFFICES}. Currently, _EXTRACT_SUFFICES has .tar.bz2, .tbz, .tar.gz, .tgz, .tar, .zip, .lzh, and .lha. If the file doesn't end in any of these suffices, then we use the old code to do the extraction. This rids us of the mild annoyance where if you have several distfiles, some ending in .tar.bz2, some in .tar.gz, and others in .zip, then you have to create a post-extract target to extract all of the ones not ending in the suffix that you designate in EXTRACT_SUFX. I've tested this with some representative packages: archivers/gtar-base, print/cups, www/surfraw, and print/ghostscript-nox11.
2001-12-20 00:14:01 +01:00
# If the distfile has a tar.bz2 suffix, use bzcat in preference to gzcat,
# pulling in the "bzip2" package if necessary. [Note: this is only for
# the benefit of pre-1.5 NetBSD systems. "gzcat" on newer systems happily
# decodes bzip2.] Do likewise for ".zip" and ".lha" distfiles.
#
Make sure that the decompression/extraction programs needed are automatically DEPENDed if EXTRACT_SUFX is set to a known suffix but EXTRACT_ONLY is set to an empty value. This should fix the problems for audio/guspatches and textproc/iso8879 in the 2002-01-28 i386 bulk-build results.
2002-01-28 20:08:18 +01:00
.if !empty(EXTRACT_ONLY:M*.bz2) || !empty(EXTRACT_ONLY:M*.tbz) || \
!empty(EXTRACT_SUFX:M*.bz2) || !empty(EXTRACT_SUFX:M*.tbz)
Teach bsd.pkg.mk how to extract all files in ${EXTRACT_ONLY} that end in suffices listed in ${_EXTRACT_SUFFICES}. Currently, _EXTRACT_SUFFICES has .tar.bz2, .tbz, .tar.gz, .tgz, .tar, .zip, .lzh, and .lha. If the file doesn't end in any of these suffices, then we use the old code to do the extraction. This rids us of the mild annoyance where if you have several distfiles, some ending in .tar.bz2, some in .tar.gz, and others in .zip, then you have to create a post-extract target to extract all of the ones not ending in the suffix that you designate in EXTRACT_SUFX. I've tested this with some representative packages: archivers/gtar-base, print/cups, www/surfraw, and print/ghostscript-nox11.
2001-12-20 00:14:01 +01:00
. if exists(/usr/bin/bzcat)
BZCAT= /usr/bin/bzcat <
. else
BUILD_DEPENDS+= bzip2>=0.9.0b:../../archivers/bzip2
BZCAT= ${LOCALBASE}/bin/bzcat
. endif
.endif
Make sure that the decompression/extraction programs needed are automatically DEPENDed if EXTRACT_SUFX is set to a known suffix but EXTRACT_ONLY is set to an empty value. This should fix the problems for audio/guspatches and textproc/iso8879 in the 2002-01-28 i386 bulk-build results.
2002-01-28 20:08:18 +01:00
.if !empty(EXTRACT_ONLY:M*.zip) || !empty(EXTRACT_SUFX:M*.zip)
We've changed DEPENDS=foo-* into DEPENDS=foo-[0-9]* everywhere else but here, so correct that oversight.
2002-01-28 20:00:05 +01:00
BUILD_DEPENDS+= unzip-[0-9]*:../../archivers/unzip
Teach bsd.pkg.mk how to extract all files in ${EXTRACT_ONLY} that end in suffices listed in ${_EXTRACT_SUFFICES}. Currently, _EXTRACT_SUFFICES has .tar.bz2, .tbz, .tar.gz, .tgz, .tar, .zip, .lzh, and .lha. If the file doesn't end in any of these suffices, then we use the old code to do the extraction. This rids us of the mild annoyance where if you have several distfiles, some ending in .tar.bz2, some in .tar.gz, and others in .zip, then you have to create a post-extract target to extract all of the ones not ending in the suffix that you designate in EXTRACT_SUFX. I've tested this with some representative packages: archivers/gtar-base, print/cups, www/surfraw, and print/ghostscript-nox11.
2001-12-20 00:14:01 +01:00
.endif
Make sure that the decompression/extraction programs needed are automatically DEPENDed if EXTRACT_SUFX is set to a known suffix but EXTRACT_ONLY is set to an empty value. This should fix the problems for audio/guspatches and textproc/iso8879 in the 2002-01-28 i386 bulk-build results.
2002-01-28 20:08:18 +01:00
.if !empty(EXTRACT_ONLY:M*.lzh) || !empty(EXTRACT_ONLY:M*.lha) || \
!empty(EXTRACT_SUFX:M*.lzh) || !empty(EXTRACT_SUFX:M*.lha)
Insist on a newer lha (xm7 failed to extract properly with an older one). Suggested by wiz.
2002-06-15 13:28:12 +02:00
BUILD_DEPENDS+= lha>=114.9:../../archivers/lha
Teach bsd.pkg.mk how to extract all files in ${EXTRACT_ONLY} that end in suffices listed in ${_EXTRACT_SUFFICES}. Currently, _EXTRACT_SUFFICES has .tar.bz2, .tbz, .tar.gz, .tgz, .tar, .zip, .lzh, and .lha. If the file doesn't end in any of these suffices, then we use the old code to do the extraction. This rids us of the mild annoyance where if you have several distfiles, some ending in .tar.bz2, some in .tar.gz, and others in .zip, then you have to create a post-extract target to extract all of the ones not ending in the suffix that you designate in EXTRACT_SUFX. I've tested this with some representative packages: archivers/gtar-base, print/cups, www/surfraw, and print/ghostscript-nox11.
2001-12-20 00:14:01 +01:00
.endif
on Solaris, depend on gzip-base if GZCAT is not set, and neither /usr/bin/gzcat nor ${LOCALBASE}/bin/gzip exist. required for Solaris systems which do not include gzcat in the base system. sanity checked by Stoned Elipot <seb@netbsd.org>.
2002-07-11 17:52:35 +02:00
.if !defined(GZCAT)
. if !empty(EXTRACT_ONLY:M*.gz) || !empty(EXTRACT_ONLY:M*.tgz) || \
!empty(EXTRACT_SUFX:M*.gz) || !empty(EXTRACT_SUFX:M*.tgz)
BUILD_DEPENDS+= gzip-base:../../archivers/gzip-base
GZCAT= ${LOCALBASE}/bin/zcat
. endif
.endif
Teach bsd.pkg.mk how to extract all files in ${EXTRACT_ONLY} that end in suffices listed in ${_EXTRACT_SUFFICES}. Currently, _EXTRACT_SUFFICES has .tar.bz2, .tbz, .tar.gz, .tgz, .tar, .zip, .lzh, and .lha. If the file doesn't end in any of these suffices, then we use the old code to do the extraction. This rids us of the mild annoyance where if you have several distfiles, some ending in .tar.bz2, some in .tar.gz, and others in .zip, then you have to create a post-extract target to extract all of the ones not ending in the suffix that you designate in EXTRACT_SUFX. I've tested this with some representative packages: archivers/gtar-base, print/cups, www/surfraw, and print/ghostscript-nox11.
2001-12-20 00:14:01 +01:00
DECOMPRESS_CMD.tar.gz?= ${GZCAT}
DECOMPRESS_CMD.tgz?= ${DECOMPRESS_CMD.tar.gz}
DECOMPRESS_CMD.tar.bz2?= ${BZCAT}
DECOMPRESS_CMD.tbz?= ${DECOMPRESS_CMD.tar.bz2}
Explicitly recognize .tar.Z files so that they don't fall through into .Z handling.
2002-02-25 06:07:45 +01:00
DECOMPRESS_CMD.tar.Z?= ${GZCAT}
Teach bsd.pkg.mk how to extract all files in ${EXTRACT_ONLY} that end in suffices listed in ${_EXTRACT_SUFFICES}. Currently, _EXTRACT_SUFFICES has .tar.bz2, .tbz, .tar.gz, .tgz, .tar, .zip, .lzh, and .lha. If the file doesn't end in any of these suffices, then we use the old code to do the extraction. This rids us of the mild annoyance where if you have several distfiles, some ending in .tar.bz2, some in .tar.gz, and others in .zip, then you have to create a post-extract target to extract all of the ones not ending in the suffix that you designate in EXTRACT_SUFX. I've tested this with some representative packages: archivers/gtar-base, print/cups, www/surfraw, and print/ghostscript-nox11.
2001-12-20 00:14:01 +01:00
DECOMPRESS_CMD.tar?= ${CAT}
Recognize how to automatically extract .shar.gz, .shar.bz2, .shar.Z, and .shar distfiles.
2002-01-27 19:31:47 +01:00
DECOMPRESS_CMD.shar.gz?= ${GZCAT}
DECOMPRESS_CMD.shar.bz2?= ${BZCAT}
DECOMPRESS_CMD.shar.Z?= ${GZCAT}
DECOMPRESS_CMD.shar?= ${CAT}
* Turn _SHELL_EXTRACT into a "subroutine" for extracting an archive. It extracts the contents of archive named by the shell variable "extract_file" based on the file extension of the archive. The contents are dumped into the current directory. * Unify the EXTRACT_CMD handling. We now define the default EXTRACT_CMD to be ${_SHELL_EXTRACT} (see above). Otherwise, if it's already defined in the package Makefile, then that EXTRACT_CMD is used to extract all of the archives. * Rearrange the locking code so that it's localized instead of interspersed in the extraction code. * Add EXTRACT_CMD definitions for files that are only compressed (foo.c.gz) that decompress the file into ${WRKDIR}.
2002-02-25 05:43:55 +01:00
DECOMPRESS_CMD.Z?= ${GZCAT}
DECOMPRESS_CMD.bz2?= ${BZCAT}
DECOMPRESS_CMD.gz?= ${GZCAT}
Teach bsd.pkg.mk how to extract all files in ${EXTRACT_ONLY} that end in suffices listed in ${_EXTRACT_SUFFICES}. Currently, _EXTRACT_SUFFICES has .tar.bz2, .tbz, .tar.gz, .tgz, .tar, .zip, .lzh, and .lha. If the file doesn't end in any of these suffices, then we use the old code to do the extraction. This rids us of the mild annoyance where if you have several distfiles, some ending in .tar.bz2, some in .tar.gz, and others in .zip, then you have to create a post-extract target to extract all of the ones not ending in the suffix that you designate in EXTRACT_SUFX. I've tested this with some representative packages: archivers/gtar-base, print/cups, www/surfraw, and print/ghostscript-nox11.
2001-12-20 00:14:01 +01:00
DECOMPRESS_CMD?= ${GZCAT}
.for __suffix__ in ${_EXTRACT_SUFFICES}
. if !defined(DECOMPRESS_CMD${__suffix__})
DECOMPRESS_CMD${__suffix__}?= ${DECOMPRESS_CMD}
. endif
.endfor
# If this is empty, then everything gets extracted.
EXTRACT_ELEMENTS?= # empty
* Turn _SHELL_EXTRACT into a "subroutine" for extracting an archive. It extracts the contents of archive named by the shell variable "extract_file" based on the file extension of the archive. The contents are dumped into the current directory. * Unify the EXTRACT_CMD handling. We now define the default EXTRACT_CMD to be ${_SHELL_EXTRACT} (see above). Otherwise, if it's already defined in the package Makefile, then that EXTRACT_CMD is used to extract all of the archives. * Rearrange the locking code so that it's localized instead of interspersed in the extraction code. * Add EXTRACT_CMD definitions for files that are only compressed (foo.c.gz) that decompress the file into ${WRKDIR}.
2002-02-25 05:43:55 +01:00
DOWNLOADED_DISTFILE= $${extract_file}
Rewrite the extraction commands to be more intuitive. In the vast majority of cases, nothing has changed (i.e. .tgz, .tar.gz, and .tar.bz2). EXTRACT_USING_PAX can be set as before. For custom extractions, instead of using EXTRACT_BEFORE_ARGS, EXTRACT_AFTER_ARGS and EXTRACT_CMD, simply set EXTRACT_CMD to be the command needed to decompress and extract the lements from the archive. ${DOWNLOADED_DISTFILE} can be used to reference the distfile(s). e.g. for compressed shars, where previously there was: EXTRACT_CMD= ${GZCAT} EXTRACT_BEFORE_ARGS= EXTRACT_AFTER_ARGS= |sh now use: EXTRACT_CMD= ${GZCAT} ${DOWNLOADED_DISTFILE} | ${SH}
1999-04-01 16:07:52 +02:00
* Turn _SHELL_EXTRACT into a "subroutine" for extracting an archive. It extracts the contents of archive named by the shell variable "extract_file" based on the file extension of the archive. The contents are dumped into the current directory. * Unify the EXTRACT_CMD handling. We now define the default EXTRACT_CMD to be ${_SHELL_EXTRACT} (see above). Otherwise, if it's already defined in the package Makefile, then that EXTRACT_CMD is used to extract all of the archives. * Rearrange the locking code so that it's localized instead of interspersed in the extraction code. * Add EXTRACT_CMD definitions for files that are only compressed (foo.c.gz) that decompress the file into ${WRKDIR}.
2002-02-25 05:43:55 +01:00
EXTRACT_CMD.zip?= ${LOCALBASE}/bin/unzip -Laq $${extract_file}
EXTRACT_CMD.lha?= ${LOCALBASE}/bin/lha xq $${extract_file}
EXTRACT_CMD.lzh?= ${EXTRACT_CMD.lha}
.for __suffix__ in .gz .bz2 .Z
EXTRACT_CMD${__suffix__}?= ${DECOMPRESS_CMD${__suffix__}} $${extract_file} > `${BASENAME} $${extract_file} ${__suffix__}`
.endfor
Teach bsd.pkg.mk how to extract all files in ${EXTRACT_ONLY} that end in suffices listed in ${_EXTRACT_SUFFICES}. Currently, _EXTRACT_SUFFICES has .tar.bz2, .tbz, .tar.gz, .tgz, .tar, .zip, .lzh, and .lha. If the file doesn't end in any of these suffices, then we use the old code to do the extraction. This rids us of the mild annoyance where if you have several distfiles, some ending in .tar.bz2, some in .tar.gz, and others in .zip, then you have to create a post-extract target to extract all of the ones not ending in the suffix that you designate in EXTRACT_SUFX. I've tested this with some representative packages: archivers/gtar-base, print/cups, www/surfraw, and print/ghostscript-nox11.
2001-12-20 00:14:01 +01:00
Recognize how to automatically extract .shar.gz, .shar.bz2, .shar.Z, and .shar distfiles.
2002-01-27 19:31:47 +01:00
.for __suffix__ in .shar.gz .shar.bz2 .shar.Z .shar
* Turn _SHELL_EXTRACT into a "subroutine" for extracting an archive. It extracts the contents of archive named by the shell variable "extract_file" based on the file extension of the archive. The contents are dumped into the current directory. * Unify the EXTRACT_CMD handling. We now define the default EXTRACT_CMD to be ${_SHELL_EXTRACT} (see above). Otherwise, if it's already defined in the package Makefile, then that EXTRACT_CMD is used to extract all of the archives. * Rearrange the locking code so that it's localized instead of interspersed in the extraction code. * Add EXTRACT_CMD definitions for files that are only compressed (foo.c.gz) that decompress the file into ${WRKDIR}.
2002-02-25 05:43:55 +01:00
EXTRACT_CMD${__suffix__}?= ${DECOMPRESS_CMD${__suffix__}} $${extract_file} | ${SH}
Recognize how to automatically extract .shar.gz, .shar.bz2, .shar.Z, and .shar distfiles.
2002-01-27 19:31:47 +01:00
.endfor
Teach bsd.pkg.mk how to extract all files in ${EXTRACT_ONLY} that end in suffices listed in ${_EXTRACT_SUFFICES}. Currently, _EXTRACT_SUFFICES has .tar.bz2, .tbz, .tar.gz, .tgz, .tar, .zip, .lzh, and .lha. If the file doesn't end in any of these suffices, then we use the old code to do the extraction. This rids us of the mild annoyance where if you have several distfiles, some ending in .tar.bz2, some in .tar.gz, and others in .zip, then you have to create a post-extract target to extract all of the ones not ending in the suffix that you designate in EXTRACT_SUFX. I've tested this with some representative packages: archivers/gtar-base, print/cups, www/surfraw, and print/ghostscript-nox11.
2001-12-20 00:14:01 +01:00
# If EXTRACT_USING_PAX is defined, use pax in preference to (GNU) tar,
# and append 2 tar blocks of zero bytes on the end, in case the archive
# was written with a buggy version of GNU tar.
#
.if defined(EXTRACT_USING_PAX)
* Turn _SHELL_EXTRACT into a "subroutine" for extracting an archive. It extracts the contents of archive named by the shell variable "extract_file" based on the file extension of the archive. The contents are dumped into the current directory. * Unify the EXTRACT_CMD handling. We now define the default EXTRACT_CMD to be ${_SHELL_EXTRACT} (see above). Otherwise, if it's already defined in the package Makefile, then that EXTRACT_CMD is used to extract all of the archives. * Rearrange the locking code so that it's localized instead of interspersed in the extraction code. * Add EXTRACT_CMD definitions for files that are only compressed (foo.c.gz) that decompress the file into ${WRKDIR}.
2002-02-25 05:43:55 +01:00
_DFLT_EXTRACT_CMD?= { ${DECOMPRESS_CMD} $${extract_file} ; dd if=/dev/zero bs=10k count=2; } | ${PAX} -r ${EXTRACT_ELEMENTS}
Teach bsd.pkg.mk how to extract all files in ${EXTRACT_ONLY} that end in suffices listed in ${_EXTRACT_SUFFICES}. Currently, _EXTRACT_SUFFICES has .tar.bz2, .tbz, .tar.gz, .tgz, .tar, .zip, .lzh, and .lha. If the file doesn't end in any of these suffices, then we use the old code to do the extraction. This rids us of the mild annoyance where if you have several distfiles, some ending in .tar.bz2, some in .tar.gz, and others in .zip, then you have to create a post-extract target to extract all of the ones not ending in the suffix that you designate in EXTRACT_SUFX. I've tested this with some representative packages: archivers/gtar-base, print/cups, www/surfraw, and print/ghostscript-nox11.
2001-12-20 00:14:01 +01:00
.else
* Turn _SHELL_EXTRACT into a "subroutine" for extracting an archive. It extracts the contents of archive named by the shell variable "extract_file" based on the file extension of the archive. The contents are dumped into the current directory. * Unify the EXTRACT_CMD handling. We now define the default EXTRACT_CMD to be ${_SHELL_EXTRACT} (see above). Otherwise, if it's already defined in the package Makefile, then that EXTRACT_CMD is used to extract all of the archives. * Rearrange the locking code so that it's localized instead of interspersed in the extraction code. * Add EXTRACT_CMD definitions for files that are only compressed (foo.c.gz) that decompress the file into ${WRKDIR}.
2002-02-25 05:43:55 +01:00
_DFLT_EXTRACT_CMD?= ${DECOMPRESS_CMD} $${extract_file} | ${GTAR} -xf - ${EXTRACT_ELEMENTS}
Teach bsd.pkg.mk how to extract all files in ${EXTRACT_ONLY} that end in suffices listed in ${_EXTRACT_SUFFICES}. Currently, _EXTRACT_SUFFICES has .tar.bz2, .tbz, .tar.gz, .tgz, .tar, .zip, .lzh, and .lha. If the file doesn't end in any of these suffices, then we use the old code to do the extraction. This rids us of the mild annoyance where if you have several distfiles, some ending in .tar.bz2, some in .tar.gz, and others in .zip, then you have to create a post-extract target to extract all of the ones not ending in the suffix that you designate in EXTRACT_SUFX. I've tested this with some representative packages: archivers/gtar-base, print/cups, www/surfraw, and print/ghostscript-nox11.
2001-12-20 00:14:01 +01:00
.endif
.for __suffix__ in ${_EXTRACT_SUFFICES}
. if !defined(EXTRACT_CMD${__suffix__})
. if defined(EXTRACT_USING_PAX)
* Turn _SHELL_EXTRACT into a "subroutine" for extracting an archive. It extracts the contents of archive named by the shell variable "extract_file" based on the file extension of the archive. The contents are dumped into the current directory. * Unify the EXTRACT_CMD handling. We now define the default EXTRACT_CMD to be ${_SHELL_EXTRACT} (see above). Otherwise, if it's already defined in the package Makefile, then that EXTRACT_CMD is used to extract all of the archives. * Rearrange the locking code so that it's localized instead of interspersed in the extraction code. * Add EXTRACT_CMD definitions for files that are only compressed (foo.c.gz) that decompress the file into ${WRKDIR}.
2002-02-25 05:43:55 +01:00
EXTRACT_CMD${__suffix__}?= { ${DECOMPRESS_CMD${__suffix__}} $${extract_file} ; dd if=/dev/zero bs=10k count=2; } | ${PAX} -r ${EXTRACT_ELEMENTS}
Teach bsd.pkg.mk how to extract all files in ${EXTRACT_ONLY} that end in suffices listed in ${_EXTRACT_SUFFICES}. Currently, _EXTRACT_SUFFICES has .tar.bz2, .tbz, .tar.gz, .tgz, .tar, .zip, .lzh, and .lha. If the file doesn't end in any of these suffices, then we use the old code to do the extraction. This rids us of the mild annoyance where if you have several distfiles, some ending in .tar.bz2, some in .tar.gz, and others in .zip, then you have to create a post-extract target to extract all of the ones not ending in the suffix that you designate in EXTRACT_SUFX. I've tested this with some representative packages: archivers/gtar-base, print/cups, www/surfraw, and print/ghostscript-nox11.
2001-12-20 00:14:01 +01:00
. else
* Turn _SHELL_EXTRACT into a "subroutine" for extracting an archive. It extracts the contents of archive named by the shell variable "extract_file" based on the file extension of the archive. The contents are dumped into the current directory. * Unify the EXTRACT_CMD handling. We now define the default EXTRACT_CMD to be ${_SHELL_EXTRACT} (see above). Otherwise, if it's already defined in the package Makefile, then that EXTRACT_CMD is used to extract all of the archives. * Rearrange the locking code so that it's localized instead of interspersed in the extraction code. * Add EXTRACT_CMD definitions for files that are only compressed (foo.c.gz) that decompress the file into ${WRKDIR}.
2002-02-25 05:43:55 +01:00
EXTRACT_CMD${__suffix__}?= ${DECOMPRESS_CMD${__suffix__}} $${extract_file} | ${GTAR} -xf - ${EXTRACT_ELEMENTS}
Teach bsd.pkg.mk how to extract all files in ${EXTRACT_ONLY} that end in suffices listed in ${_EXTRACT_SUFFICES}. Currently, _EXTRACT_SUFFICES has .tar.bz2, .tbz, .tar.gz, .tgz, .tar, .zip, .lzh, and .lha. If the file doesn't end in any of these suffices, then we use the old code to do the extraction. This rids us of the mild annoyance where if you have several distfiles, some ending in .tar.bz2, some in .tar.gz, and others in .zip, then you have to create a post-extract target to extract all of the ones not ending in the suffix that you designate in EXTRACT_SUFX. I've tested this with some representative packages: archivers/gtar-base, print/cups, www/surfraw, and print/ghostscript-nox11.
2001-12-20 00:14:01 +01:00
. endif
. endif
.endfor
* Turn _SHELL_EXTRACT into a "subroutine" for extracting an archive. It extracts the contents of archive named by the shell variable "extract_file" based on the file extension of the archive. The contents are dumped into the current directory. * Unify the EXTRACT_CMD handling. We now define the default EXTRACT_CMD to be ${_SHELL_EXTRACT} (see above). Otherwise, if it's already defined in the package Makefile, then that EXTRACT_CMD is used to extract all of the archives. * Rearrange the locking code so that it's localized instead of interspersed in the extraction code. * Add EXTRACT_CMD definitions for files that are only compressed (foo.c.gz) that decompress the file into ${WRKDIR}.
2002-02-25 05:43:55 +01:00
# _SHELL_EXTRACT is a "subroutine" for extracting an archive. It extracts
# the contents of archive named by the shell variable "extract_file" based
# on the file extension of the archive.
Optimize the code to extract distfiles based on the extract suffix by putting them all into one large case statement instead of successive if statements, and by removing the creation and constant testing of a temp file to mark when the distfile is extracted.
2002-01-25 08:16:16 +01:00
#
* Turn _SHELL_EXTRACT into a "subroutine" for extracting an archive. It extracts the contents of archive named by the shell variable "extract_file" based on the file extension of the archive. The contents are dumped into the current directory. * Unify the EXTRACT_CMD handling. We now define the default EXTRACT_CMD to be ${_SHELL_EXTRACT} (see above). Otherwise, if it's already defined in the package Makefile, then that EXTRACT_CMD is used to extract all of the archives. * Rearrange the locking code so that it's localized instead of interspersed in the extraction code. * Add EXTRACT_CMD definitions for files that are only compressed (foo.c.gz) that decompress the file into ${WRKDIR}.
2002-02-25 05:43:55 +01:00
_SHELL_EXTRACT= case $${extract_file} in
Optimize the code to extract distfiles based on the extract suffix by putting them all into one large case statement instead of successive if statements, and by removing the creation and constant testing of a temp file to mark when the distfile is extracted.
2002-01-25 08:16:16 +01:00
.for __suffix__ in ${_EXTRACT_SUFFICES}
* Turn _SHELL_EXTRACT into a "subroutine" for extracting an archive. It extracts the contents of archive named by the shell variable "extract_file" based on the file extension of the archive. The contents are dumped into the current directory. * Unify the EXTRACT_CMD handling. We now define the default EXTRACT_CMD to be ${_SHELL_EXTRACT} (see above). Otherwise, if it's already defined in the package Makefile, then that EXTRACT_CMD is used to extract all of the archives. * Rearrange the locking code so that it's localized instead of interspersed in the extraction code. * Add EXTRACT_CMD definitions for files that are only compressed (foo.c.gz) that decompress the file into ${WRKDIR}.
2002-02-25 05:43:55 +01:00
_SHELL_EXTRACT+= *${__suffix__}) ${EXTRACT_CMD${__suffix__}} ;;
Optimize the code to extract distfiles based on the extract suffix by putting them all into one large case statement instead of successive if statements, and by removing the creation and constant testing of a temp file to mark when the distfile is extracted.
2002-01-25 08:16:16 +01:00
.endfor
* Turn _SHELL_EXTRACT into a "subroutine" for extracting an archive. It extracts the contents of archive named by the shell variable "extract_file" based on the file extension of the archive. The contents are dumped into the current directory. * Unify the EXTRACT_CMD handling. We now define the default EXTRACT_CMD to be ${_SHELL_EXTRACT} (see above). Otherwise, if it's already defined in the package Makefile, then that EXTRACT_CMD is used to extract all of the archives. * Rearrange the locking code so that it's localized instead of interspersed in the extraction code. * Add EXTRACT_CMD definitions for files that are only compressed (foo.c.gz) that decompress the file into ${WRKDIR}.
2002-02-25 05:43:55 +01:00
_SHELL_EXTRACT+= *) ${_DFLT_EXTRACT_CMD} ;;
_SHELL_EXTRACT+= esac
Optimize the code to extract distfiles based on the extract suffix by putting them all into one large case statement instead of successive if statements, and by removing the creation and constant testing of a temp file to mark when the distfile is extracted.
2002-01-25 08:16:16 +01:00
* Turn _SHELL_EXTRACT into a "subroutine" for extracting an archive. It extracts the contents of archive named by the shell variable "extract_file" based on the file extension of the archive. The contents are dumped into the current directory. * Unify the EXTRACT_CMD handling. We now define the default EXTRACT_CMD to be ${_SHELL_EXTRACT} (see above). Otherwise, if it's already defined in the package Makefile, then that EXTRACT_CMD is used to extract all of the archives. * Rearrange the locking code so that it's localized instead of interspersed in the extraction code. * Add EXTRACT_CMD definitions for files that are only compressed (foo.c.gz) that decompress the file into ${WRKDIR}.
2002-02-25 05:43:55 +01:00
EXTRACT_CMD?= ${_SHELL_EXTRACT}
Add coarse-grained locking to pkgsrc builds, by means of a beefed up version of the bare-bones code in PR 7590, from David Maxwell. The definition governing the type of locking used is PKGSRC_LOCKTYPE, which can take any of the values "none", "sleep", and "once". The default is "none". If "sleep" locking is used, and process A is building a package, when process B attempts to build the same package, process B will sleep for PKGSRC_SLEEPSECS seconds, and attempt to grab the lock again. Coarse-grained locking uses the OBJHOSTNAME definition to ensure that the PID space is regular for shlock(1) to do its work. The pkgsrc/pkgtools/shlock package has been provided for environments where shlock is not standard.
2002-01-19 22:29:41 +01:00
.if !target(do-extract)
do-extract: ${WRKDIR}
* Turn _SHELL_EXTRACT into a "subroutine" for extracting an archive. It extracts the contents of archive named by the shell variable "extract_file" based on the file extension of the archive. The contents are dumped into the current directory. * Unify the EXTRACT_CMD handling. We now define the default EXTRACT_CMD to be ${_SHELL_EXTRACT} (see above). Otherwise, if it's already defined in the package Makefile, then that EXTRACT_CMD is used to extract all of the archives. * Rearrange the locking code so that it's localized instead of interspersed in the extraction code. * Add EXTRACT_CMD definitions for files that are only compressed (foo.c.gz) that decompress the file into ${WRKDIR}.
2002-02-25 05:43:55 +01:00
. for __file__ in ${EXTRACT_ONLY}
Rearrange code so that if EXTRACT_CMD is defined, then it is used to extract all of the files listed in ${EXTRACT_ONLY}. This is so that a package author doesn't have to grub through bsd.pkg.mk in order to find how to override the extraction method. Problem noted by Antti Kantee in private email.
2002-01-15 01:32:12 +01:00
${_PKG_SILENT}${_PKG_DEBUG} \
* Turn _SHELL_EXTRACT into a "subroutine" for extracting an archive. It extracts the contents of archive named by the shell variable "extract_file" based on the file extension of the archive. The contents are dumped into the current directory. * Unify the EXTRACT_CMD handling. We now define the default EXTRACT_CMD to be ${_SHELL_EXTRACT} (see above). Otherwise, if it's already defined in the package Makefile, then that EXTRACT_CMD is used to extract all of the archives. * Rearrange the locking code so that it's localized instead of interspersed in the extraction code. * Add EXTRACT_CMD definitions for files that are only compressed (foo.c.gz) that decompress the file into ${WRKDIR}.
2002-02-25 05:43:55 +01:00
extract_file="${_DISTDIR}/${__file__}"; export extract_file; \
cd ${WRKDIR}; ${EXTRACT_CMD}
. endfor
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
.endif
# Patch
Re-write do-patch target to fix broken behaviour where if patches/ didn't exist, then the local patches weren't applied.
2002-04-25 02:02:41 +02:00
# LOCALPATCHES contains the location of local patches to packages
# that are maintained in a directory tree reflecting the same
# hierarchy as the pkgsrc tree, i.e. local patches for www/apache
# would be found as ${LOCALPATCHES}/www/apache/*.
#
_DFLT_LOCALPATCHFILES= ${LOCALPATCHES}/${PKGPATH}/*
_LOCALPATCHFILES= ${_DFLT_LOCALPATCHFILES}
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
.if !target(do-patch)
Add support for message digests other than md5 into pkgsrc. This is done by using the pkgsrc/pkgtools/digest package, and adding dependencies in bsd.pkg.mk to make sure that that package is up to date. There is no discernable performance decrease in using sha1 checksums over md5 ones, and most people advocate the use of sha1 or rmd160 over md5. As part of this change, move the initial setting of LOCALBASE, X11BASE and CROSSBASE into bsd.prefs.mk from bsd.pkg.mk. Addresses PR 11809.
2001-03-06 15:50:45 +01:00
do-patch: uptodate-digest
Change indentation (whitespace changes only!): .if .if .if . if .else => . else .endif . endif .endif .endif Patch contributed by Marc Espie <espie@liafa.jussieu.fr> in preparation of merging latest changes with the OpenPackages project. Thanks Marc!
2001-07-19 00:43:32 +02:00
. if defined(PATCHFILES)
Fix PACKAGE_DEPENDS_QUICK when installing on Solaris - escape the argument from the shell, so that we can install packages on Solaris again, and use canonical ${GREP} and ${AWK} programs.
2000-03-13 15:19:15 +01:00
@${ECHO_MSG} "${_PKGSRC_IN}> Applying distribution patches for ${PKGNAME}"
Standardise on the format of continuation lines. No functional change.
2002-05-13 13:43:05 +02:00
${_PKG_SILENT}${_PKG_DEBUG}cd ${_DISTDIR}; \
for i in ${PATCHFILES}; do \
if [ ${PATCH_DEBUG_TMP} = yes ]; then \
Fix PACKAGE_DEPENDS_QUICK when installing on Solaris - escape the argument from the shell, so that we can install packages on Solaris again, and use canonical ${GREP} and ${AWK} programs.
2000-03-13 15:19:15 +01:00
${ECHO_MSG} "${_PKGSRC_IN}> Applying distribution patch $$i" ; \
Standardise on the format of continuation lines. No functional change.
2002-05-13 13:43:05 +02:00
fi; \
case $$i in \
*.Z|*.gz) \
If applying a patch fails, tell which patch failed.
1999-01-09 21:52:30 +01:00
${GZCAT} $$i | ${PATCH} ${PATCH_DIST_ARGS} \
Replace subshell commands in (...) by {...;} for speed. Based on patch from Chris Coleman <chrisc@vmunix.com>. Timing of "make show-var VARNAME=COMMENT" in pkgsrc/x11: new: 2.744u 0.888s 0:16.69 21.6% 0+0k 809+201io 55pf+0w 2.827u 1.047s 0:07.72 50.0% 0+0k 0+189io 0pf+0w 2.913u 0.992s 0:06.91 56.4% 0+0k 0+168io 0pf+0w 2.978u 0.997s 0:06.88 57.5% 0+0k 0+169io 0pf+0w 3.017u 0.886s 0:07.88 49.3% 0+0k 0+186io 0pf+0w old: 2.921u 0.987s 0:07.04 55.3% 0+0k 2+183io 0pf+0w 2.931u 1.051s 0:08.49 46.8% 0+0k 0+169io 0pf+0w 3.065u 0.816s 0:08.33 46.4% 0+0k 0+174io 0pf+0w 2.962u 0.987s 0:08.08 48.7% 0+0k 0+181io 0pf+0w 2.661u 1.228s 0:08.50 45.6% 0+0k 0+171io 0pf+0w
2001-04-03 14:06:31 +02:00
|| { ${ECHO} Patch $$i failed ; exit 1; } ; \
Standardise on the format of continuation lines. No functional change.
2002-05-13 13:43:05 +02:00
;; \
*.bz2) \
Support bzip2 compressed patch files.
2000-05-17 05:32:43 +02:00
${BZCAT} $$i | ${PATCH} ${PATCH_DIST_ARGS} \
Replace subshell commands in (...) by {...;} for speed. Based on patch from Chris Coleman <chrisc@vmunix.com>. Timing of "make show-var VARNAME=COMMENT" in pkgsrc/x11: new: 2.744u 0.888s 0:16.69 21.6% 0+0k 809+201io 55pf+0w 2.827u 1.047s 0:07.72 50.0% 0+0k 0+189io 0pf+0w 2.913u 0.992s 0:06.91 56.4% 0+0k 0+168io 0pf+0w 2.978u 0.997s 0:06.88 57.5% 0+0k 0+169io 0pf+0w 3.017u 0.886s 0:07.88 49.3% 0+0k 0+186io 0pf+0w old: 2.921u 0.987s 0:07.04 55.3% 0+0k 2+183io 0pf+0w 2.931u 1.051s 0:08.49 46.8% 0+0k 0+169io 0pf+0w 3.065u 0.816s 0:08.33 46.4% 0+0k 0+174io 0pf+0w 2.962u 0.987s 0:08.08 48.7% 0+0k 0+181io 0pf+0w 2.661u 1.228s 0:08.50 45.6% 0+0k 0+171io 0pf+0w
2001-04-03 14:06:31 +02:00
|| { ${ECHO} Patch $$i failed ; exit 1; } ; \
Standardise on the format of continuation lines. No functional change.
2002-05-13 13:43:05 +02:00
;; \
*) \
${PATCH} ${PATCH_DIST_ARGS} < $$i \
Replace subshell commands in (...) by {...;} for speed. Based on patch from Chris Coleman <chrisc@vmunix.com>. Timing of "make show-var VARNAME=COMMENT" in pkgsrc/x11: new: 2.744u 0.888s 0:16.69 21.6% 0+0k 809+201io 55pf+0w 2.827u 1.047s 0:07.72 50.0% 0+0k 0+189io 0pf+0w 2.913u 0.992s 0:06.91 56.4% 0+0k 0+168io 0pf+0w 2.978u 0.997s 0:06.88 57.5% 0+0k 0+169io 0pf+0w 3.017u 0.886s 0:07.88 49.3% 0+0k 0+186io 0pf+0w old: 2.921u 0.987s 0:07.04 55.3% 0+0k 2+183io 0pf+0w 2.931u 1.051s 0:08.49 46.8% 0+0k 0+169io 0pf+0w 3.065u 0.816s 0:08.33 46.4% 0+0k 0+174io 0pf+0w 2.962u 0.987s 0:08.08 48.7% 0+0k 0+181io 0pf+0w 2.661u 1.228s 0:08.50 45.6% 0+0k 0+171io 0pf+0w
2001-04-03 14:06:31 +02:00
|| { ${ECHO} Patch $$i failed ; exit 1; } ; \
Standardise on the format of continuation lines. No functional change.
2002-05-13 13:43:05 +02:00
;; \
esac; \
Remove a bunch of unneeded ()s. Inspired by OpenBSD.
2000-06-03 01:30:52 +02:00
done
Change indentation (whitespace changes only!): .if .if .if . if .else => . else .endif . endif .endif .endif Patch contributed by Marc Espie <espie@liafa.jussieu.fr> in preparation of merging latest changes with the OpenPackages project. Thanks Marc!
2001-07-19 00:43:32 +02:00
. endif
Re-write do-patch target to fix broken behaviour where if patches/ didn't exist, then the local patches weren't applied.
2002-04-25 02:02:41 +02:00
${_PKG_SILENT}${_PKG_DEBUG} \
patchlist=""; \
if [ -d ${PATCHDIR} ]; then \
Add a cdrom-readme target, a clone of the readme target, for ease of use. The URLs in the generated README.html files can be specified by overriding the CDROM_PKG_URL_HOST and CDROM_PKG_URL_DIR definitions. Document the targets, and clean up some English, in Packages.txt
1998-09-23 15:09:32 +02:00
if [ "`${ECHO} ${PATCHDIR}/patch-*`" = "${PATCHDIR}/patch-*" ]; then \
Fix PACKAGE_DEPENDS_QUICK when installing on Solaris - escape the argument from the shell, so that we can install packages on Solaris again, and use canonical ${GREP} and ${AWK} programs.
2000-03-13 15:19:15 +01:00
${ECHO_MSG} "${_PKGSRC_IN}> Ignoring empty patch directory"; \
Add logic to provide md5 checksums on the patch files, placing them in a file called files/patch-sum. This has the benefit of only attempting to patch packages with official patches. This should mean that you can untar a pkgsrc.tar.gz over a previous tree, and still have it do the right thing, ignoring old patch files. Patches which have an entry in the files/patch-sum file will be applied, and then any local patches. If there are local patches to a package, these should go in patch files called patches/patch-local-* (these files are ignored when calculating the files/patch-sum file, and also when checking the patches/patch-* files). The calculation of the patch checksum ignores any NetBSD RCS Id in the patch-* files. This removes a nasty ordering dependency for developers making patches to packages. Patch file checksums will only be checked if the files/patch-sum file exists. Add a target "makepatchsum", analogous to "makesum", which makes a new files/patch-sum file.
1999-07-09 15:14:21 +02:00
if [ -d ${PATCHDIR}/CVS ]; then \
Change the message "Perhaps you forgot the -P flag to cvs co or update?" to "Perhaps you forgot the -P flag to 'cvs checkout' or 'cvs update'?"
2002-01-21 22:09:41 +01:00
${ECHO_MSG} "${_PKGSRC_IN}> Perhaps you forgot the -P flag to 'cvs checkout' or 'cvs update'?"; \
Add logic to provide md5 checksums on the patch files, placing them in a file called files/patch-sum. This has the benefit of only attempting to patch packages with official patches. This should mean that you can untar a pkgsrc.tar.gz over a previous tree, and still have it do the right thing, ignoring old patch files. Patches which have an entry in the files/patch-sum file will be applied, and then any local patches. If there are local patches to a package, these should go in patch files called patches/patch-local-* (these files are ignored when calculating the files/patch-sum file, and also when checking the patches/patch-* files). The calculation of the patch checksum ignores any NetBSD RCS Id in the patch-* files. This removes a nasty ordering dependency for developers making patches to packages. Patch file checksums will only be checked if the files/patch-sum file exists. Add a target "makepatchsum", analogous to "makesum", which makes a new files/patch-sum file.
1999-07-09 15:14:21 +02:00
fi; \
else \
Re-write do-patch target to fix broken behaviour where if patches/ didn't exist, then the local patches weren't applied.
2002-04-25 02:02:41 +02:00
patchlist=`${ECHO} ${PATCHDIR}/patch-*`; \
fi; \
fi; \
if [ "X${_LOCALPATCHFILES}" = "X${_DFLT_LOCALPATCHFILES}" ]; then \
localpatchfiles="`${ECHO} ${_LOCALPATCHFILES}`"; \
if [ "$${localpatchfiles}" != "${_LOCALPATCHFILES}" ]; then \
patchlist="$${patchlist} $${localpatchfiles}"; \
fi; \
else \
patchlist=`${ECHO} $${patchlist} ${_LOCALPATCHFILES}`; \
fi; \
if [ -n "$${patchlist}" ]; then \
${ECHO_MSG} "${_PKGSRC_IN}> Applying ${OPSYS} patches for ${PKGNAME}" ; \
fail=""; \
for i in $${patchlist}; do \
if [ ! -f "$$i" ]; then \
${ECHO_MSG} "${_PKGSRC_IN}> $$i is not a valid patch file - skipping"; \
continue; \
fi; \
case $$i in \
*.orig|*.rej|*~) \
${ECHO_MSG} "${_PKGSRC_IN}> Ignoring patchfile $$i"; \
continue; \
;; \
${PATCHDIR}/patch-local-*) \
;; \
${PATCHDIR}/patch-*) \
if [ -f ${DISTINFO_FILE} ]; then \
filename=`expr $$i : '.*/\(.*\)'`; \
algsum=`${AWK} 'NF == 4 && $$2 == "('$$filename')" && $$3 == "=" {print $$1 " " $$4}' ${DISTINFO_FILE} || ${TRUE}`; \
if [ "X$$algsum" != "X" ]; then \
alg=`${ECHO} $$algsum | ${AWK} '{ print $$1 }'`; \
recorded=`${ECHO} $$algsum | ${AWK} '{ print $$2 }'`; \
calcsum=`${SED} -e '/\$$NetBSD.*/d' $$i | ${DIGEST} $$alg`; \
if [ ${PATCH_DEBUG_TMP} = yes ]; then \
${ECHO_MSG} "=> Verifying $$filename (using digest algorithm $$alg)"; \
Add logic to provide md5 checksums on the patch files, placing them in a file called files/patch-sum. This has the benefit of only attempting to patch packages with official patches. This should mean that you can untar a pkgsrc.tar.gz over a previous tree, and still have it do the right thing, ignoring old patch files. Patches which have an entry in the files/patch-sum file will be applied, and then any local patches. If there are local patches to a package, these should go in patch files called patches/patch-local-* (these files are ignored when calculating the files/patch-sum file, and also when checking the patches/patch-* files). The calculation of the patch checksum ignores any NetBSD RCS Id in the patch-* files. This removes a nasty ordering dependency for developers making patches to packages. Patch file checksums will only be checked if the files/patch-sum file exists. Add a target "makepatchsum", analogous to "makesum", which makes a new files/patch-sum file.
1999-07-09 15:14:21 +02:00
fi; \
fi; \
Re-write do-patch target to fix broken behaviour where if patches/ didn't exist, then the local patches weren't applied.
2002-04-25 02:02:41 +02:00
if [ "X$$algsum" = "X" -o "X$$recorded" = "X" ]; then \
${ECHO_MSG} "**************************************"; \
${ECHO_MSG} "Ignoring unknown patch file: $$i"; \
${ECHO_MSG} "**************************************"; \
continue; \
fi; \
if [ "X$$calcsum" != "X$$recorded" ]; then \
${ECHO_MSG} "**************************************"; \
${ECHO_MSG} "Patch file $$i has been modified"; \
${ECHO_MSG} "**************************************"; \
fail="$$fail $$filename"; \
continue; \
fi; \
Actually apply any patch-local-* local patch files if there are any.
1999-07-27 17:01:30 +02:00
fi; \
Re-write do-patch target to fix broken behaviour where if patches/ didn't exist, then the local patches weren't applied.
2002-04-25 02:02:41 +02:00
;; \
esac; \
if [ ${PATCH_DEBUG_TMP} = yes ]; then \
${ECHO_MSG} "${_PKGSRC_IN}> Applying ${OPSYS} patch $$i" ; \
Re-visit the patch-sum modifications: (a) if the patch file does not exist in the patch-sum file, then print a warning to the user, and ignore the patch file. In particular, do not exit with an error. (b) if the patch file's calculated checksum does not match the one recorded in the patch-sum file, print a warning to the user, and try the other patch files. Once all patch files have been attempted, exit with an error. Also, don't bother to check for patch-local-* files inside the checksum logic - they're already ignored at the head of the loop.
1999-07-26 18:46:43 +02:00
fi; \
Re-write do-patch target to fix broken behaviour where if patches/ didn't exist, then the local patches weren't applied.
2002-04-25 02:02:41 +02:00
fuzz=""; \
${PATCH} -v > /dev/null 2>&1 && fuzz="${PATCH_FUZZ_FACTOR}"; \
${PATCH} $$fuzz ${PATCH_ARGS} < $$i || \
{ ${ECHO} Patch $$i failed ; exit 1; }; \
done; \
if [ "X$$fail" != "X" ]; then \
${ECHO_MSG} "Patching failed due to modified patch file(s): $$fail"; \
exit 1; \
Add logic to provide md5 checksums on the patch files, placing them in a file called files/patch-sum. This has the benefit of only attempting to patch packages with official patches. This should mean that you can untar a pkgsrc.tar.gz over a previous tree, and still have it do the right thing, ignoring old patch files. Patches which have an entry in the files/patch-sum file will be applied, and then any local patches. If there are local patches to a package, these should go in patch files called patches/patch-local-* (these files are ignored when calculating the files/patch-sum file, and also when checking the patches/patch-* files). The calculation of the patch checksum ignores any NetBSD RCS Id in the patch-* files. This removes a nasty ordering dependency for developers making patches to packages. Patch file checksums will only be checked if the files/patch-sum file exists. Add a target "makepatchsum", analogous to "makesum", which makes a new files/patch-sum file.
1999-07-09 15:14:21 +02:00
fi; \
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
fi
Move the REPLACE_PERL code into a separate configure pre-requisite target "replace-perl", instead of keeping it as part of the do-patch target. Now, a "make patch" will result in just the patched sources.
2001-11-30 04:48:14 +01:00
.endif
# Configure
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
Move code from end of the do-configure target that performed the LIBTOOL_OVERRIDE steps into a separate do-libtool-override target. Create a new variable _CONFIGURE_POSTREQ that currently lists do-libtool-override. Also add some documentation for the two _CONFIGURE_* variables: _CONFIGURE_PREREQ is a list of targets to run after pre-configure but before do-configure. These targets typically edit the files used by the do-configure target. _CONFIGURE_POSTREQ is a list of targets to run after do-configure but before post-configure. These targets typically edit the files generated by the do-configure target that are used during the build phase.
2001-11-30 06:03:06 +01:00
# _CONFIGURE_PREREQ is a list of targets to run after pre-configure but before
# do-configure. These targets typically edit the files used by the
# do-configure target.
#
# _CONFIGURE_POSTREQ is a list of targets to run after do-configure but before
# post-configure. These targets typically edit the files generated by
# the do-configure target that are used during the build phase.
Move the REPLACE_PERL code into a separate configure pre-requisite target "replace-perl", instead of keeping it as part of the do-patch target. Now, a "make patch" will result in just the patched sources.
2001-11-30 04:48:14 +01:00
_CONFIGURE_PREREQ+= replace-perl
replace-perl:
.if defined(REPLACE_PERL)
${_PKG_SILENT}${_PKG_DEBUG} \
cd ${WRKSRC}; \
Rewrite REPLACE_PERL as shell-loop, so one can use shell wildcards,e.g. REPLACE_PERL= *.cgi *.perl *.pl Code submitted by Amitai Schlair <schmonz@schmonz.com>
2002-03-24 15:06:22 +01:00
for f in ${REPLACE_PERL}; do \
if [ -f $${f} ]; then \
${SED} "s,#!.*/bin/perl,#!${PERL5}," \
$${f} > $${f}.new; \
if [ -x $${f} ]; then \
${CHMOD} a+x $${f}.new; \
fi; \
${MV} -f $${f}.new $${f}; \
fi; \
done
Move the REPLACE_PERL code into a separate configure pre-requisite target "replace-perl", instead of keeping it as part of the do-patch target. Now, a "make patch" will result in just the patched sources.
2001-11-30 04:48:14 +01:00
.else
${_PKG_SILENT}${_PKG_DEBUG}${TRUE}
o move REPLACE_PERL code to more proper location -- to the do-patch target; now it works when NO_CONFIGURE is set
2001-06-27 13:40:25 +02:00
.endif
Add USE_CURSES for packages that need curses functionality that only got added in 1.4Y; on older version of NetBSD, ncurses will be used. Replace previous code that did the same, but wasn't shared.
2000-07-28 12:33:56 +02:00
Rename "do-libtool" target to "do-ltconfig-override" as the new name is more descriptive. There is a separate step to replace the actual libtool script that is controlled by LIBTOOL_OVERRIDE within the "do-configure" target.
2001-11-30 04:19:04 +01:00
_CONFIGURE_PREREQ+= do-ltconfig-override
do-ltconfig-override:
The do-configure target has some "stuff" that is supposed to be done after the pre-configure target is called but before the configure script is called, but it's added in a non-extensible way. This "stuff" is the replace-ncurses step and the ltconfig-override step. Move these steps out into their own targets that are named as prerequisites to the do-configure step. The prerequisites are specified in the private variable _CONFIGURE_PREREQ, to which other independent targets may be appended.
2001-10-24 21:42:28 +02:00
.if defined(USE_LIBTOOL) && defined(LTCONFIG_OVERRIDE)
. for ltconfig in ${LTCONFIG_OVERRIDE}
${_PKG_SILENT}${_PKG_DEBUG} \
if [ -f ${ltconfig} ]; then \
${RM} -f ${ltconfig}; \
Merge pkgsrc/mk from the buildlink2 branch back into the main trunk.
2002-08-22 10:21:26 +02:00
${ECHO} "${RM} -f libtool; ${LN} -s ${PKGLIBTOOL} libtool" \
The do-configure target has some "stuff" that is supposed to be done after the pre-configure target is called but before the configure script is called, but it's added in a non-extensible way. This "stuff" is the replace-ncurses step and the ltconfig-override step. Move these steps out into their own targets that are named as prerequisites to the do-configure step. The prerequisites are specified in the private variable _CONFIGURE_PREREQ, to which other independent targets may be appended.
2001-10-24 21:42:28 +02:00
> ${ltconfig}; \
${CHMOD} +x ${ltconfig}; \
Added LTCONFIG_OVERRIDE and LIBTOOL_OVERRIDE definition to substitute pkglibtool for the pkg's own libtool. "ltconfig" is script to make "libtool" script. "ltconfig" is executed by GNU's "configure" script at "do-configure" target. if USE_LIBTOOL and LTCONFIG_OVERRIDE defined, specified "ltconfig" is overrided to symlink pkglibtool to "libtool" instead of making "libtool" before executing "configure". if USE_LIBTOOL and LIBTOOL_OVERRIDE defined, specified "libtool" is removed, and symlinked from pkglibtool after executing "configure" (and "ltconfig").
1999-12-07 09:55:58 +01:00
fi
The do-configure target has some "stuff" that is supposed to be done after the pre-configure target is called but before the configure script is called, but it's added in a non-extensible way. This "stuff" is the replace-ncurses step and the ltconfig-override step. Move these steps out into their own targets that are named as prerequisites to the do-configure step. The prerequisites are specified in the private variable _CONFIGURE_PREREQ, to which other independent targets may be appended.
2001-10-24 21:42:28 +02:00
. endfor
.else
${_PKG_SILENT}${_PKG_DEBUG}${TRUE}
.endif
Add two knobs for packages: CONFIG_GUESS_OVERRIDE and CONFIG_SUB_OVERRIDE. Example: CONFIG_GUESS_OVERRIDE= ${WRKSRC}/config.guess CONFIG_SUB_OVERRIDE= ${WRKSRC}/config.sub Just before the bulk of the "configure" phase, the named files will be replaced with symlinks to their canonical pkgsrc versions in pkgsrc/mk/gnu-config.
2002-07-16 17:02:01 +02:00
.if defined(CONFIG_GUESS_OVERRIDE) || defined(CONFIG_SUB_OVERRIDE)
_CONFIGURE_PREREQ+= do-config-star-override
do-config-star-override:
Correct two indentation nits
2002-07-18 12:21:18 +02:00
. if defined(CONFIG_GUESS_OVERRIDE)
Add two knobs for packages: CONFIG_GUESS_OVERRIDE and CONFIG_SUB_OVERRIDE. Example: CONFIG_GUESS_OVERRIDE= ${WRKSRC}/config.guess CONFIG_SUB_OVERRIDE= ${WRKSRC}/config.sub Just before the bulk of the "configure" phase, the named files will be replaced with symlinks to their canonical pkgsrc versions in pkgsrc/mk/gnu-config.
2002-07-16 17:02:01 +02:00
${_PKG_SILENT}${_PKG_DEBUG} \
for g in ${CONFIG_GUESS_OVERRIDE}; do \
${RM} -f $$g; \
${LN} -s ${_PKGSRCDIR}/mk/gnu-config/config.guess $$g; \
done
Correct two indentation nits
2002-07-18 12:21:18 +02:00
. endif
. if defined(CONFIG_SUB_OVERRIDE)
Add two knobs for packages: CONFIG_GUESS_OVERRIDE and CONFIG_SUB_OVERRIDE. Example: CONFIG_GUESS_OVERRIDE= ${WRKSRC}/config.guess CONFIG_SUB_OVERRIDE= ${WRKSRC}/config.sub Just before the bulk of the "configure" phase, the named files will be replaced with symlinks to their canonical pkgsrc versions in pkgsrc/mk/gnu-config.
2002-07-16 17:02:01 +02:00
${_PKG_SILENT}${_PKG_DEBUG} \
for s in ${CONFIG_SUB_OVERRIDE}; do \
${RM} -f $$s; \
${LN} -s ${_PKGSRCDIR}/mk/gnu-config/config.sub $$s; \
done
Correct two indentation nits
2002-07-18 12:21:18 +02:00
. endif
Add two knobs for packages: CONFIG_GUESS_OVERRIDE and CONFIG_SUB_OVERRIDE. Example: CONFIG_GUESS_OVERRIDE= ${WRKSRC}/config.guess CONFIG_SUB_OVERRIDE= ${WRKSRC}/config.sub Just before the bulk of the "configure" phase, the named files will be replaced with symlinks to their canonical pkgsrc versions in pkgsrc/mk/gnu-config.
2002-07-16 17:02:01 +02:00
.endif
By default, prevent invocation of GNU "auto*" driven by the generated Makefiles during the build process by touching various auto{conf,make} source files to make them up-to-date. Packages that require regenerating the configure script and Makefile.in files should make the appropriate calls to auto{conf,make} in a pre-configure target. This allows the various targets listed in ${_CONFIG_PREREQ} to modify the generated files without triggering the GNU auto* tools and having the modifications be overwritten.
2001-12-04 07:14:57 +01:00
# By default, prevent invocation of GNU "auto*" driven by the generated
# Makefiles during the build process by touching various auto{conf,make}
# source files to make them up-to-date. Packages that require regenerating
# the configure script and Makefile.in files should make the appropriate
# calls to auto{conf,make} in a pre-configure target.
If AUTOMAKE_OVERRIDE=YES then we touch files in ${WRKSRC} in such a way that GNU autoconf/automake are not executed during the build process, even if the tools exist in the build environment. This prevents the build process from overwriting any changes made to the configure script or to the Makefile.in files.
2001-10-26 19:03:04 +02:00
#
Change the way the files used by the GNU auto* tools are touched. We now touch some files before the configure script is run, and some more afterwards. We touch the files afterwards since the configure script can get modified after it is run, and touching some files afterwards prevents them from being regenerated if they depend on the configure script.
2001-12-22 06:45:23 +01:00
# The rationale for the choice of patterns is:
#
# Before configure script is run:
# * configure.in might be generated from configure.in.in,
# * aclocal.m4 is generated by aclocal from acinclude.m4 and
# configure.in,
Make the AUTOMAKE_OVERRIDE work for packages that use automake-1.5 and/or autoconf-2.5* by touching some more files. Thanks to YAMAMOTO Takashi <yamt@mwd.biglobe.ne.jp> for pointing out the error in private e-mail. Also list several packages on which to verify this code after making changes to the AUTOMAKE*_PATTERNS.
2001-12-23 20:32:15 +01:00
# * stamp-h.in, stamp-h[0-9].in are the automake timestamp files
# for config.h.in,
Change the way the files used by the GNU auto* tools are touched. We now touch some files before the configure script is run, and some more afterwards. We touch the files afterwards since the configure script can get modified after it is run, and touching some files afterwards prevents them from being regenerated if they depend on the configure script.
2001-12-22 06:45:23 +01:00
# * config.h.in is generated by autoheader from configure.in
# * Makefile.in is generated from Makefile.am,
# * the configure script is generated by autoconf from configure.in,
# aclocal.m4, and various other *.m4 files.
#
# After configure script is run:
# * config.status is generated by the configure script,
Make the AUTOMAKE_OVERRIDE work for packages that use automake-1.5 and/or autoconf-2.5* by touching some more files. Thanks to YAMAMOTO Takashi <yamt@mwd.biglobe.ne.jp> for pointing out the error in private e-mail. Also list several packages on which to verify this code after making changes to the AUTOMAKE*_PATTERNS.
2001-12-23 20:32:15 +01:00
# * Makefile, stamp-h, stamp-h[0-9] are generated by config.status.
Change the way the files used by the GNU auto* tools are touched. We now touch some files before the configure script is run, and some more afterwards. We touch the files afterwards since the configure script can get modified after it is run, and touching some files afterwards prevents them from being regenerated if they depend on the configure script.
2001-12-22 06:45:23 +01:00
# * config.h are generated by config.status.
#
Make the AUTOMAKE_OVERRIDE work for packages that use automake-1.5 and/or autoconf-2.5* by touching some more files. Thanks to YAMAMOTO Takashi <yamt@mwd.biglobe.ne.jp> for pointing out the error in private e-mail. Also list several packages on which to verify this code after making changes to the AUTOMAKE*_PATTERNS.
2001-12-23 20:32:15 +01:00
# NOTE: If you change the patterns listed below, then it's recommended that
# you verify that the changes are correct by trying to build the
# following packages:
#
# sysutils/fileutils, www/curl, x11/lesstif, x11/kdelibs2
#
By default, prevent invocation of GNU "auto*" driven by the generated Makefiles during the build process by touching various auto{conf,make} source files to make them up-to-date. Packages that require regenerating the configure script and Makefile.in files should make the appropriate calls to auto{conf,make} in a pre-configure target. This allows the various targets listed in ${_CONFIG_PREREQ} to modify the generated files without triggering the GNU auto* tools and having the modifications be overwritten.
2001-12-04 07:14:57 +01:00
AUTOMAKE_OVERRIDE?= YES
.if defined(AUTOMAKE_OVERRIDE) && (${AUTOMAKE_OVERRIDE} == "YES")
Change the way the files used by the GNU auto* tools are touched. We now touch some files before the configure script is run, and some more afterwards. We touch the files afterwards since the configure script can get modified after it is run, and touching some files afterwards prevents them from being regenerated if they depend on the configure script.
2001-12-22 06:45:23 +01:00
AUTOMAKE_PATTERNS+= aclocal.m4
Rewrite handling of "AUTOMAKE_OVERRIDE" so that files get touched in the desired order and in an order based on who the filesystem orders things.
2002-01-06 03:03:40 +01:00
AUTOMAKE_PATTERNS+= configure.in
Change the way the files used by the GNU auto* tools are touched. We now touch some files before the configure script is run, and some more afterwards. We touch the files afterwards since the configure script can get modified after it is run, and touching some files afterwards prevents them from being regenerated if they depend on the configure script.
2001-12-22 06:45:23 +01:00
AUTOMAKE_PATTERNS+= Makefile.in
Rewrite handling of "AUTOMAKE_OVERRIDE" so that files get touched in the desired order and in an order based on who the filesystem orders things.
2002-01-06 03:03:40 +01:00
AUTOMAKE_PATTERNS+= stamp-h.in stamp-h\[0-9\].in
AUTOMAKE_PATTERNS+= config.h.in
Change the way the files used by the GNU auto* tools are touched. We now touch some files before the configure script is run, and some more afterwards. We touch the files afterwards since the configure script can get modified after it is run, and touching some files afterwards prevents them from being regenerated if they depend on the configure script.
2001-12-22 06:45:23 +01:00
AUTOMAKE_PATTERNS+= ${CONFIGURE_SCRIPT:T}
If AUTOMAKE_OVERRIDE=YES then we touch files in ${WRKSRC} in such a way that GNU autoconf/automake are not executed during the build process, even if the tools exist in the build environment. This prevents the build process from overwriting any changes made to the configure script or to the Makefile.in files.
2001-10-26 19:03:04 +02:00
Change the way the files used by the GNU auto* tools are touched. We now touch some files before the configure script is run, and some more afterwards. We touch the files afterwards since the configure script can get modified after it is run, and touching some files afterwards prevents them from being regenerated if they depend on the configure script.
2001-12-22 06:45:23 +01:00
_CONFIGURE_PREREQ+= automake-pre-override
automake-pre-override:
If AUTOMAKE_OVERRIDE=YES then we touch files in ${WRKSRC} in such a way that GNU autoconf/automake are not executed during the build process, even if the tools exist in the build environment. This prevents the build process from overwriting any changes made to the configure script or to the Makefile.in files.
2001-10-26 19:03:04 +02:00
. if defined(HAS_CONFIGURE)
${_PKG_SILENT}${_PKG_DEBUG} \
Rewrite handling of "AUTOMAKE_OVERRIDE" so that files get touched in the desired order and in an order based on who the filesystem orders things.
2002-01-06 03:03:40 +01:00
(for _PATTERN in ${AUTOMAKE_PATTERNS}; do \
${FIND} ${WRKSRC} -type f -name "$$_PATTERN" -print; \
Introduce NULL_COOKIE and use it instead of /dev/null for touch (see PR 15597). While here remove some old comments.
2002-05-14 14:47:48 +02:00
done; echo ${NULL_COOKIE} ) | \
In automake*-override targets make sur that find return a least a file (/dev/null) for touch to operate on or else it fails. Also corrected TOUCH_ARGS to TOUCH_FLAGS.
2002-01-09 13:53:46 +01:00
${XARGS} ${TOUCH} ${TOUCH_FLAGS}
If AUTOMAKE_OVERRIDE=YES then we touch files in ${WRKSRC} in such a way that GNU autoconf/automake are not executed during the build process, even if the tools exist in the build environment. This prevents the build process from overwriting any changes made to the configure script or to the Makefile.in files.
2001-10-26 19:03:04 +02:00
. endif
Change the way the files used by the GNU auto* tools are touched. We now touch some files before the configure script is run, and some more afterwards. We touch the files afterwards since the configure script can get modified after it is run, and touching some files afterwards prevents them from being regenerated if they depend on the configure script.
2001-12-22 06:45:23 +01:00
AUTOMAKE_POST_PATTERNS+= config.status
Rewrite handling of "AUTOMAKE_OVERRIDE" so that files get touched in the desired order and in an order based on who the filesystem orders things.
2002-01-06 03:03:40 +01:00
AUTOMAKE_POST_PATTERNS+= Makefile
AUTOMAKE_POST_PATTERNS+= stamp-h stamp-h[0-9]
Change the way the files used by the GNU auto* tools are touched. We now touch some files before the configure script is run, and some more afterwards. We touch the files afterwards since the configure script can get modified after it is run, and touching some files afterwards prevents them from being regenerated if they depend on the configure script.
2001-12-22 06:45:23 +01:00
AUTOMAKE_POST_PATTERNS+= config.h
_CONFIGURE_POSTREQ+= automake-post-override
automake-post-override:
. if defined(HAS_CONFIGURE)
${_PKG_SILENT}${_PKG_DEBUG} \
Rewrite handling of "AUTOMAKE_OVERRIDE" so that files get touched in the desired order and in an order based on who the filesystem orders things.
2002-01-06 03:03:40 +01:00
(for _PATTERN in ${AUTOMAKE_POST_PATTERNS}; do \
${FIND} ${WRKSRC} -type f -name "$$_PATTERN" -print; \
Introduce NULL_COOKIE and use it instead of /dev/null for touch (see PR 15597). While here remove some old comments.
2002-05-14 14:47:48 +02:00
done; echo ${NULL_COOKIE} ) | \
In automake*-override targets make sur that find return a least a file (/dev/null) for touch to operate on or else it fails. Also corrected TOUCH_ARGS to TOUCH_FLAGS.
2002-01-09 13:53:46 +01:00
${XARGS} ${TOUCH} ${TOUCH_FLAGS}
Change the way the files used by the GNU auto* tools are touched. We now touch some files before the configure script is run, and some more afterwards. We touch the files afterwards since the configure script can get modified after it is run, and touching some files afterwards prevents them from being regenerated if they depend on the configure script.
2001-12-22 06:45:23 +01:00
. endif
If AUTOMAKE_OVERRIDE=YES then we touch files in ${WRKSRC} in such a way that GNU autoconf/automake are not executed during the build process, even if the tools exist in the build environment. This prevents the build process from overwriting any changes made to the configure script or to the Makefile.in files.
2001-10-26 19:03:04 +02:00
.endif # AUTOMAKE_OVERRIDE
The do-configure target has some "stuff" that is supposed to be done after the pre-configure target is called but before the configure script is called, but it's added in a non-extensible way. This "stuff" is the replace-ncurses step and the ltconfig-override step. Move these steps out into their own targets that are named as prerequisites to the do-configure step. The prerequisites are specified in the private variable _CONFIGURE_PREREQ, to which other independent targets may be appended.
2001-10-24 21:42:28 +02:00
.if !target(do-configure)
do-configure: ${_CONFIGURE_PREREQ}
Change indentation (whitespace changes only!): .if .if .if . if .else => . else .endif . endif .endif .endif Patch contributed by Marc Espie <espie@liafa.jussieu.fr> in preparation of merging latest changes with the OpenPackages project. Thanks Marc!
2001-07-19 00:43:32 +02:00
. if defined(HAS_CONFIGURE)
Merge pkgsrc/mk from the buildlink2 branch back into the main trunk.
2002-08-22 10:21:26 +02:00
. for DIR in ${CONFIGURE_DIRS}
openoffice requires the unlimit on configure (for jdk) as well as for build. Add ${_ULIMIT_CMD} to do-configure:
2002-09-02 04:42:26 +02:00
${_PKG_SILENT}${_PKG_DEBUG}${_ULIMIT_CMD}cd ${DIR} && ${SETENV} \
Make CPPFLAGS part of MAKE_ENV and CONFIGURE_ENV as 220 packages want it to be.
2001-06-11 08:30:59 +02:00
CC="${CC}" CFLAGS="${CFLAGS}" CPPFLAGS="${CPPFLAGS}" \
make sure FFLAGS ends up in MAKE_ENV as well as BUILD_DEFS. This allows you to do make FFLAGS='-my -f -flags' and at least the pkgs which obey FFLAGS use them.
2002-01-22 19:15:20 +01:00
CXX="${CXX}" CXXFLAGS="${CXXFLAGS}" FC="${FC}" F77="${FC}" FFLAGS="${FFLAGS}" \
Avoid shell smarts: on NetBSD, type is a sh(1) builtin. If make(1) is invoked, a subsequent "type make" will give "make is a tracked alias for /usr/bin/make". Using awk(1) to find the third part of that can lose. type is also a sh(1) builtin on Solaris, which prints "make is hashed (/usr/bin/make)". However, there is a separate /usr/bin/type, which prints the pathname at the end. Minor reformat in same target - replace spaces by tabs where possible.
1999-03-31 12:59:44 +02:00
INSTALL="`${TYPE} ${INSTALL} | ${AWK} '{ print $$NF }'` -c -o ${BINOWN} -g ${BINGRP}" \
When calling configure, set ac_given_INSTALL as well as INSTALL, to work around a bug in how autoconf 2.13-generated scripts pass INSTALL to sub-configures.
2000-05-02 20:44:37 +02:00
ac_given_INSTALL="`${TYPE} ${INSTALL} | ${AWK} '{ print $$NF }'` -c -o ${BINOWN} -g ${BINGRP}" \
Always add "${INSTALL_DATA}" to environment for "configure" target, too.
1999-05-20 21:50:09 +02:00
INSTALL_DATA="${INSTALL_DATA}" \
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
INSTALL_PROGRAM="${INSTALL_PROGRAM}" \
Always add "${INSTALL_SCRIPT}" to environment for "configure" target.
1999-05-20 21:21:02 +02:00
INSTALL_SCRIPT="${INSTALL_SCRIPT}" \
Remove a bunch of unneeded ()s. Inspired by OpenBSD.
2000-06-03 01:30:52 +02:00
${CONFIGURE_ENV} ${CONFIGURE_SCRIPT} ${CONFIGURE_ARGS}
Merge pkgsrc/mk from the buildlink2 branch back into the main trunk.
2002-08-22 10:21:26 +02:00
. endfor
Change indentation (whitespace changes only!): .if .if .if . if .else => . else .endif . endif .endif .endif Patch contributed by Marc Espie <espie@liafa.jussieu.fr> in preparation of merging latest changes with the OpenPackages project. Thanks Marc!
2001-07-19 00:43:32 +02:00
. endif
. if defined(USE_IMAKE)
Remove a bunch of unneeded ()s. Inspired by OpenBSD.
2000-06-03 01:30:52 +02:00
${_PKG_SILENT}${_PKG_DEBUG}cd ${WRKSRC} && ${SETENV} ${SCRIPTS_ENV} XPROJECTROOT=${X11BASE} ${XMKMF}
Change indentation (whitespace changes only!): .if .if .if . if .else => . else .endif . endif .endif .endif Patch contributed by Marc Espie <espie@liafa.jussieu.fr> in preparation of merging latest changes with the OpenPackages project. Thanks Marc!
2001-07-19 00:43:32 +02:00
. endif
Move code from end of the do-configure target that performed the LIBTOOL_OVERRIDE steps into a separate do-libtool-override target. Create a new variable _CONFIGURE_POSTREQ that currently lists do-libtool-override. Also add some documentation for the two _CONFIGURE_* variables: _CONFIGURE_PREREQ is a list of targets to run after pre-configure but before do-configure. These targets typically edit the files used by the do-configure target. _CONFIGURE_POSTREQ is a list of targets to run after do-configure but before post-configure. These targets typically edit the files generated by the do-configure target that are used during the build phase.
2001-11-30 06:03:06 +01:00
.endif
_CONFIGURE_POSTREQ+= do-libtool-override
do-libtool-override:
.if defined(USE_LIBTOOL) && defined(LIBTOOL_OVERRIDE)
. for libtool in ${LIBTOOL_OVERRIDE}
${_PKG_SILENT}${_PKG_DEBUG} \
if [ -f ${libtool} ]; then \
${RM} -f ${libtool}; \
Merge pkgsrc/mk from the buildlink2 branch back into the main trunk.
2002-08-22 10:21:26 +02:00
${LN} -sf ${PKGLIBTOOL} ${libtool}; \
Resurrect LIBTOOL_OVERRIDE. It's needed for lesstif-0.92.32 which uses the latest libtool in its sources (there's no ltconfig, only ltmain.sh).
2001-06-30 05:36:48 +02:00
fi
Move code from end of the do-configure target that performed the LIBTOOL_OVERRIDE steps into a separate do-libtool-override target. Create a new variable _CONFIGURE_POSTREQ that currently lists do-libtool-override. Also add some documentation for the two _CONFIGURE_* variables: _CONFIGURE_PREREQ is a list of targets to run after pre-configure but before do-configure. These targets typically edit the files used by the do-configure target. _CONFIGURE_POSTREQ is a list of targets to run after do-configure but before post-configure. These targets typically edit the files generated by the do-configure target that are used during the build phase.
2001-11-30 06:03:06 +01:00
. endfor
.else
${_PKG_SILENT}${_PKG_DEBUG}${TRUE}
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
.endif
Move code from end of the do-configure target that performed the LIBTOOL_OVERRIDE steps into a separate do-libtool-override target. Create a new variable _CONFIGURE_POSTREQ that currently lists do-libtool-override. Also add some documentation for the two _CONFIGURE_* variables: _CONFIGURE_PREREQ is a list of targets to run after pre-configure but before do-configure. These targets typically edit the files used by the do-configure target. _CONFIGURE_POSTREQ is a list of targets to run after do-configure but before post-configure. These targets typically edit the files generated by the do-configure target that are used during the build phase.
2001-11-30 06:03:06 +01:00
post-configure: ${_CONFIGURE_POSTREQ}
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
# Build
Add BUILD_DIRS and INSTALL_DIRS, which have the same semantics as CONFIGURE_DIRS, and allows running the shell commands in the do-build and do-install targets within the specified directories. Both variables default to ${WRKSRC}.
2002-09-12 12:34:29 +02:00
BUILD_DIRS?= ${WRKSRC}
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
.if !target(do-build)
do-build:
Add BUILD_DIRS and INSTALL_DIRS, which have the same semantics as CONFIGURE_DIRS, and allows running the shell commands in the do-build and do-install targets within the specified directories. Both variables default to ${WRKSRC}.
2002-09-12 12:34:29 +02:00
. for DIR in ${BUILD_DIRS}
${_PKG_SILENT}${_PKG_DEBUG}${_ULIMIT_CMD}cd ${DIR} && ${SETENV} ${MAKE_ENV} ${MAKE_PROGRAM} ${MAKE_FLAGS} -f ${MAKEFILE} ${ALL_TARGET}
. endfor
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
.endif
# Install
Add BUILD_DIRS and INSTALL_DIRS, which have the same semantics as CONFIGURE_DIRS, and allows running the shell commands in the do-build and do-install targets within the specified directories. Both variables default to ${WRKSRC}.
2002-09-12 12:34:29 +02:00
INSTALL_DIRS?= ${BUILD_DIRS}
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
.if !target(do-install)
do-install:
Add BUILD_DIRS and INSTALL_DIRS, which have the same semantics as CONFIGURE_DIRS, and allows running the shell commands in the do-build and do-install targets within the specified directories. Both variables default to ${WRKSRC}.
2002-09-12 12:34:29 +02:00
. for DIR in ${INSTALL_DIRS}
${_PKG_SILENT}${_PKG_DEBUG}cd ${DIR} && ${SETENV} ${MAKE_ENV} ${MAKE_PROGRAM} ${MAKE_FLAGS} -f ${MAKEFILE} ${INSTALL_TARGET}
. endfor
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
.endif
# Package
Add a just-in-time su mode for "make package" by factoring out the code whcih does the su(1), and using that. Also make the deinstall target use the same common code.
2001-09-12 12:38:12 +02:00
.if !target(real-su-package)
real-su-package: ${PLIST} ${DESCR}
Be consistent throughout the file with line continuations and whitespace. No functional changes.
2002-05-03 14:44:01 +02:00
${_PKG_SILENT}${_PKG_DEBUG} \
* Rename some targets to fit into the usual "do-XXX calls real-XXX" scheme * In real-su-install, do not call "make ${PLIST}" manually, but rather depend on the ${PLIST} file being there for the do-su-install target. * Break out shlib-handlink from real-su-install, and put it into target do-shlib-handling, which will either touch then PLIST (when called via the ${PLIST} target) or do the necessary steps to setup shared library handling (creating symlinks on ELF, running ldconfig on a.out, etc., when called via real-su-install) * Removed some unnecessary tests (check if $PLIST is there when it can be assumed to be there, ...)
2000-11-29 14:18:22 +01:00
${ECHO_MSG} "${_PKGSRC_IN}> Building binary package for ${PKGNAME}"; \
Be consistent throughout the file with line continuations and whitespace. No functional changes.
2002-05-03 14:44:01 +02:00
if [ ! -d ${PKGREPOSITORY} ]; then \
${MKDIR} ${PKGREPOSITORY}; \
if [ $$? -ne 0 ]; then \
* Rename some targets to fit into the usual "do-XXX calls real-XXX" scheme * In real-su-install, do not call "make ${PLIST}" manually, but rather depend on the ${PLIST} file being there for the do-su-install target. * Break out shlib-handlink from real-su-install, and put it into target do-shlib-handling, which will either touch then PLIST (when called via the ${PLIST} target) or do the necessary steps to setup shared library handling (creating symlinks on ELF, running ldconfig on a.out, etc., when called via real-su-install) * Removed some unnecessary tests (check if $PLIST is there when it can be assumed to be there, ...)
2000-11-29 14:18:22 +01:00
${ECHO_MSG} "=> Can't create directory ${PKGREPOSITORY}."; \
Be consistent throughout the file with line continuations and whitespace. No functional changes.
2002-05-03 14:44:01 +02:00
exit 1; \
fi; \
fi; \
if ${PKG_CREATE} ${PKG_ARGS_BINPKG} ${PKGFILE}; then \
${MAKE} ${MAKEFLAGS} package-links; \
else \
${MAKE} ${MAKEFLAGS} delete-package; \
exit 1; \
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
fi
I have no idea where it got broken, but put back the creation of .package_done files.
2001-09-25 22:26:37 +02:00
${_PKG_SILENT}${_PKG_DEBUG}${TOUCH} ${TOUCH_FLAGS} ${PACKAGE_COOKIE}
Change indentation (whitespace changes only!): .if .if .if . if .else => . else .endif . endif .endif .endif Patch contributed by Marc Espie <espie@liafa.jussieu.fr> in preparation of merging latest changes with the OpenPackages project. Thanks Marc!
2001-07-19 00:43:32 +02:00
. if defined(NO_BIN_ON_CDROM)
Introduce NO_{SRC,BIN}_ON_{FTP,CDROM}. Warn about placing files on CD-ROM or ftp during 'make package' or 'make mirror-distfiles'.
2000-07-20 14:33:43 +02:00
@${ECHO_MSG} "${_PKGSRC_IN}> Warning: ${PKGNAME} may not be put on a CD-ROM:"
* Prevent " etc. in RESTRICTED (NO_{SRC,BIN}_ON_{CDROM,FTP}) and BROKEN from producing errors * Rework IGNORE handling: - IGNORE messages must now include the pkg's name - if multiple reasons exist for a pkg to be ignored, they are now all printed - IGNORECMD is gone * Make 'mirror-distfiles' not print a warning if NO_SRC_ON_FTP is set (I really don't want to see that list every day!) * Catch one leftover 'depends' -> 'install-depends'
2000-08-19 17:32:15 +02:00
@${ECHO_MSG} "${_PKGSRC_IN}> " ${NO_BIN_ON_CDROM:Q}
Change indentation (whitespace changes only!): .if .if .if . if .else => . else .endif . endif .endif .endif Patch contributed by Marc Espie <espie@liafa.jussieu.fr> in preparation of merging latest changes with the OpenPackages project. Thanks Marc!
2001-07-19 00:43:32 +02:00
. endif
. if defined(NO_BIN_ON_FTP)
Introduce NO_{SRC,BIN}_ON_{FTP,CDROM}. Warn about placing files on CD-ROM or ftp during 'make package' or 'make mirror-distfiles'.
2000-07-20 14:33:43 +02:00
@${ECHO_MSG} "${_PKGSRC_IN}> Warning: ${PKGNAME} may not be made available through FTP:"
* Prevent " etc. in RESTRICTED (NO_{SRC,BIN}_ON_{CDROM,FTP}) and BROKEN from producing errors * Rework IGNORE handling: - IGNORE messages must now include the pkg's name - if multiple reasons exist for a pkg to be ignored, they are now all printed - IGNORECMD is gone * Make 'mirror-distfiles' not print a warning if NO_SRC_ON_FTP is set (I really don't want to see that list every day!) * Catch one leftover 'depends' -> 'install-depends'
2000-08-19 17:32:15 +02:00
@${ECHO_MSG} "${_PKGSRC_IN}> " ${NO_BIN_ON_FTP:Q}
Change indentation (whitespace changes only!): .if .if .if . if .else => . else .endif . endif .endif .endif Patch contributed by Marc Espie <espie@liafa.jussieu.fr> in preparation of merging latest changes with the OpenPackages project. Thanks Marc!
2001-07-19 00:43:32 +02:00
. endif
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
.endif
Add a just-in-time su mode for "make package" by factoring out the code whcih does the su(1), and using that. Also make the deinstall target use the same common code.
2001-09-12 12:38:12 +02:00
# Some support rules for real-su-package
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
.if !target(package-links)
package-links:
Speedups! Major changes: * Avoid a big bunch of subshells/forks/execs by using make(1) features; should be good for some minor speedups. * Use shell builtins for echo, true, false, test. Using full paths here causes fork&execs, making things slow. Only changed for NetBSD. * Rename all references to ${.MAKEFLAGS} to ${MAKEFLAGS}. See make(1). * Evaluate all !=s only once, and add them to MAKEFLAGS * Pass ${MAKEFLAGS} to ALL ${MAKE} calls Now PKGTOOLS_VERSION is really only set once in a whole "make package" cycle, even across dependencies. Minor changes: * SORTED_MASTER_SITES was renamed SORTED_MASTER_SITES_CMD and is now (only) execuded in the places where it's needed. * Don't check for /usr/bin/fetch - we never had it, and if someone depends on it he can set FETCH_CMD instead. * Don't fall back to README.port * Replace some commands by their uppercase equivalents (sed -> ${SED}, same for grep, awk, ...) * Some whitespace changes to improve readability => With these changes, times for a "make clean" in x11/kde go down to 20%, time for "make readme" goes down to 33%!
2000-06-03 09:15:28 +02:00
${_PKG_SILENT}${_PKG_DEBUG}${MAKE} ${MAKEFLAGS} delete-package-links
Add Solaris support to pkgsrc, using Christos Zoulas' NetBSD emulation package. Tested for some packages on Solaris 2.6 on Sparc.
1999-03-08 18:26:54 +01:00
${_PKG_SILENT}${_PKG_DEBUG}for cat in ${CATEGORIES}; do \
if [ ! -d ${PACKAGES}/$$cat ]; then \
Solaris sh(1) doesn't understand the "if ! command; then..." construct. So dumb-down the shell commands used: make them into "command; if [ $? -ne 0 ]; then..." Suggested by David Brownlee.
1999-03-09 12:14:52 +01:00
${MKDIR} ${PACKAGES}/$$cat; \
if [ $$? -ne 0 ]; then \
In informational messages to the user, use '=>' in preference to '>>', so that cut-n-paste into send-pr will work correctly. Fixes PR 9173 from ITOH Yasufumi.
2000-03-10 17:07:37 +01:00
${ECHO_MSG} "=> Can't create directory ${PACKAGES}/$$cat."; \
Add Solaris support to pkgsrc, using Christos Zoulas' NetBSD emulation package. Tested for some packages on Solaris 2.6 on Sparc.
1999-03-08 18:26:54 +01:00
exit 1; \
fi; \
fi; \
Remove links in "package-links" target before trying to create them to avoid failure if they already exist. We cannot use "ln -f" here because it doesn't work as expected under Solaris.
2000-06-03 22:58:46 +02:00
${RM} -f ${PACKAGES}/$$cat/${PKGNAME}${PKG_SUFX}; \
Add Solaris support to pkgsrc, using Christos Zoulas' NetBSD emulation package. Tested for some packages on Solaris 2.6 on Sparc.
1999-03-08 18:26:54 +01:00
${LN} -s ../${PKGREPOSITORYSUBDIR}/${PKGNAME}${PKG_SUFX} ${PACKAGES}/$$cat; \
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
done;
.endif
.if !target(delete-package-links)
delete-package-links:
Remove restrictions on category names, and make delete-links target safer. From OpenBSD.
2000-05-30 23:35:32 +02:00
${_PKG_SILENT}${_PKG_DEBUG}\
Set XARGS to xargs (NetBSD/Solaris) or xargs -r (linux).
2001-05-18 12:29:10 +02:00
${FIND} ${PACKAGES} -type l -name ${PKGNAME}${PKG_SUFX} | ${XARGS} ${RM} -f
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
.endif
.if !target(delete-package)
delete-package:
Speedups! Major changes: * Avoid a big bunch of subshells/forks/execs by using make(1) features; should be good for some minor speedups. * Use shell builtins for echo, true, false, test. Using full paths here causes fork&execs, making things slow. Only changed for NetBSD. * Rename all references to ${.MAKEFLAGS} to ${MAKEFLAGS}. See make(1). * Evaluate all !=s only once, and add them to MAKEFLAGS * Pass ${MAKEFLAGS} to ALL ${MAKE} calls Now PKGTOOLS_VERSION is really only set once in a whole "make package" cycle, even across dependencies. Minor changes: * SORTED_MASTER_SITES was renamed SORTED_MASTER_SITES_CMD and is now (only) execuded in the places where it's needed. * Don't check for /usr/bin/fetch - we never had it, and if someone depends on it he can set FETCH_CMD instead. * Don't fall back to README.port * Replace some commands by their uppercase equivalents (sed -> ${SED}, same for grep, awk, ...) * Some whitespace changes to improve readability => With these changes, times for a "make clean" in x11/kde go down to 20%, time for "make readme" goes down to 33%!
2000-06-03 09:15:28 +02:00
${_PKG_SILENT}${_PKG_DEBUG}${MAKE} ${MAKEFLAGS} delete-package-links
Add Solaris support to pkgsrc, using Christos Zoulas' NetBSD emulation package. Tested for some packages on Solaris 2.6 on Sparc.
1999-03-08 18:26:54 +01:00
${_PKG_SILENT}${_PKG_DEBUG}${RM} -f ${PKGFILE}
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
.endif
Add automatic ${VARIABLE} handling for MESSAGE files. Convert most MESSAGE files to new syntax (${VARIABLE} gets replaced, not @VARIABLE@, nor @@VARIABLE@@). By default, substitutions are done for LOCALBASE, PKGNAME, PREFIX, X11BASE, X11PREFIX; additional patterns can be added via MESSAGE_SUBST. Clean up some packages while I'm there; add RCS tags to most MESSAGEs. Remove some uninteresting MESSAGEs.
2001-01-29 12:34:21 +01:00
real-su-install: ${MESSAGE}
Re-introduce NO_PKG_REGISTER. We now have a use for it.
1998-08-28 13:13:23 +02:00
.if !defined(NO_PKG_REGISTER) && !defined(FORCE_PKG_REGISTER)
Change indentation (whitespace changes only!): .if .if .if . if .else => . else .endif . endif .endif .endif Patch contributed by Marc Espie <espie@liafa.jussieu.fr> in preparation of merging latest changes with the OpenPackages project. Thanks Marc!
2001-07-19 00:43:32 +02:00
. if defined(CONFLICTS)
Add PKGPATH, PKGBASE, PKGVERSION and PKGWILDCARD make(1) variables, so that the substitution hacks are all done in one place. Protect a few things with double quotes just to be safe. Fix `readme' target that was left broken in last commit.
2000-06-03 20:51:34 +02:00
${_PKG_SILENT}${_PKG_DEBUG} \
${RM} -f ${WRKDIR}/.CONFLICTS
Change indentation (whitespace changes only!): .if .if .if . if .else => . else .endif . endif .endif .endif Patch contributed by Marc Espie <espie@liafa.jussieu.fr> in preparation of merging latest changes with the OpenPackages project. Thanks Marc!
2001-07-19 00:43:32 +02:00
. for conflict in ${CONFLICTS}
Add PKGPATH, PKGBASE, PKGVERSION and PKGWILDCARD make(1) variables, so that the substitution hacks are all done in one place. Protect a few things with double quotes just to be safe. Fix `readme' target that was left broken in last commit.
2000-06-03 20:51:34 +02:00
${_PKG_SILENT}${_PKG_DEBUG} \
found="`${PKG_INFO} -e \"${conflict}\" || ${TRUE}`"; \
+ Remove the generated ${PLIST} file when doing a re-install. + Enable wildcard matching in DEPENDS and CONFLICTS definitions.
1998-08-25 18:26:09 +02:00
if [ X"$$found" != X"" ]; then \
${ECHO} "$$found" >> ${WRKDIR}/.CONFLICTS; \
fi
Add coarse-grained locking to pkgsrc builds, by means of a beefed up version of the bare-bones code in PR 7590, from David Maxwell. The definition governing the type of locking used is PKGSRC_LOCKTYPE, which can take any of the values "none", "sleep", and "once". The default is "none". If "sleep" locking is used, and process A is building a package, when process B attempts to build the same package, process B will sleep for PKGSRC_SLEEPSECS seconds, and attempt to grab the lock again. Coarse-grained locking uses the OBJHOSTNAME definition to ensure that the PID space is regular for shlock(1) to do its work. The pkgsrc/pkgtools/shlock package has been provided for environments where shlock is not standard.
2002-01-19 22:29:41 +01:00
. endfor
Add PKGPATH, PKGBASE, PKGVERSION and PKGWILDCARD make(1) variables, so that the substitution hacks are all done in one place. Protect a few things with double quotes just to be safe. Fix `readme' target that was left broken in last commit.
2000-06-03 20:51:34 +02:00
${_PKG_SILENT}${_PKG_DEBUG} \
Be consistent throughout the file with line continuations and whitespace. No functional changes.
2002-05-03 14:44:01 +02:00
if [ -s ${WRKDIR}/.CONFLICTS ]; then \
Don't do input redirection for sed if not necessary.
2001-01-29 15:40:26 +01:00
found=`${SED} -e s'|${PKG_DBDIR}/||g' ${WRKDIR}/.CONFLICTS | tr '\012' ' '`; \
Fix PACKAGE_DEPENDS_QUICK when installing on Solaris - escape the argument from the shell, so that we can install packages on Solaris again, and use canonical ${GREP} and ${AWK} programs.
2000-03-13 15:19:15 +01:00
${ECHO_MSG} "${_PKGSRC_IN}> ${PKGNAME} conflicts with installed package(s): $$found found."; \
${ECHO_MSG} "*** They install the same files into the same place."; \
${ECHO_MSG} "*** Please remove $$found first with pkg_delete(1)."; \
+ Remove the generated ${PLIST} file when doing a re-install. + Enable wildcard matching in DEPENDS and CONFLICTS definitions.
1998-08-25 18:26:09 +02:00
${RM} -f ${WRKDIR}/.CONFLICTS; \
exit 1; \
fi
Change indentation (whitespace changes only!): .if .if .if . if .else => . else .endif . endif .endif .endif Patch contributed by Marc Espie <espie@liafa.jussieu.fr> in preparation of merging latest changes with the OpenPackages project. Thanks Marc!
2001-07-19 00:43:32 +02:00
. endif # CONFLICTS
Add PKGPATH, PKGBASE, PKGVERSION and PKGWILDCARD make(1) variables, so that the substitution hacks are all done in one place. Protect a few things with double quotes just to be safe. Fix `readme' target that was left broken in last commit.
2000-06-03 20:51:34 +02:00
${_PKG_SILENT}${_PKG_DEBUG} \
found="`${PKG_INFO} -e \"${PKGWILDCARD}\" || ${TRUE}`"; \
Do not overwrite (files of) other pkg versions, warn instead.
1999-02-16 04:23:04 +01:00
if [ "$$found" != "" ]; then \
Fix PACKAGE_DEPENDS_QUICK when installing on Solaris - escape the argument from the shell, so that we can install packages on Solaris again, and use canonical ${GREP} and ${AWK} programs.
2000-03-13 15:19:15 +01:00
${ECHO_MSG} "${_PKGSRC_IN}> $$found is already installed - perhaps an older version?"; \
${ECHO_MSG} "*** If so, you may wish to \`\`pkg_delete $$found'' and install"; \
${ECHO_MSG} "*** this package again by \`\`${MAKE} reinstall'' to upgrade it properly,"; \
${ECHO_MSG} "*** or use \`\`${MAKE} update'' to upgrade it and all of its dependencies."; \
${ECHO_MSG} "*** If you really wish to overwrite the old package of $$found"; \
${ECHO_MSG} "*** without deleting it first, set the variable \"FORCE_PKG_REGISTER\""; \
${ECHO_MSG} "*** in your environment or the \"${MAKE} install\" command line."; \
Add Solaris support to pkgsrc, using Christos Zoulas' NetBSD emulation package. Tested for some packages on Solaris 2.6 on Sparc.
1999-03-08 18:26:54 +01:00
exit 1; \
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
fi
+ Factor out the real-install target from the rest of the .USE ones. This makes it possible to do the next step. There were so many .if make(install) checks that this arguably should be done anyway. + In interactive installs, if the effective uid is not zero when "make install" is attempted, then ${SU_CMD} is invoked (defaults to "su - root -c", but sudo or priv could be used). This allows running as non-root for much more time, which is a significant benefit. This also allows installation of pre-requisite (DEPENDS) packages while building a package as non-root user. + A hook has been added to run ${PRE_ROOT_CMD} before becoming root, so that root can be given write access to ${WRKDIR} directories, for example, on -noroot mounted NFS filesystems.
1999-03-31 11:04:18 +02:00
.endif # !NO_PKG_REGISTER && !NO_FORCE_REGISTER
Fix two problems when using a ksh(1) as /bin/sh (ln -sf /bin/ksh /bin/sh [*]): * umask handlint due to umask producing different number of leading 0s in ksh(1) and sh(1) * dependency handling is different due to "`...`" being interpreted differently ([*] needed on NetBSD 1.5.1_BETA2/cobalt, as /bin/sh keeps on dumping core in ramdom situations.)
2001-05-20 02:54:09 +02:00
${_PKG_SILENT}${_PKG_DEBUG}if [ `${SH} -c umask` -ne ${DEF_UMASK} ]; then \
Fix PACKAGE_DEPENDS_QUICK when installing on Solaris - escape the argument from the shell, so that we can install packages on Solaris again, and use canonical ${GREP} and ${AWK} programs.
2000-03-13 15:19:15 +01:00
${ECHO_MSG} "${_PKGSRC_IN}> Warning: your umask is \"`${SH} -c umask`"\".; \
${ECHO_MSG} "If this is not desired, set it to an appropriate value (${DEF_UMASK})"; \
${ECHO_MSG} "and install this package again by \`\`${MAKE} deinstall reinstall''."; \
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
fi
.if !defined(NO_MTREE)
Add Solaris support to pkgsrc, using Christos Zoulas' NetBSD emulation package. Tested for some packages on Solaris 2.6 on Sparc.
1999-03-08 18:26:54 +01:00
${_PKG_SILENT}${_PKG_DEBUG}if [ `${ID} -u` = 0 ]; then \
if [ ! -f ${MTREE_FILE} ]; then \
- Add OpenBSD and FreeBSD Ids in the header - Changes from FreeBSD's V1.164: * Warn if mtree-file not found * On 'make reinstall' gets DEPENDS_TARGET set to 'reinstall' instead of 'install' - Changes from OpenBSD's V1.14: * Documentation and implementation for ONLY_FOR_ARCHS * Documentation and implementation for WRKOBJDIR * Documentation on HAVE_MOTIF and MOTIF_STATIC: set in /etc/mk.conf, not /etc/make.conf * Set NOMANCOMPRESS=no to still compress man-pages (should probably be set to 'yes') * DEF_UMASK=022 * add ${MACHINE} suffix to WRKDIR if OBJMACHINE is set * .include <bsd.own.mk>
1997-09-28 02:44:15 +02:00
${ECHO_MSG} "Error: mtree file \"${MTREE_FILE}\" is missing."; \
Add Solaris support to pkgsrc, using Christos Zoulas' NetBSD emulation package. Tested for some packages on Solaris 2.6 on Sparc.
1999-03-08 18:26:54 +01:00
exit 1; \
else \
if [ ! -d ${PREFIX} ]; then \
Use ${SORT} and ${WC} instead of sort and wc. Also some minor whitespace fixes.
2001-06-12 15:17:01 +02:00
${MKDIR} ${PREFIX}; \
Add Solaris support to pkgsrc, using Christos Zoulas' NetBSD emulation package. Tested for some packages on Solaris 2.6 on Sparc.
1999-03-08 18:26:54 +01:00
fi; \
Linux bits; now the package system works on Linux too.
1999-06-23 19:06:20 +02:00
${MTREE} ${MTREE_ARGS} ${PREFIX}/; \
Add Solaris support to pkgsrc, using Christos Zoulas' NetBSD emulation package. Tested for some packages on Solaris 2.6 on Sparc.
1999-03-08 18:26:54 +01:00
fi; \
else \
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
${ECHO_MSG} "Warning: not superuser, can't run mtree."; \
${ECHO_MSG} "Become root and try again to ensure correct permissions."; \
fi
+ Factor out the real-install target from the rest of the .USE ones. This makes it possible to do the next step. There were so many .if make(install) checks that this arguably should be done anyway. + In interactive installs, if the effective uid is not zero when "make install" is attempted, then ${SU_CMD} is invoked (defaults to "su - root -c", but sudo or priv could be used). This allows running as non-root for much more time, which is a significant benefit. This also allows installation of pre-requisite (DEPENDS) packages while building a package as non-root user. + A hook has been added to run ${PRE_ROOT_CMD} before becoming root, so that root can be given write access to ${WRKDIR} directories, for example, on -noroot mounted NFS filesystems.
1999-03-31 11:04:18 +02:00
.endif # !NO_MTREE
Change PKG_CREATE_USERGROUP and PKG_CONFIG so that their values are merely defaults for the INSTALL/DEINSTALL scripts. The environment variables of the same name take precedence during installation of a binary package.
2002-06-22 04:48:35 +02:00
${_PKG_SILENT}${_PKG_DEBUG}cd ${.CURDIR} && ${MAKE} ${MAKEFLAGS} pre-install-script
MAKE_ENV is the make environment passed down to the build process. It shouldn't be set as the environment for a make process invoked at the package (${.CURDIR}) level during the install phase because it can contain harmful settings.
2002-01-27 20:07:41 +01:00
${_PKG_SILENT}${_PKG_DEBUG}cd ${.CURDIR} && ${MAKE} ${MAKEFLAGS} pre-install
${_PKG_SILENT}${_PKG_DEBUG}cd ${.CURDIR} && ${MAKE} ${MAKEFLAGS} do-install
${_PKG_SILENT}${_PKG_DEBUG}cd ${.CURDIR} && ${MAKE} ${MAKEFLAGS} post-install
Change PKG_CREATE_USERGROUP and PKG_CONFIG so that their values are merely defaults for the INSTALL/DEINSTALL scripts. The environment variables of the same name take precedence during installation of a binary package.
2002-06-22 04:48:35 +02:00
${_PKG_SILENT}${_PKG_DEBUG}cd ${.CURDIR} && ${MAKE} ${MAKEFLAGS} post-install-script
Add Solaris support to pkgsrc, using Christos Zoulas' NetBSD emulation package. Tested for some packages on Solaris 2.6 on Sparc.
1999-03-08 18:26:54 +01:00
.for f in ${INFO_FILES}
Introduce new framework for handling info files generation and installation. Summary of changes: - removal of USE_GTEXINFO - addition of mk/texinfo.mk - inclusion of this file in package Makefiles requiring it - `install-info' substituted by `${INSTALL_INFO}' in PLISTs - tuning of mk/bsd.pkg.mk: removal of USE_GTEXINFO INSTALL_INFO added to PLIST_SUBST `${INSTALL_INFO}' replace `install-info' in target rules print-PLIST target now generate `${INSTALL_INFO}' instead of `install-info' - a couple of new patch files added for a handful of packages - setting of the TEXINFO_OVERRIDE "switch" in packages Makefiles requiring it - devel/cssc marked requiring texinfo 4.0 - a couple of packages Makefiles were tuned with respect of INFO_FILES and makeinfo command usage See -newly added by this commit- section 10.24 of Packages.txt for further information.
2002-02-18 16:14:00 +01:00
${_PKG_SILENT}${_PKG_DEBUG}${ECHO} "${INSTALL_INFO} --info-dir=${PREFIX}/info ${PREFIX}/info/${f}"; \
${INSTALL_INFO} --remove --info-dir=${PREFIX}/info ${PREFIX}/info/${f}; \
${INSTALL_INFO} --info-dir=${PREFIX}/info ${PREFIX}/info/${f}
Add Solaris support to pkgsrc, using Christos Zoulas' NetBSD emulation package. Tested for some packages on Solaris 2.6 on Sparc.
1999-03-08 18:26:54 +01:00
.endfor
hush
2000-11-29 15:52:57 +01:00
@# PLIST must be generated at this late point (instead of
@# depending on it somewhere earlier), as the
@# pre/do/post-install aren't run then yet:
@${_PKG_SILENT}${_PKG_DEBUG}cd ${.CURDIR} && ${MAKE} ${MAKEFLAGS} ${PLIST}
Remove a bunch of unneeded ()s. Inspired by OpenBSD.
2000-06-03 01:30:52 +02:00
${_PKG_SILENT}${_PKG_DEBUG}newmanpages=`${EGREP} -h \
Do not include lines like @exec ln -fs dlopen.3.gz %D/emul/linux/usr/man/man3/dlclose.3.gz into the list of manpages to decompress (for automatic manpage compression handling. Bug hit in the emulators/suse_base package, hashed out by tron.
1999-09-21 14:53:14 +02:00
'^([^@/]*/)*man/([^/]*/)?(man[1-9ln]/.*\.[1-9ln]|cat[1-9ln]/.*\.0)(\.gz)?$$' \
Be quiet about finding no gzipped man pages in PLIST.
2000-02-12 18:24:41 +01:00
${PLIST} 2>/dev/null || ${TRUE}`; \
Add automatic manual page handling. This is backwards-compatible with the MANx and CATx definitions in package Makefiles - if neither MANx or CATx is specified, the PLIST will be searched for the package's manual pages. If automatic manual page handling is in operation, and PKG_VERBOSE is set, echo the manual page names.
1998-06-18 13:45:33 +02:00
if [ X"${MANCOMPRESSED}" != X"" -a X"${MANZ}" = X"" ]; then \
Fix PACKAGE_DEPENDS_QUICK when installing on Solaris - escape the argument from the shell, so that we can install packages on Solaris again, and use canonical ${GREP} and ${AWK} programs.
2000-03-13 15:19:15 +01:00
${ECHO_MSG} "${_PKGSRC_IN}> [Automatic manual page handling]"; \
${ECHO_MSG} "${_PKGSRC_IN}> Decompressing manual pages for ${PKGNAME}"; \
Use one gonzo regular expression to recognise man and catman pages.
1998-06-22 11:12:48 +02:00
for manpage in $$newmanpages; do \
Add automatic manual page handling. This is backwards-compatible with the MANx and CATx definitions in package Makefiles - if neither MANx or CATx is specified, the PLIST will be searched for the package's manual pages. If automatic manual page handling is in operation, and PKG_VERBOSE is set, echo the manual page names.
1998-06-18 13:45:33 +02:00
manpage=`${ECHO} $$manpage | ${SED} -e 's|\.gz$$||'`; \
Use -h instead of -L in test(1) when testing for a symbolic link.
1999-08-24 21:03:08 +02:00
if [ -h ${PREFIX}/$$manpage.gz ]; then \
Rename "FILE" to "FILE_CMD" since ".for FILE" is a common idiom in BSD makefiles, and this interferes with the conditional definition of FILE in defs.*.mk.
2001-07-15 14:40:03 +02:00
set - `${FILE_CMD} ${PREFIX}/$$manpage.gz | ${SED} -e 's|\.gz$$||'`; \
Handle decompression of symlinked manual pages.
1998-11-19 23:59:03 +01:00
shift `expr $$# - 1`; \
Improve ELF shared lib handling, so that it now works on Solaris. In the process, it was found that the Solaris ln(1) doesn't work quite the way its manual page claims it does. In particular, "ln -fs a b" will fail if b already exists, rather than deleting the link. Work around this by using an explicit rm(1) prior to calling "ln -s".
1999-03-09 16:31:59 +01:00
${RM} -f ${PREFIX}/$$manpage; \
${LN} -s $${1} ${PREFIX}/$$manpage; \
Handle decompression of symlinked manual pages.
1998-11-19 23:59:03 +01:00
${RM} ${PREFIX}/$$manpage.gz; \
else \
${GUNZIP_CMD} ${PREFIX}/$$manpage.gz; \
fi; \
Add automatic manual page handling. This is backwards-compatible with the MANx and CATx definitions in package Makefiles - if neither MANx or CATx is specified, the PLIST will be searched for the package's manual pages. If automatic manual page handling is in operation, and PKG_VERBOSE is set, echo the manual page names.
1998-06-18 13:45:33 +02:00
if [ X"${PKG_VERBOSE}" != X"" ]; then \
${ECHO_MSG} "$$manpage"; \
fi; \
done; \
fi; \
if [ X"${MANCOMPRESSED}" = X"" -a X"${MANZ}" != X"" ]; then \
Fix PACKAGE_DEPENDS_QUICK when installing on Solaris - escape the argument from the shell, so that we can install packages on Solaris again, and use canonical ${GREP} and ${AWK} programs.
2000-03-13 15:19:15 +01:00
${ECHO_MSG} "${_PKGSRC_IN}> [Automatic manual page handling]"; \
${ECHO_MSG} "${_PKGSRC_IN}> Compressing manual pages for ${PKGNAME}"; \
Use one gonzo regular expression to recognise man and catman pages.
1998-06-22 11:12:48 +02:00
for manpage in $$newmanpages; do \
Add automatic manual page handling. This is backwards-compatible with the MANx and CATx definitions in package Makefiles - if neither MANx or CATx is specified, the PLIST will be searched for the package's manual pages. If automatic manual page handling is in operation, and PKG_VERBOSE is set, echo the manual page names.
1998-06-18 13:45:33 +02:00
manpage=`${ECHO} $$manpage | ${SED} -e 's|\.gz$$||'`; \
Use -h instead of -L in test(1) when testing for a symbolic link.
1999-08-24 21:03:08 +02:00
if [ -h ${PREFIX}/$$manpage ]; then \
Be consistent throughout the file with line continuations and whitespace. No functional changes.
2002-05-03 14:44:01 +02:00
set - `${FILE_CMD} ${PREFIX}/$$manpage`; \
Add automatic manual page handling. This is backwards-compatible with the MANx and CATx definitions in package Makefiles - if neither MANx or CATx is specified, the PLIST will be searched for the package's manual pages. If automatic manual page handling is in operation, and PKG_VERBOSE is set, echo the manual page names.
1998-06-18 13:45:33 +02:00
shift `expr $$# - 1`; \
Improve ELF shared lib handling, so that it now works on Solaris. In the process, it was found that the Solaris ln(1) doesn't work quite the way its manual page claims it does. In particular, "ln -fs a b" will fail if b already exists, rather than deleting the link. Work around this by using an explicit rm(1) prior to calling "ln -s".
1999-03-09 16:31:59 +01:00
${RM} -f ${PREFIX}/$$manpage.gz; \
${LN} -s $${1}.gz ${PREFIX}/$$manpage.gz; \
Add automatic manual page handling. This is backwards-compatible with the MANx and CATx definitions in package Makefiles - if neither MANx or CATx is specified, the PLIST will be searched for the package's manual pages. If automatic manual page handling is in operation, and PKG_VERBOSE is set, echo the manual page names.
1998-06-18 13:45:33 +02:00
${RM} ${PREFIX}/$$manpage; \
else \
${GZIP_CMD} ${PREFIX}/$$manpage; \
fi; \
if [ X"${PKG_VERBOSE}" != X"" ]; then \
${ECHO_MSG} "$$manpage"; \
fi; \
done; \
Remove a bunch of unneeded ()s. Inspired by OpenBSD.
2000-06-03 01:30:52 +02:00
fi
Add a _DO_SHLIB_CHECKS definition to the individual defs.${OPSYS}.mk files, and use it in bsd.pkg.mk. This definition controls the fixup of PLISTs at installation time, and running of ldconfig if necessary.
2001-11-21 14:17:14 +01:00
.if ${_DO_SHLIB_CHECKS} == "yes"
* Rename some targets to fit into the usual "do-XXX calls real-XXX" scheme * In real-su-install, do not call "make ${PLIST}" manually, but rather depend on the ${PLIST} file being there for the do-su-install target. * Break out shlib-handlink from real-su-install, and put it into target do-shlib-handling, which will either touch then PLIST (when called via the ${PLIST} target) or do the necessary steps to setup shared library handling (creating symlinks on ELF, running ldconfig on a.out, etc., when called via real-su-install) * Removed some unnecessary tests (check if $PLIST is there when it can be assumed to be there, ...)
2000-11-29 14:18:22 +01:00
${_PKG_SILENT}${_PKG_DEBUG}\
${MAKE} ${MAKEFLAGS} do-shlib-handling SHLIB_PLIST_MODE=0
Add a _DO_SHLIB_CHECKS definition to the individual defs.${OPSYS}.mk files, and use it in bsd.pkg.mk. This definition controls the fixup of PLISTs at installation time, and running of ldconfig if necessary.
2001-11-21 14:17:14 +01:00
.endif
Add automatic ${VARIABLE} handling for MESSAGE files. Convert most MESSAGE files to new syntax (${VARIABLE} gets replaced, not @VARIABLE@, nor @@VARIABLE@@). By default, substitutions are done for LOCALBASE, PKGNAME, PREFIX, X11BASE, X11PREFIX; additional patterns can be added via MESSAGE_SUBST. Clean up some packages while I'm there; add RCS tags to most MESSAGEs. Remove some uninteresting MESSAGEs.
2001-01-29 12:34:21 +01:00
.ifdef MESSAGE
* Rename some targets to fit into the usual "do-XXX calls real-XXX" scheme * In real-su-install, do not call "make ${PLIST}" manually, but rather depend on the ${PLIST} file being there for the do-su-install target. * Break out shlib-handlink from real-su-install, and put it into target do-shlib-handling, which will either touch then PLIST (when called via the ${PLIST} target) or do the necessary steps to setup shared library handling (creating symlinks on ELF, running ldconfig on a.out, etc., when called via real-su-install) * Removed some unnecessary tests (check if $PLIST is there when it can be assumed to be there, ...)
2000-11-29 14:18:22 +01:00
@${ECHO_MSG} "${_PKGSRC_IN}> Please note the following:"
@${ECHO_MSG} ""
Add automatic ${VARIABLE} handling for MESSAGE files. Convert most MESSAGE files to new syntax (${VARIABLE} gets replaced, not @VARIABLE@, nor @@VARIABLE@@). By default, substitutions are done for LOCALBASE, PKGNAME, PREFIX, X11BASE, X11PREFIX; additional patterns can be added via MESSAGE_SUBST. Clean up some packages while I'm there; add RCS tags to most MESSAGEs. Remove some uninteresting MESSAGEs.
2001-01-29 12:34:21 +01:00
@${CAT} ${MESSAGE}
* Rename some targets to fit into the usual "do-XXX calls real-XXX" scheme * In real-su-install, do not call "make ${PLIST}" manually, but rather depend on the ${PLIST} file being there for the do-su-install target. * Break out shlib-handlink from real-su-install, and put it into target do-shlib-handling, which will either touch then PLIST (when called via the ${PLIST} target) or do the necessary steps to setup shared library handling (creating symlinks on ELF, running ldconfig on a.out, etc., when called via real-su-install) * Removed some unnecessary tests (check if $PLIST is there when it can be assumed to be there, ...)
2000-11-29 14:18:22 +01:00
@${ECHO_MSG} ""
.endif
.if !defined(NO_PKG_REGISTER)
${_PKG_SILENT}${_PKG_DEBUG}cd ${.CURDIR} && ${MAKE} ${MAKEFLAGS} fake-pkg
.endif # !NO_PKG_REGISTER
${_PKG_SILENT}${_PKG_DEBUG}${TOUCH} ${TOUCH_FLAGS} ${INSTALL_COOKIE}
.if defined(PKG_DEVELOPER) && (${CHECK_SHLIBS} == "YES")
@${MAKE} ${MAKEFLAGS} check-shlibs
.endif
# Do handling of shared libs for two cases:
#
# SHLIB_PLIST_MODE=1: when first called via the ${PLIST} target,
# update the PLIST to contain ELF symlink, run
# ldconfig on a.out, etc. (used when called via
# the ${PLIST} target). Will update ${PLIST}.
# SHLIB_PLIST_MODE=0: when called via the real-su-install target,
# actually generate symlinks for ELF, run ldconfig
# for a.out, etc. Will not modify ${PLIST}.
#
# XXX This target could need some cleanup after it was ripped out of
# real-su-install
#
do-shlib-handling:
Fix handling of SHLIB_HANDLING=NO. That is neither stage of do-shlib- handling should be performed. This fixes the build problems for emulators/compat1[23].
2000-12-31 13:21:07 +01:00
.if ${SHLIB_HANDLING} == "YES"
Remove a bunch of unneeded ()s. Inspired by OpenBSD.
2000-06-03 01:30:52 +02:00
${_PKG_SILENT}${_PKG_DEBUG} \
Recognise "lib" entries with two or more version numbers, in the PLIST, as shared objects. Tested with both GNU egrep and Solaris XPG4 egrep. Not the most compact of regular expressions, due to non-portability of {n,m} repetition atoms between different versions of egrep.
1999-11-01 12:15:20 +01:00
sos=`${EGREP} -h -x '.*/lib[^/]+\.so\.[0-9]+(\.[0-9]+)+' ${PLIST} || ${TRUE}`; \
* Rename some targets to fit into the usual "do-XXX calls real-XXX" scheme * In real-su-install, do not call "make ${PLIST}" manually, but rather depend on the ${PLIST} file being there for the do-su-install target. * Break out shlib-handlink from real-su-install, and put it into target do-shlib-handling, which will either touch then PLIST (when called via the ${PLIST} target) or do the necessary steps to setup shared library handling (creating symlinks on ELF, running ldconfig on a.out, etc., when called via real-su-install) * Removed some unnecessary tests (check if $PLIST is there when it can be assumed to be there, ...)
2000-11-29 14:18:22 +01:00
if [ "$$sos" != "" ]; then \
Speedups! Major changes: * Avoid a big bunch of subshells/forks/execs by using make(1) features; should be good for some minor speedups. * Use shell builtins for echo, true, false, test. Using full paths here causes fork&execs, making things slow. Only changed for NetBSD. * Rename all references to ${.MAKEFLAGS} to ${MAKEFLAGS}. See make(1). * Evaluate all !=s only once, and add them to MAKEFLAGS * Pass ${MAKEFLAGS} to ALL ${MAKE} calls Now PKGTOOLS_VERSION is really only set once in a whole "make package" cycle, even across dependencies. Minor changes: * SORTED_MASTER_SITES was renamed SORTED_MASTER_SITES_CMD and is now (only) execuded in the places where it's needed. * Don't check for /usr/bin/fetch - we never had it, and if someone depends on it he can set FETCH_CMD instead. * Don't fall back to README.port * Replace some commands by their uppercase equivalents (sed -> ${SED}, same for grep, awk, ...) * Some whitespace changes to improve readability => With these changes, times for a "make clean" in x11/kde go down to 20%, time for "make readme" goes down to 33%!
2000-06-03 09:15:28 +02:00
shlib_type=`${MAKE} ${MAKEFLAGS} show-shlib-type`; \
The way that shared objects were handled in the PLISTs and bsd.pkg.mk was out of date - it was based on a.out OBJECT_FMT, and added entries in the generated PLISTs to reflect the symlinks that ELF packages uses. It also tried to be clever, and removed and recreated any symbolic links that were created, which has resulted in some fun, especially with packages which use dlopen(3) to load modules. Some recent changes to our ld.so to bring it more into line with other Operating Systems also exposed some cracks. + Modify bsd.pkg.mk and its shared object handling, so that PLISTs now contain the ELF symlinks. + Don't mess about with file system entries when handling shared objects in bsd.pkg.mk, since it's likely that libtool and the BSD *.mk processing will have got it right, and have a much better idea than we do. + Modify PLISTs to contain "ELF symlinks" + On a.out platforms, delete any "ELF symlinks" from the generated PLISTs + On ELF platforms, no extra processing needs to be done in bsd.pkg.mk + Modify print-PLIST target in bsd.pkg.mk to add dummy symlink entries on a.out platforms + Update the documentation in Packages.txt With many thanks to Thomas Klausner for keeping me honest with this.
2001-01-04 16:10:17 +01:00
if [ "${SHLIB_PLIST_MODE}" = "0" ]; then \
${ECHO_MSG} "${_PKGSRC_IN}> [Automatic $$shlib_type shared object handling]"; \
fi; \
Work out the type of shared libraries once, at "make install" time, and do this dynamically. This means that we no longer have to have a separate pkgsrc copy of bsd.own.mk, which was a maintenance nightmare, and usually out of date, and quite costly too (with a calculation of whether NetBSD-current was being run every time the file was read). Also, on a.out, add ldconfig lines to the generated PLIST only if they're not already there, rather than if they were previously there, and ignore the return value from ldconfig, which cannot be trusted. The ldconfig calls have largely been made obsolete by the use of -rpath, but keep it for just now for backwards compatibility.
1999-04-13 16:18:11 +02:00
case "$$shlib_type" in \
The way that shared objects were handled in the PLISTs and bsd.pkg.mk was out of date - it was based on a.out OBJECT_FMT, and added entries in the generated PLISTs to reflect the symlinks that ELF packages uses. It also tried to be clever, and removed and recreated any symbolic links that were created, which has resulted in some fun, especially with packages which use dlopen(3) to load modules. Some recent changes to our ld.so to bring it more into line with other Operating Systems also exposed some cracks. + Modify bsd.pkg.mk and its shared object handling, so that PLISTs now contain the ELF symlinks. + Don't mess about with file system entries when handling shared objects in bsd.pkg.mk, since it's likely that libtool and the BSD *.mk processing will have got it right, and have a much better idea than we do. + Modify PLISTs to contain "ELF symlinks" + On a.out platforms, delete any "ELF symlinks" from the generated PLISTs + On ELF platforms, no extra processing needs to be done in bsd.pkg.mk + Modify print-PLIST target in bsd.pkg.mk to add dummy symlink entries on a.out platforms + Update the documentation in Packages.txt With many thanks to Thomas Klausner for keeping me honest with this.
2001-01-04 16:10:17 +01:00
ELF) ;; \
"a.out") \
${AWK} ' \
BEGIN { linkc = 1 } \
/^@/ { lines[NR] = $$0; next } \
Handle the symlinks created by libtool on a.out for certain invocations of libtool involving the -release option. print-PLIST on an a.out machine probably doesn't handle these, i.e. it doesn't remove them from the PLIST.
2001-03-23 18:11:17 +01:00
function libtool_release(lib) { \
if (gsub("-[^-]+\.so\.", "\.so\.", lib)) { \
if (system("${TEST} -h ${PREFIX}/" lib) == 0) { \
rels[NR] = lib; \
} \
Don't change distinfo file if no checksums/sizes are modified.
2001-04-21 14:40:58 +02:00
} \
Handle the symlinks created by libtool on a.out for certain invocations of libtool involving the -release option. print-PLIST on an a.out machine probably doesn't handle these, i.e. it doesn't remove them from the PLIST.
2001-03-23 18:11:17 +01:00
} \
Make ELF shared object links work again using nawk as well as gawk. Use awk more efficiently.
1999-10-20 11:57:47 +02:00
/.*\/lib[^\/]+\.so\.[0-9]+\.[0-9]+\.[0-9]+$$/ { \
Handle the symlinks created by libtool on a.out for certain invocations of libtool involving the -release option. print-PLIST on an a.out machine probably doesn't handle these, i.e. it doesn't remove them from the PLIST.
2001-03-23 18:11:17 +01:00
libtool_release($$0); \
The way that shared objects were handled in the PLISTs and bsd.pkg.mk was out of date - it was based on a.out OBJECT_FMT, and added entries in the generated PLISTs to reflect the symlinks that ELF packages uses. It also tried to be clever, and removed and recreated any symbolic links that were created, which has resulted in some fun, especially with packages which use dlopen(3) to load modules. Some recent changes to our ld.so to bring it more into line with other Operating Systems also exposed some cracks. + Modify bsd.pkg.mk and its shared object handling, so that PLISTs now contain the ELF symlinks. + Don't mess about with file system entries when handling shared objects in bsd.pkg.mk, since it's likely that libtool and the BSD *.mk processing will have got it right, and have a much better idea than we do. + Modify PLISTs to contain "ELF symlinks" + On a.out platforms, delete any "ELF symlinks" from the generated PLISTs + On ELF platforms, no extra processing needs to be done in bsd.pkg.mk + Modify print-PLIST target in bsd.pkg.mk to add dummy symlink entries on a.out platforms + Update the documentation in Packages.txt With many thanks to Thomas Klausner for keeping me honest with this.
2001-01-04 16:10:17 +01:00
lines[NR] = $$0; \
sub("\.[0-9]+$$", ""); \
links[linkc++] = $$0; \
sub("\.[0-9]+$$", ""); \
links[linkc++] = $$0; \
sub("\.[0-9]+$$", ""); \
links[linkc++] = $$0; \
Make sure that all ELF symlinks gets removed from the PLIST when doing a.out automatic shlib handling. The offending symlink is created when using the, somewhat strange, libtool -release option. Reported by David Brownlee <abs@netbsd.org> on tech-pkg. Tested by myself and David.
2001-05-18 18:23:20 +02:00
if (sub("-[^-]+\.so$$", "\.so")) { \
links[linkc++] = $$0; \
} \
The way that shared objects were handled in the PLISTs and bsd.pkg.mk was out of date - it was based on a.out OBJECT_FMT, and added entries in the generated PLISTs to reflect the symlinks that ELF packages uses. It also tried to be clever, and removed and recreated any symbolic links that were created, which has resulted in some fun, especially with packages which use dlopen(3) to load modules. Some recent changes to our ld.so to bring it more into line with other Operating Systems also exposed some cracks. + Modify bsd.pkg.mk and its shared object handling, so that PLISTs now contain the ELF symlinks. + Don't mess about with file system entries when handling shared objects in bsd.pkg.mk, since it's likely that libtool and the BSD *.mk processing will have got it right, and have a much better idea than we do. + Modify PLISTs to contain "ELF symlinks" + On a.out platforms, delete any "ELF symlinks" from the generated PLISTs + On ELF platforms, no extra processing needs to be done in bsd.pkg.mk + Modify print-PLIST target in bsd.pkg.mk to add dummy symlink entries on a.out platforms + Update the documentation in Packages.txt With many thanks to Thomas Klausner for keeping me honest with this.
2001-01-04 16:10:17 +01:00
next \
Make ELF shared object links work again using nawk as well as gawk. Use awk more efficiently.
1999-10-20 11:57:47 +02:00
} \
/.*\/lib[^\/]+\.so\.[0-9]+\.[0-9]+$$/ { \
Handle the symlinks created by libtool on a.out for certain invocations of libtool involving the -release option. print-PLIST on an a.out machine probably doesn't handle these, i.e. it doesn't remove them from the PLIST.
2001-03-23 18:11:17 +01:00
libtool_release($$0); \
The way that shared objects were handled in the PLISTs and bsd.pkg.mk was out of date - it was based on a.out OBJECT_FMT, and added entries in the generated PLISTs to reflect the symlinks that ELF packages uses. It also tried to be clever, and removed and recreated any symbolic links that were created, which has resulted in some fun, especially with packages which use dlopen(3) to load modules. Some recent changes to our ld.so to bring it more into line with other Operating Systems also exposed some cracks. + Modify bsd.pkg.mk and its shared object handling, so that PLISTs now contain the ELF symlinks. + Don't mess about with file system entries when handling shared objects in bsd.pkg.mk, since it's likely that libtool and the BSD *.mk processing will have got it right, and have a much better idea than we do. + Modify PLISTs to contain "ELF symlinks" + On a.out platforms, delete any "ELF symlinks" from the generated PLISTs + On ELF platforms, no extra processing needs to be done in bsd.pkg.mk + Modify print-PLIST target in bsd.pkg.mk to add dummy symlink entries on a.out platforms + Update the documentation in Packages.txt With many thanks to Thomas Klausner for keeping me honest with this.
2001-01-04 16:10:17 +01:00
lines[NR] = $$0; \
sub("\.[0-9]+$$", ""); \
links[linkc++] = $$0; \
sub("\.[0-9]+$$", ""); \
links[linkc++] = $$0; \
Make sure that all ELF symlinks gets removed from the PLIST when doing a.out automatic shlib handling. The offending symlink is created when using the, somewhat strange, libtool -release option. Reported by David Brownlee <abs@netbsd.org> on tech-pkg. Tested by myself and David.
2001-05-18 18:23:20 +02:00
if (sub("-[^-]+\.so$$", "\.so")) { \
links[linkc++] = $$0; \
} \
The way that shared objects were handled in the PLISTs and bsd.pkg.mk was out of date - it was based on a.out OBJECT_FMT, and added entries in the generated PLISTs to reflect the symlinks that ELF packages uses. It also tried to be clever, and removed and recreated any symbolic links that were created, which has resulted in some fun, especially with packages which use dlopen(3) to load modules. Some recent changes to our ld.so to bring it more into line with other Operating Systems also exposed some cracks. + Modify bsd.pkg.mk and its shared object handling, so that PLISTs now contain the ELF symlinks. + Don't mess about with file system entries when handling shared objects in bsd.pkg.mk, since it's likely that libtool and the BSD *.mk processing will have got it right, and have a much better idea than we do. + Modify PLISTs to contain "ELF symlinks" + On a.out platforms, delete any "ELF symlinks" from the generated PLISTs + On ELF platforms, no extra processing needs to be done in bsd.pkg.mk + Modify print-PLIST target in bsd.pkg.mk to add dummy symlink entries on a.out platforms + Update the documentation in Packages.txt With many thanks to Thomas Klausner for keeping me honest with this.
2001-01-04 16:10:17 +01:00
next \
Make ELF shared object links work again using nawk as well as gawk. Use awk more efficiently.
1999-10-20 11:57:47 +02:00
} \
The way that shared objects were handled in the PLISTs and bsd.pkg.mk was out of date - it was based on a.out OBJECT_FMT, and added entries in the generated PLISTs to reflect the symlinks that ELF packages uses. It also tried to be clever, and removed and recreated any symbolic links that were created, which has resulted in some fun, especially with packages which use dlopen(3) to load modules. Some recent changes to our ld.so to bring it more into line with other Operating Systems also exposed some cracks. + Modify bsd.pkg.mk and its shared object handling, so that PLISTs now contain the ELF symlinks. + Don't mess about with file system entries when handling shared objects in bsd.pkg.mk, since it's likely that libtool and the BSD *.mk processing will have got it right, and have a much better idea than we do. + Modify PLISTs to contain "ELF symlinks" + On a.out platforms, delete any "ELF symlinks" from the generated PLISTs + On ELF platforms, no extra processing needs to be done in bsd.pkg.mk + Modify print-PLIST target in bsd.pkg.mk to add dummy symlink entries on a.out platforms + Update the documentation in Packages.txt With many thanks to Thomas Klausner for keeping me honest with this.
2001-01-04 16:10:17 +01:00
{ lines[NR] = $$0 } \
END { \
for (i = 1 ; i <= linkc ; i++) \
for (j = 1 ; j < NR ; j++) \
if (lines[j] == links[i]) \
lines[j] = "@comment " lines[j]; \
if (${SHLIB_PLIST_MODE}) \
Handle the symlinks created by libtool on a.out for certain invocations of libtool involving the -release option. print-PLIST on an a.out machine probably doesn't handle these, i.e. it doesn't remove them from the PLIST.
2001-03-23 18:11:17 +01:00
for (i = 1 ; i <= NR ; i++) { \
The way that shared objects were handled in the PLISTs and bsd.pkg.mk was out of date - it was based on a.out OBJECT_FMT, and added entries in the generated PLISTs to reflect the symlinks that ELF packages uses. It also tried to be clever, and removed and recreated any symbolic links that were created, which has resulted in some fun, especially with packages which use dlopen(3) to load modules. Some recent changes to our ld.so to bring it more into line with other Operating Systems also exposed some cracks. + Modify bsd.pkg.mk and its shared object handling, so that PLISTs now contain the ELF symlinks. + Don't mess about with file system entries when handling shared objects in bsd.pkg.mk, since it's likely that libtool and the BSD *.mk processing will have got it right, and have a much better idea than we do. + Modify PLISTs to contain "ELF symlinks" + On a.out platforms, delete any "ELF symlinks" from the generated PLISTs + On ELF platforms, no extra processing needs to be done in bsd.pkg.mk + Modify print-PLIST target in bsd.pkg.mk to add dummy symlink entries on a.out platforms + Update the documentation in Packages.txt With many thanks to Thomas Klausner for keeping me honest with this.
2001-01-04 16:10:17 +01:00
print lines[i]; \
Handle the symlinks created by libtool on a.out for certain invocations of libtool involving the -release option. print-PLIST on an a.out machine probably doesn't handle these, i.e. it doesn't remove them from the PLIST.
2001-03-23 18:11:17 +01:00
if (rels[i] != "") \
print rels[i]; \
} \
* Rename some targets to fit into the usual "do-XXX calls real-XXX" scheme * In real-su-install, do not call "make ${PLIST}" manually, but rather depend on the ${PLIST} file being there for the do-su-install target. * Break out shlib-handlink from real-su-install, and put it into target do-shlib-handling, which will either touch then PLIST (when called via the ${PLIST} target) or do the necessary steps to setup shared library handling (creating symlinks on ELF, running ldconfig on a.out, etc., when called via real-su-install) * Removed some unnecessary tests (check if $PLIST is there when it can be assumed to be there, ...)
2000-11-29 14:18:22 +01:00
} \
The way that shared objects were handled in the PLISTs and bsd.pkg.mk was out of date - it was based on a.out OBJECT_FMT, and added entries in the generated PLISTs to reflect the symlinks that ELF packages uses. It also tried to be clever, and removed and recreated any symbolic links that were created, which has resulted in some fun, especially with packages which use dlopen(3) to load modules. Some recent changes to our ld.so to bring it more into line with other Operating Systems also exposed some cracks. + Modify bsd.pkg.mk and its shared object handling, so that PLISTs now contain the ELF symlinks. + Don't mess about with file system entries when handling shared objects in bsd.pkg.mk, since it's likely that libtool and the BSD *.mk processing will have got it right, and have a much better idea than we do. + Modify PLISTs to contain "ELF symlinks" + On a.out platforms, delete any "ELF symlinks" from the generated PLISTs + On ELF platforms, no extra processing needs to be done in bsd.pkg.mk + Modify print-PLIST target in bsd.pkg.mk to add dummy symlink entries on a.out platforms + Update the documentation in Packages.txt With many thanks to Thomas Klausner for keeping me honest with this.
2001-01-04 16:10:17 +01:00
' <${PLIST} >${PLIST}.tmp ; \
if [ "${SHLIB_PLIST_MODE}" = "1" ]; then \
${MV} ${PLIST}.tmp ${PLIST}; \
else \
${RM} ${PLIST}.tmp ; \
* Rename some targets to fit into the usual "do-XXX calls real-XXX" scheme * In real-su-install, do not call "make ${PLIST}" manually, but rather depend on the ${PLIST} file being there for the do-su-install target. * Break out shlib-handlink from real-su-install, and put it into target do-shlib-handling, which will either touch then PLIST (when called via the ${PLIST} target) or do the necessary steps to setup shared library handling (creating symlinks on ELF, running ldconfig on a.out, etc., when called via real-su-install) * Removed some unnecessary tests (check if $PLIST is there when it can be assumed to be there, ...)
2000-11-29 14:18:22 +01:00
fi ; \
Add missing "|| ${TRUE}" to "${EGREP}" statement to avoid install failures if no shared objects are found on a.out systems.
1999-04-14 21:44:24 +02:00
cnt=`${EGREP} -c -x '@exec[ ]*${LDCONFIG}' ${PLIST} || ${TRUE}`; \
* Rename some targets to fit into the usual "do-XXX calls real-XXX" scheme * In real-su-install, do not call "make ${PLIST}" manually, but rather depend on the ${PLIST} file being there for the do-su-install target. * Break out shlib-handlink from real-su-install, and put it into target do-shlib-handling, which will either touch then PLIST (when called via the ${PLIST} target) or do the necessary steps to setup shared library handling (creating symlinks on ELF, running ldconfig on a.out, etc., when called via real-su-install) * Removed some unnecessary tests (check if $PLIST is there when it can be assumed to be there, ...)
2000-11-29 14:18:22 +01:00
if [ "${SHLIB_PLIST_MODE}" = "1" ]; then \
if [ $$cnt -eq 0 ]; then \
${ECHO} "@exec ${LDCONFIG}" >> ${PLIST}; \
${ECHO} "@unexec ${LDCONFIG}" >> ${PLIST}; \
fi \
Add logic to handle shared objects correctly for ELF and a.out platforms.
1998-07-14 13:36:11 +02:00
fi; \
* Rename some targets to fit into the usual "do-XXX calls real-XXX" scheme * In real-su-install, do not call "make ${PLIST}" manually, but rather depend on the ${PLIST} file being there for the do-su-install target. * Break out shlib-handlink from real-su-install, and put it into target do-shlib-handling, which will either touch then PLIST (when called via the ${PLIST} target) or do the necessary steps to setup shared library handling (creating symlinks on ELF, running ldconfig on a.out, etc., when called via real-su-install) * Removed some unnecessary tests (check if $PLIST is there when it can be assumed to be there, ...)
2000-11-29 14:18:22 +01:00
if [ "${SHLIB_PLIST_MODE}" = "0" ]; then \
if [ "${PKG_VERBOSE}" != "" ]; then \
${ECHO_MSG} "$$sos"; \
${ECHO_MSG} "Running ${LDCONFIG}"; \
fi; \
${LDCONFIG} || ${TRUE}; \
fi \
Fill in SHLIB_TYPE in the pkgsrc copy of bsd.own.mk. Use this value in bsd.pkg.mk to work out the type of shared objects when doing automatic shared object handling (ELF, a.out or none).
1998-07-14 17:53:54 +02:00
;; \
Add support for OS X-style dylibs when creating the derived PLIST file.
2001-12-05 17:42:46 +01:00
"dylib") \
In do-shlib-handling, also fix up PLIST for Mach-O ("*.dylib") shared libs, as found on Darwin. From Jeff Putsch <jdputsch@attbi.com> as part of pkg/16104.
2002-05-18 23:33:32 +02:00
${AWK} ' \
/^@/ { lines[NR] = $$0; next } \
function libtool_release(lib) { \
if (gsub("\.so\.", "\.", lib) || gsub("\.so$$", "", lib)) { \
lib = lib ".dylib"; \
if (system("${TEST} -h ${PREFIX}/" lib) == 0) { \
rels[NR] = lib; \
} \
} \
} \
Add support for OS X-style dylibs when creating the derived PLIST file.
2001-12-05 17:42:46 +01:00
/.*\/lib[^\/]+\.so\.[0-9]+\.[0-9]+\.[0-9]+$$/ { \
In do-shlib-handling, also fix up PLIST for Mach-O ("*.dylib") shared libs, as found on Darwin. From Jeff Putsch <jdputsch@attbi.com> as part of pkg/16104.
2002-05-18 23:33:32 +02:00
libtool_release($$0); \
lines[NR] = $$0; \
links[linkc++] = $$0; \
sub("\.[0-9]+$$", ""); \
links[linkc++] = $$0; \
sub("\.[0-9]+$$", ""); \
links[linkc++] = $$0; \
sub("\.[0-9]+$$", ""); \
links[linkc++] = $$0; \
if (sub("-[^-]+\.so$$", "\.so")) { \
links[linkc++] = $$0; \
} \
Add support for OS X-style dylibs when creating the derived PLIST file.
2001-12-05 17:42:46 +01:00
next \
} \
/.*\/lib[^\/]+\.so\.[0-9]+\.[0-9]+$$/ { \
In do-shlib-handling, also fix up PLIST for Mach-O ("*.dylib") shared libs, as found on Darwin. From Jeff Putsch <jdputsch@attbi.com> as part of pkg/16104.
2002-05-18 23:33:32 +02:00
libtool_release($$0); \
lines[NR] = $$0; \
links[linkc++] = $$0; \
sub("\.[0-9]+$$", ""); \
links[linkc++] = $$0; \
sub("\.[0-9]+$$", ""); \
links[linkc++] = $$0; \
if (sub("-[^-]+\.so$$", "\.so")) { \
links[linkc++] = $$0; \
} \
Add support for OS X-style dylibs when creating the derived PLIST file.
2001-12-05 17:42:46 +01:00
next \
} \
/.*\/lib[^\/]+\.so\.[0-9]+$$/ { \
In do-shlib-handling, also fix up PLIST for Mach-O ("*.dylib") shared libs, as found on Darwin. From Jeff Putsch <jdputsch@attbi.com> as part of pkg/16104.
2002-05-18 23:33:32 +02:00
libtool_release($$0); \
lines[NR] = $$0; \
links[linkc++] = $$0; \
sub("\.[0-9]+$$", ""); \
links[linkc++] = $$0; \
if (sub("-[^-]+\.so$$", "\.so")) { \
links[linkc++] = $$0; \
} \
Add support for OS X-style dylibs when creating the derived PLIST file.
2001-12-05 17:42:46 +01:00
next \
} \
/.*\/lib[^\/]+\.so$$/ { \
In do-shlib-handling, also fix up PLIST for Mach-O ("*.dylib") shared libs, as found on Darwin. From Jeff Putsch <jdputsch@attbi.com> as part of pkg/16104.
2002-05-18 23:33:32 +02:00
libtool_release($$0); \
lines[NR] = $$0; \
links[linkc++] = $$0; \
if (sub("-[^-]+\.so$$", "\.so")) { \
links[linkc++] = $$0; \
} \
Add support for OS X-style dylibs when creating the derived PLIST file.
2001-12-05 17:42:46 +01:00
next \
} \
In do-shlib-handling, also fix up PLIST for Mach-O ("*.dylib") shared libs, as found on Darwin. From Jeff Putsch <jdputsch@attbi.com> as part of pkg/16104.
2002-05-18 23:33:32 +02:00
{ lines[NR] = $$0 } \
END { \
for (i = 1 ; i <= linkc ; i++) \
for (j = 1 ; j <= NR ; j++) \
if (lines[j] == links[i]) \
lines[j] = "@comment " lines[j]; \
if (${SHLIB_PLIST_MODE}) \
for (i = 1 ; i <= NR ; i++) { \
print lines[i]; \
if (rels[i] != "") { \
print rels[i]; \
"${LS} -l ${PREFIX}/" rels[i] | getline tgt; \
gsub(".* ", "", tgt); \
if (tgts[tgt] == "") { \
tgts[tgt] = tgt; \
if (index(tgt, "/") == 1) \
print tgt; \
else { \
prefix=""; \
if (match(rels[i], ".*/") != 0) \
prefix=substr(rels[i],1,RLENGTH); \
print prefix tgt; \
} \
} \
} \
} \
} \
Add support for OS X-style dylibs when creating the derived PLIST file.
2001-12-05 17:42:46 +01:00
' <${PLIST} >${PLIST}.tmp ; \
if [ "${SHLIB_PLIST_MODE}" = "1" ]; then \
${MV} ${PLIST}.tmp ${PLIST}; \
else \
${RM} ${PLIST}.tmp ; \
fi ; \
;; \
Add Solaris support to pkgsrc, using Christos Zoulas' NetBSD emulation package. Tested for some packages on Solaris 2.6 on Sparc.
1999-03-08 18:26:54 +01:00
"*") \
* Rename some targets to fit into the usual "do-XXX calls real-XXX" scheme * In real-su-install, do not call "make ${PLIST}" manually, but rather depend on the ${PLIST} file being there for the do-su-install target. * Break out shlib-handlink from real-su-install, and put it into target do-shlib-handling, which will either touch then PLIST (when called via the ${PLIST} target) or do the necessary steps to setup shared library handling (creating symlinks on ELF, running ldconfig on a.out, etc., when called via real-su-install) * Removed some unnecessary tests (check if $PLIST is there when it can be assumed to be there, ...)
2000-11-29 14:18:22 +01:00
if [ "${SHLIB_PLIST_MODE}" = "0" ]; then \
${ECHO_MSG} "No shared libraries for ${MACHINE_ARCH}"; \
fi ; \
if [ "${SHLIB_PLIST_MODE}" = "1" ]; then \
for so in $$sos; do \
if [ X"${PKG_VERBOSE}" != X"" ]; then \
${ECHO_MSG} >&2 "Ignoring $$so"; \
fi; \
${SED} -e "s;^$$so$$;@comment No shared objects - &;" \
Don't do input redirection for sed if not necessary.
2001-01-29 15:40:26 +01:00
${PLIST} >${PLIST}.tmp && ${MV} ${PLIST}.tmp ${PLIST}; \
* Rename some targets to fit into the usual "do-XXX calls real-XXX" scheme * In real-su-install, do not call "make ${PLIST}" manually, but rather depend on the ${PLIST} file being there for the do-su-install target. * Break out shlib-handlink from real-su-install, and put it into target do-shlib-handling, which will either touch then PLIST (when called via the ${PLIST} target) or do the necessary steps to setup shared library handling (creating symlinks on ELF, running ldconfig on a.out, etc., when called via real-su-install) * Removed some unnecessary tests (check if $PLIST is there when it can be assumed to be there, ...)
2000-11-29 14:18:22 +01:00
done; \
fi ; \
Fill in SHLIB_TYPE in the pkgsrc copy of bsd.own.mk. Use this value in bsd.pkg.mk to work out the type of shared objects when doing automatic shared object handling (ELF, a.out or none).
1998-07-14 17:53:54 +02:00
;; \
esac; \
Remove a bunch of unneeded ()s. Inspired by OpenBSD.
2000-06-03 01:30:52 +02:00
fi
Fix handling of SHLIB_HANDLING=NO. That is neither stage of do-shlib- handling should be performed. This fixes the build problems for emulators/compat1[23].
2000-12-31 13:21:07 +01:00
.endif # SHLIB_HANDLING == "YES"
+ Factor out the real-install target from the rest of the .USE ones. This makes it possible to do the next step. There were so many .if make(install) checks that this arguably should be done anyway. + In interactive installs, if the effective uid is not zero when "make install" is attempted, then ${SU_CMD} is invoked (defaults to "su - root -c", but sudo or priv could be used). This allows running as non-root for much more time, which is a significant benefit. This also allows installation of pre-requisite (DEPENDS) packages while building a package as non-root user. + A hook has been added to run ${PRE_ROOT_CMD} before becoming root, so that root can be given write access to ${WRKDIR} directories, for example, on -noroot mounted NFS filesystems.
1999-03-31 11:04:18 +02:00
* some whitespace fix * s/.MAKEFLAGS/MAKEFLAGS/ in one place * add check-shlibs target. Need to at least document that later. :) (Should be added at end of root-install target, to check if the pkg's binaries/libs will find the shared libs they need)
2000-06-27 22:14:45 +02:00
# Check if all binaries and shlibs find their needed libs
# Must be run after "make install", so that files are installed, and
# ${PLIST} exists.
#
check-shlibs:
check-shlibs: don't complain about uninstalled pkg on pkgs that have NO_PKG_REGISTER set (like pkg_install)
2001-03-07 01:26:26 +01:00
.if !defined(NO_PKG_REGISTER)
Be consistent throughout the file with line continuations and whitespace. No functional changes.
2002-05-03 14:44:01 +02:00
${_PKG_SILENT}${_PKG_DEBUG} \
Replace subshell commands in (...) by {...;} for speed. Based on patch from Chris Coleman <chrisc@vmunix.com>. Timing of "make show-var VARNAME=COMMENT" in pkgsrc/x11: new: 2.744u 0.888s 0:16.69 21.6% 0+0k 809+201io 55pf+0w 2.827u 1.047s 0:07.72 50.0% 0+0k 0+189io 0pf+0w 2.913u 0.992s 0:06.91 56.4% 0+0k 0+168io 0pf+0w 2.978u 0.997s 0:06.88 57.5% 0+0k 0+169io 0pf+0w 3.017u 0.886s 0:07.88 49.3% 0+0k 0+186io 0pf+0w old: 2.921u 0.987s 0:07.04 55.3% 0+0k 2+183io 0pf+0w 2.931u 1.051s 0:08.49 46.8% 0+0k 0+169io 0pf+0w 3.065u 0.816s 0:08.33 46.4% 0+0k 0+174io 0pf+0w 2.962u 0.987s 0:08.08 48.7% 0+0k 0+181io 0pf+0w 2.661u 1.228s 0:08.50 45.6% 0+0k 0+171io 0pf+0w
2001-04-03 14:06:31 +02:00
bins=`${PKG_INFO} -qL ${PKGNAME} | { ${EGREP} -h '/(bin|sbin|libexec)/' || ${TRUE}; }`; \
Be consistent throughout the file with line continuations and whitespace. No functional changes.
2002-05-03 14:44:01 +02:00
if [ "${OBJECT_FMT}" = "ELF" ]; then \
Replace subshell commands in (...) by {...;} for speed. Based on patch from Chris Coleman <chrisc@vmunix.com>. Timing of "make show-var VARNAME=COMMENT" in pkgsrc/x11: new: 2.744u 0.888s 0:16.69 21.6% 0+0k 809+201io 55pf+0w 2.827u 1.047s 0:07.72 50.0% 0+0k 0+189io 0pf+0w 2.913u 0.992s 0:06.91 56.4% 0+0k 0+168io 0pf+0w 2.978u 0.997s 0:06.88 57.5% 0+0k 0+169io 0pf+0w 3.017u 0.886s 0:07.88 49.3% 0+0k 0+186io 0pf+0w old: 2.921u 0.987s 0:07.04 55.3% 0+0k 2+183io 0pf+0w 2.931u 1.051s 0:08.49 46.8% 0+0k 0+169io 0pf+0w 3.065u 0.816s 0:08.33 46.4% 0+0k 0+174io 0pf+0w 2.962u 0.987s 0:08.08 48.7% 0+0k 0+181io 0pf+0w 2.661u 1.228s 0:08.50 45.6% 0+0k 0+171io 0pf+0w
2001-04-03 14:06:31 +02:00
shlibs=`${PKG_INFO} -qL ${PKGNAME} | { ${EGREP} -h '/lib/lib.*.so' || ${TRUE}; }`; \
Be consistent throughout the file with line continuations and whitespace. No functional changes.
2002-05-03 14:44:01 +02:00
else \
shlibs=""; \
fi; \
if [ X${LDD} = X ]; then \
ldd=`${TYPE} ldd | ${AWK} '{ print $$NF }'`; \
else \
ldd="${LDD}"; \
fi; \
for i in $${bins} $${shlibs}; do \
Replace subshell commands in (...) by {...;} for speed. Based on patch from Chris Coleman <chrisc@vmunix.com>. Timing of "make show-var VARNAME=COMMENT" in pkgsrc/x11: new: 2.744u 0.888s 0:16.69 21.6% 0+0k 809+201io 55pf+0w 2.827u 1.047s 0:07.72 50.0% 0+0k 0+189io 0pf+0w 2.913u 0.992s 0:06.91 56.4% 0+0k 0+168io 0pf+0w 2.978u 0.997s 0:06.88 57.5% 0+0k 0+169io 0pf+0w 3.017u 0.886s 0:07.88 49.3% 0+0k 0+186io 0pf+0w old: 2.921u 0.987s 0:07.04 55.3% 0+0k 2+183io 0pf+0w 2.931u 1.051s 0:08.49 46.8% 0+0k 0+169io 0pf+0w 3.065u 0.816s 0:08.33 46.4% 0+0k 0+174io 0pf+0w 2.962u 0.987s 0:08.08 48.7% 0+0k 0+181io 0pf+0w 2.661u 1.228s 0:08.50 45.6% 0+0k 0+171io 0pf+0w
2001-04-03 14:06:31 +02:00
err=`{ $$ldd $$i 2>&1 || ${TRUE}; } | { ${GREP} "not found" || ${TRUE}; }`; \
Be consistent throughout the file with line continuations and whitespace. No functional changes.
2002-05-03 14:44:01 +02:00
if [ "${PKG_VERBOSE}" != "" ]; then \
${ECHO} "$$ldd $$i"; \
fi; \
if [ "$$err" != "" ]; then \
${ECHO} "$$i: $$err"; \
error=1; \
fi; \
done; \
if [ "$$error" = 1 ]; then \
* some whitespace fix * s/.MAKEFLAGS/MAKEFLAGS/ in one place * add check-shlibs target. Need to at least document that later. :) (Should be added at end of root-install target, to check if the pkg's binaries/libs will find the shared libs they need)
2000-06-27 22:14:45 +02:00
${ECHO} "*** The above programs/libs will not find the listed shared libraries"; \
Be consistent throughout the file with line continuations and whitespace. No functional changes.
2002-05-03 14:44:01 +02:00
${ECHO} " at runtime. Please fix the package (add -Wl,-R.../lib in the right places)!"; \
* some whitespace fix * s/.MAKEFLAGS/MAKEFLAGS/ in one place * add check-shlibs target. Need to at least document that later. :) (Should be added at end of root-install target, to check if the pkg's binaries/libs will find the shared libs they need)
2000-06-27 22:14:45 +02:00
${SHCOMMENT} Might not error-out for non-pkg-developers; \
Be consistent throughout the file with line continuations and whitespace. No functional changes.
2002-05-03 14:44:01 +02:00
exit 1; \
* some whitespace fix * s/.MAKEFLAGS/MAKEFLAGS/ in one place * add check-shlibs target. Need to at least document that later. :) (Should be added at end of root-install target, to check if the pkg's binaries/libs will find the shared libs they need)
2000-06-27 22:14:45 +02:00
fi
check-shlibs: don't complain about uninstalled pkg on pkgs that have NO_PKG_REGISTER set (like pkg_install)
2001-03-07 01:26:26 +01:00
.endif # NO_PKG_REGISTER
* some whitespace fix * s/.MAKEFLAGS/MAKEFLAGS/ in one place * add check-shlibs target. Need to at least document that later. :) (Should be added at end of root-install target, to check if the pkg's binaries/libs will find the shared libs they need)
2000-06-27 22:14:45 +02:00
Two nits with the show-shlib-type target: 1.) protect definition of show-shlib-type with `if !target(show-shlib-type)' so that it can be overriden in a pkg makefile 2.) move the definition in lang/jdk/Makefile before the include of bsd.pkg.mk to trigger this. Without these changes, show-shlib-type was `ELF\na.out' on i386/ELF, so it was still treated as ELF. lang/jdk now works on i386/ELF (yay!). While there, fix JAVA_HOME default to be JDK_HOME if PKG_JVM is jdk and JDK_HOME is defined.
2000-01-15 03:08:03 +01:00
.if !target(show-shlib-type)
Fix comments in show-shlib-type pertaining to "dylib".
2002-05-29 23:30:30 +02:00
# Show the shared lib type being built: one of ELF, a.out, dylib, or none
Work out the type of shared libraries once, at "make install" time, and do this dynamically. This means that we no longer have to have a separate pkgsrc copy of bsd.own.mk, which was a maintenance nightmare, and usually out of date, and quite costly too (with a calculation of whether NetBSD-current was being run every time the file was read). Also, on a.out, add ldconfig lines to the generated PLIST only if they're not already there, rather than if they were previously there, and ignore the return value from ldconfig, which cannot be trusted. The ldconfig calls have largely been made obsolete by the use of -rpath, but keep it for just now for backwards compatibility.
1999-04-13 16:18:11 +02:00
show-shlib-type:
Add support for OS X-style dylibs when creating the derived PLIST file.
2001-12-05 17:42:46 +01:00
. if exists(/usr/lib/libc.dylib)
${_PKG_SILENT}${_PKG_DEBUG} \
${ECHO} "dylib"
. else
Work out the type of shared libraries once, at "make install" time, and do this dynamically. This means that we no longer have to have a separate pkgsrc copy of bsd.own.mk, which was a maintenance nightmare, and usually out of date, and quite costly too (with a calculation of whether NetBSD-current was being run every time the file was read). Also, on a.out, add ldconfig lines to the generated PLIST only if they're not already there, rather than if they were previously there, and ignore the return value from ldconfig, which cannot be trusted. The ldconfig calls have largely been made obsolete by the use of -rpath, but keep it for just now for backwards compatibility.
1999-04-13 16:18:11 +02:00
${_PKG_SILENT}${_PKG_DEBUG} \
cd ${WRKDIR} && \
sotype=none; \
MKPICINSTALL and NOPICINSTALL have zero relevance to whether a system has shared objects in /usr/lib (they affect installation of the _pic.a files, not the .so files).
1999-05-02 05:24:59 +02:00
if [ "X${MKPIC}" != "Xno" -a "X${NOPIC}" = "X" ]; then \
Work out the type of shared libraries once, at "make install" time, and do this dynamically. This means that we no longer have to have a separate pkgsrc copy of bsd.own.mk, which was a maintenance nightmare, and usually out of date, and quite costly too (with a calculation of whether NetBSD-current was being run every time the file was read). Also, on a.out, add ldconfig lines to the generated PLIST only if they're not already there, rather than if they were previously there, and ignore the return value from ldconfig, which cannot be trusted. The ldconfig calls have largely been made obsolete by the use of -rpath, but keep it for just now for backwards compatibility.
1999-04-13 16:18:11 +02:00
${ECHO} "int main() { exit(0); }" > a.$$$$.c; \
${CC} ${CFLAGS} a.$$$$.c -o a.$$$$.out; \
Rename "FILE" to "FILE_CMD" since ".for FILE" is a common idiom in BSD makefiles, and this interferes with the conditional definition of FILE in defs.*.mk.
2001-07-15 14:40:03 +02:00
case `${FILE_CMD} a.$$$$.out` in \
Work out the type of shared libraries once, at "make install" time, and do this dynamically. This means that we no longer have to have a separate pkgsrc copy of bsd.own.mk, which was a maintenance nightmare, and usually out of date, and quite costly too (with a calculation of whether NetBSD-current was being run every time the file was read). Also, on a.out, add ldconfig lines to the generated PLIST only if they're not already there, rather than if they were previously there, and ignore the return value from ldconfig, which cannot be trusted. The ldconfig calls have largely been made obsolete by the use of -rpath, but keep it for just now for backwards compatibility.
1999-04-13 16:18:11 +02:00
*ELF*dynamically*) \
sotype=ELF ;; \
Work around (now fixed) bug in file(1) for arm32 a.out dynamically linked programs. The buggy file(1) on arm32 objects reports "shared library" for both programs and shared libraries, which results in broken automatic shared lib handling. Discussed on tech-pkg, approved two weeks ago by agc.
2001-02-12 02:17:24 +01:00
*shared*library*) \
sotype="a.out" ;; \
Work out the type of shared libraries once, at "make install" time, and do this dynamically. This means that we no longer have to have a separate pkgsrc copy of bsd.own.mk, which was a maintenance nightmare, and usually out of date, and quite costly too (with a calculation of whether NetBSD-current was being run every time the file was read). Also, on a.out, add ldconfig lines to the generated PLIST only if they're not already there, rather than if they were previously there, and ignore the return value from ldconfig, which cannot be trusted. The ldconfig calls have largely been made obsolete by the use of -rpath, but keep it for just now for backwards compatibility.
1999-04-13 16:18:11 +02:00
*dynamically*) \
sotype="a.out" ;; \
esac; \
fi; \
${ECHO} "$$sotype"; \
${RM} -f a.$$$$.c a.$$$$.out
Fix comments in show-shlib-type pertaining to "dylib".
2002-05-29 23:30:30 +02:00
. endif # libc.dylib
Two nits with the show-shlib-type target: 1.) protect definition of show-shlib-type with `if !target(show-shlib-type)' so that it can be overriden in a pkg makefile 2.) move the definition in lang/jdk/Makefile before the include of bsd.pkg.mk to trigger this. Without these changes, show-shlib-type was `ELF\na.out' on i386/ELF, so it was still treated as ELF. lang/jdk now works on i386/ELF (yay!). While there, fix JAVA_HOME default to be JDK_HOME if PKG_JVM is jdk and JDK_HOME is defined.
2000-01-15 03:08:03 +01:00
.endif
Add support for distfile-specific master sites, as requested in pkg/7471. Syntax: MASTER_SITES_completefilename= http://specific.master/site and similarly for PATCH_SITES. Convert print/ghostscript-nox11 and x11/kterm to take advantage of this.
2001-12-02 22:29:20 +01:00
Add coarse-grained locking to pkgsrc builds, by means of a beefed up version of the bare-bones code in PR 7590, from David Maxwell. The definition governing the type of locking used is PKGSRC_LOCKTYPE, which can take any of the values "none", "sleep", and "once". The default is "none". If "sleep" locking is used, and process A is building a package, when process B attempts to build the same package, process B will sleep for PKGSRC_SLEEPSECS seconds, and attempt to grab the lock again. Coarse-grained locking uses the OBJHOSTNAME definition to ensure that the PID space is regular for shlock(1) to do its work. The pkgsrc/pkgtools/shlock package has been provided for environments where shlock is not standard.
2002-01-19 22:29:41 +01:00
acquire-extract-lock:
${_ACQUIRE_LOCK}
acquire-patch-lock:
${_ACQUIRE_LOCK}
Merge pkgsrc/mk from the buildlink2 branch back into the main trunk.
2002-08-22 10:21:26 +02:00
acquire-buildlink-lock:
${_ACQUIRE_LOCK}
Add coarse-grained locking to pkgsrc builds, by means of a beefed up version of the bare-bones code in PR 7590, from David Maxwell. The definition governing the type of locking used is PKGSRC_LOCKTYPE, which can take any of the values "none", "sleep", and "once". The default is "none". If "sleep" locking is used, and process A is building a package, when process B attempts to build the same package, process B will sleep for PKGSRC_SLEEPSECS seconds, and attempt to grab the lock again. Coarse-grained locking uses the OBJHOSTNAME definition to ensure that the PID space is regular for shlock(1) to do its work. The pkgsrc/pkgtools/shlock package has been provided for environments where shlock is not standard.
2002-01-19 22:29:41 +01:00
acquire-configure-lock:
${_ACQUIRE_LOCK}
acquire-build-lock:
${_ACQUIRE_LOCK}
release-extract-lock:
${_RELEASE_LOCK}
release-patch-lock:
${_RELEASE_LOCK}
Merge pkgsrc/mk from the buildlink2 branch back into the main trunk.
2002-08-22 10:21:26 +02:00
release-buildlink-lock:
${_RELEASE_LOCK}
Add coarse-grained locking to pkgsrc builds, by means of a beefed up version of the bare-bones code in PR 7590, from David Maxwell. The definition governing the type of locking used is PKGSRC_LOCKTYPE, which can take any of the values "none", "sleep", and "once". The default is "none". If "sleep" locking is used, and process A is building a package, when process B attempts to build the same package, process B will sleep for PKGSRC_SLEEPSECS seconds, and attempt to grab the lock again. Coarse-grained locking uses the OBJHOSTNAME definition to ensure that the PID space is regular for shlock(1) to do its work. The pkgsrc/pkgtools/shlock package has been provided for environments where shlock is not standard.
2002-01-19 22:29:41 +01:00
release-configure-lock:
${_RELEASE_LOCK}
release-build-lock:
${_RELEASE_LOCK}
Work out the type of shared libraries once, at "make install" time, and do this dynamically. This means that we no longer have to have a separate pkgsrc copy of bsd.own.mk, which was a maintenance nightmare, and usually out of date, and quite costly too (with a calculation of whether NetBSD-current was being run every time the file was read). Also, on a.out, add ldconfig lines to the generated PLIST only if they're not already there, rather than if they were previously there, and ignore the return value from ldconfig, which cannot be trusted. The ldconfig calls have largely been made obsolete by the use of -rpath, but keep it for just now for backwards compatibility.
1999-04-13 16:18:11 +02:00
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
################################################################
# Skeleton targets start here
#
# You shouldn't have to change these. Either add the pre-* or
# post-* targets/scripts or redefine the do-* targets. These
# targets don't do anything other than checking for cookies and
# call the necessary targets/scripts.
################################################################
.if !target(fetch)
fetch:
Speedups! Major changes: * Avoid a big bunch of subshells/forks/execs by using make(1) features; should be good for some minor speedups. * Use shell builtins for echo, true, false, test. Using full paths here causes fork&execs, making things slow. Only changed for NetBSD. * Rename all references to ${.MAKEFLAGS} to ${MAKEFLAGS}. See make(1). * Evaluate all !=s only once, and add them to MAKEFLAGS * Pass ${MAKEFLAGS} to ALL ${MAKE} calls Now PKGTOOLS_VERSION is really only set once in a whole "make package" cycle, even across dependencies. Minor changes: * SORTED_MASTER_SITES was renamed SORTED_MASTER_SITES_CMD and is now (only) execuded in the places where it's needed. * Don't check for /usr/bin/fetch - we never had it, and if someone depends on it he can set FETCH_CMD instead. * Don't fall back to README.port * Replace some commands by their uppercase equivalents (sed -> ${SED}, same for grep, awk, ...) * Some whitespace changes to improve readability => With these changes, times for a "make clean" in x11/kde go down to 20%, time for "make readme" goes down to 33%!
2000-06-03 09:15:28 +02:00
@cd ${.CURDIR} && ${MAKE} ${MAKEFLAGS} real-fetch
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
.endif
.if !target(extract)
Add coarse-grained locking to pkgsrc builds, by means of a beefed up version of the bare-bones code in PR 7590, from David Maxwell. The definition governing the type of locking used is PKGSRC_LOCKTYPE, which can take any of the values "none", "sleep", and "once". The default is "none". If "sleep" locking is used, and process A is building a package, when process B attempts to build the same package, process B will sleep for PKGSRC_SLEEPSECS seconds, and attempt to grab the lock again. Coarse-grained locking uses the OBJHOSTNAME definition to ensure that the PID space is regular for shlock(1) to do its work. The pkgsrc/pkgtools/shlock package has been provided for environments where shlock is not standard.
2002-01-19 22:29:41 +01:00
extract: checksum ${WRKDIR} acquire-extract-lock ${EXTRACT_COOKIE} release-extract-lock
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
.endif
.if !target(patch)
Add coarse-grained locking to pkgsrc builds, by means of a beefed up version of the bare-bones code in PR 7590, from David Maxwell. The definition governing the type of locking used is PKGSRC_LOCKTYPE, which can take any of the values "none", "sleep", and "once". The default is "none". If "sleep" locking is used, and process A is building a package, when process B attempts to build the same package, process B will sleep for PKGSRC_SLEEPSECS seconds, and attempt to grab the lock again. Coarse-grained locking uses the OBJHOSTNAME definition to ensure that the PID space is regular for shlock(1) to do its work. The pkgsrc/pkgtools/shlock package has been provided for environments where shlock is not standard.
2002-01-19 22:29:41 +01:00
patch: extract acquire-patch-lock ${PATCH_COOKIE} release-patch-lock
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
.endif
Merge pkgsrc/mk from the buildlink2 branch back into the main trunk.
2002-08-22 10:21:26 +02:00
.if !target(buildlink)
buildlink: patch acquire-buildlink-lock ${BUILDLINK_COOKIE} release-buildlink-lock
.endif
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
.if !target(configure)
Merge pkgsrc/mk from the buildlink2 branch back into the main trunk.
2002-08-22 10:21:26 +02:00
configure: buildlink acquire-configure-lock ${CONFIGURE_COOKIE} release-configure-lock
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
.endif
.if !target(build)
Add coarse-grained locking to pkgsrc builds, by means of a beefed up version of the bare-bones code in PR 7590, from David Maxwell. The definition governing the type of locking used is PKGSRC_LOCKTYPE, which can take any of the values "none", "sleep", and "once". The default is "none". If "sleep" locking is used, and process A is building a package, when process B attempts to build the same package, process B will sleep for PKGSRC_SLEEPSECS seconds, and attempt to grab the lock again. Coarse-grained locking uses the OBJHOSTNAME definition to ensure that the PID space is regular for shlock(1) to do its work. The pkgsrc/pkgtools/shlock package has been provided for environments where shlock is not standard.
2002-01-19 22:29:41 +01:00
build: configure acquire-build-lock ${BUILD_COOKIE} release-build-lock
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
.endif
.if !target(install)
Improvements suggested by Charles Hannum: + use ident rather than strings + only check for up-to-date pkg_* tools when they're about to be used Also + don't include the RCS Id string from crt0 when calculating version date
1998-10-19 14:50:51 +02:00
install: uptodate-pkgtools build ${INSTALL_COOKIE}
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
.endif
.if !target(package)
Improvements suggested by Charles Hannum: + use ident rather than strings + only check for up-to-date pkg_* tools when they're about to be used Also + don't include the RCS Id string from crt0 when calculating version date
1998-10-19 14:50:51 +02:00
package: uptodate-pkgtools install ${PACKAGE_COOKIE}
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
.endif
Add two new EXPERIMENTAL targets: replace - this target updates a package in place, fixing up references to and from other packages to the updated package. undo-replace - undoes all the work of the previous replace operation. For this target to work, the ${WRKDIR} must be preserved. The replace target first makes a binary package of the existing installed package, then a copy of the +REQUIRED_BY file is taken, if it exists, and then the existing package is deleted. The new package is installed, and the preserved +REQUIRED_BY file is copied back into place, using its contents to modify the +CONTENTS files of all the packages which require it. The undo-replace shares code with the replace target, and does the same operation, but in reverse. Warnings are displayed when either of these targets is used, since they are experimental targets right now.
2002-03-04 12:56:54 +01:00
.if !target(replace)
replace: uptodate-pkgtools build real-replace
.endif
.if !target(undo-replace)
undo-replace: uptodate-pkgtools real-undo-replace
.endif
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
${EXTRACT_COOKIE}:
Speedups! Major changes: * Avoid a big bunch of subshells/forks/execs by using make(1) features; should be good for some minor speedups. * Use shell builtins for echo, true, false, test. Using full paths here causes fork&execs, making things slow. Only changed for NetBSD. * Rename all references to ${.MAKEFLAGS} to ${MAKEFLAGS}. See make(1). * Evaluate all !=s only once, and add them to MAKEFLAGS * Pass ${MAKEFLAGS} to ALL ${MAKE} calls Now PKGTOOLS_VERSION is really only set once in a whole "make package" cycle, even across dependencies. Minor changes: * SORTED_MASTER_SITES was renamed SORTED_MASTER_SITES_CMD and is now (only) execuded in the places where it's needed. * Don't check for /usr/bin/fetch - we never had it, and if someone depends on it he can set FETCH_CMD instead. * Don't fall back to README.port * Replace some commands by their uppercase equivalents (sed -> ${SED}, same for grep, awk, ...) * Some whitespace changes to improve readability => With these changes, times for a "make clean" in x11/kde go down to 20%, time for "make readme" goes down to 33%!
2000-06-03 09:15:28 +02:00
${_PKG_SILENT}${_PKG_DEBUG}cd ${.CURDIR} && ${MAKE} ${MAKEFLAGS} real-extract DEPENDS_TARGET=${DEPENDS_TARGET}
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
${PATCH_COOKIE}:
Speedups! Major changes: * Avoid a big bunch of subshells/forks/execs by using make(1) features; should be good for some minor speedups. * Use shell builtins for echo, true, false, test. Using full paths here causes fork&execs, making things slow. Only changed for NetBSD. * Rename all references to ${.MAKEFLAGS} to ${MAKEFLAGS}. See make(1). * Evaluate all !=s only once, and add them to MAKEFLAGS * Pass ${MAKEFLAGS} to ALL ${MAKE} calls Now PKGTOOLS_VERSION is really only set once in a whole "make package" cycle, even across dependencies. Minor changes: * SORTED_MASTER_SITES was renamed SORTED_MASTER_SITES_CMD and is now (only) execuded in the places where it's needed. * Don't check for /usr/bin/fetch - we never had it, and if someone depends on it he can set FETCH_CMD instead. * Don't fall back to README.port * Replace some commands by their uppercase equivalents (sed -> ${SED}, same for grep, awk, ...) * Some whitespace changes to improve readability => With these changes, times for a "make clean" in x11/kde go down to 20%, time for "make readme" goes down to 33%!
2000-06-03 09:15:28 +02:00
${_PKG_SILENT}${_PKG_DEBUG}cd ${.CURDIR} && ${MAKE} ${MAKEFLAGS} real-patch
Merge pkgsrc/mk from the buildlink2 branch back into the main trunk.
2002-08-22 10:21:26 +02:00
${BUILDLINK_COOKIE}:
${_PKG_SILENT}${_PKG_DEBUG}cd ${.CURDIR} && ${MAKE} ${MAKEFLAGS} real-buildlink
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
${CONFIGURE_COOKIE}:
Deprecate IS_INTERACTIVE, and introduce a finer-grained INTERACTIVE_STAGE definition. INTERACTIVE_STAGE can take any of the values: fetch, configure, build and install Multiple values are allowed: e.g. INTERACTIVE_STAGE= configure install Explain INTERACTIVE_STAGE and its use in documentation. Patches provided by Chris Pinnock (cjep@netbsd.org).
2002-07-02 13:26:05 +02:00
.if ${INTERACTIVE_STAGE:Mconfigure} == "configure" && defined(BATCH)
@${ECHO} "*** The configuration stage of this package requires user interaction"
For interactive configure, say "Please configure manually...".
2002-07-03 08:58:31 +02:00
@${ECHO} "*** Please configure manually with \"cd ${PKGDIR} && ${MAKE} configure\""
Make bulk builds aware of packages with INTERACTIVE_STAGE and mark them as "not packaged" instead of "broken".
2002-07-21 13:53:18 +02:00
@${TOUCH} ${INTERACTIVE_COOKIE}
Deprecate IS_INTERACTIVE, and introduce a finer-grained INTERACTIVE_STAGE definition. INTERACTIVE_STAGE can take any of the values: fetch, configure, build and install Multiple values are allowed: e.g. INTERACTIVE_STAGE= configure install Explain INTERACTIVE_STAGE and its use in documentation. Patches provided by Chris Pinnock (cjep@netbsd.org).
2002-07-02 13:26:05 +02:00
@${FALSE}
.else
Speedups! Major changes: * Avoid a big bunch of subshells/forks/execs by using make(1) features; should be good for some minor speedups. * Use shell builtins for echo, true, false, test. Using full paths here causes fork&execs, making things slow. Only changed for NetBSD. * Rename all references to ${.MAKEFLAGS} to ${MAKEFLAGS}. See make(1). * Evaluate all !=s only once, and add them to MAKEFLAGS * Pass ${MAKEFLAGS} to ALL ${MAKE} calls Now PKGTOOLS_VERSION is really only set once in a whole "make package" cycle, even across dependencies. Minor changes: * SORTED_MASTER_SITES was renamed SORTED_MASTER_SITES_CMD and is now (only) execuded in the places where it's needed. * Don't check for /usr/bin/fetch - we never had it, and if someone depends on it he can set FETCH_CMD instead. * Don't fall back to README.port * Replace some commands by their uppercase equivalents (sed -> ${SED}, same for grep, awk, ...) * Some whitespace changes to improve readability => With these changes, times for a "make clean" in x11/kde go down to 20%, time for "make readme" goes down to 33%!
2000-06-03 09:15:28 +02:00
${_PKG_SILENT}${_PKG_DEBUG}cd ${.CURDIR} && ${MAKE} ${MAKEFLAGS} real-configure
Deprecate IS_INTERACTIVE, and introduce a finer-grained INTERACTIVE_STAGE definition. INTERACTIVE_STAGE can take any of the values: fetch, configure, build and install Multiple values are allowed: e.g. INTERACTIVE_STAGE= configure install Explain INTERACTIVE_STAGE and its use in documentation. Patches provided by Chris Pinnock (cjep@netbsd.org).
2002-07-02 13:26:05 +02:00
.endif
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
${BUILD_COOKIE}:
Deprecate IS_INTERACTIVE, and introduce a finer-grained INTERACTIVE_STAGE definition. INTERACTIVE_STAGE can take any of the values: fetch, configure, build and install Multiple values are allowed: e.g. INTERACTIVE_STAGE= configure install Explain INTERACTIVE_STAGE and its use in documentation. Patches provided by Chris Pinnock (cjep@netbsd.org).
2002-07-02 13:26:05 +02:00
.if ${INTERACTIVE_STAGE:Mbuild} == "build" && defined(BATCH)
@${ECHO} "*** The build stage of this package requires user interaction"
@${ECHO} "*** Please build manually with \"cd ${PKGDIR} && ${MAKE} build\""
Make bulk builds aware of packages with INTERACTIVE_STAGE and mark them as "not packaged" instead of "broken".
2002-07-21 13:53:18 +02:00
@${TOUCH} ${INTERACTIVE_COOKIE}
Deprecate IS_INTERACTIVE, and introduce a finer-grained INTERACTIVE_STAGE definition. INTERACTIVE_STAGE can take any of the values: fetch, configure, build and install Multiple values are allowed: e.g. INTERACTIVE_STAGE= configure install Explain INTERACTIVE_STAGE and its use in documentation. Patches provided by Chris Pinnock (cjep@netbsd.org).
2002-07-02 13:26:05 +02:00
@${FALSE}
.else
Speedups! Major changes: * Avoid a big bunch of subshells/forks/execs by using make(1) features; should be good for some minor speedups. * Use shell builtins for echo, true, false, test. Using full paths here causes fork&execs, making things slow. Only changed for NetBSD. * Rename all references to ${.MAKEFLAGS} to ${MAKEFLAGS}. See make(1). * Evaluate all !=s only once, and add them to MAKEFLAGS * Pass ${MAKEFLAGS} to ALL ${MAKE} calls Now PKGTOOLS_VERSION is really only set once in a whole "make package" cycle, even across dependencies. Minor changes: * SORTED_MASTER_SITES was renamed SORTED_MASTER_SITES_CMD and is now (only) execuded in the places where it's needed. * Don't check for /usr/bin/fetch - we never had it, and if someone depends on it he can set FETCH_CMD instead. * Don't fall back to README.port * Replace some commands by their uppercase equivalents (sed -> ${SED}, same for grep, awk, ...) * Some whitespace changes to improve readability => With these changes, times for a "make clean" in x11/kde go down to 20%, time for "make readme" goes down to 33%!
2000-06-03 09:15:28 +02:00
${_PKG_SILENT}${_PKG_DEBUG}cd ${.CURDIR} && ${MAKE} ${MAKEFLAGS} real-build
Deprecate IS_INTERACTIVE, and introduce a finer-grained INTERACTIVE_STAGE definition. INTERACTIVE_STAGE can take any of the values: fetch, configure, build and install Multiple values are allowed: e.g. INTERACTIVE_STAGE= configure install Explain INTERACTIVE_STAGE and its use in documentation. Patches provided by Chris Pinnock (cjep@netbsd.org).
2002-07-02 13:26:05 +02:00
.endif
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
${INSTALL_COOKIE}:
Deprecate IS_INTERACTIVE, and introduce a finer-grained INTERACTIVE_STAGE definition. INTERACTIVE_STAGE can take any of the values: fetch, configure, build and install Multiple values are allowed: e.g. INTERACTIVE_STAGE= configure install Explain INTERACTIVE_STAGE and its use in documentation. Patches provided by Chris Pinnock (cjep@netbsd.org).
2002-07-02 13:26:05 +02:00
.if ${INTERACTIVE_STAGE:Minstall} == "install" && defined(BATCH)
@${ECHO} "*** The installation stage of this package requires user interaction"
@${ECHO} "*** Please install manually with \"cd ${PKGDIR} && ${MAKE} install\""
Make bulk builds aware of packages with INTERACTIVE_STAGE and mark them as "not packaged" instead of "broken".
2002-07-21 13:53:18 +02:00
@${TOUCH} ${INTERACTIVE_COOKIE}
Deprecate IS_INTERACTIVE, and introduce a finer-grained INTERACTIVE_STAGE definition. INTERACTIVE_STAGE can take any of the values: fetch, configure, build and install Multiple values are allowed: e.g. INTERACTIVE_STAGE= configure install Explain INTERACTIVE_STAGE and its use in documentation. Patches provided by Chris Pinnock (cjep@netbsd.org).
2002-07-02 13:26:05 +02:00
@${FALSE}
.else
Speedups! Major changes: * Avoid a big bunch of subshells/forks/execs by using make(1) features; should be good for some minor speedups. * Use shell builtins for echo, true, false, test. Using full paths here causes fork&execs, making things slow. Only changed for NetBSD. * Rename all references to ${.MAKEFLAGS} to ${MAKEFLAGS}. See make(1). * Evaluate all !=s only once, and add them to MAKEFLAGS * Pass ${MAKEFLAGS} to ALL ${MAKE} calls Now PKGTOOLS_VERSION is really only set once in a whole "make package" cycle, even across dependencies. Minor changes: * SORTED_MASTER_SITES was renamed SORTED_MASTER_SITES_CMD and is now (only) execuded in the places where it's needed. * Don't check for /usr/bin/fetch - we never had it, and if someone depends on it he can set FETCH_CMD instead. * Don't fall back to README.port * Replace some commands by their uppercase equivalents (sed -> ${SED}, same for grep, awk, ...) * Some whitespace changes to improve readability => With these changes, times for a "make clean" in x11/kde go down to 20%, time for "make readme" goes down to 33%!
2000-06-03 09:15:28 +02:00
${_PKG_SILENT}${_PKG_DEBUG}cd ${.CURDIR} && ${MAKE} ${MAKEFLAGS} real-install
Deprecate IS_INTERACTIVE, and introduce a finer-grained INTERACTIVE_STAGE definition. INTERACTIVE_STAGE can take any of the values: fetch, configure, build and install Multiple values are allowed: e.g. INTERACTIVE_STAGE= configure install Explain INTERACTIVE_STAGE and its use in documentation. Patches provided by Chris Pinnock (cjep@netbsd.org).
2002-07-02 13:26:05 +02:00
.endif
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
${PACKAGE_COOKIE}:
Speedups! Major changes: * Avoid a big bunch of subshells/forks/execs by using make(1) features; should be good for some minor speedups. * Use shell builtins for echo, true, false, test. Using full paths here causes fork&execs, making things slow. Only changed for NetBSD. * Rename all references to ${.MAKEFLAGS} to ${MAKEFLAGS}. See make(1). * Evaluate all !=s only once, and add them to MAKEFLAGS * Pass ${MAKEFLAGS} to ALL ${MAKE} calls Now PKGTOOLS_VERSION is really only set once in a whole "make package" cycle, even across dependencies. Minor changes: * SORTED_MASTER_SITES was renamed SORTED_MASTER_SITES_CMD and is now (only) execuded in the places where it's needed. * Don't check for /usr/bin/fetch - we never had it, and if someone depends on it he can set FETCH_CMD instead. * Don't fall back to README.port * Replace some commands by their uppercase equivalents (sed -> ${SED}, same for grep, awk, ...) * Some whitespace changes to improve readability => With these changes, times for a "make clean" in x11/kde go down to 20%, time for "make readme" goes down to 33%!
2000-06-03 09:15:28 +02:00
${_PKG_SILENT}${_PKG_DEBUG}cd ${.CURDIR} && ${MAKE} ${MAKEFLAGS} real-package
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
Following on from the removal of the automatic "is there a script to run" logic, more speedups for building packages. Get rid of a .USE macro, and do not spawn sub-makes for the pre-, do- and post-target stages, replacing them with standard make(1) targets. Timing information as follows (multiple runs performed, best results taken): 800 MHz Celeron, 128 MB, local pkgsrc, local obj scripts/, pre,do,post-*: 0.731u 0.261s 0:02.04 48.5% 0+0k 29+168io 9pf+0w no scripts/, pre,do,post-*: 0.678u 0.242s 0:01.30 70.0% 0+0k 0+169io 0pf+0w no scripts/, no pre,do,post-*: 0.267u 0.089s 0:00.90 37.7% 0+0k 0+155io 0pf+0w 40 MHz Sparc, 36 MB, nfs pkgsrc, local obj scripts/, pre,do,post-*: 22.590u 6.839s 0:33.31 88.3% 0+0k 121+254io 0pf+0w no scripts/, pre,do,post-*: 22.481u 6.442s 0:33.30 86.8% 0+0k 120+251io 0pf+0w no scripts/, no pre,do,post-*: 8.534u 4.189s 0:16.48 77.1% 0+0k 105+242io 0pf+0w
2001-11-08 10:29:56 +01:00
extract-message:
Fix PACKAGE_DEPENDS_QUICK when installing on Solaris - escape the argument from the shell, so that we can install packages on Solaris again, and use canonical ${GREP} and ${AWK} programs.
2000-03-13 15:19:15 +01:00
@${ECHO_MSG} "${_PKGSRC_IN}> Extracting for ${PKGNAME}"
Following on from the removal of the automatic "is there a script to run" logic, more speedups for building packages. Get rid of a .USE macro, and do not spawn sub-makes for the pre-, do- and post-target stages, replacing them with standard make(1) targets. Timing information as follows (multiple runs performed, best results taken): 800 MHz Celeron, 128 MB, local pkgsrc, local obj scripts/, pre,do,post-*: 0.731u 0.261s 0:02.04 48.5% 0+0k 29+168io 9pf+0w no scripts/, pre,do,post-*: 0.678u 0.242s 0:01.30 70.0% 0+0k 0+169io 0pf+0w no scripts/, no pre,do,post-*: 0.267u 0.089s 0:00.90 37.7% 0+0k 0+155io 0pf+0w 40 MHz Sparc, 36 MB, nfs pkgsrc, local obj scripts/, pre,do,post-*: 22.590u 6.839s 0:33.31 88.3% 0+0k 121+254io 0pf+0w no scripts/, pre,do,post-*: 22.481u 6.442s 0:33.30 86.8% 0+0k 120+251io 0pf+0w no scripts/, no pre,do,post-*: 8.534u 4.189s 0:16.48 77.1% 0+0k 105+242io 0pf+0w
2001-11-08 10:29:56 +01:00
patch-message:
Fix PACKAGE_DEPENDS_QUICK when installing on Solaris - escape the argument from the shell, so that we can install packages on Solaris again, and use canonical ${GREP} and ${AWK} programs.
2000-03-13 15:19:15 +01:00
@${ECHO_MSG} "${_PKGSRC_IN}> Patching for ${PKGNAME}"
Merge pkgsrc/mk from the buildlink2 branch back into the main trunk.
2002-08-22 10:21:26 +02:00
buildlink-message:
@${ECHO_MSG} "${_PKGSRC_IN}> Buildlinking for ${PKGNAME}"
Following on from the removal of the automatic "is there a script to run" logic, more speedups for building packages. Get rid of a .USE macro, and do not spawn sub-makes for the pre-, do- and post-target stages, replacing them with standard make(1) targets. Timing information as follows (multiple runs performed, best results taken): 800 MHz Celeron, 128 MB, local pkgsrc, local obj scripts/, pre,do,post-*: 0.731u 0.261s 0:02.04 48.5% 0+0k 29+168io 9pf+0w no scripts/, pre,do,post-*: 0.678u 0.242s 0:01.30 70.0% 0+0k 0+169io 0pf+0w no scripts/, no pre,do,post-*: 0.267u 0.089s 0:00.90 37.7% 0+0k 0+155io 0pf+0w 40 MHz Sparc, 36 MB, nfs pkgsrc, local obj scripts/, pre,do,post-*: 22.590u 6.839s 0:33.31 88.3% 0+0k 121+254io 0pf+0w no scripts/, pre,do,post-*: 22.481u 6.442s 0:33.30 86.8% 0+0k 120+251io 0pf+0w no scripts/, no pre,do,post-*: 8.534u 4.189s 0:16.48 77.1% 0+0k 105+242io 0pf+0w
2001-11-08 10:29:56 +01:00
configure-message:
Fix PACKAGE_DEPENDS_QUICK when installing on Solaris - escape the argument from the shell, so that we can install packages on Solaris again, and use canonical ${GREP} and ${AWK} programs.
2000-03-13 15:19:15 +01:00
@${ECHO_MSG} "${_PKGSRC_IN}> Configuring for ${PKGNAME}"
Following on from the removal of the automatic "is there a script to run" logic, more speedups for building packages. Get rid of a .USE macro, and do not spawn sub-makes for the pre-, do- and post-target stages, replacing them with standard make(1) targets. Timing information as follows (multiple runs performed, best results taken): 800 MHz Celeron, 128 MB, local pkgsrc, local obj scripts/, pre,do,post-*: 0.731u 0.261s 0:02.04 48.5% 0+0k 29+168io 9pf+0w no scripts/, pre,do,post-*: 0.678u 0.242s 0:01.30 70.0% 0+0k 0+169io 0pf+0w no scripts/, no pre,do,post-*: 0.267u 0.089s 0:00.90 37.7% 0+0k 0+155io 0pf+0w 40 MHz Sparc, 36 MB, nfs pkgsrc, local obj scripts/, pre,do,post-*: 22.590u 6.839s 0:33.31 88.3% 0+0k 121+254io 0pf+0w no scripts/, pre,do,post-*: 22.481u 6.442s 0:33.30 86.8% 0+0k 120+251io 0pf+0w no scripts/, no pre,do,post-*: 8.534u 4.189s 0:16.48 77.1% 0+0k 105+242io 0pf+0w
2001-11-08 10:29:56 +01:00
build-message:
Fix PACKAGE_DEPENDS_QUICK when installing on Solaris - escape the argument from the shell, so that we can install packages on Solaris again, and use canonical ${GREP} and ${AWK} programs.
2000-03-13 15:19:15 +01:00
@${ECHO_MSG} "${_PKGSRC_IN}> Building for ${PKGNAME}"
Following on from the removal of the automatic "is there a script to run" logic, more speedups for building packages. Get rid of a .USE macro, and do not spawn sub-makes for the pre-, do- and post-target stages, replacing them with standard make(1) targets. Timing information as follows (multiple runs performed, best results taken): 800 MHz Celeron, 128 MB, local pkgsrc, local obj scripts/, pre,do,post-*: 0.731u 0.261s 0:02.04 48.5% 0+0k 29+168io 9pf+0w no scripts/, pre,do,post-*: 0.678u 0.242s 0:01.30 70.0% 0+0k 0+169io 0pf+0w no scripts/, no pre,do,post-*: 0.267u 0.089s 0:00.90 37.7% 0+0k 0+155io 0pf+0w 40 MHz Sparc, 36 MB, nfs pkgsrc, local obj scripts/, pre,do,post-*: 22.590u 6.839s 0:33.31 88.3% 0+0k 121+254io 0pf+0w no scripts/, pre,do,post-*: 22.481u 6.442s 0:33.30 86.8% 0+0k 120+251io 0pf+0w no scripts/, no pre,do,post-*: 8.534u 4.189s 0:16.48 77.1% 0+0k 105+242io 0pf+0w
2001-11-08 10:29:56 +01:00
extract-cookie:
${_PKG_SILENT}${_PKG_DEBUG}${ECHO} ${PKGNAME} >> ${EXTRACT_COOKIE}
patch-cookie:
${_PKG_SILENT}${_PKG_DEBUG} ${TOUCH} ${TOUCH_FLAGS} ${PATCH_COOKIE}
Merge pkgsrc/mk from the buildlink2 branch back into the main trunk.
2002-08-22 10:21:26 +02:00
buildlink-cookie:
${_PKG_SILENT}${_PKG_DEBUG} ${TOUCH} ${TOUCH_FLAGS} ${BUILDLINK_COOKIE}
Following on from the removal of the automatic "is there a script to run" logic, more speedups for building packages. Get rid of a .USE macro, and do not spawn sub-makes for the pre-, do- and post-target stages, replacing them with standard make(1) targets. Timing information as follows (multiple runs performed, best results taken): 800 MHz Celeron, 128 MB, local pkgsrc, local obj scripts/, pre,do,post-*: 0.731u 0.261s 0:02.04 48.5% 0+0k 29+168io 9pf+0w no scripts/, pre,do,post-*: 0.678u 0.242s 0:01.30 70.0% 0+0k 0+169io 0pf+0w no scripts/, no pre,do,post-*: 0.267u 0.089s 0:00.90 37.7% 0+0k 0+155io 0pf+0w 40 MHz Sparc, 36 MB, nfs pkgsrc, local obj scripts/, pre,do,post-*: 22.590u 6.839s 0:33.31 88.3% 0+0k 121+254io 0pf+0w no scripts/, pre,do,post-*: 22.481u 6.442s 0:33.30 86.8% 0+0k 120+251io 0pf+0w no scripts/, no pre,do,post-*: 8.534u 4.189s 0:16.48 77.1% 0+0k 105+242io 0pf+0w
2001-11-08 10:29:56 +01:00
configure-cookie:
${_PKG_SILENT}${_PKG_DEBUG} ${TOUCH} ${TOUCH_FLAGS} ${CONFIGURE_COOKIE}
build-cookie:
${_PKG_SILENT}${_PKG_DEBUG} ${TOUCH} ${TOUCH_FLAGS} ${BUILD_COOKIE}
.ORDER: pre-fetch do-fetch post-fetch
.ORDER: extract-message install-depends pre-extract do-extract post-extract extract-cookie
.ORDER: patch-message pre-patch do-patch post-patch patch-cookie
Merge pkgsrc/mk from the buildlink2 branch back into the main trunk.
2002-08-22 10:21:26 +02:00
.ORDER: buildlink-message pre-buildlink do-buildlink post-buildlink buildlink-cookie
Following on from the removal of the automatic "is there a script to run" logic, more speedups for building packages. Get rid of a .USE macro, and do not spawn sub-makes for the pre-, do- and post-target stages, replacing them with standard make(1) targets. Timing information as follows (multiple runs performed, best results taken): 800 MHz Celeron, 128 MB, local pkgsrc, local obj scripts/, pre,do,post-*: 0.731u 0.261s 0:02.04 48.5% 0+0k 29+168io 9pf+0w no scripts/, pre,do,post-*: 0.678u 0.242s 0:01.30 70.0% 0+0k 0+169io 0pf+0w no scripts/, no pre,do,post-*: 0.267u 0.089s 0:00.90 37.7% 0+0k 0+155io 0pf+0w 40 MHz Sparc, 36 MB, nfs pkgsrc, local obj scripts/, pre,do,post-*: 22.590u 6.839s 0:33.31 88.3% 0+0k 121+254io 0pf+0w no scripts/, pre,do,post-*: 22.481u 6.442s 0:33.30 86.8% 0+0k 120+251io 0pf+0w no scripts/, no pre,do,post-*: 8.534u 4.189s 0:16.48 77.1% 0+0k 105+242io 0pf+0w
2001-11-08 10:29:56 +01:00
.ORDER: configure-message pre-configure do-configure post-configure configure-cookie
.ORDER: build-message pre-build do-build post-build build-cookie
# Please note that the order of the following targets is important, and
# should not be modified (.ORDER is not recognised by make(1) in a serial
# make i.e. without -j n)
real-fetch: pre-fetch do-fetch post-fetch
real-extract: extract-message install-depends pre-extract do-extract post-extract extract-cookie
real-patch: patch-message pre-patch do-patch post-patch patch-cookie
Merge pkgsrc/mk from the buildlink2 branch back into the main trunk.
2002-08-22 10:21:26 +02:00
real-buildlink: buildlink-message pre-buildlink do-buildlink post-buildlink buildlink-cookie
Following on from the removal of the automatic "is there a script to run" logic, more speedups for building packages. Get rid of a .USE macro, and do not spawn sub-makes for the pre-, do- and post-target stages, replacing them with standard make(1) targets. Timing information as follows (multiple runs performed, best results taken): 800 MHz Celeron, 128 MB, local pkgsrc, local obj scripts/, pre,do,post-*: 0.731u 0.261s 0:02.04 48.5% 0+0k 29+168io 9pf+0w no scripts/, pre,do,post-*: 0.678u 0.242s 0:01.30 70.0% 0+0k 0+169io 0pf+0w no scripts/, no pre,do,post-*: 0.267u 0.089s 0:00.90 37.7% 0+0k 0+155io 0pf+0w 40 MHz Sparc, 36 MB, nfs pkgsrc, local obj scripts/, pre,do,post-*: 22.590u 6.839s 0:33.31 88.3% 0+0k 121+254io 0pf+0w no scripts/, pre,do,post-*: 22.481u 6.442s 0:33.30 86.8% 0+0k 120+251io 0pf+0w no scripts/, no pre,do,post-*: 8.534u 4.189s 0:16.48 77.1% 0+0k 105+242io 0pf+0w
2001-11-08 10:29:56 +01:00
real-configure: configure-message pre-configure do-configure post-configure configure-cookie
real-build: build-message pre-build do-build post-build build-cookie
* Rename some targets to fit into the usual "do-XXX calls real-XXX" scheme * In real-su-install, do not call "make ${PLIST}" manually, but rather depend on the ${PLIST} file being there for the do-su-install target. * Break out shlib-handlink from real-su-install, and put it into target do-shlib-handling, which will either touch then PLIST (when called via the ${PLIST} target) or do the necessary steps to setup shared library handling (creating symlinks on ELF, running ldconfig on a.out, etc., when called via real-su-install) * Removed some unnecessary tests (check if $PLIST is there when it can be assumed to be there, ...)
2000-11-29 14:18:22 +01:00
real-install: do-su-install
Add a just-in-time su mode for "make package" by factoring out the code whcih does the su(1), and using that. Also make the deinstall target use the same common code.
2001-09-12 12:38:12 +02:00
real-package: do-su-package
Add two new EXPERIMENTAL targets: replace - this target updates a package in place, fixing up references to and from other packages to the updated package. undo-replace - undoes all the work of the previous replace operation. For this target to work, the ${WRKDIR} must be preserved. The replace target first makes a binary package of the existing installed package, then a copy of the +REQUIRED_BY file is taken, if it exists, and then the existing package is deleted. The new package is installed, and the preserved +REQUIRED_BY file is copied back into place, using its contents to modify the +CONTENTS files of all the packages which require it. The undo-replace shares code with the replace target, and does the same operation, but in reverse. Warnings are displayed when either of these targets is used, since they are experimental targets right now.
2002-03-04 12:56:54 +01:00
real-replace: do-su-replace
real-undo-replace: do-su-undo-replace
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
Add a just-in-time su mode for "make package" by factoring out the code whcih does the su(1), and using that. Also make the deinstall target use the same common code.
2001-09-12 12:38:12 +02:00
_SU_TARGET= \
+ Factor out the real-install target from the rest of the .USE ones. This makes it possible to do the next step. There were so many .if make(install) checks that this arguably should be done anyway. + In interactive installs, if the effective uid is not zero when "make install" is attempted, then ${SU_CMD} is invoked (defaults to "su - root -c", but sudo or priv could be used). This allows running as non-root for much more time, which is a significant benefit. This also allows installation of pre-requisite (DEPENDS) packages while building a package as non-root user. + A hook has been added to run ${PRE_ROOT_CMD} before becoming root, so that root can be given write access to ${WRKDIR} directories, for example, on -noroot mounted NFS filesystems.
1999-03-31 11:04:18 +02:00
if [ `${ID} -u` = 0 ]; then \
Add a just-in-time su mode for "make package" by factoring out the code whcih does the su(1), and using that. Also make the deinstall target use the same common code.
2001-09-12 12:38:12 +02:00
${MAKE} ${MAKEFLAGS} $$realtarget; \
Make this work on Solaris again. Minor formatting changes around the pkg-su-install target. Pass on any PKG_DEBUG_LEVEL as well as FORCE_PKG_REGISTER definitions.
1999-04-06 16:11:10 +02:00
elif [ "X${BATCH}" != X"" ]; then \
`mtree' -> `$$action' in _SU_TARGET
2002-04-29 11:12:20 +02:00
${ECHO_MSG} "Warning: Batch mode, not superuser, can't run $$action for ${PKGNAME}."; \
Make this work on Solaris again. Minor formatting changes around the pkg-su-install target. Pass on any PKG_DEBUG_LEVEL as well as FORCE_PKG_REGISTER definitions.
1999-04-06 16:11:10 +02:00
${ECHO_MSG} "Become root and try again to ensure correct permissions."; \
+ Factor out the real-install target from the rest of the .USE ones. This makes it possible to do the next step. There were so many .if make(install) checks that this arguably should be done anyway. + In interactive installs, if the effective uid is not zero when "make install" is attempted, then ${SU_CMD} is invoked (defaults to "su - root -c", but sudo or priv could be used). This allows running as non-root for much more time, which is a significant benefit. This also allows installation of pre-requisite (DEPENDS) packages while building a package as non-root user. + A hook has been added to run ${PRE_ROOT_CMD} before becoming root, so that root can be given write access to ${WRKDIR} directories, for example, on -noroot mounted NFS filesystems.
1999-03-31 11:04:18 +02:00
else \
Make this work on Solaris again. Minor formatting changes around the pkg-su-install target. Pass on any PKG_DEBUG_LEVEL as well as FORCE_PKG_REGISTER definitions.
1999-04-06 16:11:10 +02:00
args=""; \
if [ "X${FORCE_PKG_REGISTER}" != X"" ]; then \
args="FORCE_PKG_REGISTER=1"; \
fi; \
if [ "X${PKG_DEBUG_LEVEL}" != X"" ]; then \
args="$$args PKG_DEBUG_LEVEL=${PKG_DEBUG_LEVEL}"; \
fi; \
if [ "X${PRE_ROOT_CMD}" != "X${TRUE}" ]; then \
${ECHO} "*** WARNING *** Running: ${PRE_ROOT_CMD}"; \
${PRE_ROOT_CMD}; \
fi; \
Allow customizing the message for _SU_TARGET by substituting for "$action", where action can be "install", "package", "create user for", etc., instead of blindly always saying "install". Define "action" before calling ${_SU_TARGET} whereever it is used.
2001-10-01 23:15:11 +02:00
${ECHO_MSG} "${_PKGSRC_IN}> Becoming root@`/bin/hostname` to $$action ${PKGNAME}."; \
Make this work on Solaris again. Minor formatting changes around the pkg-su-install target. Pass on any PKG_DEBUG_LEVEL as well as FORCE_PKG_REGISTER definitions.
1999-04-06 16:11:10 +02:00
${ECHO_MSG} -n "`${ECHO} ${SU_CMD} | ${AWK} '{ print $$1 }'` ";\
Add a variable SU_CMD_PATH_APPEND containing a colon separated list of directories. When ${SU_CMD} is used, we add this list to the end of the PATH environment variable. This fixes PR#17532 from Hauke Fath.
2002-07-23 21:10:27 +02:00
${SU_CMD} "cd ${.CURDIR}; ${SETENV} PATH=$${PATH}:${SU_CMD_PATH_APPEND} ${MAKE} $$args ${MAKEFLAGS} $$realtarget $$realflags"; \
+ Factor out the real-install target from the rest of the .USE ones. This makes it possible to do the next step. There were so many .if make(install) checks that this arguably should be done anyway. + In interactive installs, if the effective uid is not zero when "make install" is attempted, then ${SU_CMD} is invoked (defaults to "su - root -c", but sudo or priv could be used). This allows running as non-root for much more time, which is a significant benefit. This also allows installation of pre-requisite (DEPENDS) packages while building a package as non-root user. + A hook has been added to run ${PRE_ROOT_CMD} before becoming root, so that root can be given write access to ${WRKDIR} directories, for example, on -noroot mounted NFS filesystems.
1999-03-31 11:04:18 +02:00
fi
Add a just-in-time su mode for "make package" by factoring out the code whcih does the su(1), and using that. Also make the deinstall target use the same common code.
2001-09-12 12:38:12 +02:00
do-su-install:
${_PKG_SILENT}${_PKG_DEBUG} \
extractname=`${CAT} ${EXTRACT_COOKIE}`; \
case "$$extractname" in \
"") ${ECHO_MSG} "*** Warning: ${WRKDIR} may contain an older version of ${PKGBASE}" ;; \
"${PKGNAME}") ;; \
In the do-su-install target, when the ${WRKDIR} contains an outdated version of the package, and an attempt is made to install the package, first "make clean" and then "make build" to pick up the new version of the package before continuing with "make install", rather than printing an error message and dying.
2002-04-18 22:54:51 +02:00
*) ${ECHO_MSG} "*** Warning: Package version $$extractname in ${WRKDIR}"; \
Add a just-in-time su mode for "make package" by factoring out the code whcih does the su(1), and using that. Also make the deinstall target use the same common code.
2001-09-12 12:38:12 +02:00
${ECHO_MSG} "*** Current version ${PKGNAME} in pkgsrc directory"; \
In the do-su-install target, when the ${WRKDIR} contains an outdated version of the package, and an attempt is made to install the package, first "make clean" and then "make build" to pick up the new version of the package before continuing with "make install", rather than printing an error message and dying.
2002-04-18 22:54:51 +02:00
${ECHO_MSG} "*** Cleaning and rebuilding the newer version of the package..."; \
${MAKE} clean && ${MAKE} build ;; \
Add a just-in-time su mode for "make package" by factoring out the code whcih does the su(1), and using that. Also make the deinstall target use the same common code.
2001-09-12 12:38:12 +02:00
esac
@${ECHO_MSG} "${_PKGSRC_IN}> Installing for ${PKGNAME}"
${_PKG_SILENT}${_PKG_DEBUG} \
realtarget="real-su-install"; \
Allow customizing the message for _SU_TARGET by substituting for "$action", where action can be "install", "package", "create user for", etc., instead of blindly always saying "install". Define "action" before calling ${_SU_TARGET} whereever it is used.
2001-10-01 23:15:11 +02:00
action="install"; \
Add a just-in-time su mode for "make package" by factoring out the code whcih does the su(1), and using that. Also make the deinstall target use the same common code.
2001-09-12 12:38:12 +02:00
${_SU_TARGET}
do-su-package:
@${ECHO_MSG} "${_PKGSRC_IN}> Packaging ${PKGNAME}"
${_PKG_SILENT}${_PKG_DEBUG} \
realtarget="real-su-package"; \
Allow customizing the message for _SU_TARGET by substituting for "$action", where action can be "install", "package", "create user for", etc., instead of blindly always saying "install". Define "action" before calling ${_SU_TARGET} whereever it is used.
2001-10-01 23:15:11 +02:00
action="package"; \
Add a just-in-time su mode for "make package" by factoring out the code whcih does the su(1), and using that. Also make the deinstall target use the same common code.
2001-09-12 12:38:12 +02:00
${_SU_TARGET}
Add two new EXPERIMENTAL targets: replace - this target updates a package in place, fixing up references to and from other packages to the updated package. undo-replace - undoes all the work of the previous replace operation. For this target to work, the ${WRKDIR} must be preserved. The replace target first makes a binary package of the existing installed package, then a copy of the +REQUIRED_BY file is taken, if it exists, and then the existing package is deleted. The new package is installed, and the preserved +REQUIRED_BY file is copied back into place, using its contents to modify the +CONTENTS files of all the packages which require it. The undo-replace shares code with the replace target, and does the same operation, but in reverse. Warnings are displayed when either of these targets is used, since they are experimental targets right now.
2002-03-04 12:56:54 +01:00
do-su-replace:
@${ECHO_MSG} "${_PKGSRC_IN}> Replacing ${PKGNAME}"
${_PKG_SILENT}${_PKG_DEBUG} \
realtarget="real-su-replace"; \
action="replace"; \
${_SU_TARGET}
do-su-undo-replace:
@${ECHO_MSG} "${_PKGSRC_IN}> Undoing Replacement of ${PKGNAME}"
${_PKG_SILENT}${_PKG_DEBUG} \
realtarget="real-su-undo-replace"; \
action="undo-replace"; \
${_SU_TARGET}
Following on from the removal of the automatic "is there a script to run" logic, more speedups for building packages. Get rid of a .USE macro, and do not spawn sub-makes for the pre-, do- and post-target stages, replacing them with standard make(1) targets. Timing information as follows (multiple runs performed, best results taken): 800 MHz Celeron, 128 MB, local pkgsrc, local obj scripts/, pre,do,post-*: 0.731u 0.261s 0:02.04 48.5% 0+0k 29+168io 9pf+0w no scripts/, pre,do,post-*: 0.678u 0.242s 0:01.30 70.0% 0+0k 0+169io 0pf+0w no scripts/, no pre,do,post-*: 0.267u 0.089s 0:00.90 37.7% 0+0k 0+155io 0pf+0w 40 MHz Sparc, 36 MB, nfs pkgsrc, local obj scripts/, pre,do,post-*: 22.590u 6.839s 0:33.31 88.3% 0+0k 121+254io 0pf+0w no scripts/, pre,do,post-*: 22.481u 6.442s 0:33.30 86.8% 0+0k 120+251io 0pf+0w no scripts/, no pre,do,post-*: 8.534u 4.189s 0:16.48 77.1% 0+0k 105+242io 0pf+0w
2001-11-08 10:29:56 +01:00
# Empty pre-* and post-* targets
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
Merge pkgsrc/mk from the buildlink2 branch back into the main trunk.
2002-08-22 10:21:26 +02:00
.for name in fetch extract patch buildlink configure build install-script install package
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
Change indentation (whitespace changes only!): .if .if .if . if .else => . else .endif . endif .endif .endif Patch contributed by Marc Espie <espie@liafa.jussieu.fr> in preparation of merging latest changes with the OpenPackages project. Thanks Marc!
2001-07-19 00:43:32 +02:00
. if !target(pre-${name})
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
pre-${name}:
@${DO_NADA}
Change indentation (whitespace changes only!): .if .if .if . if .else => . else .endif . endif .endif .endif Patch contributed by Marc Espie <espie@liafa.jussieu.fr> in preparation of merging latest changes with the OpenPackages project. Thanks Marc!
2001-07-19 00:43:32 +02:00
. endif
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
Change indentation (whitespace changes only!): .if .if .if . if .else => . else .endif . endif .endif .endif Patch contributed by Marc Espie <espie@liafa.jussieu.fr> in preparation of merging latest changes with the OpenPackages project. Thanks Marc!
2001-07-19 00:43:32 +02:00
. if !target(post-${name})
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
post-${name}:
@${DO_NADA}
Change indentation (whitespace changes only!): .if .if .if . if .else => . else .endif . endif .endif .endif Patch contributed by Marc Espie <espie@liafa.jussieu.fr> in preparation of merging latest changes with the OpenPackages project. Thanks Marc!
2001-07-19 00:43:32 +02:00
. endif
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
.endfor
# Reinstall
#
# Special target to re-run install
.if !target(reinstall)
Back out the 'make reinstall' change from rev. 1.557: On 'make reinstall', the DEPENDS_TARGET is also set to reinstall, and for pkgs with dependencies this results in all dependencies being removed and reinstalled.
2000-09-01 15:48:51 +02:00
reinstall:
Add Solaris support to pkgsrc, using Christos Zoulas' NetBSD emulation package. Tested for some packages on Solaris 2.6 on Sparc.
1999-03-08 18:26:54 +01:00
${_PKG_SILENT}${_PKG_DEBUG}${RM} -f ${INSTALL_COOKIE} ${PACKAGE_COOKIE} ${PLIST}
Speedups! Major changes: * Avoid a big bunch of subshells/forks/execs by using make(1) features; should be good for some minor speedups. * Use shell builtins for echo, true, false, test. Using full paths here causes fork&execs, making things slow. Only changed for NetBSD. * Rename all references to ${.MAKEFLAGS} to ${MAKEFLAGS}. See make(1). * Evaluate all !=s only once, and add them to MAKEFLAGS * Pass ${MAKEFLAGS} to ALL ${MAKE} calls Now PKGTOOLS_VERSION is really only set once in a whole "make package" cycle, even across dependencies. Minor changes: * SORTED_MASTER_SITES was renamed SORTED_MASTER_SITES_CMD and is now (only) execuded in the places where it's needed. * Don't check for /usr/bin/fetch - we never had it, and if someone depends on it he can set FETCH_CMD instead. * Don't fall back to README.port * Replace some commands by their uppercase equivalents (sed -> ${SED}, same for grep, awk, ...) * Some whitespace changes to improve readability => With these changes, times for a "make clean" in x11/kde go down to 20%, time for "make readme" goes down to 33%!
2000-06-03 09:15:28 +02:00
${_PKG_SILENT}${_PKG_DEBUG}DEPENDS_TARGET=${DEPENDS_TARGET} ${MAKE} ${MAKEFLAGS} install
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
.endif
Add a deinstall target, so that packages can be removed easily. This implementation was taken from FreeBSD.
1998-02-17 16:07:02 +01:00
# Deinstall
#
# Special target to remove installation
Add Solaris support to pkgsrc, using Christos Zoulas' NetBSD emulation package. Tested for some packages on Solaris 2.6 on Sparc.
1999-03-08 18:26:54 +01:00
Add a deinstall target, so that packages can be removed easily. This implementation was taken from FreeBSD.
1998-02-17 16:07:02 +01:00
.if !target(deinstall)
* Rename some targets to fit into the usual "do-XXX calls real-XXX" scheme * In real-su-install, do not call "make ${PLIST}" manually, but rather depend on the ${PLIST} file being there for the do-su-install target. * Break out shlib-handlink from real-su-install, and put it into target do-shlib-handling, which will either touch then PLIST (when called via the ${PLIST} target) or do the necessary steps to setup shared library handling (creating symlinks on ELF, running ldconfig on a.out, etc., when called via real-su-install) * Removed some unnecessary tests (check if $PLIST is there when it can be assumed to be there, ...)
2000-11-29 14:18:22 +01:00
deinstall: do-su-deinstall
Use "su" automatically for "make deinstall" target, too.
1999-04-03 23:03:50 +02:00
* Rename some targets to fit into the usual "do-XXX calls real-XXX" scheme * In real-su-install, do not call "make ${PLIST}" manually, but rather depend on the ${PLIST} file being there for the do-su-install target. * Break out shlib-handlink from real-su-install, and put it into target do-shlib-handling, which will either touch then PLIST (when called via the ${PLIST} target) or do the necessary steps to setup shared library handling (creating symlinks on ELF, running ldconfig on a.out, etc., when called via real-su-install) * Removed some unnecessary tests (check if $PLIST is there when it can be assumed to be there, ...)
2000-11-29 14:18:22 +01:00
do-su-deinstall: uptodate-pkgtools
Fix PACKAGE_DEPENDS_QUICK when installing on Solaris - escape the argument from the shell, so that we can install packages on Solaris again, and use canonical ${GREP} and ${AWK} programs.
2000-03-13 15:19:15 +01:00
@${ECHO_MSG} "${_PKGSRC_IN}> Deinstalling for ${PKGNAME}"
Use "su" automatically for "make deinstall" target, too.
1999-04-03 23:03:50 +02:00
${_PKG_SILENT}${_PKG_DEBUG} \
Add a just-in-time su mode for "make package" by factoring out the code whcih does the su(1), and using that. Also make the deinstall target use the same common code.
2001-09-12 12:38:12 +02:00
realtarget="real-su-deinstall"; \
realflags="DEINSTALLDEPENDS=${DEINSTALLDEPENDS}"; \
Allow customizing the message for _SU_TARGET by substituting for "$action", where action can be "install", "package", "create user for", etc., instead of blindly always saying "install". Define "action" before calling ${_SU_TARGET} whereever it is used.
2001-10-01 23:15:11 +02:00
action="deinstall"; \
Add a just-in-time su mode for "make package" by factoring out the code whcih does the su(1), and using that. Also make the deinstall target use the same common code.
2001-09-12 12:38:12 +02:00
${_SU_TARGET}
Let "make deinstall" remove any version installed, not only the one currently in pkgsrc. Enabled unconditionally by request of several people.
1999-08-21 03:17:59 +02:00
Change indentation (whitespace changes only!): .if .if .if . if .else => . else .endif . endif .endif .endif Patch contributed by Marc Espie <espie@liafa.jussieu.fr> in preparation of merging latest changes with the OpenPackages project. Thanks Marc!
2001-07-19 00:43:32 +02:00
. if (${DEINSTALLDEPENDS} != "NO")
. if (${DEINSTALLDEPENDS} != "ALL")
Add '-r' to root-install-flags if DEINSTALLDEPENDS is set to != "ALL". (This doesn't affect the "make update" target, it just makes "make deinstall DEINSTALLDEPENDS=YES" behave sane).
1999-09-09 00:01:19 +02:00
# used for removing stuff in bulk builds
* Rename some targets to fit into the usual "do-XXX calls real-XXX" scheme * In real-su-install, do not call "make ${PLIST}" manually, but rather depend on the ${PLIST} file being there for the do-su-install target. * Break out shlib-handlink from real-su-install, and put it into target do-shlib-handling, which will either touch then PLIST (when called via the ${PLIST} target) or do the necessary steps to setup shared library handling (creating symlinks on ELF, running ldconfig on a.out, etc., when called via real-su-install) * Removed some unnecessary tests (check if $PLIST is there when it can be assumed to be there, ...)
2000-11-29 14:18:22 +01:00
real-su-deinstall-flags+= -r -R
Add '-r' to root-install-flags if DEINSTALLDEPENDS is set to != "ALL". (This doesn't affect the "make update" target, it just makes "make deinstall DEINSTALLDEPENDS=YES" behave sane).
1999-09-09 00:01:19 +02:00
# used for "update" target
Change indentation (whitespace changes only!): .if .if .if . if .else => . else .endif . endif .endif .endif Patch contributed by Marc Espie <espie@liafa.jussieu.fr> in preparation of merging latest changes with the OpenPackages project. Thanks Marc!
2001-07-19 00:43:32 +02:00
. else
* Rename some targets to fit into the usual "do-XXX calls real-XXX" scheme * In real-su-install, do not call "make ${PLIST}" manually, but rather depend on the ${PLIST} file being there for the do-su-install target. * Break out shlib-handlink from real-su-install, and put it into target do-shlib-handling, which will either touch then PLIST (when called via the ${PLIST} target) or do the necessary steps to setup shared library handling (creating symlinks on ELF, running ldconfig on a.out, etc., when called via real-su-install) * Removed some unnecessary tests (check if $PLIST is there when it can be assumed to be there, ...)
2000-11-29 14:18:22 +01:00
real-su-deinstall-flags+= -r
Change indentation (whitespace changes only!): .if .if .if . if .else => . else .endif . endif .endif .endif Patch contributed by Marc Espie <espie@liafa.jussieu.fr> in preparation of merging latest changes with the OpenPackages project. Thanks Marc!
2001-07-19 00:43:32 +02:00
. endif
. endif
. ifdef PKG_VERBOSE
* Rename some targets to fit into the usual "do-XXX calls real-XXX" scheme * In real-su-install, do not call "make ${PLIST}" manually, but rather depend on the ${PLIST} file being there for the do-su-install target. * Break out shlib-handlink from real-su-install, and put it into target do-shlib-handling, which will either touch then PLIST (when called via the ${PLIST} target) or do the necessary steps to setup shared library handling (creating symlinks on ELF, running ldconfig on a.out, etc., when called via real-su-install) * Removed some unnecessary tests (check if $PLIST is there when it can be assumed to be there, ...)
2000-11-29 14:18:22 +01:00
real-su-deinstall-flags+= -v
Change indentation (whitespace changes only!): .if .if .if . if .else => . else .endif . endif .endif .endif Patch contributed by Marc Espie <espie@liafa.jussieu.fr> in preparation of merging latest changes with the OpenPackages project. Thanks Marc!
2001-07-19 00:43:32 +02:00
. endif
Let "make deinstall" remove any version installed, not only the one currently in pkgsrc. Enabled unconditionally by request of several people.
1999-08-21 03:17:59 +02:00
* Rename some targets to fit into the usual "do-XXX calls real-XXX" scheme * In real-su-install, do not call "make ${PLIST}" manually, but rather depend on the ${PLIST} file being there for the do-su-install target. * Break out shlib-handlink from real-su-install, and put it into target do-shlib-handling, which will either touch then PLIST (when called via the ${PLIST} target) or do the necessary steps to setup shared library handling (creating symlinks on ELF, running ldconfig on a.out, etc., when called via real-su-install) * Removed some unnecessary tests (check if $PLIST is there when it can be assumed to be there, ...)
2000-11-29 14:18:22 +01:00
real-su-deinstall:
Be consistent throughout the file with line continuations and whitespace. No functional changes.
2002-05-03 14:44:01 +02:00
${_PKG_SILENT}${_PKG_DEBUG} \
found="`${PKG_INFO} -e \"${PKGWILDCARD}\" || ${TRUE}`"; \
if [ "$$found" != "" ]; then \
* Rename some targets to fit into the usual "do-XXX calls real-XXX" scheme * In real-su-install, do not call "make ${PLIST}" manually, but rather depend on the ${PLIST} file being there for the do-su-install target. * Break out shlib-handlink from real-su-install, and put it into target do-shlib-handling, which will either touch then PLIST (when called via the ${PLIST} target) or do the necessary steps to setup shared library handling (creating symlinks on ELF, running ldconfig on a.out, etc., when called via real-su-install) * Removed some unnecessary tests (check if $PLIST is there when it can be assumed to be there, ...)
2000-11-29 14:18:22 +01:00
${ECHO} Running ${PKG_DELETE} ${real-su-deinstall-flags} $$found ; \
${PKG_DELETE} ${real-su-deinstall-flags} $$found || ${TRUE} ; \
Let "make deinstall" remove any version installed, not only the one currently in pkgsrc. Enabled unconditionally by request of several people.
1999-08-21 03:17:59 +02:00
fi
Change indentation (whitespace changes only!): .if .if .if . if .else => . else .endif . endif .endif .endif Patch contributed by Marc Espie <espie@liafa.jussieu.fr> in preparation of merging latest changes with the OpenPackages project. Thanks Marc!
2001-07-19 00:43:32 +02:00
. if (${DEINSTALLDEPENDS} != "NO") && (${DEINSTALLDEPENDS} != "ALL")
Also remove pkgs installed via BUILD_DEPENDS, they are not noted in the installed pkg and this won't be caught by "pkg_delete -r". There are still situations where pkgs can be left behind if they were pulled in as BUILD_DEPENDS of any depends installed via the "depends" target. Maybe Makefile-level recursion should be used instead of "pkg_delete -r" to implement this...
2000-02-26 22:58:55 +01:00
@${SHCOMMENT} Also remove BUILD_DEPENDS:
Change indentation (whitespace changes only!): .if .if .if . if .else => . else .endif . endif .endif .endif Patch contributed by Marc Espie <espie@liafa.jussieu.fr> in preparation of merging latest changes with the OpenPackages project. Thanks Marc!
2001-07-19 00:43:32 +02:00
. for pkg in ${BUILD_DEPENDS:C/:.*$//}
Be consistent throughout the file with line continuations and whitespace. No functional changes.
2002-05-03 14:44:01 +02:00
${_PKG_SILENT}${_PKG_DEBUG} \
found="`${PKG_INFO} -e \"${pkg}\" || ${TRUE}`"; \
if [ "$$found" != "" ]; then \
${ECHO} Running ${PKG_DELETE} $$found; \
${PKG_DELETE} ${real-su-deinstall-flags} $$found || ${TRUE}; \
Also remove pkgs installed via BUILD_DEPENDS, they are not noted in the installed pkg and this won't be caught by "pkg_delete -r". There are still situations where pkgs can be left behind if they were pulled in as BUILD_DEPENDS of any depends installed via the "depends" target. Maybe Makefile-level recursion should be used instead of "pkg_delete -r" to implement this...
2000-02-26 22:58:55 +01:00
fi
Change indentation (whitespace changes only!): .if .if .if . if .else => . else .endif . endif .endif .endif Patch contributed by Marc Espie <espie@liafa.jussieu.fr> in preparation of merging latest changes with the OpenPackages project. Thanks Marc!
2001-07-19 00:43:32 +02:00
. endfor
. endif # DEINSTALLDEPENDS
Replace deinstall-depends target with call to "pkg_delete -R" (now that we have it for sure).
1999-04-20 22:28:11 +02:00
@${RM} -f ${INSTALL_COOKIE} ${PACKAGE_COOKIE}
.endif # target(deinstall)
Allow (recursive) cleaning out and deinstallation of required packages: make clean CLEANDEPENDS=YES make deinstall DEINSTALLDEPENDS=YES Both CLEANDEPENDS and DEINSTALLDEPENDS default to NO, so this isn't different from the current behaviour.
1999-03-03 23:53:49 +01:00
Change the "update" target so it becomes more useful (and less dangerous!). Here is a summary of the changed behaviour: * A "make update" will no longer clean the subtree before running. * If called a second time, it will resume package installation, in case a previous "make update" was interrupted for some reason. (just make sure you don't call "make clean" in between ;-) * Unless "NOCLEAN" is set, "make update" will clean up the subtree after successfully updating _all_ packages (to avoid a dirty directory structure for future makes). * A "clean-update" target has been introduced to clean up the subtree that gets updated. This should be used prior to an initial "make update" if you suspect that one of the packages that get updated may be dirty. XXX: this still does not automatically check for or update any obsolete ´upstream' packages (e.g., if gtk depends on glib, a "make update" in the gtk directory won't automatically update glib, you have to do it the other way round).
1999-10-31 20:43:02 +01:00
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
################################################################
# Some more targets supplied for users' convenience
################################################################
Add 'update' target to update a package and all depending packages.
1999-08-30 00:13:01 +02:00
# The 'update' target can be used to update a package and all
# currently installed packages that depend upon this package.
Change the "update" target so it becomes more useful (and less dangerous!). Here is a summary of the changed behaviour: * A "make update" will no longer clean the subtree before running. * If called a second time, it will resume package installation, in case a previous "make update" was interrupted for some reason. (just make sure you don't call "make clean" in between ;-) * Unless "NOCLEAN" is set, "make update" will clean up the subtree after successfully updating _all_ packages (to avoid a dirty directory structure for future makes). * A "clean-update" target has been introduced to clean up the subtree that gets updated. This should be used prior to an initial "make update" if you suspect that one of the packages that get updated may be dirty. XXX: this still does not automatically check for or update any obsolete ´upstream' packages (e.g., if gtk depends on glib, a "make update" in the gtk directory won't automatically update glib, you have to do it the other way round).
1999-10-31 20:43:02 +01:00
Do not attempt to update a package (deleting the package and all its dependencies) if IGNORE is set. This puts the 'update' target in line with 'install', 'package', and other targets that use the same checks.
2002-04-06 01:26:49 +02:00
.if !target(update)
Change the "update" target so it becomes more useful (and less dangerous!). Here is a summary of the changed behaviour: * A "make update" will no longer clean the subtree before running. * If called a second time, it will resume package installation, in case a previous "make update" was interrupted for some reason. (just make sure you don't call "make clean" in between ;-) * Unless "NOCLEAN" is set, "make update" will clean up the subtree after successfully updating _all_ packages (to avoid a dirty directory structure for future makes). * A "clean-update" target has been introduced to clean up the subtree that gets updated. This should be used prior to an initial "make update" if you suspect that one of the packages that get updated may be dirty. XXX: this still does not automatically check for or update any obsolete ´upstream' packages (e.g., if gtk depends on glib, a "make update" in the gtk directory won't automatically update glib, you have to do it the other way round).
1999-10-31 20:43:02 +01:00
.if exists(${DDIR})
RESUMEUPDATE?= YES
Fix clean-update target to remove ${DDIR} if it didn't exist before. This prevents 'make update' from "resuming" an update that never even began. Thus, a sequence of make clean-update make update is now safe, no matter if 'make update' was started previously or not.
2000-07-18 10:33:49 +02:00
CLEAR_DIRLIST?= NO
Change the "update" target so it becomes more useful (and less dangerous!). Here is a summary of the changed behaviour: * A "make update" will no longer clean the subtree before running. * If called a second time, it will resume package installation, in case a previous "make update" was interrupted for some reason. (just make sure you don't call "make clean" in between ;-) * Unless "NOCLEAN" is set, "make update" will clean up the subtree after successfully updating _all_ packages (to avoid a dirty directory structure for future makes). * A "clean-update" target has been introduced to clean up the subtree that gets updated. This should be used prior to an initial "make update" if you suspect that one of the packages that get updated may be dirty. XXX: this still does not automatically check for or update any obsolete ´upstream' packages (e.g., if gtk depends on glib, a "make update" in the gtk directory won't automatically update glib, you have to do it the other way round).
1999-10-31 20:43:02 +01:00
update:
${_PKG_SILENT}${_PKG_DEBUG}${ECHO_MSG} \
Fix PACKAGE_DEPENDS_QUICK when installing on Solaris - escape the argument from the shell, so that we can install packages on Solaris again, and use canonical ${GREP} and ${AWK} programs.
2000-03-13 15:19:15 +01:00
"${_PKGSRC_IN}> Resuming update for ${PKGNAME}"
Change indentation (whitespace changes only!): .if .if .if . if .else => . else .endif . endif .endif .endif Patch contributed by Marc Espie <espie@liafa.jussieu.fr> in preparation of merging latest changes with the OpenPackages project. Thanks Marc!
2001-07-19 00:43:32 +02:00
. if ${REINSTALL} != "NO"
Make REINSTALL=YES useful for 'make update' by explicitly deinstalling each package before attempting to install it. Fixes a problem if 'make clean-update' was called at the wrong time. Make the 'clean-update' target warn about a preserved ${DDIR} and usage of 'make update REINSTALL=YES' if necessary.
2000-07-21 08:30:04 +02:00
${_PKG_SILENT}${_PKG_DEBUG} \
${MAKE} ${MAKEFLAGS} deinstall DEINSTALLDEPENDS=ALL
Change indentation (whitespace changes only!): .if .if .if . if .else => . else .endif . endif .endif .endif Patch contributed by Marc Espie <espie@liafa.jussieu.fr> in preparation of merging latest changes with the OpenPackages project. Thanks Marc!
2001-07-19 00:43:32 +02:00
. endif
Change the "update" target so it becomes more useful (and less dangerous!). Here is a summary of the changed behaviour: * A "make update" will no longer clean the subtree before running. * If called a second time, it will resume package installation, in case a previous "make update" was interrupted for some reason. (just make sure you don't call "make clean" in between ;-) * Unless "NOCLEAN" is set, "make update" will clean up the subtree after successfully updating _all_ packages (to avoid a dirty directory structure for future makes). * A "clean-update" target has been introduced to clean up the subtree that gets updated. This should be used prior to an initial "make update" if you suspect that one of the packages that get updated may be dirty. XXX: this still does not automatically check for or update any obsolete ´upstream' packages (e.g., if gtk depends on glib, a "make update" in the gtk directory won't automatically update glib, you have to do it the other way round).
1999-10-31 20:43:02 +01:00
.else
RESUMEUPDATE?= NO
Fix clean-update target to remove ${DDIR} if it didn't exist before. This prevents 'make update' from "resuming" an update that never even began. Thus, a sequence of make clean-update make update is now safe, no matter if 'make update' was started previously or not.
2000-07-18 10:33:49 +02:00
CLEAR_DIRLIST?= YES
Change the "update" target so it becomes more useful (and less dangerous!). Here is a summary of the changed behaviour: * A "make update" will no longer clean the subtree before running. * If called a second time, it will resume package installation, in case a previous "make update" was interrupted for some reason. (just make sure you don't call "make clean" in between ;-) * Unless "NOCLEAN" is set, "make update" will clean up the subtree after successfully updating _all_ packages (to avoid a dirty directory structure for future makes). * A "clean-update" target has been introduced to clean up the subtree that gets updated. This should be used prior to an initial "make update" if you suspect that one of the packages that get updated may be dirty. XXX: this still does not automatically check for or update any obsolete ´upstream' packages (e.g., if gtk depends on glib, a "make update" in the gtk directory won't automatically update glib, you have to do it the other way round).
1999-10-31 20:43:02 +01:00
Add 'update' target to update a package and all depending packages.
1999-08-30 00:13:01 +02:00
update:
Speedups! Major changes: * Avoid a big bunch of subshells/forks/execs by using make(1) features; should be good for some minor speedups. * Use shell builtins for echo, true, false, test. Using full paths here causes fork&execs, making things slow. Only changed for NetBSD. * Rename all references to ${.MAKEFLAGS} to ${MAKEFLAGS}. See make(1). * Evaluate all !=s only once, and add them to MAKEFLAGS * Pass ${MAKEFLAGS} to ALL ${MAKE} calls Now PKGTOOLS_VERSION is really only set once in a whole "make package" cycle, even across dependencies. Minor changes: * SORTED_MASTER_SITES was renamed SORTED_MASTER_SITES_CMD and is now (only) execuded in the places where it's needed. * Don't check for /usr/bin/fetch - we never had it, and if someone depends on it he can set FETCH_CMD instead. * Don't fall back to README.port * Replace some commands by their uppercase equivalents (sed -> ${SED}, same for grep, awk, ...) * Some whitespace changes to improve readability => With these changes, times for a "make clean" in x11/kde go down to 20%, time for "make readme" goes down to 33%!
2000-06-03 09:15:28 +02:00
${_PKG_SILENT}${_PKG_DEBUG}${MAKE} ${MAKEFLAGS} ${DDIR}
Be consistent throughout the file with line continuations and whitespace. No functional changes.
2002-05-03 14:44:01 +02:00
${_PKG_SILENT}${_PKG_DEBUG}if ${PKG_INFO} -qe ${PKGBASE}; then \
${MAKE} ${MAKEFLAGS} deinstall DEINSTALLDEPENDS=ALL \
|| (${RM} ${DDIR} && ${FALSE}); \
Remove depend directory file in "update" target if the deinstallation fails because otherwise the next invokation of the "update" target will not attempt to remove the package again. Fix provided by Aaron J. Grier in PR pkg/15827.
2002-03-22 20:08:44 +01:00
fi
Change the "update" target so it becomes more useful (and less dangerous!). Here is a summary of the changed behaviour: * A "make update" will no longer clean the subtree before running. * If called a second time, it will resume package installation, in case a previous "make update" was interrupted for some reason. (just make sure you don't call "make clean" in between ;-) * Unless "NOCLEAN" is set, "make update" will clean up the subtree after successfully updating _all_ packages (to avoid a dirty directory structure for future makes). * A "clean-update" target has been introduced to clean up the subtree that gets updated. This should be used prior to an initial "make update" if you suspect that one of the packages that get updated may be dirty. XXX: this still does not automatically check for or update any obsolete ´upstream' packages (e.g., if gtk depends on glib, a "make update" in the gtk directory won't automatically update glib, you have to do it the other way round).
1999-10-31 20:43:02 +01:00
.endif
Add 'update' target to update a package and all depending packages.
1999-08-30 00:13:01 +02:00
${_PKG_SILENT}${_PKG_DEBUG} \
Use UPDATE_TARGET (new) instead of DEPENDS_TARGET for 'make update'. This allows the user to set DEPENDS_TARGET=update, which will now automatically update all outdated prerequisite packages.
2000-10-22 10:22:24 +02:00
${MAKE} ${MAKEFLAGS} ${UPDATE_TARGET} KEEP_WRKDIR=YES \
DEPENDS_TARGET=${DEPENDS_TARGET}
Add 'update' target to update a package and all depending packages.
1999-08-30 00:13:01 +02:00
${_PKG_SILENT}${_PKG_DEBUG} \
Fix broken "update" target.
2000-06-03 22:26:05 +02:00
[ ! -s ${DDIR} ] || for dep in `${CAT} ${DDIR}` ; do \
Be consistent throughout the file with line continuations and whitespace. No functional changes.
2002-05-03 14:44:01 +02:00
(if cd ../.. && cd "$${dep}" ; then \
Standardise on the format of continuation lines. No functional change.
2002-05-13 13:43:05 +02:00
${ECHO_MSG} "${_PKGSRC_IN}> Installing in $${dep}" && \
Make REINSTALL=YES useful for 'make update' by explicitly deinstalling each package before attempting to install it. Fixes a problem if 'make clean-update' was called at the wrong time. Make the 'clean-update' target warn about a preserved ${DDIR} and usage of 'make update REINSTALL=YES' if necessary.
2000-07-21 08:30:04 +02:00
if [ "${RESUMEUPDATE}" = "NO" -o \
"${REINSTALL}" != "NO" ] ; then \
${MAKE} ${MAKEFLAGS} deinstall; \
Change the "update" target so it becomes more useful (and less dangerous!). Here is a summary of the changed behaviour: * A "make update" will no longer clean the subtree before running. * If called a second time, it will resume package installation, in case a previous "make update" was interrupted for some reason. (just make sure you don't call "make clean" in between ;-) * Unless "NOCLEAN" is set, "make update" will clean up the subtree after successfully updating _all_ packages (to avoid a dirty directory structure for future makes). * A "clean-update" target has been introduced to clean up the subtree that gets updated. This should be used prior to an initial "make update" if you suspect that one of the packages that get updated may be dirty. XXX: this still does not automatically check for or update any obsolete ´upstream' packages (e.g., if gtk depends on glib, a "make update" in the gtk directory won't automatically update glib, you have to do it the other way round).
1999-10-31 20:43:02 +01:00
fi && \
Use UPDATE_TARGET (new) instead of DEPENDS_TARGET for 'make update'. This allows the user to set DEPENDS_TARGET=update, which will now automatically update all outdated prerequisite packages.
2000-10-22 10:22:24 +02:00
${MAKE} ${MAKEFLAGS} ${UPDATE_TARGET} \
DEPENDS_TARGET=${DEPENDS_TARGET} ; \
Change the 'update' target to skip non-existent (removed) directories. This fixes PR pkg/9181 by Richard Rauch.
2000-02-01 17:30:07 +01:00
else \
Standardise on the format of continuation lines. No functional change.
2002-05-13 13:43:05 +02:00
${ECHO_MSG} "${_PKGSRC_IN}> Skipping removed directory $${dep}"; \
Change the 'update' target to skip non-existent (removed) directories. This fixes PR pkg/9181 by Richard Rauch.
2000-02-01 17:30:07 +01:00
fi) ; \
done
Change the "update" target so it becomes more useful (and less dangerous!). Here is a summary of the changed behaviour: * A "make update" will no longer clean the subtree before running. * If called a second time, it will resume package installation, in case a previous "make update" was interrupted for some reason. (just make sure you don't call "make clean" in between ;-) * Unless "NOCLEAN" is set, "make update" will clean up the subtree after successfully updating _all_ packages (to avoid a dirty directory structure for future makes). * A "clean-update" target has been introduced to clean up the subtree that gets updated. This should be used prior to an initial "make update" if you suspect that one of the packages that get updated may be dirty. XXX: this still does not automatically check for or update any obsolete ´upstream' packages (e.g., if gtk depends on glib, a "make update" in the gtk directory won't automatically update glib, you have to do it the other way round).
1999-10-31 20:43:02 +01:00
.if ${NOCLEAN} == "NO"
Change the 'update' target to skip non-existent (removed) directories. This fixes PR pkg/9181 by Richard Rauch.
2000-02-01 17:30:07 +01:00
${_PKG_SILENT}${_PKG_DEBUG} \
Speedups! Major changes: * Avoid a big bunch of subshells/forks/execs by using make(1) features; should be good for some minor speedups. * Use shell builtins for echo, true, false, test. Using full paths here causes fork&execs, making things slow. Only changed for NetBSD. * Rename all references to ${.MAKEFLAGS} to ${MAKEFLAGS}. See make(1). * Evaluate all !=s only once, and add them to MAKEFLAGS * Pass ${MAKEFLAGS} to ALL ${MAKE} calls Now PKGTOOLS_VERSION is really only set once in a whole "make package" cycle, even across dependencies. Minor changes: * SORTED_MASTER_SITES was renamed SORTED_MASTER_SITES_CMD and is now (only) execuded in the places where it's needed. * Don't check for /usr/bin/fetch - we never had it, and if someone depends on it he can set FETCH_CMD instead. * Don't fall back to README.port * Replace some commands by their uppercase equivalents (sed -> ${SED}, same for grep, awk, ...) * Some whitespace changes to improve readability => With these changes, times for a "make clean" in x11/kde go down to 20%, time for "make readme" goes down to 33%!
2000-06-03 09:15:28 +02:00
${MAKE} ${MAKEFLAGS} clean-update CLEAR_DIRLIST=YES
Change the "update" target so it becomes more useful (and less dangerous!). Here is a summary of the changed behaviour: * A "make update" will no longer clean the subtree before running. * If called a second time, it will resume package installation, in case a previous "make update" was interrupted for some reason. (just make sure you don't call "make clean" in between ;-) * Unless "NOCLEAN" is set, "make update" will clean up the subtree after successfully updating _all_ packages (to avoid a dirty directory structure for future makes). * A "clean-update" target has been introduced to clean up the subtree that gets updated. This should be used prior to an initial "make update" if you suspect that one of the packages that get updated may be dirty. XXX: this still does not automatically check for or update any obsolete ´upstream' packages (e.g., if gtk depends on glib, a "make update" in the gtk directory won't automatically update glib, you have to do it the other way round).
1999-10-31 20:43:02 +01:00
.endif
clean-update:
Speedups! Major changes: * Avoid a big bunch of subshells/forks/execs by using make(1) features; should be good for some minor speedups. * Use shell builtins for echo, true, false, test. Using full paths here causes fork&execs, making things slow. Only changed for NetBSD. * Rename all references to ${.MAKEFLAGS} to ${MAKEFLAGS}. See make(1). * Evaluate all !=s only once, and add them to MAKEFLAGS * Pass ${MAKEFLAGS} to ALL ${MAKE} calls Now PKGTOOLS_VERSION is really only set once in a whole "make package" cycle, even across dependencies. Minor changes: * SORTED_MASTER_SITES was renamed SORTED_MASTER_SITES_CMD and is now (only) execuded in the places where it's needed. * Don't check for /usr/bin/fetch - we never had it, and if someone depends on it he can set FETCH_CMD instead. * Don't fall back to README.port * Replace some commands by their uppercase equivalents (sed -> ${SED}, same for grep, awk, ...) * Some whitespace changes to improve readability => With these changes, times for a "make clean" in x11/kde go down to 20%, time for "make readme" goes down to 33%!
2000-06-03 09:15:28 +02:00
${_PKG_SILENT}${_PKG_DEBUG}${MAKE} ${MAKEFLAGS} ${DDIR}
Change the "update" target so it becomes more useful (and less dangerous!). Here is a summary of the changed behaviour: * A "make update" will no longer clean the subtree before running. * If called a second time, it will resume package installation, in case a previous "make update" was interrupted for some reason. (just make sure you don't call "make clean" in between ;-) * Unless "NOCLEAN" is set, "make update" will clean up the subtree after successfully updating _all_ packages (to avoid a dirty directory structure for future makes). * A "clean-update" target has been introduced to clean up the subtree that gets updated. This should be used prior to an initial "make update" if you suspect that one of the packages that get updated may be dirty. XXX: this still does not automatically check for or update any obsolete ´upstream' packages (e.g., if gtk depends on glib, a "make update" in the gtk directory won't automatically update glib, you have to do it the other way round).
1999-10-31 20:43:02 +01:00
${_PKG_SILENT}${_PKG_DEBUG} \
if [ -s ${DDIR} ] ; then \
for dep in `${CAT} ${DDIR}` ; do \
Be consistent throughout the file with line continuations and whitespace. No functional changes.
2002-05-03 14:44:01 +02:00
(if cd ../.. && cd "$${dep}" ; then \
Speedups! Major changes: * Avoid a big bunch of subshells/forks/execs by using make(1) features; should be good for some minor speedups. * Use shell builtins for echo, true, false, test. Using full paths here causes fork&execs, making things slow. Only changed for NetBSD. * Rename all references to ${.MAKEFLAGS} to ${MAKEFLAGS}. See make(1). * Evaluate all !=s only once, and add them to MAKEFLAGS * Pass ${MAKEFLAGS} to ALL ${MAKE} calls Now PKGTOOLS_VERSION is really only set once in a whole "make package" cycle, even across dependencies. Minor changes: * SORTED_MASTER_SITES was renamed SORTED_MASTER_SITES_CMD and is now (only) execuded in the places where it's needed. * Don't check for /usr/bin/fetch - we never had it, and if someone depends on it he can set FETCH_CMD instead. * Don't fall back to README.port * Replace some commands by their uppercase equivalents (sed -> ${SED}, same for grep, awk, ...) * Some whitespace changes to improve readability => With these changes, times for a "make clean" in x11/kde go down to 20%, time for "make readme" goes down to 33%!
2000-06-03 09:15:28 +02:00
${MAKE} ${MAKEFLAGS} clean ; \
Change the 'update' target to skip non-existent (removed) directories. This fixes PR pkg/9181 by Richard Rauch.
2000-02-01 17:30:07 +01:00
else \
Fix PACKAGE_DEPENDS_QUICK when installing on Solaris - escape the argument from the shell, so that we can install packages on Solaris again, and use canonical ${GREP} and ${AWK} programs.
2000-03-13 15:19:15 +01:00
${ECHO_MSG} "${_PKGSRC_IN}> Skipping removed directory $${dep}";\
Change the 'update' target to skip non-existent (removed) directories. This fixes PR pkg/9181 by Richard Rauch.
2000-02-01 17:30:07 +01:00
fi) ; \
Change the "update" target so it becomes more useful (and less dangerous!). Here is a summary of the changed behaviour: * A "make update" will no longer clean the subtree before running. * If called a second time, it will resume package installation, in case a previous "make update" was interrupted for some reason. (just make sure you don't call "make clean" in between ;-) * Unless "NOCLEAN" is set, "make update" will clean up the subtree after successfully updating _all_ packages (to avoid a dirty directory structure for future makes). * A "clean-update" target has been introduced to clean up the subtree that gets updated. This should be used prior to an initial "make update" if you suspect that one of the packages that get updated may be dirty. XXX: this still does not automatically check for or update any obsolete ´upstream' packages (e.g., if gtk depends on glib, a "make update" in the gtk directory won't automatically update glib, you have to do it the other way round).
1999-10-31 20:43:02 +01:00
done ; \
fi
Fix clean-update target to remove ${DDIR} if it didn't exist before. This prevents 'make update' from "resuming" an update that never even began. Thus, a sequence of make clean-update make update is now safe, no matter if 'make update' was started previously or not.
2000-07-18 10:33:49 +02:00
.if ${CLEAR_DIRLIST} != "NO"
Speedups! Major changes: * Avoid a big bunch of subshells/forks/execs by using make(1) features; should be good for some minor speedups. * Use shell builtins for echo, true, false, test. Using full paths here causes fork&execs, making things slow. Only changed for NetBSD. * Rename all references to ${.MAKEFLAGS} to ${MAKEFLAGS}. See make(1). * Evaluate all !=s only once, and add them to MAKEFLAGS * Pass ${MAKEFLAGS} to ALL ${MAKE} calls Now PKGTOOLS_VERSION is really only set once in a whole "make package" cycle, even across dependencies. Minor changes: * SORTED_MASTER_SITES was renamed SORTED_MASTER_SITES_CMD and is now (only) execuded in the places where it's needed. * Don't check for /usr/bin/fetch - we never had it, and if someone depends on it he can set FETCH_CMD instead. * Don't fall back to README.port * Replace some commands by their uppercase equivalents (sed -> ${SED}, same for grep, awk, ...) * Some whitespace changes to improve readability => With these changes, times for a "make clean" in x11/kde go down to 20%, time for "make readme" goes down to 33%!
2000-06-03 09:15:28 +02:00
${_PKG_SILENT}${_PKG_DEBUG}${MAKE} ${MAKEFLAGS} clean
Change the "update" target so it becomes more useful (and less dangerous!). Here is a summary of the changed behaviour: * A "make update" will no longer clean the subtree before running. * If called a second time, it will resume package installation, in case a previous "make update" was interrupted for some reason. (just make sure you don't call "make clean" in between ;-) * Unless "NOCLEAN" is set, "make update" will clean up the subtree after successfully updating _all_ packages (to avoid a dirty directory structure for future makes). * A "clean-update" target has been introduced to clean up the subtree that gets updated. This should be used prior to an initial "make update" if you suspect that one of the packages that get updated may be dirty. XXX: this still does not automatically check for or update any obsolete ´upstream' packages (e.g., if gtk depends on glib, a "make update" in the gtk directory won't automatically update glib, you have to do it the other way round).
1999-10-31 20:43:02 +01:00
.else
Change the 'update' target to skip non-existent (removed) directories. This fixes PR pkg/9181 by Richard Rauch.
2000-02-01 17:30:07 +01:00
${_PKG_SILENT}${_PKG_DEBUG} \
Speedups! Major changes: * Avoid a big bunch of subshells/forks/execs by using make(1) features; should be good for some minor speedups. * Use shell builtins for echo, true, false, test. Using full paths here causes fork&execs, making things slow. Only changed for NetBSD. * Rename all references to ${.MAKEFLAGS} to ${MAKEFLAGS}. See make(1). * Evaluate all !=s only once, and add them to MAKEFLAGS * Pass ${MAKEFLAGS} to ALL ${MAKE} calls Now PKGTOOLS_VERSION is really only set once in a whole "make package" cycle, even across dependencies. Minor changes: * SORTED_MASTER_SITES was renamed SORTED_MASTER_SITES_CMD and is now (only) execuded in the places where it's needed. * Don't check for /usr/bin/fetch - we never had it, and if someone depends on it he can set FETCH_CMD instead. * Don't fall back to README.port * Replace some commands by their uppercase equivalents (sed -> ${SED}, same for grep, awk, ...) * Some whitespace changes to improve readability => With these changes, times for a "make clean" in x11/kde go down to 20%, time for "make readme" goes down to 33%!
2000-06-03 09:15:28 +02:00
${MAKE} ${MAKEFLAGS} clean update-dirlist \
Change the "update" target so it becomes more useful (and less dangerous!). Here is a summary of the changed behaviour: * A "make update" will no longer clean the subtree before running. * If called a second time, it will resume package installation, in case a previous "make update" was interrupted for some reason. (just make sure you don't call "make clean" in between ;-) * Unless "NOCLEAN" is set, "make update" will clean up the subtree after successfully updating _all_ packages (to avoid a dirty directory structure for future makes). * A "clean-update" target has been introduced to clean up the subtree that gets updated. This should be used prior to an initial "make update" if you suspect that one of the packages that get updated may be dirty. XXX: this still does not automatically check for or update any obsolete ´upstream' packages (e.g., if gtk depends on glib, a "make update" in the gtk directory won't automatically update glib, you have to do it the other way round).
1999-10-31 20:43:02 +01:00
DIRLIST="`${CAT} ${DDIR}`" PKGLIST="`${CAT} ${DLIST}`"
Make REINSTALL=YES useful for 'make update' by explicitly deinstalling each package before attempting to install it. Fixes a problem if 'make clean-update' was called at the wrong time. Make the 'clean-update' target warn about a preserved ${DDIR} and usage of 'make update REINSTALL=YES' if necessary.
2000-07-21 08:30:04 +02:00
${_PKG_SILENT}${_PKG_DEBUG}${ECHO_MSG} \
"${_PKGSRC_IN}> Warning: preserved leftover directory list. Your next";\
${ECHO_MSG} "${_PKGSRC_IN}> \`\`${MAKE} update'' may fail. It is advised to use";\
${ECHO_MSG} "${_PKGSRC_IN}> \`\`${MAKE} update REINSTALL=YES'' instead!"
Change the "update" target so it becomes more useful (and less dangerous!). Here is a summary of the changed behaviour: * A "make update" will no longer clean the subtree before running. * If called a second time, it will resume package installation, in case a previous "make update" was interrupted for some reason. (just make sure you don't call "make clean" in between ;-) * Unless "NOCLEAN" is set, "make update" will clean up the subtree after successfully updating _all_ packages (to avoid a dirty directory structure for future makes). * A "clean-update" target has been introduced to clean up the subtree that gets updated. This should be used prior to an initial "make update" if you suspect that one of the packages that get updated may be dirty. XXX: this still does not automatically check for or update any obsolete ´upstream' packages (e.g., if gtk depends on glib, a "make update" in the gtk directory won't automatically update glib, you have to do it the other way round).
1999-10-31 20:43:02 +01:00
.endif
Do not attempt to update a package (deleting the package and all its dependencies) if IGNORE is set. This puts the 'update' target in line with 'install', 'package', and other targets that use the same checks.
2002-04-06 01:26:49 +02:00
.endif # !target(update)
Change the "update" target so it becomes more useful (and less dangerous!). Here is a summary of the changed behaviour: * A "make update" will no longer clean the subtree before running. * If called a second time, it will resume package installation, in case a previous "make update" was interrupted for some reason. (just make sure you don't call "make clean" in between ;-) * Unless "NOCLEAN" is set, "make update" will clean up the subtree after successfully updating _all_ packages (to avoid a dirty directory structure for future makes). * A "clean-update" target has been introduced to clean up the subtree that gets updated. This should be used prior to an initial "make update" if you suspect that one of the packages that get updated may be dirty. XXX: this still does not automatically check for or update any obsolete ´upstream' packages (e.g., if gtk depends on glib, a "make update" in the gtk directory won't automatically update glib, you have to do it the other way round).
1999-10-31 20:43:02 +01:00
update-dirlist:
${_PKG_SILENT}${_PKG_DEBUG}${MKDIR} -p ${WRKDIR}
.ifdef PKGLIST
Change indentation (whitespace changes only!): .if .if .if . if .else => . else .endif . endif .endif .endif Patch contributed by Marc Espie <espie@liafa.jussieu.fr> in preparation of merging latest changes with the OpenPackages project. Thanks Marc!
2001-07-19 00:43:32 +02:00
. for __tmp__ in ${PKGLIST}
Change the "update" target so it becomes more useful (and less dangerous!). Here is a summary of the changed behaviour: * A "make update" will no longer clean the subtree before running. * If called a second time, it will resume package installation, in case a previous "make update" was interrupted for some reason. (just make sure you don't call "make clean" in between ;-) * Unless "NOCLEAN" is set, "make update" will clean up the subtree after successfully updating _all_ packages (to avoid a dirty directory structure for future makes). * A "clean-update" target has been introduced to clean up the subtree that gets updated. This should be used prior to an initial "make update" if you suspect that one of the packages that get updated may be dirty. XXX: this still does not automatically check for or update any obsolete ´upstream' packages (e.g., if gtk depends on glib, a "make update" in the gtk directory won't automatically update glib, you have to do it the other way round).
1999-10-31 20:43:02 +01:00
${_PKG_SILENT}${_PKG_DEBUG}${ECHO} >>${DLIST} "${__tmp__}"
Change indentation (whitespace changes only!): .if .if .if . if .else => . else .endif . endif .endif .endif Patch contributed by Marc Espie <espie@liafa.jussieu.fr> in preparation of merging latest changes with the OpenPackages project. Thanks Marc!
2001-07-19 00:43:32 +02:00
. endfor
Change the "update" target so it becomes more useful (and less dangerous!). Here is a summary of the changed behaviour: * A "make update" will no longer clean the subtree before running. * If called a second time, it will resume package installation, in case a previous "make update" was interrupted for some reason. (just make sure you don't call "make clean" in between ;-) * Unless "NOCLEAN" is set, "make update" will clean up the subtree after successfully updating _all_ packages (to avoid a dirty directory structure for future makes). * A "clean-update" target has been introduced to clean up the subtree that gets updated. This should be used prior to an initial "make update" if you suspect that one of the packages that get updated may be dirty. XXX: this still does not automatically check for or update any obsolete ´upstream' packages (e.g., if gtk depends on glib, a "make update" in the gtk directory won't automatically update glib, you have to do it the other way round).
1999-10-31 20:43:02 +01:00
.endif
.ifdef DIRLIST
Change indentation (whitespace changes only!): .if .if .if . if .else => . else .endif . endif .endif .endif Patch contributed by Marc Espie <espie@liafa.jussieu.fr> in preparation of merging latest changes with the OpenPackages project. Thanks Marc!
2001-07-19 00:43:32 +02:00
. for __tmp__ in ${DIRLIST}
Change the "update" target so it becomes more useful (and less dangerous!). Here is a summary of the changed behaviour: * A "make update" will no longer clean the subtree before running. * If called a second time, it will resume package installation, in case a previous "make update" was interrupted for some reason. (just make sure you don't call "make clean" in between ;-) * Unless "NOCLEAN" is set, "make update" will clean up the subtree after successfully updating _all_ packages (to avoid a dirty directory structure for future makes). * A "clean-update" target has been introduced to clean up the subtree that gets updated. This should be used prior to an initial "make update" if you suspect that one of the packages that get updated may be dirty. XXX: this still does not automatically check for or update any obsolete ´upstream' packages (e.g., if gtk depends on glib, a "make update" in the gtk directory won't automatically update glib, you have to do it the other way round).
1999-10-31 20:43:02 +01:00
${_PKG_SILENT}${_PKG_DEBUG}${ECHO} >>${DDIR} "${__tmp__}"
Change indentation (whitespace changes only!): .if .if .if . if .else => . else .endif . endif .endif .endif Patch contributed by Marc Espie <espie@liafa.jussieu.fr> in preparation of merging latest changes with the OpenPackages project. Thanks Marc!
2001-07-19 00:43:32 +02:00
. endfor
Change the "update" target so it becomes more useful (and less dangerous!). Here is a summary of the changed behaviour: * A "make update" will no longer clean the subtree before running. * If called a second time, it will resume package installation, in case a previous "make update" was interrupted for some reason. (just make sure you don't call "make clean" in between ;-) * Unless "NOCLEAN" is set, "make update" will clean up the subtree after successfully updating _all_ packages (to avoid a dirty directory structure for future makes). * A "clean-update" target has been introduced to clean up the subtree that gets updated. This should be used prior to an initial "make update" if you suspect that one of the packages that get updated may be dirty. XXX: this still does not automatically check for or update any obsolete ´upstream' packages (e.g., if gtk depends on glib, a "make update" in the gtk directory won't automatically update glib, you have to do it the other way round).
1999-10-31 20:43:02 +01:00
.endif
Add 'update' target to update a package and all depending packages.
1999-08-30 00:13:01 +02:00
${DDIR}: ${DLIST}
${_PKG_SILENT}${_PKG_DEBUG} \
Don't do input redirection for sed if not necessary.
2001-01-29 15:40:26 +01:00
ddir=`${SED} 's:-[^-]*$$::' ${DLIST}`; \
Fix the ${DDIR} target to work with multi-component paths. This makes the update target work with pkgsrc installations that have more (or less) than two components (like /src/NetBSD-current/pkgsrc). Thanks for Matthias Scheler for noting this!
2000-07-18 10:21:41 +02:00
${ECHO} >${DDIR}; \
for pkg in $${ddir} ; do \
quote args to pkg_info, to prevent some shell trying to interpret them.
2002-09-16 12:04:39 +02:00
if ${PKG_INFO} -b "$${pkg}" >/dev/null 2>&1 ; then \
${PKG_INFO} -b "$${pkg}" | ${SED} -ne \
Revise previous multi-component-pathname fix: do not depend on the directory name of a package being the same as the package name when creating ${DDIR} entries.
2000-07-19 02:08:32 +02:00
's,\([^/]*/[^/]*\)/Makefile:.*,\1,p' | \
${HEAD} -1 >>${DDIR}; \
Fix the ${DDIR} target to work with multi-component paths. This makes the update target work with pkgsrc installations that have more (or less) than two components (like /src/NetBSD-current/pkgsrc). Thanks for Matthias Scheler for noting this!
2000-07-18 10:21:41 +02:00
fi ; \
done
Add 'update' target to update a package and all depending packages.
1999-08-30 00:13:01 +02:00
When creating the ${DLIST} file in the update target, don't create the ${WRKDIR} every time with "mkdir -p" - instead, use the ${WRKDIR} target, so that any symlinks to it are created properly. Also, when creating the ${DLIST} file in the update target, don't pipe the output of pkg_info -R through "tail -n +4" - simply use pkg_info -qR to achieve the same results.
2002-04-18 17:54:34 +02:00
${DLIST}: ${WRKDIR}
Add 'update' target to update a package and all depending packages.
1999-08-30 00:13:01 +02:00
${_PKG_SILENT}${_PKG_DEBUG} \
When creating the ${DLIST} file in the update target, don't create the ${WRKDIR} every time with "mkdir -p" - instead, use the ${WRKDIR} target, so that any symlinks to it are created properly. Also, when creating the ${DLIST} file in the update target, don't pipe the output of pkg_info -R through "tail -n +4" - simply use pkg_info -qR to achieve the same results.
2002-04-18 17:54:34 +02:00
{ ${PKG_INFO} -qR "${PKGWILDCARD}" || ${TRUE}; } > ${DLIST}
Add 'update' target to update a package and all depending packages.
1999-08-30 00:13:01 +02:00
Add new "info" target which calls "pkg_info" for the package in the current directory.
2000-07-30 10:52:41 +02:00
# The 'info' target can be used to display information about a package.
info: uptodate-pkgtools
quote args to pkg_info, to prevent some shell trying to interpret them.
2002-09-16 12:04:39 +02:00
${_PKG_SILENT}${_PKG_DEBUG}${PKG_INFO} "${PKGWILDCARD}"
Add new "info" target which calls "pkg_info" for the package in the current directory.
2000-07-30 10:52:41 +02:00
Add new "check" target which invokes "pkg_admin check" for the current package.
2000-11-12 16:20:06 +01:00
# The 'check' target can be used to check an installed package.
check: uptodate-pkgtools
quote args to pkg_info, to prevent some shell trying to interpret them.
2002-09-16 12:04:39 +02:00
${_PKG_SILENT}${_PKG_DEBUG}${PKG_ADMIN} check "${PKGWILDCARD}"
Add new "check" target which invokes "pkg_admin check" for the current package.
2000-11-12 16:20:06 +01:00
Add a "list" target which invokes "pkg_info -L" for the current package.
2002-09-08 08:59:26 +02:00
# The 'list' target can be used to list the files installed by a package.
list: uptodate-pkgtools
quote args to pkg_info, to prevent some shell trying to interpret them.
2002-09-16 12:04:39 +02:00
${_PKG_SILENT}${_PKG_DEBUG}${PKG_INFO} -L "${PKGWILDCARD}"
Add a "list" target which invokes "pkg_info -L" for the current package.
2002-09-08 08:59:26 +02:00
* Remove old PLIST-mi/md.shared/md.static that was only used for perl in a previous (pkgsrc) life. * add "lint" target to run pkglint * Add commented out direction on how to use bzip2 compressed binary packages * Some cleanup (clean target, ...) Reviewed by Thomas Klauser <wiz@netbsd.org>.
2000-12-30 12:19:04 +01:00
# Run pkglint:
lint:
Add new "tarup" target which allows to create a binary package from an installed package with the "pkg_tarup" utility.
2001-07-10 13:51:57 +02:00
${_PKG_SILENT}${_PKG_DEBUG}${LOCALBASE}/bin/pkglint
# Create a binary package from an install package using "pkg_tarup"
tarup:
Be consistent throughout the file with line continuations and whitespace. No functional changes.
2002-05-03 14:44:01 +02:00
${_PKG_SILENT}${_PKG_DEBUG} \
${RM} -f ${PACKAGES}/All/${PKGNAME}${PKG_SUFX}; \
${SETENV} PKG_DBDIR=${PKG_DBDIR} PKG_SUFX=${PKG_SUFX:S/.//} \
PKGREPOSITORY=${PACKAGES}/All \
${LOCALBASE}/bin/pkg_tarup ${PKGNAME}; \
for CATEGORY in ${CATEGORIES}; do \
${MKDIR} ${PACKAGES}/$$CATEGORY; \
cd ${PACKAGES}/$$CATEGORY; \
${RM} -f ${PKGNAME}${PKG_SUFX}; \
${LN} -s ../All/${PKGNAME}${PKG_SUFX}; \
Add new "tarup" target which allows to create a binary package from an installed package with the "pkg_tarup" utility.
2001-07-10 13:51:57 +02:00
done
* Remove old PLIST-mi/md.shared/md.static that was only used for perl in a previous (pkgsrc) life. * add "lint" target to run pkglint * Add commented out direction on how to use bzip2 compressed binary packages * Some cleanup (clean target, ...) Reviewed by Thomas Klauser <wiz@netbsd.org>.
2000-12-30 12:19:04 +01:00
Add two new EXPERIMENTAL targets: replace - this target updates a package in place, fixing up references to and from other packages to the updated package. undo-replace - undoes all the work of the previous replace operation. For this target to work, the ${WRKDIR} must be preserved. The replace target first makes a binary package of the existing installed package, then a copy of the +REQUIRED_BY file is taken, if it exists, and then the existing package is deleted. The new package is installed, and the preserved +REQUIRED_BY file is copied back into place, using its contents to modify the +CONTENTS files of all the packages which require it. The undo-replace shares code with the replace target, and does the same operation, but in reverse. Warnings are displayed when either of these targets is used, since they are experimental targets right now.
2002-03-04 12:56:54 +01:00
# shared code for replace and undo-replace
_REPLACE= \
if [ -f ${PKG_DBDIR}/$$oldpkgname/+REQUIRED_BY ]; then \
${MV} ${PKG_DBDIR}/$$oldpkgname/+REQUIRED_BY ${WRKDIR}/.req; \
fi; \
${MAKE} deinstall; \
$$replace_action; \
if [ -f ${WRKDIR}/.req ]; then \
${MV} ${WRKDIR}/.req ${PKG_DBDIR}/$$newpkgname/+REQUIRED_BY; \
for pkg in `${CAT} ${PKG_DBDIR}/$$newpkgname/+REQUIRED_BY`; do \
${SETENV} NEWPKGNAME=$$newpkgname \
${AWK} '/^@pkgdep '$$oldpkgname'/ { print "@pkgdep " ENVIRON["NEWPKGNAME"]; next } { print }' \
< ${PKG_DBDIR}/$$pkg/+CONTENTS > ${PKG_DBDIR}/$$pkg/+CONTENTS.$$$$ && \
${MV} ${PKG_DBDIR}/$$pkg/+CONTENTS.$$$$ ${PKG_DBDIR}/$$pkg/+CONTENTS; \
done; \
fi
# replace a package in place - not for the faint-hearted
real-su-replace:
Be consistent throughout the file with line continuations and whitespace. No functional changes.
2002-05-03 14:44:01 +02:00
${_PKG_SILENT}${_PKG_DEBUG} \
Add two new EXPERIMENTAL targets: replace - this target updates a package in place, fixing up references to and from other packages to the updated package. undo-replace - undoes all the work of the previous replace operation. For this target to work, the ${WRKDIR} must be preserved. The replace target first makes a binary package of the existing installed package, then a copy of the +REQUIRED_BY file is taken, if it exists, and then the existing package is deleted. The new package is installed, and the preserved +REQUIRED_BY file is copied back into place, using its contents to modify the +CONTENTS files of all the packages which require it. The undo-replace shares code with the replace target, and does the same operation, but in reverse. Warnings are displayed when either of these targets is used, since they are experimental targets right now.
2002-03-04 12:56:54 +01:00
${ECHO_MSG} "*** WARNING - experimental target - data loss may be experienced ***"; \
Make the "replace" and "undo-replace" targets more useful: + Check for the existence of pkg_tarup, and fail if it can't be found. + Place the binary package of the replaced-package in the ${WRKDIR}, rather than overwriting any instance in ${PKGREPOSITORY}. + Don't make a binary package when undoing the replacement.
2002-04-02 11:41:39 +02:00
if [ -x ${LOCALBASE}/bin/pkg_tarup ]; then \
${SETENV} PKGREPOSITORY=${WRKDIR} ${LOCALBASE}/bin/pkg_tarup ${PKGBASE}; \
else \
${ECHO} "No ${LOCALBASE}/bin/pkg_tarup binary - can't pkg_tarup ${PKGBASE}"; \
exit 1; \
fi
Be consistent throughout the file with line continuations and whitespace. No functional changes.
2002-05-03 14:44:01 +02:00
${_PKG_SILENT}${_PKG_DEBUG} \
quote args to pkg_info, to prevent some shell trying to interpret them.
2002-09-16 12:04:39 +02:00
oldpkgname=`${PKG_INFO} -e "${PKGBASE}"`; \
Add two new EXPERIMENTAL targets: replace - this target updates a package in place, fixing up references to and from other packages to the updated package. undo-replace - undoes all the work of the previous replace operation. For this target to work, the ${WRKDIR} must be preserved. The replace target first makes a binary package of the existing installed package, then a copy of the +REQUIRED_BY file is taken, if it exists, and then the existing package is deleted. The new package is installed, and the preserved +REQUIRED_BY file is copied back into place, using its contents to modify the +CONTENTS files of all the packages which require it. The undo-replace shares code with the replace target, and does the same operation, but in reverse. Warnings are displayed when either of these targets is used, since they are experimental targets right now.
2002-03-04 12:56:54 +01:00
newpkgname=${PKGNAME}; \
${ECHO} "$$oldpkgname" > ${WRKDIR}/.replace; \
replace_action="${MAKE} install"; \
${_REPLACE}
# undo the replacement of a package - not for the faint-hearted either
real-su-undo-replace:
Be consistent throughout the file with line continuations and whitespace. No functional changes.
2002-05-03 14:44:01 +02:00
${_PKG_SILENT}${_PKG_DEBUG} \
Add two new EXPERIMENTAL targets: replace - this target updates a package in place, fixing up references to and from other packages to the updated package. undo-replace - undoes all the work of the previous replace operation. For this target to work, the ${WRKDIR} must be preserved. The replace target first makes a binary package of the existing installed package, then a copy of the +REQUIRED_BY file is taken, if it exists, and then the existing package is deleted. The new package is installed, and the preserved +REQUIRED_BY file is copied back into place, using its contents to modify the +CONTENTS files of all the packages which require it. The undo-replace shares code with the replace target, and does the same operation, but in reverse. Warnings are displayed when either of these targets is used, since they are experimental targets right now.
2002-03-04 12:56:54 +01:00
if [ ! -f ${WRKDIR}/.replace ]; then \
${ECHO_MSG} "No replacement to undo"; \
exit 1; \
Make the "replace" and "undo-replace" targets more useful: + Check for the existence of pkg_tarup, and fail if it can't be found. + Place the binary package of the replaced-package in the ${WRKDIR}, rather than overwriting any instance in ${PKGREPOSITORY}. + Don't make a binary package when undoing the replacement.
2002-04-02 11:41:39 +02:00
fi
Be consistent throughout the file with line continuations and whitespace. No functional changes.
2002-05-03 14:44:01 +02:00
${_PKG_SILENT}${_PKG_DEBUG} \
Add two new EXPERIMENTAL targets: replace - this target updates a package in place, fixing up references to and from other packages to the updated package. undo-replace - undoes all the work of the previous replace operation. For this target to work, the ${WRKDIR} must be preserved. The replace target first makes a binary package of the existing installed package, then a copy of the +REQUIRED_BY file is taken, if it exists, and then the existing package is deleted. The new package is installed, and the preserved +REQUIRED_BY file is copied back into place, using its contents to modify the +CONTENTS files of all the packages which require it. The undo-replace shares code with the replace target, and does the same operation, but in reverse. Warnings are displayed when either of these targets is used, since they are experimental targets right now.
2002-03-04 12:56:54 +01:00
${ECHO_MSG} "*** WARNING - experimental target - data loss may be experienced ***"; \
oldpkgname=${PKGNAME}; \
newpkgname=`${CAT} ${WRKDIR}/.replace`; \
Make the "replace" and "undo-replace" targets more useful: + Check for the existence of pkg_tarup, and fail if it can't be found. + Place the binary package of the replaced-package in the ${WRKDIR}, rather than overwriting any instance in ${PKGREPOSITORY}. + Don't make a binary package when undoing the replacement.
2002-04-02 11:41:39 +02:00
replace_action="${SETENV} ${PKG_ADD} ${WRKDIR}/$$newpkgname${PKG_SUFX}"; \
Add two new EXPERIMENTAL targets: replace - this target updates a package in place, fixing up references to and from other packages to the updated package. undo-replace - undoes all the work of the previous replace operation. For this target to work, the ${WRKDIR} must be preserved. The replace target first makes a binary package of the existing installed package, then a copy of the +REQUIRED_BY file is taken, if it exists, and then the existing package is deleted. The new package is installed, and the preserved +REQUIRED_BY file is copied back into place, using its contents to modify the +CONTENTS files of all the packages which require it. The undo-replace shares code with the replace target, and does the same operation, but in reverse. Warnings are displayed when either of these targets is used, since they are experimental targets right now.
2002-03-04 12:56:54 +01:00
${_REPLACE}; \
${RM} ${WRKDIR}/.replace
Move mirror-distfiles target around a bit so it can even be invoked on platforms that are prohibited by ONLY_FOR_ARCH/OPSYS etc. so we can provide distfile-backups even for them.
1999-04-09 04:06:53 +02:00
# This is for the use of sites which store distfiles which others may
# fetch - only fetch the distfile if it is allowed to be
# re-distributed freely
mirror-distfiles:
* Prevent " etc. in RESTRICTED (NO_{SRC,BIN}_ON_{CDROM,FTP}) and BROKEN from producing errors * Rework IGNORE handling: - IGNORE messages must now include the pkg's name - if multiple reasons exist for a pkg to be ignored, they are now all printed - IGNORECMD is gone * Make 'mirror-distfiles' not print a warning if NO_SRC_ON_FTP is set (I really don't want to see that list every day!) * Catch one leftover 'depends' -> 'install-depends'
2000-08-19 17:32:15 +02:00
.if !defined(NO_SRC_ON_FTP)
* Replace MIRROR_DISTFILES with NO_SRC_ON_FTP * Replace NO_CDROM with NO_SRC_ON_CDROM and NO_BIN_ON_CDROM * Add NO_{SRC,BIN}_ON_{FTP,CDROM} to BUILD_DEFS (in case someone wants to re-distribute a binary pkg, so he has a chance to know about resitrictions) * Adjust 'mirror-distfiles' target for NO_SRC_ON_FTP
2000-08-19 00:43:19 +02:00
@${_PKG_SILENT}${_PKG_DEBUG}${MAKE} ${MAKEFLAGS} fetch NO_IGNORE=yes NO_CHECK_DEPENDS=yes
Move mirror-distfiles target around a bit so it can even be invoked on platforms that are prohibited by ONLY_FOR_ARCH/OPSYS etc. so we can provide distfile-backups even for them.
1999-04-09 04:06:53 +02:00
.endif
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
# Cleaning up
.if !target(pre-clean)
pre-clean:
@${DO_NADA}
.endif
.if !target(clean)
clean: pre-clean
Change indentation (whitespace changes only!): .if .if .if . if .else => . else .endif . endif .endif .endif Patch contributed by Marc Espie <espie@liafa.jussieu.fr> in preparation of merging latest changes with the OpenPackages project. Thanks Marc!
2001-07-19 00:43:32 +02:00
. if (${CLEANDEPENDS} != "NO") && (defined(BUILD_DEPENDS) || defined(DEPENDS))
Speedups! Major changes: * Avoid a big bunch of subshells/forks/execs by using make(1) features; should be good for some minor speedups. * Use shell builtins for echo, true, false, test. Using full paths here causes fork&execs, making things slow. Only changed for NetBSD. * Rename all references to ${.MAKEFLAGS} to ${MAKEFLAGS}. See make(1). * Evaluate all !=s only once, and add them to MAKEFLAGS * Pass ${MAKEFLAGS} to ALL ${MAKE} calls Now PKGTOOLS_VERSION is really only set once in a whole "make package" cycle, even across dependencies. Minor changes: * SORTED_MASTER_SITES was renamed SORTED_MASTER_SITES_CMD and is now (only) execuded in the places where it's needed. * Don't check for /usr/bin/fetch - we never had it, and if someone depends on it he can set FETCH_CMD instead. * Don't fall back to README.port * Replace some commands by their uppercase equivalents (sed -> ${SED}, same for grep, awk, ...) * Some whitespace changes to improve readability => With these changes, times for a "make clean" in x11/kde go down to 20%, time for "make readme" goes down to 33%!
2000-06-03 09:15:28 +02:00
${_PKG_SILENT}${_PKG_DEBUG}${MAKE} ${MAKEFLAGS} clean-depends
Change indentation (whitespace changes only!): .if .if .if . if .else => . else .endif . endif .endif .endif Patch contributed by Marc Espie <espie@liafa.jussieu.fr> in preparation of merging latest changes with the OpenPackages project. Thanks Marc!
2001-07-19 00:43:32 +02:00
. endif
Fix PACKAGE_DEPENDS_QUICK when installing on Solaris - escape the argument from the shell, so that we can install packages on Solaris again, and use canonical ${GREP} and ${AWK} programs.
2000-03-13 15:19:15 +01:00
@${ECHO_MSG} "${_PKGSRC_IN}> Cleaning for ${PKGNAME}"
Clean up `make clean' a little. In particular, make it safe with WRKOBJDIR when doing a simultaneous build on another platform.
2000-06-03 21:20:55 +02:00
${_PKG_SILENT}${_PKG_DEBUG} \
if [ -d ${WRKDIR} ]; then \
Add Solaris support to pkgsrc, using Christos Zoulas' NetBSD emulation package. Tested for some packages on Solaris 2.6 on Sparc.
1999-03-08 18:26:54 +01:00
if [ -w ${WRKDIR} ]; then \
${RM} -rf ${WRKDIR}; \
else \
Fix PACKAGE_DEPENDS_QUICK when installing on Solaris - escape the argument from the shell, so that we can install packages on Solaris again, and use canonical ${GREP} and ${AWK} programs.
2000-03-13 15:19:15 +01:00
${ECHO_MSG} "${_PKGSRC_IN}> ${WRKDIR} not writable, skipping"; \
Add Solaris support to pkgsrc, using Christos Zoulas' NetBSD emulation package. Tested for some packages on Solaris 2.6 on Sparc.
1999-03-08 18:26:54 +01:00
fi; \
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
fi
Change indentation (whitespace changes only!): .if .if .if . if .else => . else .endif . endif .endif .endif Patch contributed by Marc Espie <espie@liafa.jussieu.fr> in preparation of merging latest changes with the OpenPackages project. Thanks Marc!
2001-07-19 00:43:32 +02:00
. ifdef WRKOBJDIR
Clean up `make clean' a little. In particular, make it safe with WRKOBJDIR when doing a simultaneous build on another platform.
2000-06-03 21:20:55 +02:00
-${_PKG_SILENT}${_PKG_DEBUG} \
* Fix a bug in clean-depends: the `sort -u' was ineffective because the `tr' was missing. * Do make(1) pattern substitutions for fetch-list-recursive. * Eliminate subshells in clean-depends and fetch-list-recursive. * Make the rmdir for the WRKOBJDIR removal silent if it fails. * Slight optimization to fetch-list-one-pkg: don't do the basename operation twice.
2000-06-03 23:51:57 +02:00
${RMDIR} ${BUILD_DIR} 2>/dev/null; \
Clean up `make clean' a little. In particular, make it safe with WRKOBJDIR when doing a simultaneous build on another platform.
2000-06-03 21:20:55 +02:00
${RM} -f ${WRKDIR_BASENAME}
Change indentation (whitespace changes only!): .if .if .if . if .else => . else .endif . endif .endif .endif Patch contributed by Marc Espie <espie@liafa.jussieu.fr> in preparation of merging latest changes with the OpenPackages project. Thanks Marc!
2001-07-19 00:43:32 +02:00
. endif
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
.endif
* Move the clean-depends target near the clear target * some whitespace change to enhance readability
2000-05-31 18:59:44 +02:00
.if !target(clean-depends)
clean-depends:
Change indentation (whitespace changes only!): .if .if .if . if .else => . else .endif . endif .endif .endif Patch contributed by Marc Espie <espie@liafa.jussieu.fr> in preparation of merging latest changes with the OpenPackages project. Thanks Marc!
2001-07-19 00:43:32 +02:00
. if defined(BUILD_DEPENDS) || defined(DEPENDS)
* Fix a bug in clean-depends: the `sort -u' was ineffective because the `tr' was missing. * Do make(1) pattern substitutions for fetch-list-recursive. * Eliminate subshells in clean-depends and fetch-list-recursive. * Make the rmdir for the WRKOBJDIR removal silent if it fails. * Slight optimization to fetch-list-one-pkg: don't do the basename operation twice.
2000-06-03 23:51:57 +02:00
${_PKG_SILENT}${_PKG_DEBUG} \
Use ${SORT} and ${WC} instead of sort and wc. Also some minor whitespace fixes.
2001-06-12 15:17:01 +02:00
for i in `${MAKE} ${MAKEFLAGS} CLEAN_DEPENDS_LIST_TOP=YES clean-depends-list | ${SED} -e 's;\.\./[^ ]*; ;g' | ${TR} -s "[:space:]" "\n" | ${SORT} -u` ;\
rework how the DEPENDS tree is traversed in the 'clean-depends' target. now, each branch is only traversed once instead of possibly multiple times. depending on the size of the DEPENDS list, the speedup is _huge_. For example make clean CLEANDEPENDS=yes in x11/gnome now takes around 12 minutes instead of 4 hours on a DECstation 5000/240. Thanks to Hubert for help and suggestions on this. Look for more changes to come as this same problem exists in other areas.
2000-06-28 18:05:44 +02:00
do \
cd ${.CURDIR}/../../$$i && \
${MAKE} ${MAKEFLAGS} CLEANDEPENDS=NO clean; \
* Move the clean-depends target near the clear target * some whitespace change to enhance readability
2000-05-31 18:59:44 +02:00
done
Change indentation (whitespace changes only!): .if .if .if . if .else => . else .endif . endif .endif .endif Patch contributed by Marc Espie <espie@liafa.jussieu.fr> in preparation of merging latest changes with the OpenPackages project. Thanks Marc!
2001-07-19 00:43:32 +02:00
. endif
eliminate a few more makes from being forked off in the clean-depends area
2000-06-28 19:35:53 +02:00
.endif
* Move the clean-depends target near the clear target * some whitespace change to enhance readability
2000-05-31 18:59:44 +02:00
rework how the DEPENDS tree is traversed in the 'clean-depends' target. now, each branch is only traversed once instead of possibly multiple times. depending on the size of the DEPENDS list, the speedup is _huge_. For example make clean CLEANDEPENDS=yes in x11/gnome now takes around 12 minutes instead of 4 hours on a DECstation 5000/240. Thanks to Hubert for help and suggestions on this. Look for more changes to come as this same problem exists in other areas.
2000-06-28 18:05:44 +02:00
# The clean-depends-list target will produce a list of all
* Remove RUN_DEPENDS (left in packages.7 intentionally) * Renamed misc-depends to run-depends, and drop (old) run-depends altogether Code reviewed by wiz.
2000-08-01 04:16:58 +02:00
# BUILD_DEPENDS and DEPENDS packages.
rework how the DEPENDS tree is traversed in the 'clean-depends' target. now, each branch is only traversed once instead of possibly multiple times. depending on the size of the DEPENDS list, the speedup is _huge_. For example make clean CLEANDEPENDS=yes in x11/gnome now takes around 12 minutes instead of 4 hours on a DECstation 5000/240. Thanks to Hubert for help and suggestions on this. Look for more changes to come as this same problem exists in other areas.
2000-06-28 18:05:44 +02:00
# As each *DEPENDS package is visited, it is added to the
# CLEAN_DEPENDS_LIST_SEEN variable. Once a pkg is in the list
# it will not be visited again. This prevents traversing the same
# part of the dependency tree multiple times. Each depending package
# ends up in the list twice. Once as the relative path from the depending
# package and once as the path from pkgsrc. Eg, "../../foo/bar foo/bar"
# The "../../foo/bar" version is later removed from the list in the
# clean-depends target. The remaining bit of redundancy is that some
# packages list their depends as "../bar" instead of "../../foo/bar"
# In this case its possible for a dependency to be visited twice.
.if !target(clean-depends-list)
clean-depends-list:
Change indentation (whitespace changes only!): .if .if .if . if .else => . else .endif . endif .endif .endif Patch contributed by Marc Espie <espie@liafa.jussieu.fr> in preparation of merging latest changes with the OpenPackages project. Thanks Marc!
2001-07-19 00:43:32 +02:00
. if defined(BUILD_DEPENDS) || defined(DEPENDS)
rework how the DEPENDS tree is traversed in the 'clean-depends' target. now, each branch is only traversed once instead of possibly multiple times. depending on the size of the DEPENDS list, the speedup is _huge_. For example make clean CLEANDEPENDS=yes in x11/gnome now takes around 12 minutes instead of 4 hours on a DECstation 5000/240. Thanks to Hubert for help and suggestions on this. Look for more changes to come as this same problem exists in other areas.
2000-06-28 18:05:44 +02:00
@for dir in `${ECHO} ${BUILD_DEPENDS:C/^[^:]*://:C/:.*//} \
* Remove RUN_DEPENDS (left in packages.7 intentionally) * Renamed misc-depends to run-depends, and drop (old) run-depends altogether Code reviewed by wiz.
2000-08-01 04:16:58 +02:00
${DEPENDS:C/^[^:]*://:C/:.*//} | \
rework how the DEPENDS tree is traversed in the 'clean-depends' target. now, each branch is only traversed once instead of possibly multiple times. depending on the size of the DEPENDS list, the speedup is _huge_. For example make clean CLEANDEPENDS=yes in x11/gnome now takes around 12 minutes instead of 4 hours on a DECstation 5000/240. Thanks to Hubert for help and suggestions on this. Look for more changes to come as this same problem exists in other areas.
2000-06-28 18:05:44 +02:00
${TR} '\040' '\012' `; do \
eliminate a few more makes from being forked off in the clean-depends area
2000-06-28 19:35:53 +02:00
case "$$CLEAN_DEPENDS_LIST_SEEN" in \
rework how the DEPENDS tree is traversed in the 'clean-depends' target. now, each branch is only traversed once instead of possibly multiple times. depending on the size of the DEPENDS list, the speedup is _huge_. For example make clean CLEANDEPENDS=yes in x11/gnome now takes around 12 minutes instead of 4 hours on a DECstation 5000/240. Thanks to Hubert for help and suggestions on this. Look for more changes to come as this same problem exists in other areas.
2000-06-28 18:05:44 +02:00
*" "$$dir" "*) ;; \
*) \
Remove an unbalanced trailing ')' Change reviewed by Thomas Klausner; see also PR 11317. Mmm, doing pkgsrc work on Solaris :-)
2000-10-26 18:09:54 +02:00
CLEAN_DEPENDS_LIST_SEEN=" $$dir `cd ${.CURDIR} ; cd $$dir && ${MAKE} ${MAKEFLAGS} CLEAN_DEPENDS_LIST_SEEN="$$CLEAN_DEPENDS_LIST_SEEN" CLEAN_DEPENDS_LIST_TOP=NO clean-depends-list`";\
rework how the DEPENDS tree is traversed in the 'clean-depends' target. now, each branch is only traversed once instead of possibly multiple times. depending on the size of the DEPENDS list, the speedup is _huge_. For example make clean CLEANDEPENDS=yes in x11/gnome now takes around 12 minutes instead of 4 hours on a DECstation 5000/240. Thanks to Hubert for help and suggestions on this. Look for more changes to come as this same problem exists in other areas.
2000-06-28 18:05:44 +02:00
;; \
esac \
done ; \
only clean depends with the "clean-depends" target, not the top level
2000-06-28 18:39:23 +02:00
if [ "${CLEAN_DEPENDS_LIST_TOP}" != "YES" ]; then \
Migrate some OS-specific variable definitions into OS-specific files. Include it in bsd.prefs.mk to allow their use much earlier in Makefiles, and try to use the variable references instead of directly invoking the programs in bsd.prefs.mk and bsd.pkg.mk where possible.
2001-06-12 14:49:55 +02:00
${ECHO} " ${PKGPATH} $$CLEAN_DEPENDS_LIST_SEEN"; \
only clean depends with the "clean-depends" target, not the top level
2000-06-28 18:39:23 +02:00
else \
Migrate some OS-specific variable definitions into OS-specific files. Include it in bsd.prefs.mk to allow their use much earlier in Makefiles, and try to use the variable references instead of directly invoking the programs in bsd.prefs.mk and bsd.pkg.mk where possible.
2001-06-12 14:49:55 +02:00
${ECHO} " $$CLEAN_DEPENDS_LIST_SEEN"; \
only clean depends with the "clean-depends" target, not the top level
2000-06-28 18:39:23 +02:00
fi
Change indentation (whitespace changes only!): .if .if .if . if .else => . else .endif . endif .endif .endif Patch contributed by Marc Espie <espie@liafa.jussieu.fr> in preparation of merging latest changes with the OpenPackages project. Thanks Marc!
2001-07-19 00:43:32 +02:00
. else
eliminate a few more makes from being forked off in the clean-depends area
2000-06-28 19:35:53 +02:00
@if [ "${CLEAN_DEPENDS_LIST_TOP}" != "YES" ]; then \
Migrate some OS-specific variable definitions into OS-specific files. Include it in bsd.prefs.mk to allow their use much earlier in Makefiles, and try to use the variable references instead of directly invoking the programs in bsd.prefs.mk and bsd.pkg.mk where possible.
2001-06-12 14:49:55 +02:00
${ECHO} " ${PKGPATH} $$CLEAN_DEPENDS_LIST_SEEN"; \
eliminate a few more makes from being forked off in the clean-depends area
2000-06-28 19:35:53 +02:00
else \
Migrate some OS-specific variable definitions into OS-specific files. Include it in bsd.prefs.mk to allow their use much earlier in Makefiles, and try to use the variable references instead of directly invoking the programs in bsd.prefs.mk and bsd.pkg.mk where possible.
2001-06-12 14:49:55 +02:00
${ECHO} " $$CLEAN_DEPENDS_LIST_SEEN"; \
eliminate a few more makes from being forked off in the clean-depends area
2000-06-28 19:35:53 +02:00
fi
Change indentation (whitespace changes only!): .if .if .if . if .else => . else .endif . endif .endif .endif Patch contributed by Marc Espie <espie@liafa.jussieu.fr> in preparation of merging latest changes with the OpenPackages project. Thanks Marc!
2001-07-19 00:43:32 +02:00
. endif
rework how the DEPENDS tree is traversed in the 'clean-depends' target. now, each branch is only traversed once instead of possibly multiple times. depending on the size of the DEPENDS list, the speedup is _huge_. For example make clean CLEANDEPENDS=yes in x11/gnome now takes around 12 minutes instead of 4 hours on a DECstation 5000/240. Thanks to Hubert for help and suggestions on this. Look for more changes to come as this same problem exists in other areas.
2000-06-28 18:05:44 +02:00
.endif
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
.if !target(pre-distclean)
pre-distclean:
@${DO_NADA}
.endif
* Move the clean-depends target near the clear target * some whitespace change to enhance readability
2000-05-31 18:59:44 +02:00
Add "cleandir" target to comform with the rest of our source tree.
1998-10-04 22:56:58 +02:00
.if !target(cleandir)
cleandir: clean
.endif
* Move the clean-depends target near the clear target * some whitespace change to enhance readability
2000-05-31 18:59:44 +02:00
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
.if !target(distclean)
distclean: pre-distclean clean
Fix PACKAGE_DEPENDS_QUICK when installing on Solaris - escape the argument from the shell, so that we can install packages on Solaris again, and use canonical ${GREP} and ${AWK} programs.
2000-03-13 15:19:15 +01:00
${_PKG_SILENT}${ECHO_MSG} "${_PKGSRC_IN}> Dist cleaning for ${PKGNAME}"
Remove a bunch of unneeded ()s. Inspired by OpenBSD.
2000-06-03 01:30:52 +02:00
${_PKG_SILENT}${_PKG_DEBUG}if [ -d ${_DISTDIR} ]; then \
Add Solaris support to pkgsrc, using Christos Zoulas' NetBSD emulation package. Tested for some packages on Solaris 2.6 on Sparc.
1999-03-08 18:26:54 +01:00
cd ${_DISTDIR} && \
${TEST} -z "${DISTFILES}" || ${RM} -f ${DISTFILES}; \
${TEST} -z "${PATCHFILES}" || ${RM} -f ${PATCHFILES}; \
Remove a bunch of unneeded ()s. Inspired by OpenBSD.
2000-06-03 01:30:52 +02:00
fi
Change indentation (whitespace changes only!): .if .if .if . if .else => . else .endif . endif .endif .endif Patch contributed by Marc Espie <espie@liafa.jussieu.fr> in preparation of merging latest changes with the OpenPackages project. Thanks Marc!
2001-07-19 00:43:32 +02:00
. if defined(DIST_SUBDIR) && exists(DIST_SUBDIR)
Add Solaris support to pkgsrc, using Christos Zoulas' NetBSD emulation package. Tested for some packages on Solaris 2.6 on Sparc.
1999-03-08 18:26:54 +01:00
-${_PKG_SILENT}${_PKG_DEBUG}${RMDIR} ${_DISTDIR}
Change indentation (whitespace changes only!): .if .if .if . if .else => . else .endif . endif .endif .endif Patch contributed by Marc Espie <espie@liafa.jussieu.fr> in preparation of merging latest changes with the OpenPackages project. Thanks Marc!
2001-07-19 00:43:32 +02:00
. endif
Upon "make distclean", also rm the README.html file.
1999-09-08 16:58:34 +02:00
-${_PKG_SILENT}${_PKG_DEBUG}${RM} -f README.html
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
.endif
Comprehensive update to the fetch-list target (and friends), incorporating many suggestions made by Bernd Ernesti on "tech-pkg". Closes PR pkg/15539. - - Partially revert 1.895, which made 'fetch-list' ape 'fetch', so instead check if a file exists on the building host before emitting anything for it into the generated script. Update to use the new 'fetch' procedure on the fetching host, once it is determined that the file is needed, and generally clean up the output, so that it's a human readable shell script with comments. - - Introduce utility target 'show-all-depends-dirs', to do the necessary recursing over dependencies quickly and correctly. Add a couple of variations to show how it's done, and bracket the whole thing with ".if make()", so it's invisible to the dependency graph for all the other targets. The key improvement over the old way, is that it utilizes an "awk" associative array to guarantee that no package subdirectory is visited twice. For the package with the hairiest dependency graph, "x11/gnome", this leads to something like a 1,000-fold improvement! - - "sort -u" over the result of 'fetch-list-one-pkg' goes bye-bye. The new "awk" post-processor begins emitting output as soon as there is a file to fetch, so the user doesn't have to wait for the whole thing to finish before he sees anything. - - Get rid of the old hook for non-recursing for a top-level 'fetch-list', which was never used. Previously, a top-level 'fetch-list' couldn't work anyway, because the progress reports ruined the shell script. Remove 'fetch-list' from the targets that recurse from the top, and instead use a different 'fetch-list' target in "bsd.pkg.subdir.mk" to do the right thing. Currently, that right thing includes recursing in the single-category case, or if ${SPECIFIC_PKGS} is set, and not recursing in the top-level, all packages case (where it would be perfectly pointless).
2002-02-28 15:42:39 +01:00
# Prints out a script to fetch all needed files (no checksumming).
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
.if !target(fetch-list)
Comprehensive update to the fetch-list target (and friends), incorporating many suggestions made by Bernd Ernesti on "tech-pkg". Closes PR pkg/15539. - - Partially revert 1.895, which made 'fetch-list' ape 'fetch', so instead check if a file exists on the building host before emitting anything for it into the generated script. Update to use the new 'fetch' procedure on the fetching host, once it is determined that the file is needed, and generally clean up the output, so that it's a human readable shell script with comments. - - Introduce utility target 'show-all-depends-dirs', to do the necessary recursing over dependencies quickly and correctly. Add a couple of variations to show how it's done, and bracket the whole thing with ".if make()", so it's invisible to the dependency graph for all the other targets. The key improvement over the old way, is that it utilizes an "awk" associative array to guarantee that no package subdirectory is visited twice. For the package with the hairiest dependency graph, "x11/gnome", this leads to something like a 1,000-fold improvement! - - "sort -u" over the result of 'fetch-list-one-pkg' goes bye-bye. The new "awk" post-processor begins emitting output as soon as there is a file to fetch, so the user doesn't have to wait for the whole thing to finish before he sees anything. - - Get rid of the old hook for non-recursing for a top-level 'fetch-list', which was never used. Previously, a top-level 'fetch-list' couldn't work anyway, because the progress reports ruined the shell script. Remove 'fetch-list' from the targets that recurse from the top, and instead use a different 'fetch-list' target in "bsd.pkg.subdir.mk" to do the right thing. Currently, that right thing includes recursing in the single-category case, or if ${SPECIFIC_PKGS} is set, and not recursing in the top-level, all packages case (where it would be perfectly pointless).
2002-02-28 15:42:39 +01:00
.PHONY: fetch-list
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
fetch-list:
Comprehensive update to the fetch-list target (and friends), incorporating many suggestions made by Bernd Ernesti on "tech-pkg". Closes PR pkg/15539. - - Partially revert 1.895, which made 'fetch-list' ape 'fetch', so instead check if a file exists on the building host before emitting anything for it into the generated script. Update to use the new 'fetch' procedure on the fetching host, once it is determined that the file is needed, and generally clean up the output, so that it's a human readable shell script with comments. - - Introduce utility target 'show-all-depends-dirs', to do the necessary recursing over dependencies quickly and correctly. Add a couple of variations to show how it's done, and bracket the whole thing with ".if make()", so it's invisible to the dependency graph for all the other targets. The key improvement over the old way, is that it utilizes an "awk" associative array to guarantee that no package subdirectory is visited twice. For the package with the hairiest dependency graph, "x11/gnome", this leads to something like a 1,000-fold improvement! - - "sort -u" over the result of 'fetch-list-one-pkg' goes bye-bye. The new "awk" post-processor begins emitting output as soon as there is a file to fetch, so the user doesn't have to wait for the whole thing to finish before he sees anything. - - Get rid of the old hook for non-recursing for a top-level 'fetch-list', which was never used. Previously, a top-level 'fetch-list' couldn't work anyway, because the progress reports ruined the shell script. Remove 'fetch-list' from the targets that recurse from the top, and instead use a different 'fetch-list' target in "bsd.pkg.subdir.mk" to do the right thing. Currently, that right thing includes recursing in the single-category case, or if ${SPECIFIC_PKGS} is set, and not recursing in the top-level, all packages case (where it would be perfectly pointless).
2002-02-28 15:42:39 +01:00
@${ECHO} '#!/bin/sh'
@${ECHO} '#'
@${ECHO} '# This is an auto-generated script, the result of running'
@${ECHO} '# `make fetch-list'"'"' in directory "'"`pwd`"'"'
@${ECHO} '# on host "'"`${UNAME} -n`"'" on "'"`date`"'".'
@${ECHO} '#'
@${MAKE} ${MAKEFLAGS} fetch-list-recursive
Recursively print /bin/sh code for all dependent package as well as the current package (IF called from a package dir and not via bsd.port.subdir.mk; in the latter case it's assumed that the dependent packages will be scanned later anyways). This fixes PR 4992 by Mario Kemper <magick@bundy.lip.owl.de>.
1998-02-20 22:31:20 +01:00
.endif # !target(fetch-list)
.if !target(fetch-list-recursive)
Comprehensive update to the fetch-list target (and friends), incorporating many suggestions made by Bernd Ernesti on "tech-pkg". Closes PR pkg/15539. - - Partially revert 1.895, which made 'fetch-list' ape 'fetch', so instead check if a file exists on the building host before emitting anything for it into the generated script. Update to use the new 'fetch' procedure on the fetching host, once it is determined that the file is needed, and generally clean up the output, so that it's a human readable shell script with comments. - - Introduce utility target 'show-all-depends-dirs', to do the necessary recursing over dependencies quickly and correctly. Add a couple of variations to show how it's done, and bracket the whole thing with ".if make()", so it's invisible to the dependency graph for all the other targets. The key improvement over the old way, is that it utilizes an "awk" associative array to guarantee that no package subdirectory is visited twice. For the package with the hairiest dependency graph, "x11/gnome", this leads to something like a 1,000-fold improvement! - - "sort -u" over the result of 'fetch-list-one-pkg' goes bye-bye. The new "awk" post-processor begins emitting output as soon as there is a file to fetch, so the user doesn't have to wait for the whole thing to finish before he sees anything. - - Get rid of the old hook for non-recursing for a top-level 'fetch-list', which was never used. Previously, a top-level 'fetch-list' couldn't work anyway, because the progress reports ruined the shell script. Remove 'fetch-list' from the targets that recurse from the top, and instead use a different 'fetch-list' target in "bsd.pkg.subdir.mk" to do the right thing. Currently, that right thing includes recursing in the single-category case, or if ${SPECIFIC_PKGS} is set, and not recursing in the top-level, all packages case (where it would be perfectly pointless).
2002-02-28 15:42:39 +01:00
.PHONY: fetch-list-recursive
Recursively print /bin/sh code for all dependent package as well as the current package (IF called from a package dir and not via bsd.port.subdir.mk; in the latter case it's assumed that the dependent packages will be scanned later anyways). This fixes PR 4992 by Mario Kemper <magick@bundy.lip.owl.de>.
1998-02-20 22:31:20 +01:00
fetch-list-recursive:
* Fix a bug in clean-depends: the `sort -u' was ineffective because the `tr' was missing. * Do make(1) pattern substitutions for fetch-list-recursive. * Eliminate subshells in clean-depends and fetch-list-recursive. * Make the rmdir for the WRKOBJDIR removal silent if it fails. * Slight optimization to fetch-list-one-pkg: don't do the basename operation twice.
2000-06-03 23:51:57 +02:00
${_PKG_SILENT}${_PKG_DEBUG} \
Comprehensive update to the fetch-list target (and friends), incorporating many suggestions made by Bernd Ernesti on "tech-pkg". Closes PR pkg/15539. - - Partially revert 1.895, which made 'fetch-list' ape 'fetch', so instead check if a file exists on the building host before emitting anything for it into the generated script. Update to use the new 'fetch' procedure on the fetching host, once it is determined that the file is needed, and generally clean up the output, so that it's a human readable shell script with comments. - - Introduce utility target 'show-all-depends-dirs', to do the necessary recursing over dependencies quickly and correctly. Add a couple of variations to show how it's done, and bracket the whole thing with ".if make()", so it's invisible to the dependency graph for all the other targets. The key improvement over the old way, is that it utilizes an "awk" associative array to guarantee that no package subdirectory is visited twice. For the package with the hairiest dependency graph, "x11/gnome", this leads to something like a 1,000-fold improvement! - - "sort -u" over the result of 'fetch-list-one-pkg' goes bye-bye. The new "awk" post-processor begins emitting output as soon as there is a file to fetch, so the user doesn't have to wait for the whole thing to finish before he sees anything. - - Get rid of the old hook for non-recursing for a top-level 'fetch-list', which was never used. Previously, a top-level 'fetch-list' couldn't work anyway, because the progress reports ruined the shell script. Remove 'fetch-list' from the targets that recurse from the top, and instead use a different 'fetch-list' target in "bsd.pkg.subdir.mk" to do the right thing. Currently, that right thing includes recursing in the single-category case, or if ${SPECIFIC_PKGS} is set, and not recursing in the top-level, all packages case (where it would be perfectly pointless).
2002-02-28 15:42:39 +01:00
for dir in `${MAKE} ${MAKEFLAGS} show-all-depends-dirs`; do \
(cd ../../$$dir && \
${MAKE} ${MAKEFLAGS} fetch-list-one-pkg \
| ${AWK} ' \
/^[^#]/ { FoundSomething = 1 } \
/^unsorted/ { gsub(/[[:space:]]+/, " \\\n\t") } \
Generalize the handling for packages where "fetch" and "fetch-list" only emit a message and don't actually fetch anything. This allows us to make the output of "fetch-list" for these packages consistent with other packages. While we're in here, integrate DYNAMIC_MASTER_SITES with the ${ORDERED_SITES} macro. The only functional change here is that ${MASTER_SITE_OVERRIDE} is now respected. Still to do -- something appropriate for "fetch-list" for these packages, like sourcing "getsites.sh" into the generated script. (Well, "package", but there are two others that do something similar in their "Makefile".) Also eliminate the misbegotten _FETCH_ALLFILES macro -- now that only "fetch" uses it, move it's functionality directly under "do-fetch".
2002-03-04 20:41:03 +01:00
/^echo/ { gsub(/;[[:space:]]+/, "\n") } \
Comprehensive update to the fetch-list target (and friends), incorporating many suggestions made by Bernd Ernesti on "tech-pkg". Closes PR pkg/15539. - - Partially revert 1.895, which made 'fetch-list' ape 'fetch', so instead check if a file exists on the building host before emitting anything for it into the generated script. Update to use the new 'fetch' procedure on the fetching host, once it is determined that the file is needed, and generally clean up the output, so that it's a human readable shell script with comments. - - Introduce utility target 'show-all-depends-dirs', to do the necessary recursing over dependencies quickly and correctly. Add a couple of variations to show how it's done, and bracket the whole thing with ".if make()", so it's invisible to the dependency graph for all the other targets. The key improvement over the old way, is that it utilizes an "awk" associative array to guarantee that no package subdirectory is visited twice. For the package with the hairiest dependency graph, "x11/gnome", this leads to something like a 1,000-fold improvement! - - "sort -u" over the result of 'fetch-list-one-pkg' goes bye-bye. The new "awk" post-processor begins emitting output as soon as there is a file to fetch, so the user doesn't have to wait for the whole thing to finish before he sees anything. - - Get rid of the old hook for non-recursing for a top-level 'fetch-list', which was never used. Previously, a top-level 'fetch-list' couldn't work anyway, because the progress reports ruined the shell script. Remove 'fetch-list' from the targets that recurse from the top, and instead use a different 'fetch-list' target in "bsd.pkg.subdir.mk" to do the right thing. Currently, that right thing includes recursing in the single-category case, or if ${SPECIFIC_PKGS} is set, and not recursing in the top-level, all packages case (where it would be perfectly pointless).
2002-02-28 15:42:39 +01:00
{ block[line_c++] = $$0 } \
END { if (FoundSomething) \
for (line = 0; line < line_c; line++) \
print block[line] } \
') \
Recursively print /bin/sh code for all dependent package as well as the current package (IF called from a package dir and not via bsd.port.subdir.mk; in the latter case it's assumed that the dependent packages will be scanned later anyways). This fixes PR 4992 by Mario Kemper <magick@bundy.lip.owl.de>.
1998-02-20 22:31:20 +01:00
done
.endif # !target(fetch-list-recursive)
.if !target(fetch-list-one-pkg)
Comprehensive update to the fetch-list target (and friends), incorporating many suggestions made by Bernd Ernesti on "tech-pkg". Closes PR pkg/15539. - - Partially revert 1.895, which made 'fetch-list' ape 'fetch', so instead check if a file exists on the building host before emitting anything for it into the generated script. Update to use the new 'fetch' procedure on the fetching host, once it is determined that the file is needed, and generally clean up the output, so that it's a human readable shell script with comments. - - Introduce utility target 'show-all-depends-dirs', to do the necessary recursing over dependencies quickly and correctly. Add a couple of variations to show how it's done, and bracket the whole thing with ".if make()", so it's invisible to the dependency graph for all the other targets. The key improvement over the old way, is that it utilizes an "awk" associative array to guarantee that no package subdirectory is visited twice. For the package with the hairiest dependency graph, "x11/gnome", this leads to something like a 1,000-fold improvement! - - "sort -u" over the result of 'fetch-list-one-pkg' goes bye-bye. The new "awk" post-processor begins emitting output as soon as there is a file to fetch, so the user doesn't have to wait for the whole thing to finish before he sees anything. - - Get rid of the old hook for non-recursing for a top-level 'fetch-list', which was never used. Previously, a top-level 'fetch-list' couldn't work anyway, because the progress reports ruined the shell script. Remove 'fetch-list' from the targets that recurse from the top, and instead use a different 'fetch-list' target in "bsd.pkg.subdir.mk" to do the right thing. Currently, that right thing includes recursing in the single-category case, or if ${SPECIFIC_PKGS} is set, and not recursing in the top-level, all packages case (where it would be perfectly pointless).
2002-02-28 15:42:39 +01:00
.PHONY: fetch-list-one-pkg
Recursively print /bin/sh code for all dependent package as well as the current package (IF called from a package dir and not via bsd.port.subdir.mk; in the latter case it's assumed that the dependent packages will be scanned later anyways). This fixes PR 4992 by Mario Kemper <magick@bundy.lip.owl.de>.
1998-02-20 22:31:20 +01:00
fetch-list-one-pkg:
Comprehensive update to the fetch-list target (and friends), incorporating many suggestions made by Bernd Ernesti on "tech-pkg". Closes PR pkg/15539. - - Partially revert 1.895, which made 'fetch-list' ape 'fetch', so instead check if a file exists on the building host before emitting anything for it into the generated script. Update to use the new 'fetch' procedure on the fetching host, once it is determined that the file is needed, and generally clean up the output, so that it's a human readable shell script with comments. - - Introduce utility target 'show-all-depends-dirs', to do the necessary recursing over dependencies quickly and correctly. Add a couple of variations to show how it's done, and bracket the whole thing with ".if make()", so it's invisible to the dependency graph for all the other targets. The key improvement over the old way, is that it utilizes an "awk" associative array to guarantee that no package subdirectory is visited twice. For the package with the hairiest dependency graph, "x11/gnome", this leads to something like a 1,000-fold improvement! - - "sort -u" over the result of 'fetch-list-one-pkg' goes bye-bye. The new "awk" post-processor begins emitting output as soon as there is a file to fetch, so the user doesn't have to wait for the whole thing to finish before he sees anything. - - Get rid of the old hook for non-recursing for a top-level 'fetch-list', which was never used. Previously, a top-level 'fetch-list' couldn't work anyway, because the progress reports ruined the shell script. Remove 'fetch-list' from the targets that recurse from the top, and instead use a different 'fetch-list' target in "bsd.pkg.subdir.mk" to do the right thing. Currently, that right thing includes recursing in the single-category case, or if ${SPECIFIC_PKGS} is set, and not recursing in the top-level, all packages case (where it would be perfectly pointless).
2002-02-28 15:42:39 +01:00
. if !empty(_ALLFILES)
@${ECHO}
@${ECHO} '#'
@location=`pwd | ${AWK} -F / '{ print $$(NF-1) "/" $$NF }'`; \
${ECHO} '# Need additional files for ${PKGNAME} ('$$location')...'
@${ECHO} '#'
@${MKDIR} ${_DISTDIR}
. for fetchfile in ${_ALLFILES}
Generalize the handling for packages where "fetch" and "fetch-list" only emit a message and don't actually fetch anything. This allows us to make the output of "fetch-list" for these packages consistent with other packages. While we're in here, integrate DYNAMIC_MASTER_SITES with the ${ORDERED_SITES} macro. The only functional change here is that ${MASTER_SITE_OVERRIDE} is now respected. Still to do -- something appropriate for "fetch-list" for these packages, like sourcing "getsites.sh" into the generated script. (Well, "package", but there are two others that do something similar in their "Makefile".) Also eliminate the misbegotten _FETCH_ALLFILES macro -- now that only "fetch" uses it, move it's functionality directly under "do-fetch".
2002-03-04 20:41:03 +01:00
. if defined(_FETCH_MESSAGE)
@(cd ${_DISTDIR}; \
if [ ! -f ${fetchfile:T} ]; then \
${ECHO}; \
filesize=`${AWK} ' \
/^Size/ && $$2 == "(${fetchfile})" { print $$4 } \
' ${DISTINFO_FILE}` || true; \
${ECHO} '# Prompt user to get ${fetchfile} ('$${filesize-???}' bytes) manually:'; \
${ECHO} '#'; \
${ECHO} ${_FETCH_MESSAGE:Q}; \
fi)
Some tweaks to "fetch" and "fetch-list" re: DYNAMIC_MASTER_SITES: - - For "fetch", move the assignment of the "getsite.sh" script to a more natural place, to get the full benefit of, and consistent handling for, setting MASTER_SORT and MASTER_SORT_REGEX - - For "fetch-list", embed the "getsite.sh" script into the generated script, so that the calculation can be properly done at run-time. ("fetch-list" also respects MASTER_SORT and MASTER_SORT_REGEX.)
2002-03-10 18:15:29 +01:00
. elif defined(DYNAMIC_MASTER_SITES)
@(cd ${_DISTDIR}; \
if [ ! -f ${fetchfile:T} ]; then \
${ECHO}; \
filesize=`${AWK} ' \
/^Size/ && $$2 == "(${fetchfile})" { print $$4 } \
' ${DISTINFO_FILE}` || true; \
${ECHO} '# Fetch ${fetchfile} ('$${filesize-???}' bytes):'; \
${ECHO} '#'; \
${ECHO} '${SH} -s ${fetchfile:T} <<"EOF" |('; \
${CAT} ${FILESDIR}/getsite.sh; \
${ECHO} EOF; \
${ECHO} read unsorted_sites; \
${ECHO} 'unsorted_sites="$${unsorted_sites} ${_MASTER_SITE_BACKUP}"'; \
${ECHO} sites='"'${ORDERED_SITES:Q}'"'; \
${ECHO} "${MKDIR} ${_DISTDIR}"; \
${ECHO} 'cd ${_DISTDIR} && [ -f ${fetchfile} -o -f ${fetchfile:T} ] ||'; \
${ECHO} 'for site in $$sites; do'; \
${ECHO} ' ${FETCH_CMD} ${FETCH_BEFORE_ARGS} "$${site}${fetchfile:T}" ${FETCH_AFTER_ARGS} && break ||'; \
${ECHO} ' ${ECHO} ${fetchfile} not fetched'; \
${ECHO} done; \
${ECHO} ')'; \
fi)
Generalize the handling for packages where "fetch" and "fetch-list" only emit a message and don't actually fetch anything. This allows us to make the output of "fetch-list" for these packages consistent with other packages. While we're in here, integrate DYNAMIC_MASTER_SITES with the ${ORDERED_SITES} macro. The only functional change here is that ${MASTER_SITE_OVERRIDE} is now respected. Still to do -- something appropriate for "fetch-list" for these packages, like sourcing "getsites.sh" into the generated script. (Well, "package", but there are two others that do something similar in their "Makefile".) Also eliminate the misbegotten _FETCH_ALLFILES macro -- now that only "fetch" uses it, move it's functionality directly under "do-fetch".
2002-03-04 20:41:03 +01:00
. else
Comprehensive update to the fetch-list target (and friends), incorporating many suggestions made by Bernd Ernesti on "tech-pkg". Closes PR pkg/15539. - - Partially revert 1.895, which made 'fetch-list' ape 'fetch', so instead check if a file exists on the building host before emitting anything for it into the generated script. Update to use the new 'fetch' procedure on the fetching host, once it is determined that the file is needed, and generally clean up the output, so that it's a human readable shell script with comments. - - Introduce utility target 'show-all-depends-dirs', to do the necessary recursing over dependencies quickly and correctly. Add a couple of variations to show how it's done, and bracket the whole thing with ".if make()", so it's invisible to the dependency graph for all the other targets. The key improvement over the old way, is that it utilizes an "awk" associative array to guarantee that no package subdirectory is visited twice. For the package with the hairiest dependency graph, "x11/gnome", this leads to something like a 1,000-fold improvement! - - "sort -u" over the result of 'fetch-list-one-pkg' goes bye-bye. The new "awk" post-processor begins emitting output as soon as there is a file to fetch, so the user doesn't have to wait for the whole thing to finish before he sees anything. - - Get rid of the old hook for non-recursing for a top-level 'fetch-list', which was never used. Previously, a top-level 'fetch-list' couldn't work anyway, because the progress reports ruined the shell script. Remove 'fetch-list' from the targets that recurse from the top, and instead use a different 'fetch-list' target in "bsd.pkg.subdir.mk" to do the right thing. Currently, that right thing includes recursing in the single-category case, or if ${SPECIFIC_PKGS} is set, and not recursing in the top-level, all packages case (where it would be perfectly pointless).
2002-02-28 15:42:39 +01:00
@(cd ${_DISTDIR}; \
Generalize the handling for packages where "fetch" and "fetch-list" only emit a message and don't actually fetch anything. This allows us to make the output of "fetch-list" for these packages consistent with other packages. While we're in here, integrate DYNAMIC_MASTER_SITES with the ${ORDERED_SITES} macro. The only functional change here is that ${MASTER_SITE_OVERRIDE} is now respected. Still to do -- something appropriate for "fetch-list" for these packages, like sourcing "getsites.sh" into the generated script. (Well, "package", but there are two others that do something similar in their "Makefile".) Also eliminate the misbegotten _FETCH_ALLFILES macro -- now that only "fetch" uses it, move it's functionality directly under "do-fetch".
2002-03-04 20:41:03 +01:00
if [ ! -f ${fetchfile:T} ]; then \
Comprehensive update to the fetch-list target (and friends), incorporating many suggestions made by Bernd Ernesti on "tech-pkg". Closes PR pkg/15539. - - Partially revert 1.895, which made 'fetch-list' ape 'fetch', so instead check if a file exists on the building host before emitting anything for it into the generated script. Update to use the new 'fetch' procedure on the fetching host, once it is determined that the file is needed, and generally clean up the output, so that it's a human readable shell script with comments. - - Introduce utility target 'show-all-depends-dirs', to do the necessary recursing over dependencies quickly and correctly. Add a couple of variations to show how it's done, and bracket the whole thing with ".if make()", so it's invisible to the dependency graph for all the other targets. The key improvement over the old way, is that it utilizes an "awk" associative array to guarantee that no package subdirectory is visited twice. For the package with the hairiest dependency graph, "x11/gnome", this leads to something like a 1,000-fold improvement! - - "sort -u" over the result of 'fetch-list-one-pkg' goes bye-bye. The new "awk" post-processor begins emitting output as soon as there is a file to fetch, so the user doesn't have to wait for the whole thing to finish before he sees anything. - - Get rid of the old hook for non-recursing for a top-level 'fetch-list', which was never used. Previously, a top-level 'fetch-list' couldn't work anyway, because the progress reports ruined the shell script. Remove 'fetch-list' from the targets that recurse from the top, and instead use a different 'fetch-list' target in "bsd.pkg.subdir.mk" to do the right thing. Currently, that right thing includes recursing in the single-category case, or if ${SPECIFIC_PKGS} is set, and not recursing in the top-level, all packages case (where it would be perfectly pointless).
2002-02-28 15:42:39 +01:00
${ECHO}; \
filesize=`${AWK} ' \
/^Size/ && $$2 == "(${fetchfile})" { print $$4 } \
' ${DISTINFO_FILE}` || true; \
${ECHO} '# Fetch ${fetchfile} ('$${filesize-???}' bytes):'; \
${ECHO} '#'; \
${ECHO} 'unsorted_sites="${SITES_${fetchfile:T}} ${_MASTER_SITE_BACKUP}"'; \
${ECHO} sites='"'${ORDERED_SITES:Q}'"'; \
${ECHO} "${MKDIR} ${_DISTDIR}"; \
${ECHO} 'cd ${_DISTDIR} && [ -f ${fetchfile} -o -f ${fetchfile:T} ] ||'; \
${ECHO} 'for site in $$sites; do'; \
${ECHO} ' ${FETCH_CMD} ${FETCH_BEFORE_ARGS} "$${site}${fetchfile:T}" ${FETCH_AFTER_ARGS} && break ||'; \
${ECHO} ' ${ECHO} ${fetchfile} not fetched'; \
${ECHO} done; \
fi)
Some tweaks to "fetch" and "fetch-list" re: DYNAMIC_MASTER_SITES: - - For "fetch", move the assignment of the "getsite.sh" script to a more natural place, to get the full benefit of, and consistent handling for, setting MASTER_SORT and MASTER_SORT_REGEX - - For "fetch-list", embed the "getsite.sh" script into the generated script, so that the calculation can be properly done at run-time. ("fetch-list" also respects MASTER_SORT and MASTER_SORT_REGEX.)
2002-03-10 18:15:29 +01:00
. endif # defined(_FETCH_MESSAGE) || defined(DYNAMIC_MASTER_SITES)
Comprehensive update to the fetch-list target (and friends), incorporating many suggestions made by Bernd Ernesti on "tech-pkg". Closes PR pkg/15539. - - Partially revert 1.895, which made 'fetch-list' ape 'fetch', so instead check if a file exists on the building host before emitting anything for it into the generated script. Update to use the new 'fetch' procedure on the fetching host, once it is determined that the file is needed, and generally clean up the output, so that it's a human readable shell script with comments. - - Introduce utility target 'show-all-depends-dirs', to do the necessary recursing over dependencies quickly and correctly. Add a couple of variations to show how it's done, and bracket the whole thing with ".if make()", so it's invisible to the dependency graph for all the other targets. The key improvement over the old way, is that it utilizes an "awk" associative array to guarantee that no package subdirectory is visited twice. For the package with the hairiest dependency graph, "x11/gnome", this leads to something like a 1,000-fold improvement! - - "sort -u" over the result of 'fetch-list-one-pkg' goes bye-bye. The new "awk" post-processor begins emitting output as soon as there is a file to fetch, so the user doesn't have to wait for the whole thing to finish before he sees anything. - - Get rid of the old hook for non-recursing for a top-level 'fetch-list', which was never used. Previously, a top-level 'fetch-list' couldn't work anyway, because the progress reports ruined the shell script. Remove 'fetch-list' from the targets that recurse from the top, and instead use a different 'fetch-list' target in "bsd.pkg.subdir.mk" to do the right thing. Currently, that right thing includes recursing in the single-category case, or if ${SPECIFIC_PKGS} is set, and not recursing in the top-level, all packages case (where it would be perfectly pointless).
2002-02-28 15:42:39 +01:00
. endfor
. endif # !empty(_ALLFILES)
Recursively print /bin/sh code for all dependent package as well as the current package (IF called from a package dir and not via bsd.port.subdir.mk; in the latter case it's assumed that the dependent packages will be scanned later anyways). This fixes PR 4992 by Mario Kemper <magick@bundy.lip.owl.de>.
1998-02-20 22:31:20 +01:00
.endif # !target(fetch-list-one-pkg)
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
# Checksumming utilities
.if !target(makesum)
Add support for message digests other than md5 into pkgsrc. This is done by using the pkgsrc/pkgtools/digest package, and adding dependencies in bsd.pkg.mk to make sure that that package is up to date. There is no discernable performance decrease in using sha1 checksums over md5 ones, and most people advocate the use of sha1 or rmd160 over md5. As part of this change, move the initial setting of LOCALBASE, X11BASE and CROSSBASE into bsd.prefs.mk from bsd.pkg.mk. Addresses PR 11809.
2001-03-06 15:50:45 +01:00
makesum: fetch uptodate-digest
Distinfo changes. + move the distfile digest/checksum value from files/md5 to distinfo + move the patch digest/checksum values from files/patch-sum to distinfo + include distfile filesizes in distinfo If there's no distinfo file (the name comes from FreeBSD, no point in being gratuitously incompatible), then use existing files/{md5,patch-sum} files.
2001-04-17 11:07:01 +02:00
${_PKG_SILENT}${_PKG_DEBUG} \
newfile=${DISTINFO_FILE}.$$$$; \
Don't change distinfo file if no checksums/sizes are modified.
2001-04-21 14:40:58 +02:00
if [ -f ${DISTINFO_FILE} ]; then \
Reduce chances that distinfo ends up with a bogus RCS Id or none at all.
2002-07-02 15:31:40 +02:00
${GREP} '^.NetBSD' ${DISTINFO_FILE} > $$newfile || \
(${ECHO} -n "$$" > $$newfile && \
${ECHO} -n "NetBSD" >> $$newfile && \
${ECHO} "$$" >> $$newfile) \
Don't change distinfo file if no checksums/sizes are modified.
2001-04-21 14:40:58 +02:00
else \
${ECHO} -n "$$" > $$newfile; \
Distinfo changes. + move the distfile digest/checksum value from files/md5 to distinfo + move the patch digest/checksum values from files/patch-sum to distinfo + include distfile filesizes in distinfo If there's no distinfo file (the name comes from FreeBSD, no point in being gratuitously incompatible), then use existing files/{md5,patch-sum} files.
2001-04-17 11:07:01 +02:00
${ECHO} -n "NetBSD" >> $$newfile; \
${ECHO} "$$" >> $$newfile; \
Don't change distinfo file if no checksums/sizes are modified.
2001-04-21 14:40:58 +02:00
fi; \
${ECHO} "" >> $$newfile; \
Distinfo changes. + move the distfile digest/checksum value from files/md5 to distinfo + move the patch digest/checksum values from files/patch-sum to distinfo + include distfile filesizes in distinfo If there's no distinfo file (the name comes from FreeBSD, no point in being gratuitously incompatible), then use existing files/{md5,patch-sum} files.
2001-04-17 11:07:01 +02:00
cd ${DISTDIR}; \
Add Solaris support to pkgsrc, using Christos Zoulas' NetBSD emulation package. Tested for some packages on Solaris 2.6 on Sparc.
1999-03-08 18:26:54 +01:00
for sumfile in "" ${_CKSUMFILES}; do \
Fix a pasto, pointed out by John Refling in PR 10094, which prevented files from being ignored when making checksums for distfiles.
2000-05-11 10:14:35 +02:00
if [ "X$$sumfile" = "X" ]; then continue; fi; \
Distinfo changes. + move the distfile digest/checksum value from files/md5 to distinfo + move the patch digest/checksum values from files/patch-sum to distinfo + include distfile filesizes in distinfo If there's no distinfo file (the name comes from FreeBSD, no point in being gratuitously incompatible), then use existing files/{md5,patch-sum} files.
2001-04-17 11:07:01 +02:00
${DIGEST} ${DIGEST_ALGORITHM} $$sumfile >> $$newfile; \
Use ${SORT} and ${WC} instead of sort and wc. Also some minor whitespace fixes.
2001-06-12 15:17:01 +02:00
${WC} -c $$sumfile | ${AWK} '{ print "Size (" $$2 ") = " $$1 " bytes" }' >> $$newfile; \
Distinfo changes. + move the distfile digest/checksum value from files/md5 to distinfo + move the patch digest/checksum values from files/patch-sum to distinfo + include distfile filesizes in distinfo If there's no distinfo file (the name comes from FreeBSD, no point in being gratuitously incompatible), then use existing files/{md5,patch-sum} files.
2001-04-17 11:07:01 +02:00
done; \
Add Solaris support to pkgsrc, using Christos Zoulas' NetBSD emulation package. Tested for some packages on Solaris 2.6 on Sparc.
1999-03-08 18:26:54 +01:00
for ignore in "" ${_IGNOREFILES}; do \
Fix a pasto, pointed out by John Refling in PR 10094, which prevented files from being ignored when making checksums for distfiles.
2000-05-11 10:14:35 +02:00
if [ "X$$ignore" = "X" ]; then continue; fi; \
Distinfo changes. + move the distfile digest/checksum value from files/md5 to distinfo + move the patch digest/checksum values from files/patch-sum to distinfo + include distfile filesizes in distinfo If there's no distinfo file (the name comes from FreeBSD, no point in being gratuitously incompatible), then use existing files/{md5,patch-sum} files.
2001-04-17 11:07:01 +02:00
${ECHO} "${DIGEST_ALGORITHM} ($$ignore) = IGNORE" >> $$newfile; \
done; \
Deprecate DIGEST_FILE and PATCH_SUM_FILE (replaced by DIGEST_FILE, and not used anymore in pkgsrc).
2001-06-09 14:15:59 +02:00
if [ -f ${DISTINFO_FILE} ]; then \
${AWK} '$$2 ~ /\(patch-[a-z0-9]+\)/ { print $$0 }' < ${DISTINFO_FILE} >> $$newfile; \
Distinfo changes. + move the distfile digest/checksum value from files/md5 to distinfo + move the patch digest/checksum values from files/patch-sum to distinfo + include distfile filesizes in distinfo If there's no distinfo file (the name comes from FreeBSD, no point in being gratuitously incompatible), then use existing files/{md5,patch-sum} files.
2001-04-17 11:07:01 +02:00
fi; \
Add definitions for CMP pointing to cmp utility and use it in bsd.pkg.mk.
2001-07-13 08:16:02 +02:00
if ${CMP} -s $$newfile ${DISTINFO_FILE}; then \
Don't change distinfo file if no checksums/sizes are modified.
2001-04-21 14:40:58 +02:00
${RM} -f $$newfile; \
Improve message if distinfo parts don't get modified. Closes pkg/12718.
2001-04-23 22:53:50 +02:00
${ECHO_MSG} "=> distinfo: distfiles part unchanged."; \
Don't change distinfo file if no checksums/sizes are modified.
2001-04-21 14:40:58 +02:00
else \
${MV} $$newfile ${DISTINFO_FILE}; \
fi
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
.endif
Add logic to provide md5 checksums on the patch files, placing them in a file called files/patch-sum. This has the benefit of only attempting to patch packages with official patches. This should mean that you can untar a pkgsrc.tar.gz over a previous tree, and still have it do the right thing, ignoring old patch files. Patches which have an entry in the files/patch-sum file will be applied, and then any local patches. If there are local patches to a package, these should go in patch files called patches/patch-local-* (these files are ignored when calculating the files/patch-sum file, and also when checking the patches/patch-* files). The calculation of the patch checksum ignores any NetBSD RCS Id in the patch-* files. This removes a nasty ordering dependency for developers making patches to packages. Patch file checksums will only be checked if the files/patch-sum file exists. Add a target "makepatchsum", analogous to "makesum", which makes a new files/patch-sum file.
1999-07-09 15:14:21 +02:00
.if !target(makepatchsum)
Add support for message digests other than md5 into pkgsrc. This is done by using the pkgsrc/pkgtools/digest package, and adding dependencies in bsd.pkg.mk to make sure that that package is up to date. There is no discernable performance decrease in using sha1 checksums over md5 ones, and most people advocate the use of sha1 or rmd160 over md5. As part of this change, move the initial setting of LOCALBASE, X11BASE and CROSSBASE into bsd.prefs.mk from bsd.pkg.mk. Addresses PR 11809.
2001-03-06 15:50:45 +01:00
makepatchsum mps: uptodate-digest
Update "makepatchsum" target to produce a placeholder patch-sum file if and only if there are no patches and patch-sum already exists. This is necessary to meet the original purpose of that target, which is to "catch" users who happen to have old patches lying around, for whatever reason. Also, don't update patch-sum if it wouldn't change.
1999-10-14 07:31:22 +02:00
${_PKG_SILENT}${_PKG_DEBUG} \
Distinfo changes. + move the distfile digest/checksum value from files/md5 to distinfo + move the patch digest/checksum values from files/patch-sum to distinfo + include distfile filesizes in distinfo If there's no distinfo file (the name comes from FreeBSD, no point in being gratuitously incompatible), then use existing files/{md5,patch-sum} files.
2001-04-17 11:07:01 +02:00
newfile=${DISTINFO_FILE}.$$$$; \
Be consistent throughout the file with line continuations and whitespace. No functional changes.
2002-05-03 14:44:01 +02:00
if [ -f ${DISTINFO_FILE} ]; then \
Deprecate DIGEST_FILE and PATCH_SUM_FILE (replaced by DIGEST_FILE, and not used anymore in pkgsrc).
2001-06-09 14:15:59 +02:00
${AWK} '$$2 !~ /\(patch-[a-z0-9]+\)/ { print $$0 }' < ${DISTINFO_FILE} >> $$newfile; \
Fix 'make mdi' when no previous distinfo-file exists.
2001-06-09 14:56:21 +02:00
else \
${ECHO} -n "$$" > $$newfile; \
${ECHO} -n "NetBSD" >> $$newfile; \
${ECHO} "$$" >> $$newfile; \
Reduce chances that distinfo ends up with a bogus RCS Id or none at all.
2002-07-02 15:31:40 +02:00
${ECHO} "" >> $$newfile; \
Update "makepatchsum" target to produce a placeholder patch-sum file if and only if there are no patches and patch-sum already exists. This is necessary to meet the original purpose of that target, which is to "catch" users who happen to have old patches lying around, for whatever reason. Also, don't update patch-sum if it wouldn't change.
1999-10-14 07:31:22 +02:00
fi; \
Add logic to provide md5 checksums on the patch files, placing them in a file called files/patch-sum. This has the benefit of only attempting to patch packages with official patches. This should mean that you can untar a pkgsrc.tar.gz over a previous tree, and still have it do the right thing, ignoring old patch files. Patches which have an entry in the files/patch-sum file will be applied, and then any local patches. If there are local patches to a package, these should go in patch files called patches/patch-local-* (these files are ignored when calculating the files/patch-sum file, and also when checking the patches/patch-* files). The calculation of the patch checksum ignores any NetBSD RCS Id in the patch-* files. This removes a nasty ordering dependency for developers making patches to packages. Patch file checksums will only be checked if the files/patch-sum file exists. Add a target "makepatchsum", analogous to "makesum", which makes a new files/patch-sum file.
1999-07-09 15:14:21 +02:00
if [ -d ${PATCHDIR} ]; then \
Distinfo changes. + move the distfile digest/checksum value from files/md5 to distinfo + move the patch digest/checksum values from files/patch-sum to distinfo + include distfile filesizes in distinfo If there's no distinfo file (the name comes from FreeBSD, no point in being gratuitously incompatible), then use existing files/{md5,patch-sum} files.
2001-04-17 11:07:01 +02:00
(cd ${PATCHDIR}; \
Add logic to provide md5 checksums on the patch files, placing them in a file called files/patch-sum. This has the benefit of only attempting to patch packages with official patches. This should mean that you can untar a pkgsrc.tar.gz over a previous tree, and still have it do the right thing, ignoring old patch files. Patches which have an entry in the files/patch-sum file will be applied, and then any local patches. If there are local patches to a package, these should go in patch files called patches/patch-local-* (these files are ignored when calculating the files/patch-sum file, and also when checking the patches/patch-* files). The calculation of the patch checksum ignores any NetBSD RCS Id in the patch-* files. This removes a nasty ordering dependency for developers making patches to packages. Patch file checksums will only be checked if the files/patch-sum file exists. Add a target "makepatchsum", analogous to "makesum", which makes a new files/patch-sum file.
1999-07-09 15:14:21 +02:00
for sumfile in "" patch-*; do \
Update "makepatchsum" target to produce a placeholder patch-sum file if and only if there are no patches and patch-sum already exists. This is necessary to meet the original purpose of that target, which is to "catch" users who happen to have old patches lying around, for whatever reason. Also, don't update patch-sum if it wouldn't change.
1999-10-14 07:31:22 +02:00
if [ "X$$sumfile" = "X" ]; then continue; fi; \
if [ "X$$sumfile" = "Xpatch-*" ]; then break; fi; \
Add logic to provide md5 checksums on the patch files, placing them in a file called files/patch-sum. This has the benefit of only attempting to patch packages with official patches. This should mean that you can untar a pkgsrc.tar.gz over a previous tree, and still have it do the right thing, ignoring old patch files. Patches which have an entry in the files/patch-sum file will be applied, and then any local patches. If there are local patches to a package, these should go in patch files called patches/patch-local-* (these files are ignored when calculating the files/patch-sum file, and also when checking the patches/patch-* files). The calculation of the patch checksum ignores any NetBSD RCS Id in the patch-* files. This removes a nasty ordering dependency for developers making patches to packages. Patch file checksums will only be checked if the files/patch-sum file exists. Add a target "makepatchsum", analogous to "makesum", which makes a new files/patch-sum file.
1999-07-09 15:14:21 +02:00
case $$sumfile in \
Update "makepatchsum" target to produce a placeholder patch-sum file if and only if there are no patches and patch-sum already exists. This is necessary to meet the original purpose of that target, which is to "catch" users who happen to have old patches lying around, for whatever reason. Also, don't update patch-sum if it wouldn't change.
1999-10-14 07:31:22 +02:00
patch-local-*) ;; \
Don't generate checksums for patches that will get ignored in the apply step anyway (*.orig, *.rej).
2001-04-21 14:56:56 +02:00
*.orig|*.rej|*~) continue ;; \
Distinfo changes. + move the distfile digest/checksum value from files/md5 to distinfo + move the patch digest/checksum values from files/patch-sum to distinfo + include distfile filesizes in distinfo If there's no distinfo file (the name comes from FreeBSD, no point in being gratuitously incompatible), then use existing files/{md5,patch-sum} files.
2001-04-17 11:07:01 +02:00
*) ${ECHO} "${DIGEST_ALGORITHM} ($$sumfile) = `${SED} -e '/\$$NetBSD.*/d' $$sumfile | ${DIGEST} ${DIGEST_ALGORITHM}`" >> $$newfile;; \
Add logic to provide md5 checksums on the patch files, placing them in a file called files/patch-sum. This has the benefit of only attempting to patch packages with official patches. This should mean that you can untar a pkgsrc.tar.gz over a previous tree, and still have it do the right thing, ignoring old patch files. Patches which have an entry in the files/patch-sum file will be applied, and then any local patches. If there are local patches to a package, these should go in patch files called patches/patch-local-* (these files are ignored when calculating the files/patch-sum file, and also when checking the patches/patch-* files). The calculation of the patch checksum ignores any NetBSD RCS Id in the patch-* files. This removes a nasty ordering dependency for developers making patches to packages. Patch file checksums will only be checked if the files/patch-sum file exists. Add a target "makepatchsum", analogous to "makesum", which makes a new files/patch-sum file.
1999-07-09 15:14:21 +02:00
esac; \
Distinfo changes. + move the distfile digest/checksum value from files/md5 to distinfo + move the patch digest/checksum values from files/patch-sum to distinfo + include distfile filesizes in distinfo If there's no distinfo file (the name comes from FreeBSD, no point in being gratuitously incompatible), then use existing files/{md5,patch-sum} files.
2001-04-17 11:07:01 +02:00
done); \
Update "makepatchsum" target to produce a placeholder patch-sum file if and only if there are no patches and patch-sum already exists. This is necessary to meet the original purpose of that target, which is to "catch" users who happen to have old patches lying around, for whatever reason. Also, don't update patch-sum if it wouldn't change.
1999-10-14 07:31:22 +02:00
fi; \
Add definitions for CMP pointing to cmp utility and use it in bsd.pkg.mk.
2001-07-13 08:16:02 +02:00
if ${CMP} -s $$newfile ${DISTINFO_FILE}; then \
Don't change distinfo file if no checksums/sizes are modified.
2001-04-21 14:40:58 +02:00
${RM} -f $$newfile; \
Improve message if distinfo parts don't get modified. Closes pkg/12718.
2001-04-23 22:53:50 +02:00
${ECHO_MSG} "=> distinfo: patches part unchanged."; \
Don't change distinfo file if no checksums/sizes are modified.
2001-04-21 14:40:58 +02:00
else \
${MV} $$newfile ${DISTINFO_FILE}; \
fi
Distinfo changes. + move the distfile digest/checksum value from files/md5 to distinfo + move the patch digest/checksum values from files/patch-sum to distinfo + include distfile filesizes in distinfo If there's no distinfo file (the name comes from FreeBSD, no point in being gratuitously incompatible), then use existing files/{md5,patch-sum} files.
2001-04-17 11:07:01 +02:00
.endif
Deprecate DIGEST_FILE and PATCH_SUM_FILE (replaced by DIGEST_FILE, and not used anymore in pkgsrc).
2001-06-09 14:15:59 +02:00
# This target is done by invoking a sub-make so that DISTINFO_FILE gets
Distinfo changes. + move the distfile digest/checksum value from files/md5 to distinfo + move the patch digest/checksum values from files/patch-sum to distinfo + include distfile filesizes in distinfo If there's no distinfo file (the name comes from FreeBSD, no point in being gratuitously incompatible), then use existing files/{md5,patch-sum} files.
2001-04-17 11:07:01 +02:00
# re-evaluated after the "makepatchsum" target is made. This can be
# made into:
#makedistinfo mdi: makepatchsum makesum
# once a combined distinfo file exists for all packages
.if !target(makedistinfo)
makedistinfo mdi distinfo: makepatchsum
${_PKG_SILENT}${_PKG_DEBUG}${MAKE} makesum
Add logic to provide md5 checksums on the patch files, placing them in a file called files/patch-sum. This has the benefit of only attempting to patch packages with official patches. This should mean that you can untar a pkgsrc.tar.gz over a previous tree, and still have it do the right thing, ignoring old patch files. Patches which have an entry in the files/patch-sum file will be applied, and then any local patches. If there are local patches to a package, these should go in patch files called patches/patch-local-* (these files are ignored when calculating the files/patch-sum file, and also when checking the patches/patch-* files). The calculation of the patch checksum ignores any NetBSD RCS Id in the patch-* files. This removes a nasty ordering dependency for developers making patches to packages. Patch file checksums will only be checked if the files/patch-sum file exists. Add a target "makepatchsum", analogous to "makesum", which makes a new files/patch-sum file.
1999-07-09 15:14:21 +02:00
.endif
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
.if !target(checksum)
Add support for message digests other than md5 into pkgsrc. This is done by using the pkgsrc/pkgtools/digest package, and adding dependencies in bsd.pkg.mk to make sure that that package is up to date. There is no discernable performance decrease in using sha1 checksums over md5 ones, and most people advocate the use of sha1 or rmd160 over md5. As part of this change, move the initial setting of LOCALBASE, X11BASE and CROSSBASE into bsd.prefs.mk from bsd.pkg.mk. Addresses PR 11809.
2001-03-06 15:50:45 +01:00
checksum: fetch uptodate-digest
Add Solaris support to pkgsrc, using Christos Zoulas' NetBSD emulation package. Tested for some packages on Solaris 2.6 on Sparc.
1999-03-08 18:26:54 +01:00
${_PKG_SILENT}${_PKG_DEBUG} \
Deprecate DIGEST_FILE and PATCH_SUM_FILE (replaced by DIGEST_FILE, and not used anymore in pkgsrc).
2001-06-09 14:15:59 +02:00
if [ ! -f ${DISTINFO_FILE} ]; then \
Add support for message digests other than md5 into pkgsrc. This is done by using the pkgsrc/pkgtools/digest package, and adding dependencies in bsd.pkg.mk to make sure that that package is up to date. There is no discernable performance decrease in using sha1 checksums over md5 ones, and most people advocate the use of sha1 or rmd160 over md5. As part of this change, move the initial setting of LOCALBASE, X11BASE and CROSSBASE into bsd.prefs.mk from bsd.pkg.mk. Addresses PR 11809.
2001-03-06 15:50:45 +01:00
${ECHO_MSG} "=> No checksum file."; \
Add Solaris support to pkgsrc, using Christos Zoulas' NetBSD emulation package. Tested for some packages on Solaris 2.6 on Sparc.
1999-03-08 18:26:54 +01:00
else \
(cd ${DISTDIR}; OK="true"; \
for file in "" ${_CKSUMFILES}; do \
if [ "X$$file" = X"" ]; then continue; fi; \
Deprecate DIGEST_FILE and PATCH_SUM_FILE (replaced by DIGEST_FILE, and not used anymore in pkgsrc).
2001-06-09 14:15:59 +02:00
alg=`${AWK} 'NF == 4 && $$2 == "('$$file')" && $$3 == "=" {print $$1;}' ${DISTINFO_FILE}`; \
Make sure that we only try to perform checks on distfiles and patches if there's a corresponding checksum in files/md5 or files/patch-sum
2001-03-07 15:57:49 +01:00
if [ "X$$alg" = "X" ]; then \
In informational messages to the user, use '=>' in preference to '>>', so that cut-n-paste into send-pr will work correctly. Fixes PR 9173 from ITOH Yasufumi.
2000-03-10 17:07:37 +01:00
${ECHO_MSG} "=> No checksum recorded for $$file."; \
Add Solaris support to pkgsrc, using Christos Zoulas' NetBSD emulation package. Tested for some packages on Solaris 2.6 on Sparc.
1999-03-08 18:26:54 +01:00
OK="false"; \
else \
Make sure that we only try to perform checks on distfiles and patches if there's a corresponding checksum in files/md5 or files/patch-sum
2001-03-07 15:57:49 +01:00
CKSUM=`${DIGEST} $$alg < $$file`; \
Deprecate DIGEST_FILE and PATCH_SUM_FILE (replaced by DIGEST_FILE, and not used anymore in pkgsrc).
2001-06-09 14:15:59 +02:00
CKSUM2=`${AWK} '$$1 == "'$$alg'" && $$2 == "('$$file')"{print $$4;}' ${DISTINFO_FILE}`; \
Make sure that we only try to perform checks on distfiles and patches if there's a corresponding checksum in files/md5 or files/patch-sum
2001-03-07 15:57:49 +01:00
if [ "$$CKSUM2" = "IGNORE" ]; then \
${ECHO_MSG} "=> Checksum for $$file is set to IGNORE in checksum file even though"; \
${ECHO_MSG} " the file is not in the "'$$'"{IGNOREFILES} list."; \
OK="false"; \
elif [ "$$CKSUM" = "$$CKSUM2" ]; then \
${ECHO_MSG} "=> Checksum OK for $$file."; \
else \
${ECHO_MSG} "=> Checksum mismatch for $$file."; \
OK="false"; \
fi; \
Add Solaris support to pkgsrc, using Christos Zoulas' NetBSD emulation package. Tested for some packages on Solaris 2.6 on Sparc.
1999-03-08 18:26:54 +01:00
fi; \
done; \
for file in "" ${_IGNOREFILES}; do \
if [ "X$$file" = X"" ]; then continue; fi; \
Deprecate DIGEST_FILE and PATCH_SUM_FILE (replaced by DIGEST_FILE, and not used anymore in pkgsrc).
2001-06-09 14:15:59 +02:00
CKSUM2=`${AWK} 'NF == 4 && $$3 == "=" && $$2 == "('$$file')"{print $$4;}' ${DISTINFO_FILE}`; \
Add Solaris support to pkgsrc, using Christos Zoulas' NetBSD emulation package. Tested for some packages on Solaris 2.6 on Sparc.
1999-03-08 18:26:54 +01:00
if [ "$$CKSUM2" = "" ]; then \
In informational messages to the user, use '=>' in preference to '>>', so that cut-n-paste into send-pr will work correctly. Fixes PR 9173 from ITOH Yasufumi.
2000-03-10 17:07:37 +01:00
${ECHO_MSG} "=> No checksum recorded for $$file, file is in "'$$'"{IGNOREFILES} list."; \
Add Solaris support to pkgsrc, using Christos Zoulas' NetBSD emulation package. Tested for some packages on Solaris 2.6 on Sparc.
1999-03-08 18:26:54 +01:00
OK="false"; \
elif [ "$$CKSUM2" != "IGNORE" ]; then \
Add support for message digests other than md5 into pkgsrc. This is done by using the pkgsrc/pkgtools/digest package, and adding dependencies in bsd.pkg.mk to make sure that that package is up to date. There is no discernable performance decrease in using sha1 checksums over md5 ones, and most people advocate the use of sha1 or rmd160 over md5. As part of this change, move the initial setting of LOCALBASE, X11BASE and CROSSBASE into bsd.prefs.mk from bsd.pkg.mk. Addresses PR 11809.
2001-03-06 15:50:45 +01:00
${ECHO_MSG} "=> Checksum for $$file is not set to IGNORE in checksum file even though"; \
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
${ECHO_MSG} " the file is in the "'$$'"{IGNOREFILES} list."; \
Add Solaris support to pkgsrc, using Christos Zoulas' NetBSD emulation package. Tested for some packages on Solaris 2.6 on Sparc.
1999-03-08 18:26:54 +01:00
OK="false"; \
fi; \
done; \
if [ "$$OK" != "true" ]; then \
Deprecate DIGEST_FILE and PATCH_SUM_FILE (replaced by DIGEST_FILE, and not used anymore in pkgsrc).
2001-06-09 14:15:59 +02:00
${ECHO_MSG} "Make sure the Makefile and checksum file (${DISTINFO_FILE})"; \
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
${ECHO_MSG} "are up to date. If you want to override this check, type"; \
make -> ${MAKE}, as per FreeBSD's PR 6341.
1998-04-19 14:48:07 +02:00
${ECHO_MSG} "\"${MAKE} NO_CHECKSUM=yes [other args]\"."; \
Add Solaris support to pkgsrc, using Christos Zoulas' NetBSD emulation package. Tested for some packages on Solaris 2.6 on Sparc.
1999-03-08 18:26:54 +01:00
exit 1; \
fi) ; \
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
fi
.endif
Add bin-install package: will install a binary package if available, else run a "make package". XXX needs to be extended to also look on some FTP sites.
2000-07-06 18:45:21 +02:00
make the bin-install target look at some FTP servers (stored in BINPKG_SITES). As discussed on tech-pkg.
2001-05-20 03:58:19 +02:00
# List of sites carrying binary pkgs. Variables "rel" and "arch" are
# replaced with OS release ("1.5", ...) and architecture ("mipsel", ...)
BINPKG_SITE?= \
ftp://ftp.netbsd.org/pub/NetBSD/packages/$${rel}/$${arch}
# List of flags to pass to pkg_add(8) for bin-install:
BIN_INSTALL_FLAGS?= # -v
Add bin-install package: will install a binary package if available, else run a "make package". XXX needs to be extended to also look on some FTP sites.
2000-07-06 18:45:21 +02:00
# Install binary pkg, without strict uptodate-check first
bin-install:
make the bin-install target look at some FTP servers (stored in BINPKG_SITES). As discussed on tech-pkg.
2001-05-20 03:58:19 +02:00
@found="`${PKG_INFO} -e \"${PKGWILDCARD}\" || ${TRUE}`"; \
if [ "$$found" != "" ]; then \
${ECHO_MSG} "${_PKGSRC_IN}> $$found is already installed - perhaps an older version?"; \
${ECHO_MSG} "*** If so, you may wish to \`\`pkg_delete $$found'' and install"; \
${ECHO_MSG} "*** this package again by \`\`${MAKE} bin-install'' to upgrade it properly."; \
${SHCOMMENT} ${ECHO_MSG} "*** or use \`\`${MAKE} bin-update'' to upgrade it and all of its dependencies."; \
exit 1; \
fi
Add bin-install package: will install a binary package if available, else run a "make package". XXX needs to be extended to also look on some FTP sites.
2000-07-06 18:45:21 +02:00
@if [ -f ${PKGFILE} ] ; then \
${ECHO_MSG} "Installing from binary pkg ${PKGFILE}" ; \
${PKG_ADD} ${PKGFILE} ; \
else \
Be consistent throughout the file with line continuations and whitespace. No functional changes.
2002-05-03 14:44:01 +02:00
rel=`${UNAME} -r | ${SED} 's@\.\([0-9]*\)[\._].*@\.\1@'`; \
bin-install: use $MACHINE_ARCH over calling uname
2002-02-14 00:02:14 +01:00
arch=${MACHINE_ARCH}; \
make the bin-install target look at some FTP servers (stored in BINPKG_SITES). As discussed on tech-pkg.
2001-05-20 03:58:19 +02:00
for site in ${BINPKG_SITE} ; do \
Migrate some OS-specific variable definitions into OS-specific files. Include it in bsd.prefs.mk to allow their use much earlier in Makefiles, and try to use the variable references instead of directly invoking the programs in bsd.prefs.mk and bsd.pkg.mk where possible.
2001-06-12 14:49:55 +02:00
${ECHO} Trying `eval ${ECHO} $$site`/All ; \
${SHCOMMENT} ${ECHO} ${SETENV} PKG_PATH="`eval ${ECHO} $$site`/All" ${PKG_ADD} ${BIN_INSTALL_FLAGS} ${PKGNAME}${PKG_SUFX} ; \
if ${SETENV} PKG_PATH="`eval ${ECHO} $$site`/All" ${PKG_ADD} ${BIN_INSTALL_FLAGS} ${PKGNAME}${PKG_SUFX} ; then \
Be consistent throughout the file with line continuations and whitespace. No functional changes.
2002-05-03 14:44:01 +02:00
${ECHO} "${PKGNAME} successfully installed."; \
make the bin-install target look at some FTP servers (stored in BINPKG_SITES). As discussed on tech-pkg.
2001-05-20 03:58:19 +02:00
break ; \
fi ; \
done ; \
quote args to pkg_info, to prevent some shell trying to interpret them.
2002-09-16 12:04:39 +02:00
if ! ${PKG_INFO} -qe "${PKGNAME}" ; then \
make the bin-install target look at some FTP servers (stored in BINPKG_SITES). As discussed on tech-pkg.
2001-05-20 03:58:19 +02:00
${SHCOMMENT} Cycle through some FTP server here ;\
${ECHO_MSG} "Installing from source" ; \
bin-install: set DEPENDS_TARGET=bin-install, so depends are still installed via binaries (if possible), even if there is no binary pkg available for the current pkg. Implementation still allows overriding DEPENDS_TARGET=build (etc.) to force installation of dependencies by compiling if desired. Patch submitted by Marko Schuetz <MarkoSchuetz@web.de> in private mail.
2002-04-25 23:58:55 +02:00
${MAKE} ${MAKEFLAGS} package \
DEPENDS_TARGET=${DEPENDS_TARGET} && \
make the bin-install target look at some FTP servers (stored in BINPKG_SITES). As discussed on tech-pkg.
2001-05-20 03:58:19 +02:00
${MAKE} ${MAKEFLAGS} clean ; \
fi ; \
Add bin-install package: will install a binary package if available, else run a "make package". XXX needs to be extended to also look on some FTP sites.
2000-07-06 18:45:21 +02:00
fi
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
################################################################
# The special package-building targets
# You probably won't need to touch these
################################################################
Add support for SVR4_PKGNAME: SVR4 has a lenght limitation of the package name: Only 9 characters are allowed. Thats not a real problem since gensolpkg, which is used to create a SVR4 packages, truncates the PKGNAME to 9 characters, but there is a second problem. Normaly you have a vendor identifier in that package name. gensolpkg uses at the moment TNF, so we only have 6 characters left, and that is insufficient for a few packages like the amanda ones. Where the real lenght should be limited to 5 characters so one can choose to use a vendor string up to 4 characters. SVR4_PKGNAME should be only added to a few packages where the truncation of the PKGNAME does not produce an unique package name, e.g the amanda packages. You will need pkgsrc/pkgtools/gensolpkg 1.9 which will be commited in the next few days to use SVR4_PKGNAME. TODO: add SVR4_PKGNAME support to pkglint.
2001-01-21 23:41:03 +01:00
# Set to "html" by the README.html target to generate HTML code,
# or to "svr4" to print SVR4 (Solaris, ...) short package names, from
# SVR4_PKGNAME variable.
# This variable is passed down via build-depends-list and run-depends-list
Cosmetic mods: PACKAGE_NAME_AS_LINK, which can have a YES or NO value, changed to PACKAGE_NAME_TYPE, which can have an html or name value. s/echo/${ECHO}/
1998-08-27 16:56:02 +02:00
PACKAGE_NAME_TYPE?= name
Enhance look & feel of the generated README.html's.
1998-02-20 23:06:18 +01:00
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
# Nobody should want to override this unless PKGNAME is simply bogus.
.if !target(package-name)
package-name:
Change indentation (whitespace changes only!): .if .if .if . if .else => . else .endif . endif .endif .endif Patch contributed by Marc Espie <espie@liafa.jussieu.fr> in preparation of merging latest changes with the OpenPackages project. Thanks Marc!
2001-07-19 00:43:32 +02:00
. if (${PACKAGE_NAME_TYPE} == "html")
Inline HTMLIFY using make(1) subsitution rules. Eliminates two more sed(1) invocations per dependency. XXX This is really quite stupid, in that the characters we're quoting are also shell metacharacters that are passed unquoted to the shell in other places. CVS ----------------------------------------------------------------------
2000-06-04 00:59:04 +02:00
@${ECHO} '<a href="../../${PKGPATH:S/&/\&amp;/g:S/>/\&gt;/g:S/</\&lt;/g}/README.html">${PKGNAME:S/&/\&amp;/g:S/>/\&gt;/g:S/</\&lt;/g}</A>'
Change indentation (whitespace changes only!): .if .if .if . if .else => . else .endif . endif .endif .endif Patch contributed by Marc Espie <espie@liafa.jussieu.fr> in preparation of merging latest changes with the OpenPackages project. Thanks Marc!
2001-07-19 00:43:32 +02:00
. elif (${PACKAGE_NAME_TYPE} == "svr4")
Add support for SVR4_PKGNAME: SVR4 has a lenght limitation of the package name: Only 9 characters are allowed. Thats not a real problem since gensolpkg, which is used to create a SVR4 packages, truncates the PKGNAME to 9 characters, but there is a second problem. Normaly you have a vendor identifier in that package name. gensolpkg uses at the moment TNF, so we only have 6 characters left, and that is insufficient for a few packages like the amanda ones. Where the real lenght should be limited to 5 characters so one can choose to use a vendor string up to 4 characters. SVR4_PKGNAME should be only added to a few packages where the truncation of the PKGNAME does not produce an unique package name, e.g the amanda packages. You will need pkgsrc/pkgtools/gensolpkg 1.9 which will be commited in the next few days to use SVR4_PKGNAME. TODO: add SVR4_PKGNAME support to pkglint.
2001-01-21 23:41:03 +01:00
@${ECHO} ${SVR4_PKGNAME}
Change indentation (whitespace changes only!): .if .if .if . if .else => . else .endif . endif .endif .endif Patch contributed by Marc Espie <espie@liafa.jussieu.fr> in preparation of merging latest changes with the OpenPackages project. Thanks Marc!
2001-07-19 00:43:32 +02:00
. else
Get rid of another fork.
2000-06-03 15:36:13 +02:00
@${ECHO} ${PKGNAME}
Change indentation (whitespace changes only!): .if .if .if . if .else => . else .endif . endif .endif .endif Patch contributed by Marc Espie <espie@liafa.jussieu.fr> in preparation of merging latest changes with the OpenPackages project. Thanks Marc!
2001-07-19 00:43:32 +02:00
. endif # PACKAGE_NAME_TYPE
Enhance look & feel of the generated README.html's.
1998-02-20 23:06:18 +01:00
.endif # !target(package-name)
Change COMMENT handling: COMMENTs are now a variable in the Makefile instead of a pkg/COMMENT file. The COMMENT var should be in the maintainer block after the homepage. Modify bsd.pkg.mk, pkglint, url2pkg, and port2pkg (last one untested) for the new behaviour. Document new state in Packages.txt. This should save lots of inodes, and lots of time when untarring/updating. Idea by Alistair Crooks. For the time being, accept pkg/COMMENT instead of a COMMENT var to avoid a flag day.
2001-02-16 14:06:17 +01:00
.if !target(make-readme-html-help)
make-readme-html-help:
Use the make :Q modifier for quoting strings for the shell, instead of manually doing it (in some places).
2001-02-21 16:01:29 +01:00
@${ECHO} '${PKGNAME:S/&/\&amp;/g:S/>/\&gt;/g:S/</\&lt;/g}</a>: <TD>'${COMMENT:S/&/\&amp;/g:S/>/\&gt;/g:S/</\&lt;/g:Q}
Change COMMENT handling: COMMENTs are now a variable in the Makefile instead of a pkg/COMMENT file. The COMMENT var should be in the maintainer block after the homepage. Modify bsd.pkg.mk, pkglint, url2pkg, and port2pkg (last one untested) for the new behaviour. Document new state in Packages.txt. This should save lots of inodes, and lots of time when untarring/updating. Idea by Alistair Crooks. For the time being, accept pkg/COMMENT instead of a COMMENT var to avoid a flag day.
2001-02-16 14:06:17 +01:00
.endif # !target(make-readme-html-help)
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
# Show (recursively) all the packages this package depends on.
Change print-depends to look into /var/db/pkg, instead of pkgsrc (implements $PACKAGE_DEPENDS_QUICK) -- Thomas Klausner hinted me at some interresting problem WRT the print-depends package. If something depends on suse_linus-6.*, that package will register whatever suse_linux there is right now on the system (in his case V6.1). What print-depends then does is also dig out any pkgs required for suse_linux, based on what's in pkgsrc, which is of course _wrong_, as this most likely doesn't match the installed version.[*] The right thing instead is to print whatever the (currently installed) suse_linux package depends on, which can be read from "pkg_info -qf" output, looking at the @pkgdep lines. Of course this only works if the pkg is actually installed, so it cannot be used for README.html generation etc., but that's bad luck. One positive aspect of using the @pkgdep list instead of going down recursively is that this saves some time and processes. On my P133 it's going down from ~11s to 0.5s for the pkgsrc/x11/kde package. During a "make package" of kde itself (not counting the depending pkgs) this will cut down like 20s (once for the fake-pkg target, and another one for the pkg_create args - maybe a 3rd time for pkg_create in fake-pkg, but I don't want to check that right now). Anyways, a general solution would be to use the "pkg_info -qf | grep @pkgdep" in print-depends instead of recursion (only!) in the places that we know that the depends are installed. Which is the PKG_ARGS assignment (for pkg_create) and the fake-pkg target. [*] Plus it may be questioned that we should not go down recursively for pkg depends anyways, but this is used in too many subtle ways throughout the system to change.
2000-03-09 15:05:26 +01:00
# If PACKAGE_DEPENDS_WITH_PATTERNS is set, print as pattern (if possible)
Bump PKGTOOLS_REQD to 20000202. As a consequence of this - unconditionally enable the size code - use wildcards consistently (PACKAGE_DEPENDS_WITH_PATTERNS=true)
2000-02-02 17:28:55 +01:00
PACKAGE_DEPENDS_WITH_PATTERNS?=true
Change print-depends to look into /var/db/pkg, instead of pkgsrc (implements $PACKAGE_DEPENDS_QUICK) -- Thomas Klausner hinted me at some interresting problem WRT the print-depends package. If something depends on suse_linus-6.*, that package will register whatever suse_linux there is right now on the system (in his case V6.1). What print-depends then does is also dig out any pkgs required for suse_linux, based on what's in pkgsrc, which is of course _wrong_, as this most likely doesn't match the installed version.[*] The right thing instead is to print whatever the (currently installed) suse_linux package depends on, which can be read from "pkg_info -qf" output, looking at the @pkgdep lines. Of course this only works if the pkg is actually installed, so it cannot be used for README.html generation etc., but that's bad luck. One positive aspect of using the @pkgdep list instead of going down recursively is that this saves some time and processes. On my P133 it's going down from ~11s to 0.5s for the pkgsrc/x11/kde package. During a "make package" of kde itself (not counting the depending pkgs) this will cut down like 20s (once for the fake-pkg target, and another one for the pkg_create args - maybe a 3rd time for pkg_create in fake-pkg, but I don't want to check that right now). Anyways, a general solution would be to use the "pkg_info -qf | grep @pkgdep" in print-depends instead of recursion (only!) in the places that we know that the depends are installed. Which is the PKG_ARGS assignment (for pkg_create) and the fake-pkg target. [*] Plus it may be questioned that we should not go down recursively for pkg depends anyways, but this is used in too many subtle ways throughout the system to change.
2000-03-09 15:05:26 +01:00
# To be used (-> true) ONLY if the pkg in question is known to be installed
# (i.e. when calling for pkg_create args, and for fake-pkg)
# Will probably not work with PACKAGE_DEPENDS_WITH_PATTERNS=false ...
PACKAGE_DEPENDS_QUICK?=false
* More target renaming: depends-list => build-depends-list package-depends => run-depends-list print-depends-list => print-build-depends-list print-package-depends => print-run-depends-list * While there, fix print-run-depends-list to not seperate items by \n. Changes discussed with wiz.
2000-08-01 04:51:34 +02:00
.if !target(run-depends-list)
run-depends-list:
Change indentation (whitespace changes only!): .if .if .if . if .else => . else .endif . endif .endif .endif Patch contributed by Marc Espie <espie@liafa.jussieu.fr> in preparation of merging latest changes with the OpenPackages project. Thanks Marc!
2001-07-19 00:43:32 +02:00
. for dep in ${DEPENDS}
When displaying a list of "dependencies" in the run-depends-list target, don't display what we're doing if PKG_DEBUG_LEVEL is non-zero - the output of run-depends-list is fed to pkg_create(1) and encoded in the binary package as a list of @pkgdep lines, and expanding the output is not the right thing to do.
2001-05-24 15:28:36 +02:00
@pkg="${dep:C/:.*//}"; \
Speedups! Major changes: * Avoid a big bunch of subshells/forks/execs by using make(1) features; should be good for some minor speedups. * Use shell builtins for echo, true, false, test. Using full paths here causes fork&execs, making things slow. Only changed for NetBSD. * Rename all references to ${.MAKEFLAGS} to ${MAKEFLAGS}. See make(1). * Evaluate all !=s only once, and add them to MAKEFLAGS * Pass ${MAKEFLAGS} to ALL ${MAKE} calls Now PKGTOOLS_VERSION is really only set once in a whole "make package" cycle, even across dependencies. Minor changes: * SORTED_MASTER_SITES was renamed SORTED_MASTER_SITES_CMD and is now (only) execuded in the places where it's needed. * Don't check for /usr/bin/fetch - we never had it, and if someone depends on it he can set FETCH_CMD instead. * Don't fall back to README.port * Replace some commands by their uppercase equivalents (sed -> ${SED}, same for grep, awk, ...) * Some whitespace changes to improve readability => With these changes, times for a "make clean" in x11/kde go down to 20%, time for "make readme" goes down to 33%!
2000-06-03 09:15:28 +02:00
dir="${dep:C/[^:]*://}"; \
Allow using absolute paths as second component of DEPENDS again.
2000-06-04 02:50:48 +02:00
cd ${.CURDIR}; \
In package-depends, don't print warnings about non-existing dir if the information from that dir isn't used. Reviewed by: wiz
2000-06-24 01:41:43 +02:00
if ${PACKAGE_DEPENDS_WITH_PATTERNS}; then \
${ECHO} "$$pkg"; \
else \
if cd $$dir 2>/dev/null; then \
Clean up the previous commits: * in package-depends split handling of DEPENDS and RUN_DEPENDS again. The fact that the code was equal for both cases (and thus broken!) is no excuse to fold the two together. (What's the difference? DEPENDS has a pkg name/patter as first value, RUN_DEPENDS has a executable name of file/path) * cut down two more ()s * fix binpkg-list to find binary pkgs again. Remember, $PACKAGES is where binary packages are placed, under a well defined directory structure (including dir "All" and category dirs). * Sort available binary pkgs in README.html by machine again * Inline one more use of the "package-path" target. It's unused now. Anyone care if we remove it? * Fix variable name in print-pkg-depend-sizes: the first component of DEPENDS is a package-name/patter, not a program.
2000-06-03 18:52:32 +02:00
${MAKE} ${MAKEFLAGS} package-name PACKAGE_NAME_TYPE=${PACKAGE_NAME_TYPE}; \
* Move the clean-depends target near the clear target * some whitespace change to enhance readability
2000-05-31 18:59:44 +02:00
else \
In package-depends, don't print warnings about non-existing dir if the information from that dir isn't used. Reviewed by: wiz
2000-06-24 01:41:43 +02:00
${ECHO_MSG} "Warning: \"$$dir\" non-existent -- @pkgdep registration incomplete" >&2; \
fi; \
fi; \
Be consistent throughout the file with line continuations and whitespace. No functional changes.
2002-05-03 14:44:01 +02:00
if ${PACKAGE_DEPENDS_QUICK}; then \
In package-depends, don't print warnings about non-existing dir if the information from that dir isn't used. Reviewed by: wiz
2000-06-24 01:41:43 +02:00
${PKG_INFO} -qf "$$pkg" | ${AWK} '/^@pkgdep/ {print $$2}'; \
Be consistent throughout the file with line continuations and whitespace. No functional changes.
2002-05-03 14:44:01 +02:00
else \
In package-depends, don't print warnings about non-existing dir if the information from that dir isn't used. Reviewed by: wiz
2000-06-24 01:41:43 +02:00
if cd $$dir 2>/dev/null; then \
Add support for SVR4_PKGNAME: SVR4 has a lenght limitation of the package name: Only 9 characters are allowed. Thats not a real problem since gensolpkg, which is used to create a SVR4 packages, truncates the PKGNAME to 9 characters, but there is a second problem. Normaly you have a vendor identifier in that package name. gensolpkg uses at the moment TNF, so we only have 6 characters left, and that is insufficient for a few packages like the amanda ones. Where the real lenght should be limited to 5 characters so one can choose to use a vendor string up to 4 characters. SVR4_PKGNAME should be only added to a few packages where the truncation of the PKGNAME does not produce an unique package name, e.g the amanda packages. You will need pkgsrc/pkgtools/gensolpkg 1.9 which will be commited in the next few days to use SVR4_PKGNAME. TODO: add SVR4_PKGNAME support to pkglint.
2001-01-21 23:41:03 +01:00
${MAKE} ${MAKEFLAGS} run-depends-list PACKAGE_NAME_TYPE=${PACKAGE_NAME_TYPE} PACKAGE_DEPENDS_WITH_PATTERNS=${PACKAGE_DEPENDS_WITH_PATTERNS}; \
In package-depends, don't print warnings about non-existing dir if the information from that dir isn't used. Reviewed by: wiz
2000-06-24 01:41:43 +02:00
else \
${ECHO_MSG} "Warning: \"$$dir\" non-existent -- @pkgdep registration incomplete" >&2; \
fi; \
Clean up the previous commits: * in package-depends split handling of DEPENDS and RUN_DEPENDS again. The fact that the code was equal for both cases (and thus broken!) is no excuse to fold the two together. (What's the difference? DEPENDS has a pkg name/patter as first value, RUN_DEPENDS has a executable name of file/path) * cut down two more ()s * fix binpkg-list to find binary pkgs again. Remember, $PACKAGES is where binary packages are placed, under a well defined directory structure (including dir "All" and category dirs). * Sort available binary pkgs in README.html by machine again * Inline one more use of the "package-path" target. It's unused now. Anyone care if we remove it? * Fix variable name in print-pkg-depend-sizes: the first component of DEPENDS is a package-name/patter, not a program.
2000-06-03 18:52:32 +02:00
fi
Change indentation (whitespace changes only!): .if .if .if . if .else => . else .endif . endif .endif .endif Patch contributed by Marc Espie <espie@liafa.jussieu.fr> in preparation of merging latest changes with the OpenPackages project. Thanks Marc!
2001-07-19 00:43:32 +02:00
. endfor
* More target renaming: depends-list => build-depends-list package-depends => run-depends-list print-depends-list => print-build-depends-list print-package-depends => print-run-depends-list * While there, fix print-run-depends-list to not seperate items by \n. Changes discussed with wiz.
2000-08-01 04:51:34 +02:00
.endif # target(run-depends-list)
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
# Build a package but don't check the package cookie
.if !target(repackage)
repackage: pre-repackage package
pre-repackage:
Add Solaris support to pkgsrc, using Christos Zoulas' NetBSD emulation package. Tested for some packages on Solaris 2.6 on Sparc.
1999-03-08 18:26:54 +01:00
${_PKG_SILENT}${_PKG_DEBUG}${RM} -f ${PACKAGE_COOKIE}
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
.endif
# Build a package but don't check the cookie for installation, also don't
# install package cookie
.if !target(package-noinstall)
package-noinstall:
Speedups! Major changes: * Avoid a big bunch of subshells/forks/execs by using make(1) features; should be good for some minor speedups. * Use shell builtins for echo, true, false, test. Using full paths here causes fork&execs, making things slow. Only changed for NetBSD. * Rename all references to ${.MAKEFLAGS} to ${MAKEFLAGS}. See make(1). * Evaluate all !=s only once, and add them to MAKEFLAGS * Pass ${MAKEFLAGS} to ALL ${MAKE} calls Now PKGTOOLS_VERSION is really only set once in a whole "make package" cycle, even across dependencies. Minor changes: * SORTED_MASTER_SITES was renamed SORTED_MASTER_SITES_CMD and is now (only) execuded in the places where it's needed. * Don't check for /usr/bin/fetch - we never had it, and if someone depends on it he can set FETCH_CMD instead. * Don't fall back to README.port * Replace some commands by their uppercase equivalents (sed -> ${SED}, same for grep, awk, ...) * Some whitespace changes to improve readability => With these changes, times for a "make clean" in x11/kde go down to 20%, time for "make readme" goes down to 33%!
2000-06-03 09:15:28 +02:00
${_PKG_SILENT}${_PKG_DEBUG}cd ${.CURDIR} && ${MAKE} ${MAKEFLAGS} PACKAGE_NOINSTALL=yes real-package
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
.endif
################################################################
# Dependency checking
################################################################
forgot one depends -> install-depends rename Hinted at by wiz
2000-08-07 01:39:23 +02:00
.if !target(install-depends)
Introduce another definition, FATAL_OBJECT_FMT_SKEW, defaulting to "yes". This halts the execution if an installed package's object format is not the same as the object format currently in use. It can be set to "no" on the rare occasion where the interface to the pre-requisite packages is one of a binary, not a library.
2000-01-14 12:58:21 +01:00
# Tells whether to halt execution if the object formats differ
FATAL_OBJECT_FMT_SKEW?= yes
Introduce another definition WARN_NO_OBJECT_FMT, defaulting to yes, which governs whether a package which was installed before OBJECT_FMT was added to the BUILD_DEFS will display an warning message. To shut up the message, set WARN_NO_OBJECT_FMT to "no".
2000-01-17 15:49:55 +01:00
WARN_NO_OBJECT_FMT?= yes
Introduce another definition, FATAL_OBJECT_FMT_SKEW, defaulting to "yes". This halts the execution if an installed package's object format is not the same as the object format currently in use. It can be set to "no" on the rare occasion where the interface to the pre-requisite packages is one of a binary, not a library.
2000-01-14 12:58:21 +01:00
Change BUILD_DEPENDS semantics: first component is now a package name+version/pattern, no more executable/patchname/whatnot. While there, introduce BUILD_USES_MSGFMT as shorthand to pull in devel/gettext unless /usr/bin/msgfmt exists (i.e. on post-1.5 -current). Patch by Alistair Crooks <agc@netbsd.org>
2001-03-27 05:19:43 +02:00
install-depends: uptodate-pkgtools
Change indentation (whitespace changes only!): .if .if .if . if .else => . else .endif . endif .endif .endif Patch contributed by Marc Espie <espie@liafa.jussieu.fr> in preparation of merging latest changes with the OpenPackages project. Thanks Marc!
2001-07-19 00:43:32 +02:00
. if defined(DEPENDS) || defined(BUILD_DEPENDS)
. if defined(NO_DEPENDS)
Change BUILD_DEPENDS semantics: first component is now a package name+version/pattern, no more executable/patchname/whatnot. While there, introduce BUILD_USES_MSGFMT as shorthand to pull in devel/gettext unless /usr/bin/msgfmt exists (i.e. on post-1.5 -current). Patch by Alistair Crooks <agc@netbsd.org>
2001-03-27 05:19:43 +02:00
@${DO_NADA}
Change indentation (whitespace changes only!): .if .if .if . if .else => . else .endif . endif .endif .endif Patch contributed by Marc Espie <espie@liafa.jussieu.fr> in preparation of merging latest changes with the OpenPackages project. Thanks Marc!
2001-07-19 00:43:32 +02:00
. else # !DEPENDS
. for dep in ${DEPENDS} ${BUILD_DEPENDS}
Change BUILD_DEPENDS semantics: first component is now a package name+version/pattern, no more executable/patchname/whatnot. While there, introduce BUILD_USES_MSGFMT as shorthand to pull in devel/gettext unless /usr/bin/msgfmt exists (i.e. on post-1.5 -current). Patch by Alistair Crooks <agc@netbsd.org>
2001-03-27 05:19:43 +02:00
${_PKG_SILENT}${_PKG_DEBUG} \
Minor consistency issues, eliminate grep-before-awk, and fix a bug that was introduced with BUILD_DEPENDS that have special targets.
2000-06-03 16:17:49 +02:00
pkg="${dep:C/:.*//}"; \
dir="${dep:C/[^:]*://:C/:.*$//}"; \
Fix two problems when using a ksh(1) as /bin/sh (ln -sf /bin/ksh /bin/sh [*]): * umask handlint due to umask producing different number of leading 0s in ksh(1) and sh(1) * dependency handling is different due to "`...`" being interpreted differently ([*] needed on NetBSD 1.5.1_BETA2/cobalt, as /bin/sh keeps on dumping core in ramdom situations.)
2001-05-20 02:54:09 +02:00
found=`${PKG_INFO} -e "$$pkg" || ${TRUE}`; \
Add support for two environment variables to help update all your installed packages and only rebuild everything once: STOP_DOWNLEVEL_AFTER_FIRST if set makes "make show-downlevel" stop a bit earlier (since with the other one below you will be only interested in the first downlevel pkg found). REBUILD_DOWNLEVEL_DEPENDS if set forces the pattern match for dependencies to fail whenever the installed pkg is not the version in the makefile (i.e. "make show-downlevel" would print a version mismatch for the dependecy). This causes all downlevel dependencies (and everything depending on them) to be rebuild. Enhancements, like making this all work with make command line flags and settings in /etc/mk.conf are welcome. A way to stop "make show-downlevel" through all upper levels of recursion imediately would be very usefull too.
2001-09-10 22:03:17 +02:00
if [ "X$$REBUILD_DOWNLEVEL_DEPENDS" != "X" ]; then \
Be consistent throughout the file with line continuations and whitespace. No functional changes.
2002-05-03 14:44:01 +02:00
pkgname=`cd $$dir ; ${MAKE} ${MAKEFLAGS} show-var VARNAME=PKGNAME`; \
if [ "X$$found" != "X" -a "X$$found" != "X$${pkgname}" ]; then \
${ECHO_MSG} "ignoring old installed package \"$$found\""; \
Add support for two environment variables to help update all your installed packages and only rebuild everything once: STOP_DOWNLEVEL_AFTER_FIRST if set makes "make show-downlevel" stop a bit earlier (since with the other one below you will be only interested in the first downlevel pkg found). REBUILD_DOWNLEVEL_DEPENDS if set forces the pattern match for dependencies to fail whenever the installed pkg is not the version in the makefile (i.e. "make show-downlevel" would print a version mismatch for the dependecy). This causes all downlevel dependencies (and everything depending on them) to be rebuild. Enhancements, like making this all work with make command line flags and settings in /etc/mk.conf are welcome. A way to stop "make show-downlevel" through all upper levels of recursion imediately would be very usefull too.
2001-09-10 22:03:17 +02:00
found=""; \
fi; \
fi; \
Speedups! Major changes: * Avoid a big bunch of subshells/forks/execs by using make(1) features; should be good for some minor speedups. * Use shell builtins for echo, true, false, test. Using full paths here causes fork&execs, making things slow. Only changed for NetBSD. * Rename all references to ${.MAKEFLAGS} to ${MAKEFLAGS}. See make(1). * Evaluate all !=s only once, and add them to MAKEFLAGS * Pass ${MAKEFLAGS} to ALL ${MAKE} calls Now PKGTOOLS_VERSION is really only set once in a whole "make package" cycle, even across dependencies. Minor changes: * SORTED_MASTER_SITES was renamed SORTED_MASTER_SITES_CMD and is now (only) execuded in the places where it's needed. * Don't check for /usr/bin/fetch - we never had it, and if someone depends on it he can set FETCH_CMD instead. * Don't fall back to README.port * Replace some commands by their uppercase equivalents (sed -> ${SED}, same for grep, awk, ...) * Some whitespace changes to improve readability => With these changes, times for a "make clean" in x11/kde go down to 20%, time for "make readme" goes down to 33%!
2000-06-03 09:15:28 +02:00
if [ "$$found" != "" ]; then \
There is no point in piping the output of awk through a pipe which does "head -1" - use awk to do the work for us.
2002-04-18 17:23:43 +02:00
instobjfmt=`${PKG_INFO} -B "$$pkg" | ${AWK} '/^OBJECT_FMT/ {print $$2; exit}'`; \
Speedups! Major changes: * Avoid a big bunch of subshells/forks/execs by using make(1) features; should be good for some minor speedups. * Use shell builtins for echo, true, false, test. Using full paths here causes fork&execs, making things slow. Only changed for NetBSD. * Rename all references to ${.MAKEFLAGS} to ${MAKEFLAGS}. See make(1). * Evaluate all !=s only once, and add them to MAKEFLAGS * Pass ${MAKEFLAGS} to ALL ${MAKE} calls Now PKGTOOLS_VERSION is really only set once in a whole "make package" cycle, even across dependencies. Minor changes: * SORTED_MASTER_SITES was renamed SORTED_MASTER_SITES_CMD and is now (only) execuded in the places where it's needed. * Don't check for /usr/bin/fetch - we never had it, and if someone depends on it he can set FETCH_CMD instead. * Don't fall back to README.port * Replace some commands by their uppercase equivalents (sed -> ${SED}, same for grep, awk, ...) * Some whitespace changes to improve readability => With these changes, times for a "make clean" in x11/kde go down to 20%, time for "make readme" goes down to 33%!
2000-06-03 09:15:28 +02:00
if [ "$$instobjfmt" = "" ]; then \
Introduce another definition WARN_NO_OBJECT_FMT, defaulting to yes, which governs whether a package which was installed before OBJECT_FMT was added to the BUILD_DEFS will display an warning message. To shut up the message, set WARN_NO_OBJECT_FMT to "no".
2000-01-17 15:49:55 +01:00
if [ "X${WARN_NO_OBJECT_FMT}" != "Xno" ]; then \
Minor consistency issues, eliminate grep-before-awk, and fix a bug that was introduced with BUILD_DEPENDS that have special targets.
2000-06-03 16:17:49 +02:00
${ECHO} "WARNING: Unknown object format for installed package $$pkg - continuing"; \
Introduce another definition WARN_NO_OBJECT_FMT, defaulting to yes, which governs whether a package which was installed before OBJECT_FMT was added to the BUILD_DEFS will display an warning message. To shut up the message, set WARN_NO_OBJECT_FMT to "no".
2000-01-17 15:49:55 +01:00
fi; \
Speedups! Major changes: * Avoid a big bunch of subshells/forks/execs by using make(1) features; should be good for some minor speedups. * Use shell builtins for echo, true, false, test. Using full paths here causes fork&execs, making things slow. Only changed for NetBSD. * Rename all references to ${.MAKEFLAGS} to ${MAKEFLAGS}. See make(1). * Evaluate all !=s only once, and add them to MAKEFLAGS * Pass ${MAKEFLAGS} to ALL ${MAKE} calls Now PKGTOOLS_VERSION is really only set once in a whole "make package" cycle, even across dependencies. Minor changes: * SORTED_MASTER_SITES was renamed SORTED_MASTER_SITES_CMD and is now (only) execuded in the places where it's needed. * Don't check for /usr/bin/fetch - we never had it, and if someone depends on it he can set FETCH_CMD instead. * Don't fall back to README.port * Replace some commands by their uppercase equivalents (sed -> ${SED}, same for grep, awk, ...) * Some whitespace changes to improve readability => With these changes, times for a "make clean" in x11/kde go down to 20%, time for "make readme" goes down to 33%!
2000-06-03 09:15:28 +02:00
elif [ "$$instobjfmt" != "${OBJECT_FMT}" ]; then \
Minor consistency issues, eliminate grep-before-awk, and fix a bug that was introduced with BUILD_DEPENDS that have special targets.
2000-06-03 16:17:49 +02:00
${ECHO} "Installed package $$pkg is an $$instobjfmt package."; \
Add a check, inspired by Thor Lancelot Simon: When an installed package is found as part of a DEPENDS pre-requisite, check its object format. If there is none in the installed package, that package was probably built before 29th September 1999, which was when the OBJECT_FMT definition was added to the BUILD_DEFS, so print a warning and continue. If the object format of the installed package and ${OBJECT_FMT} are the same, then continue. If the object format of the installed package and ${OBJECT_FMT} differ, then print an error message explaining the error, and exit.
2000-01-14 12:39:31 +01:00
${ECHO} "You are building an ${OBJECT_FMT} package, which will not inter-operate."; \
Minor consistency issues, eliminate grep-before-awk, and fix a bug that was introduced with BUILD_DEPENDS that have special targets.
2000-06-03 16:17:49 +02:00
${ECHO} "Please update the $$pkg package to ${OBJECT_FMT}"; \
Let "FATAL_OBJECT_FMT_SKEW=no" really work.
2000-08-07 12:23:38 +02:00
if [ "X${FATAL_OBJECT_FMT_SKEW}" != "Xno" ]; then \
Introduce another definition, FATAL_OBJECT_FMT_SKEW, defaulting to "yes". This halts the execution if an installed package's object format is not the same as the object format currently in use. It can be set to "no" on the rare occasion where the interface to the pre-requisite packages is one of a binary, not a library.
2000-01-14 12:58:21 +01:00
exit 1; \
fi; \
Add a check, inspired by Thor Lancelot Simon: When an installed package is found as part of a DEPENDS pre-requisite, check its object format. If there is none in the installed package, that package was probably built before 29th September 1999, which was when the OBJECT_FMT definition was added to the BUILD_DEFS, so print a warning and continue. If the object format of the installed package and ${OBJECT_FMT} are the same, then continue. If the object format of the installed package and ${OBJECT_FMT} differ, then print an error message explaining the error, and exit.
2000-01-14 12:39:31 +01:00
fi; \
Use ${SORT} and ${WC} instead of sort and wc. Also some minor whitespace fixes.
2001-06-12 15:17:01 +02:00
if [ `${ECHO} $$found | ${WC} -w` -gt 1 ]; then \
Minor consistency issues, eliminate grep-before-awk, and fix a bug that was introduced with BUILD_DEPENDS that have special targets.
2000-06-03 16:17:49 +02:00
${ECHO} '***' "WARNING: Dependency on '$$pkg' expands to several installed packages " ; \
When checking and registerring dependencies, recognize dependencies that match more than one package, and warn about it: *** WARNING: Dependency on 'gnome-*' expands to several installed packages ( gnome-libs-1.0.53 gnome-core-1.0.53 gnome-print-0.9 ). Please check if this is really intended! In such a case, the pattern ('gnome-*') should be tightened to only match what's really intended (e.g. 'gnome-[0-9]*').
2000-01-10 20:43:37 +01:00
${ECHO} " (" `${ECHO} $$found` ")." ; \
${ECHO} " Please check if this is really intended!" ; \
else \
Change the output of the 'install-depends' target so it fits in 80 columns: before: ===> mozilla-0.m18nb1 depends on installed package: gtk+>=1.2.8 - gtk+-1.2.8 found ===> mozilla-0.m18nb1 depends on installed package: ORBit>=0.5.1 - ORBit-0.5.3nb1 found ===> mozilla-0.m18nb1 depends on installed package: jpeg-6b - jpeg-6b found ===> mozilla-0.m18nb1 depends on installed package: png>=1.0.6 - png-1.0.8 found ===> mozilla-0.m18nb1 depends on file: /usr/pkg/bin/perl - found ===> mozilla-0.m18nb1 depends on executable: autoconf - /usr/pkg/bin/autoconf found ===> mozilla-0.m18nb1 depends on executable: zip - /usr/pkg/bin/zip found ===> mozilla-0.m18nb1 depends on executable: gmake - /usr/pkg/bin/gmake found after: ===> Required installed package gtk+>=1.2.8: gtk+-1.2.8 found ===> Required installed package ORBit>=0.5.1: ORBit-0.5.3nb1 found ===> Required installed package jpeg-6b: jpeg-6b found ===> Required installed package png>=1.0.6: png-1.0.8 found ===> Required file /usr/pkg/bin/perl: found ===> Required executable autoconf: /usr/pkg/bin/autoconf found ===> Required executable zip: /usr/pkg/bin/zip found ===> Required executable gmake: /usr/pkg/bin/gmake found
2000-11-16 06:36:01 +01:00
${ECHO_MSG} "${_PKGSRC_IN}> Required installed package $$pkg: $${found} found"; \
When checking and registerring dependencies, recognize dependencies that match more than one package, and warn about it: *** WARNING: Dependency on 'gnome-*' expands to several installed packages ( gnome-libs-1.0.53 gnome-core-1.0.53 gnome-print-0.9 ). Please check if this is really intended! In such a case, the pattern ('gnome-*') should be tightened to only match what's really intended (e.g. 'gnome-[0-9]*').
2000-01-10 20:43:37 +01:00
fi ; \
+ Remove the generated ${PLIST} file when doing a re-install. + Enable wildcard matching in DEPENDS and CONFLICTS definitions.
1998-08-25 18:26:09 +02:00
else \
Change the output of the 'install-depends' target so it fits in 80 columns: before: ===> mozilla-0.m18nb1 depends on installed package: gtk+>=1.2.8 - gtk+-1.2.8 found ===> mozilla-0.m18nb1 depends on installed package: ORBit>=0.5.1 - ORBit-0.5.3nb1 found ===> mozilla-0.m18nb1 depends on installed package: jpeg-6b - jpeg-6b found ===> mozilla-0.m18nb1 depends on installed package: png>=1.0.6 - png-1.0.8 found ===> mozilla-0.m18nb1 depends on file: /usr/pkg/bin/perl - found ===> mozilla-0.m18nb1 depends on executable: autoconf - /usr/pkg/bin/autoconf found ===> mozilla-0.m18nb1 depends on executable: zip - /usr/pkg/bin/zip found ===> mozilla-0.m18nb1 depends on executable: gmake - /usr/pkg/bin/gmake found after: ===> Required installed package gtk+>=1.2.8: gtk+-1.2.8 found ===> Required installed package ORBit>=0.5.1: ORBit-0.5.3nb1 found ===> Required installed package jpeg-6b: jpeg-6b found ===> Required installed package png>=1.0.6: png-1.0.8 found ===> Required file /usr/pkg/bin/perl: found ===> Required executable autoconf: /usr/pkg/bin/autoconf found ===> Required executable zip: /usr/pkg/bin/zip found ===> Required executable gmake: /usr/pkg/bin/gmake found
2000-11-16 06:36:01 +01:00
${ECHO_MSG} "${_PKGSRC_IN}> Required package $$pkg: NOT found"; \
+ Remove the generated ${PLIST} file when doing a re-install. + Enable wildcard matching in DEPENDS and CONFLICTS definitions.
1998-08-25 18:26:09 +02:00
target=${DEPENDS_TARGET}; \
Fix PACKAGE_DEPENDS_QUICK when installing on Solaris - escape the argument from the shell, so that we can install packages on Solaris again, and use canonical ${GREP} and ${AWK} programs.
2000-03-13 15:19:15 +01:00
${ECHO_MSG} "${_PKGSRC_IN}> Verifying $$target for $$dir"; \
+ Remove the generated ${PLIST} file when doing a re-install. + Enable wildcard matching in DEPENDS and CONFLICTS definitions.
1998-08-25 18:26:09 +02:00
if [ ! -d $$dir ]; then \
In informational messages to the user, use '=>' in preference to '>>', so that cut-n-paste into send-pr will work correctly. Fixes PR 9173 from ITOH Yasufumi.
2000-03-10 17:07:37 +01:00
${ECHO_MSG} "=> No directory for $$dir. Skipping.."; \
Remove the old deprecated DEPENDS definition from bsd.pkg.mk. Implement a new DEPENDS definition, which looks for an installed package, building it if not present, and use it in preference to LIB_DEPENDS. This should make the package collection more useful on NetBSD ELF ports.
1998-04-22 16:22:39 +02:00
else \
Speedups! Major changes: * Avoid a big bunch of subshells/forks/execs by using make(1) features; should be good for some minor speedups. * Use shell builtins for echo, true, false, test. Using full paths here causes fork&execs, making things slow. Only changed for NetBSD. * Rename all references to ${.MAKEFLAGS} to ${MAKEFLAGS}. See make(1). * Evaluate all !=s only once, and add them to MAKEFLAGS * Pass ${MAKEFLAGS} to ALL ${MAKE} calls Now PKGTOOLS_VERSION is really only set once in a whole "make package" cycle, even across dependencies. Minor changes: * SORTED_MASTER_SITES was renamed SORTED_MASTER_SITES_CMD and is now (only) execuded in the places where it's needed. * Don't check for /usr/bin/fetch - we never had it, and if someone depends on it he can set FETCH_CMD instead. * Don't fall back to README.port * Replace some commands by their uppercase equivalents (sed -> ${SED}, same for grep, awk, ...) * Some whitespace changes to improve readability => With these changes, times for a "make clean" in x11/kde go down to 20%, time for "make readme" goes down to 33%!
2000-06-03 09:15:28 +02:00
cd $$dir ; \
if a sub-make is invoked to install a prerequisite pkg, pass it the required pkg name (as PKGNAME_REQD)
2002-01-15 18:27:55 +01:00
${MAKE} ${MAKEFLAGS} $$target _PKGSRC_DEPS=", ${PKGNAME}${_PKGSRC_DEPS}" PKGNAME_REQD=$$pkg; \
Fix PACKAGE_DEPENDS_QUICK when installing on Solaris - escape the argument from the shell, so that we can install packages on Solaris again, and use canonical ${GREP} and ${AWK} programs.
2000-03-13 15:19:15 +01:00
${ECHO_MSG} "${_PKGSRC_IN}> Returning to build of ${PKGNAME}"; \
- The comment above the _COOKIE settings says "don't change these!!", so use = to set them, not ?=. - _DEPENDS_USE doesn't actually do any macro expansion, so save some processing time by executing it exactly once (remove the .USE operator). - Merge the IGNORE targets. Add an IGNORE target for depends and check-depends (see bottom). - Don't check for installation of a package in ${DEPENDS} when doing a "make depends". Instead, let the return code of make fall through (using && instead of ; in the last clause of each depend recursion block). - Provide a variable IGNORE_FAIL: when set, causes the ignore message to be printed (regardless of IGNORE_SILENT or ECHO_MSG setting) and the build to fail with ${FALSE}. Used with the next addition: - Add a new target, "check-depends", which is called as part of "real-fetch". This validates whether the dependencies of a pkg to be built are installed, and if not, whether those dependencies will prospectively build (will not set IGNORE directly or indirectly through the various disable options). Recurses to "depends" with a DEPENDS_TARGET of "check-depends". ...And now, it is no longer necessary to mark dependent pkgs as unusable when their dependencies are unusable thanks to an incorrect LICENSE, _FOR_PLATFORM setting, and so forth. The check-depends step will validate everything before fetching a single file.
1999-05-25 01:04:52 +02:00
fi; \
fi
Change indentation (whitespace changes only!): .if .if .if . if .else => . else .endif . endif .endif .endif Patch contributed by Marc Espie <espie@liafa.jussieu.fr> in preparation of merging latest changes with the OpenPackages project. Thanks Marc!
2001-07-19 00:43:32 +02:00
. endfor # DEPENDS
. endif # !NO_DEPENDS
. endif # DEPENDS
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
.endif
* More target renaming: depends-list => build-depends-list package-depends => run-depends-list print-depends-list => print-build-depends-list print-package-depends => print-run-depends-list * While there, fix print-run-depends-list to not seperate items by \n. Changes discussed with wiz.
2000-08-01 04:51:34 +02:00
.if !target(build-depends-list)
build-depends-list:
Use show-all-depends-dirs-excl for build-depends-list target. Makes e.g. "make readme" awfully faster. TODO: Similar change for run-depends-list.
2002-03-02 17:09:14 +01:00
@for dir in `${MAKE} ${MAKEFLAGS} show-all-depends-dirs-excl`; \
do \
(cd ../../$$dir && \
${MAKE} ${MAKEFLAGS} package-name) \
done
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
.endif
Add a cdrom-readme target, a clone of the readme target, for ease of use. The URLs in the generated README.html files can be specified by overriding the CDROM_PKG_URL_HOST and CDROM_PKG_URL_DIR definitions. Document the targets, and clean up some English, in Packages.txt
1998-09-23 15:09:32 +02:00
# If PACKAGES is set to the default (../../pkgsrc/packages), the current
# ${MACHINE_ARCH} and "release" (uname -r) will be used. Otherwise a directory
# structure of ...pkgsrc/packages/`uname -r`/${MACHINE_ARCH} is assumed.
# The PKG_URL is set from FTP_PKG_URL_* or CDROM_PKG_URL_*, depending on
# the target used to generate the README.html file.
Add "click here to download"-links.
1998-05-25 02:04:30 +02:00
.if !target(binpkg-list)
binpkg-list:
Check that the ${PACKAGES} directory exists, before trying to cd there. This modification allows "make readme" to succeed even if the ${PACKAGES} hierarchy does not exist. Fixes PR 12480 from Arto Selonen (arto@selonen.org), and addresses PR 12362 from Masao Uebayashi <uebayasi@soum.co.jp>
2001-05-03 15:01:04 +02:00
@if [ -e ${PACKAGES} ]; then \
cd ${PACKAGES}; \
case ${.CURDIR} in \
*/pkgsrc/packages) \
for pkg in ${PKGREPOSITORYSUBDIR}/${PKGWILDCARD}${PKG_SUFX} ; \
do \
if [ -f "$$pkg" ] ; then \
pkgname=`${ECHO} $$pkg | ${SED} 's@.*/@@'`; \
${ECHO} "<TR><TD>${MACHINE_ARCH}:<TD><a href=\"${PKG_URL}/$$pkg\">$$pkgname</a><TD>(${OPSYS} ${OS_VERSION})"; \
fi ; \
done ; \
;; \
*) \
cd ${PACKAGES}/../..; \
for i in [1-9].*/*; do \
if cd ${PACKAGES}/../../$$i/${PKGREPOSITORYSUBDIR} 2>/dev/null; then \
for j in ${PKGWILDCARD}${PKG_SUFX}; \
do \
if [ -f "$$j" ]; then \
${ECHO} $$i/$$j;\
fi; \
done; \
fi; \
done | ${AWK} -F/ ' \
{ \
release = $$1; \
arch = $$2; \
pkg = $$3; \
gsub("\.tgz","", pkg); \
if (arch != "m68k" && arch != "mipsel") { \
if (arch in urls) \
urls[arch "/" pkg "/" release] = "<a href=\"${PKG_URL}/" release "/" arch "/${PKGREPOSITORYSUBDIR}/" pkg "${PKG_SUFX}\">" pkg "</a>, " urls[arch]; \
else \
urls[arch "/" pkg "/" release] = "<a href=\"${PKG_URL}/" release "/" arch "/${PKGREPOSITORYSUBDIR}/" pkg "${PKG_SUFX}\">" pkg "</a> "; \
} \
} \
END { \
for (av in urls) { \
split(av, ava, "/"); \
arch=ava[1]; \
pkg=ava[2]; \
release=ava[3]; \
print "<TR><TD>" arch ":<TD>" urls[av] "<TD>(${OPSYS} " release ")"; \
} \
Use ${SORT} and ${WC} instead of sort and wc. Also some minor whitespace fixes.
2001-06-12 15:17:01 +02:00
}' | ${SORT} \
Check that the ${PACKAGES} directory exists, before trying to cd there. This modification allows "make readme" to succeed even if the ${PACKAGES} hierarchy does not exist. Fixes PR 12480 from Arto Selonen (arto@selonen.org), and addresses PR 12362 from Masao Uebayashi <uebayasi@soum.co.jp>
2001-05-03 15:01:04 +02:00
;; \
esac; \
fi
Add "click here to download"-links.
1998-05-25 02:04:30 +02:00
.endif
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
################################################################
# Everything after here are internal targets and really
# shouldn't be touched by anybody but the release engineers.
################################################################
# This target generates an index entry suitable for aggregation into
# a large index. Format is:
#
This is NetBSD. s/port/package/g
1999-08-10 12:48:23 +02:00
# distribution-name|package-path|installation-prefix|comment| \
Introduce "Arch:" field in INDEX to handle the ONLY_FOR_ARCHS case better.
1998-03-08 15:25:52 +01:00
# description-file|maintainer|categories|build deps|run deps|for arch
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
#
.if !target(describe)
describe:
Add Solaris support to pkgsrc, using Christos Zoulas' NetBSD emulation package. Tested for some packages on Solaris 2.6 on Sparc.
1999-03-08 18:26:54 +01:00
@${ECHO} -n "${PKGNAME}|${.CURDIR}|"; \
${ECHO} -n "${PREFIX}|"; \
Use the make :Q modifier for quoting strings for the shell, instead of manually doing it (in some places).
2001-02-21 16:01:29 +01:00
${ECHO} -n ${COMMENT:Q}; \
Add Solaris support to pkgsrc, using Christos Zoulas' NetBSD emulation package. Tested for some packages on Solaris 2.6 on Sparc.
1999-03-08 18:26:54 +01:00
if [ -f ${DESCR_SRC} ]; then \
${ECHO} -n "|${DESCR_SRC}"; \
else \
${ECHO} -n "|/dev/null"; \
fi; \
${ECHO} -n "|${MAINTAINER}|${CATEGORIES}|"; \
- The comment above the _COOKIE settings says "don't change these!!", so use = to set them, not ?=. - _DEPENDS_USE doesn't actually do any macro expansion, so save some processing time by executing it exactly once (remove the .USE operator). - Merge the IGNORE targets. Add an IGNORE target for depends and check-depends (see bottom). - Don't check for installation of a package in ${DEPENDS} when doing a "make depends". Instead, let the return code of make fall through (using && instead of ; in the last clause of each depend recursion block). - Provide a variable IGNORE_FAIL: when set, causes the ignore message to be printed (regardless of IGNORE_SILENT or ECHO_MSG setting) and the build to fail with ${FALSE}. Used with the next addition: - Add a new target, "check-depends", which is called as part of "real-fetch". This validates whether the dependencies of a pkg to be built are installed, and if not, whether those dependencies will prospectively build (will not set IGNORE directly or indirectly through the various disable options). Recurses to "depends" with a DEPENDS_TARGET of "check-depends". ...And now, it is no longer necessary to mark dependent pkgs as unusable when their dependencies are unusable thanks to an incorrect LICENSE, _FOR_PLATFORM setting, and so forth. The check-depends step will validate everything before fetching a single file.
1999-05-25 01:04:52 +02:00
case "A${BUILD_DEPENDS}B${DEPENDS}C" in \
ABC) ;; \
Use ${SORT} and ${WC} instead of sort and wc. Also some minor whitespace fixes.
2001-06-12 15:17:01 +02:00
*) cd ${.CURDIR} && ${ECHO} -n `${MAKE} ${MAKEFLAGS} build-depends-list | ${SORT} -u`;; \
Add Solaris support to pkgsrc, using Christos Zoulas' NetBSD emulation package. Tested for some packages on Solaris 2.6 on Sparc.
1999-03-08 18:26:54 +01:00
esac; \
${ECHO} -n "|"; \
* Remove RUN_DEPENDS (left in packages.7 intentionally) * Renamed misc-depends to run-depends, and drop (old) run-depends altogether Code reviewed by wiz.
2000-08-01 04:16:58 +02:00
if [ "${DEPENDS}" != "" ]; then \
Use ${SORT} and ${WC} instead of sort and wc. Also some minor whitespace fixes.
2001-06-12 15:17:01 +02:00
cd ${.CURDIR} && ${ECHO} -n `${MAKE} ${MAKEFLAGS} run-depends-list | ${SORT} -u`; \
* Remove RUN_DEPENDS (left in packages.7 intentionally) * Renamed misc-depends to run-depends, and drop (old) run-depends altogether Code reviewed by wiz.
2000-08-01 04:16:58 +02:00
fi; \
Add Solaris support to pkgsrc, using Christos Zoulas' NetBSD emulation package. Tested for some packages on Solaris 2.6 on Sparc.
1999-03-08 18:26:54 +01:00
${ECHO} -n "|"; \
if [ "${ONLY_FOR_ARCHS}" = "" ]; then \
${ECHO} -n "any"; \
else \
${ECHO} -n "${ONLY_FOR_ARCHS}"; \
fi; \
${ECHO} -n "|"; \
if [ "${NOT_FOR_OPSYS}" = "" ]; then \
${ECHO} -n "any"; \
else \
${ECHO} -n "not ${NOT_FOR_OPSYS}"; \
fi; \
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
${ECHO} ""
.endif
.if !target(readmes)
readmes: readme
.endif
Add a cdrom-readme target, a clone of the readme target, for ease of use. The URLs in the generated README.html files can be specified by overriding the CDROM_PKG_URL_HOST and CDROM_PKG_URL_DIR definitions. Document the targets, and clean up some English, in Packages.txt
1998-09-23 15:09:32 +02:00
# This target is used to generate README.html files
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
.if !target(readme)
Add a cdrom-readme target, a clone of the readme target, for ease of use. The URLs in the generated README.html files can be specified by overriding the CDROM_PKG_URL_HOST and CDROM_PKG_URL_DIR definitions. Document the targets, and clean up some English, in Packages.txt
1998-09-23 15:09:32 +02:00
FTP_PKG_URL_HOST?= ftp://ftp.netbsd.org
FTP_PKG_URL_DIR?= /pub/NetBSD/packages
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
readme:
Speedups! Major changes: * Avoid a big bunch of subshells/forks/execs by using make(1) features; should be good for some minor speedups. * Use shell builtins for echo, true, false, test. Using full paths here causes fork&execs, making things slow. Only changed for NetBSD. * Rename all references to ${.MAKEFLAGS} to ${MAKEFLAGS}. See make(1). * Evaluate all !=s only once, and add them to MAKEFLAGS * Pass ${MAKEFLAGS} to ALL ${MAKE} calls Now PKGTOOLS_VERSION is really only set once in a whole "make package" cycle, even across dependencies. Minor changes: * SORTED_MASTER_SITES was renamed SORTED_MASTER_SITES_CMD and is now (only) execuded in the places where it's needed. * Don't check for /usr/bin/fetch - we never had it, and if someone depends on it he can set FETCH_CMD instead. * Don't fall back to README.port * Replace some commands by their uppercase equivalents (sed -> ${SED}, same for grep, awk, ...) * Some whitespace changes to improve readability => With these changes, times for a "make clean" in x11/kde go down to 20%, time for "make readme" goes down to 33%!
2000-06-03 09:15:28 +02:00
@cd ${.CURDIR} && ${MAKE} ${MAKEFLAGS} README.html PKG_URL=${FTP_PKG_URL_HOST}${FTP_PKG_URL_DIR}
Add a cdrom-readme target, a clone of the readme target, for ease of use. The URLs in the generated README.html files can be specified by overriding the CDROM_PKG_URL_HOST and CDROM_PKG_URL_DIR definitions. Document the targets, and clean up some English, in Packages.txt
1998-09-23 15:09:32 +02:00
.endif
# This target is used to generate README.html files, very like "readme"
# However, a different target was used for ease of use.
.if !target(cdrom-readme)
CDROM_PKG_URL_HOST?= file://localhost
CDROM_PKG_URL_DIR?= /usr/pkgsrc/packages
cdrom-readme:
Speedups! Major changes: * Avoid a big bunch of subshells/forks/execs by using make(1) features; should be good for some minor speedups. * Use shell builtins for echo, true, false, test. Using full paths here causes fork&execs, making things slow. Only changed for NetBSD. * Rename all references to ${.MAKEFLAGS} to ${MAKEFLAGS}. See make(1). * Evaluate all !=s only once, and add them to MAKEFLAGS * Pass ${MAKEFLAGS} to ALL ${MAKE} calls Now PKGTOOLS_VERSION is really only set once in a whole "make package" cycle, even across dependencies. Minor changes: * SORTED_MASTER_SITES was renamed SORTED_MASTER_SITES_CMD and is now (only) execuded in the places where it's needed. * Don't check for /usr/bin/fetch - we never had it, and if someone depends on it he can set FETCH_CMD instead. * Don't fall back to README.port * Replace some commands by their uppercase equivalents (sed -> ${SED}, same for grep, awk, ...) * Some whitespace changes to improve readability => With these changes, times for a "make clean" in x11/kde go down to 20%, time for "make readme" goes down to 33%!
2000-06-03 09:15:28 +02:00
@cd ${.CURDIR} && ${MAKE} ${MAKEFLAGS} README.html PKG_URL=${CDROM_PKG_URL_HOST}${CDROM_PKG_URL_DIR}
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
.endif
Add Solaris support to pkgsrc, using Christos Zoulas' NetBSD emulation package. Tested for some packages on Solaris 2.6 on Sparc.
1999-03-08 18:26:54 +01:00
README_NAME= ${TEMPLATES}/README.pkg
Remove the magic control characters in a similar way to Bill Fenner's patch for bsd.port.subdir.mk.
1997-11-21 18:44:11 +01:00
Add any licensing information to the README.html files which are generated for each package.
1998-07-22 11:18:46 +02:00
# set up the correct license information as a sed expression
.ifdef LICENSE
SED_LICENSE_EXPR= -e 's|%%LICENSE%%|<p>Please note that this package has a ${LICENSE} license.</p>|'
.else
SED_LICENSE_EXPR= -e 's|%%LICENSE%%||'
.endif
The Grand Homepagification: - New, optional Makefile variable HOMEPAGE, specifies a URL for the home page of the software if it has one. - The value of HOMEPAGE is used to add a link from the README.html files. - pkglint updated to know about it. The "correct" location for HOMEPAGE in the Makefile is after MAINTAINER, in that same section.
1998-08-20 17:16:34 +02:00
# set up the "more info URL" information as a sed expression
.ifdef HOMEPAGE
Change "This package has a homepage" to "This package has a homepage at <link>." Suggested by David Brownlee.
1998-08-27 13:34:23 +02:00
SED_HOMEPAGE_EXPR= -e 's|%%HOMEPAGE%%|<p>This package has a home page at <a HREF="${HOMEPAGE}">${HOMEPAGE}</a>.</p>|'
The Grand Homepagification: - New, optional Makefile variable HOMEPAGE, specifies a URL for the home page of the software if it has one. - The value of HOMEPAGE is used to add a link from the README.html files. - pkglint updated to know about it. The "correct" location for HOMEPAGE in the Makefile is after MAINTAINER, in that same section.
1998-08-20 17:16:34 +02:00
.else
SED_HOMEPAGE_EXPR= -e 's|%%HOMEPAGE%%||'
.endif
Fix the show-vulnerabilities and show-vulnerabilities-html targets to work properly in the absence of a vulnerability list.
2000-09-28 12:50:43 +02:00
show-vulnerabilities:
Fix PR 15395, whereby a package entry in the vulnerabilities file, which shared a common prefix with a package being installed, would erroneously be flagged as having a vulnerability. (e.g. samba and sam).
2002-01-28 21:55:26 +01:00
${_PKG_SILENT}${_PKG_DEBUG} \
if [ -f ${DISTDIR}/vulnerabilities ]; then \
In the show-vulnerabilities and show-vulnerabilities-html targets, tighten down further the regexp used to match a vulnerable package.
2002-01-29 16:07:55 +01:00
${AWK} '/^${PKGBASE}[-<>=]+[0-9]/ { print $$0 }' ${DISTDIR}/vulnerabilities; \
Fix the show-vulnerabilities and show-vulnerabilities-html targets to work properly in the absence of a vulnerability list.
2000-09-28 12:50:43 +02:00
else \
${ECHO} "No vulnerabilities list found."; \
fi
show-vulnerabilities-html:
Fix PR 15395, whereby a package entry in the vulnerabilities file, which shared a common prefix with a package being installed, would erroneously be flagged as having a vulnerability. (e.g. samba and sam).
2002-01-28 21:55:26 +01:00
${_PKG_SILENT}${_PKG_DEBUG} \
if [ -f ${DISTDIR}/vulnerabilities ]; then \
In the show-vulnerabilities and show-vulnerabilities-html targets, tighten down further the regexp used to match a vulnerable package.
2002-01-29 16:07:55 +01:00
${AWK} '/^${PKGBASE}[-<>=]+[0-9]/ { gsub("\<", "\\&lt;", $$1); \
Fix the show-vulnerabilities and show-vulnerabilities-html targets to work properly in the absence of a vulnerability list.
2000-09-28 12:50:43 +02:00
gsub("\>", "\\&gt;", $$1); \
printf("<STRONG><LI>%s has a %s exploit (see <a href=\"%s\">%s</a> for more details)</STRONG>\n", $$1, $$2, $$3, $$3) }' \
${DISTDIR}/vulnerabilities; \
fi
Add the glue for showing any security vulnerabilities to the README.html files.
2000-09-19 21:29:11 +02:00
cleanup of README.html generation code, as provided in PR 7989 by Jaromir Dolecek <dolecek@ics.muni.cz>. While there, mark the README.html as precious, so it doesn't get removed if the build process is interrupted.
1999-07-14 21:34:06 +02:00
.PHONY: README.html
README.html: .PRECIOUS
Use ${SORT} and ${WC} instead of sort and wc. Also some minor whitespace fixes.
2001-06-12 15:17:01 +02:00
@${MAKE} ${MAKEFLAGS} build-depends-list PACKAGE_NAME_TYPE=html | ${SORT} -u >> $@.tmp1
Add a cdrom-readme target, a clone of the readme target, for ease of use. The URLs in the generated README.html files can be specified by overriding the CDROM_PKG_URL_HOST and CDROM_PKG_URL_DIR definitions. Document the targets, and clean up some English, in Packages.txt
1998-09-23 15:09:32 +02:00
@[ -s $@.tmp1 ] || ${ECHO} "<I>(none)</I>" >> $@.tmp1
Use ${SORT} and ${WC} instead of sort and wc. Also some minor whitespace fixes.
2001-06-12 15:17:01 +02:00
@${MAKE} ${MAKEFLAGS} run-depends-list PACKAGE_NAME_TYPE=html | ${SORT} -u >> $@.tmp2
Add a cdrom-readme target, a clone of the readme target, for ease of use. The URLs in the generated README.html files can be specified by overriding the CDROM_PKG_URL_HOST and CDROM_PKG_URL_DIR definitions. Document the targets, and clean up some English, in Packages.txt
1998-09-23 15:09:32 +02:00
@[ -s $@.tmp2 ] || ${ECHO} "<I>(none)</I>" >> $@.tmp2
Speedups! Major changes: * Avoid a big bunch of subshells/forks/execs by using make(1) features; should be good for some minor speedups. * Use shell builtins for echo, true, false, test. Using full paths here causes fork&execs, making things slow. Only changed for NetBSD. * Rename all references to ${.MAKEFLAGS} to ${MAKEFLAGS}. See make(1). * Evaluate all !=s only once, and add them to MAKEFLAGS * Pass ${MAKEFLAGS} to ALL ${MAKE} calls Now PKGTOOLS_VERSION is really only set once in a whole "make package" cycle, even across dependencies. Minor changes: * SORTED_MASTER_SITES was renamed SORTED_MASTER_SITES_CMD and is now (only) execuded in the places where it's needed. * Don't check for /usr/bin/fetch - we never had it, and if someone depends on it he can set FETCH_CMD instead. * Don't fall back to README.port * Replace some commands by their uppercase equivalents (sed -> ${SED}, same for grep, awk, ...) * Some whitespace changes to improve readability => With these changes, times for a "make clean" in x11/kde go down to 20%, time for "make readme" goes down to 33%!
2000-06-03 09:15:28 +02:00
@${MAKE} ${MAKEFLAGS} binpkg-list >> $@.tmp4
make auto-generated README.html for packages HTML-3.2-compliant
2000-06-01 00:16:16 +02:00
@[ -s $@.tmp4 ] || ${ECHO} "<TR><TD><I>(no precompiled binaries available)</I>" >> $@.tmp4
Add the glue for showing any security vulnerabilities to the README.html files.
2000-09-19 21:29:11 +02:00
@${MAKE} ${MAKEFLAGS} show-vulnerabilities-html >> $@.tmp5
@[ -s $@.tmp5 ] || ${ECHO} "<I>(no vulnerabilities known)</I>" >> $@.tmp5
Fix the show-vulnerabilities and show-vulnerabilities-html targets to work properly in the absence of a vulnerability list.
2000-09-28 12:50:43 +02:00
@${LS} -l ${DISTDIR}/vulnerabilities 2>&1 | ${AWK} 'NF > 7 { printf("at %s %s %s\n", $$6, $$7, $$8) }' >> $@.tmp6
Add the glue for showing any security vulnerabilities to the README.html files.
2000-09-19 21:29:11 +02:00
@[ -s $@.tmp6 ] || ${ECHO} "<TR><TD><I>(no vulnerabilities list available)</I>" >> $@.tmp6
Change substitution of %%PKG%% so it's expanded to ${PKGNAME} directly, not via a tmp file. Also, there's no need to excape any possible HTML chars (there won't be any in a PKGNAME). Noted in PR 11462 by Jeremy C. Reed <reed@reedmedia.net>
2000-11-10 00:46:29 +01:00
@${SED} -e 's|%%PORT%%|${PKGPATH}|g' \
-e 's|%%PKG%%|${PKGNAME}|' \
Add a cdrom-readme target, a clone of the readme target, for ease of use. The URLs in the generated README.html files can be specified by overriding the CDROM_PKG_URL_HOST and CDROM_PKG_URL_DIR definitions. Document the targets, and clean up some English, in Packages.txt
1998-09-23 15:09:32 +02:00
${SED_LICENSE_EXPR} \
${SED_HOMEPAGE_EXPR} \
Add the glue for showing any security vulnerabilities to the README.html files.
2000-09-19 21:29:11 +02:00
-e '/%%VULNERABILITIES%%/r $@.tmp5' \
-e '/%%VULNERABILITIES%%/d' \
-e '/%%VULDATE%%/r $@.tmp6' \
-e '/%%VULDATE%%/d' \
Use the make :Q modifier for quoting strings for the shell, instead of manually doing it (in some places).
2001-02-21 16:01:29 +01:00
-e "s/%%COMMENT%%/${COMMENT:S|/|\/|g:Q}/" \
Make "make readme" work on Solaris - Solaris's sed(1) can be a pain at times.
1999-07-28 12:07:55 +02:00
-e '/%%BUILD_DEPENDS%%/r $@.tmp1' \
Add a cdrom-readme target, a clone of the readme target, for ease of use. The URLs in the generated README.html files can be specified by overriding the CDROM_PKG_URL_HOST and CDROM_PKG_URL_DIR definitions. Document the targets, and clean up some English, in Packages.txt
1998-09-23 15:09:32 +02:00
-e '/%%BUILD_DEPENDS%%/d' \
Make "make readme" work on Solaris - Solaris's sed(1) can be a pain at times.
1999-07-28 12:07:55 +02:00
-e '/%%RUN_DEPENDS%%/r $@.tmp2' \
Add a cdrom-readme target, a clone of the readme target, for ease of use. The URLs in the generated README.html files can be specified by overriding the CDROM_PKG_URL_HOST and CDROM_PKG_URL_DIR definitions. Document the targets, and clean up some English, in Packages.txt
1998-09-23 15:09:32 +02:00
-e '/%%RUN_DEPENDS%%/d' \
Make "make readme" work on Solaris - Solaris's sed(1) can be a pain at times.
1999-07-28 12:07:55 +02:00
-e '/%%BIN_PKGS%%/r $@.tmp4' \
Add a cdrom-readme target, a clone of the readme target, for ease of use. The URLs in the generated README.html files can be specified by overriding the CDROM_PKG_URL_HOST and CDROM_PKG_URL_DIR definitions. Document the targets, and clean up some English, in Packages.txt
1998-09-23 15:09:32 +02:00
-e '/%%BIN_PKGS%%/d' \
${README_NAME} >> $@.tmp
Add definitions for CMP pointing to cmp utility and use it in bsd.pkg.mk.
2001-07-13 08:16:02 +02:00
@${CMP} -s $@.tmp $@ || \
Replace subshell commands in (...) by {...;} for speed. Based on patch from Chris Coleman <chrisc@vmunix.com>. Timing of "make show-var VARNAME=COMMENT" in pkgsrc/x11: new: 2.744u 0.888s 0:16.69 21.6% 0+0k 809+201io 55pf+0w 2.827u 1.047s 0:07.72 50.0% 0+0k 0+189io 0pf+0w 2.913u 0.992s 0:06.91 56.4% 0+0k 0+168io 0pf+0w 2.978u 0.997s 0:06.88 57.5% 0+0k 0+169io 0pf+0w 3.017u 0.886s 0:07.88 49.3% 0+0k 0+186io 0pf+0w old: 2.921u 0.987s 0:07.04 55.3% 0+0k 2+183io 0pf+0w 2.931u 1.051s 0:08.49 46.8% 0+0k 0+169io 0pf+0w 3.065u 0.816s 0:08.33 46.4% 0+0k 0+174io 0pf+0w 2.962u 0.987s 0:08.08 48.7% 0+0k 0+181io 0pf+0w 2.661u 1.228s 0:08.50 45.6% 0+0k 0+171io 0pf+0w
2001-04-03 14:06:31 +02:00
{ ${ECHO_MSG} "${_PKGSRC_IN}> Creating README.html for ${_THISDIR_}${PKGNAME}"; \
${MV} -f $@.tmp $@; }
Change substitution of %%PKG%% so it's expanded to ${PKGNAME} directly, not via a tmp file. Also, there's no need to excape any possible HTML chars (there won't be any in a PKGNAME). Noted in PR 11462 by Jeremy C. Reed <reed@reedmedia.net>
2000-11-10 00:46:29 +01:00
@${RM} -f $@.tmp $@.tmp1 $@.tmp2 $@.tmp4 $@.tmp5 $@.tmp6
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
Add Solaris support to pkgsrc, using Christos Zoulas' NetBSD emulation package. Tested for some packages on Solaris 2.6 on Sparc.
1999-03-08 18:26:54 +01:00
.if !target(show-pkgtools-version)
show-pkgtools-version:
Calculate current pkgtools version once (inline rather than via additional make call), and pass it in the environment to any recursive make calls. 'make fetch' in gnumeric on my system is now > 15% faster checking dependencies.
2000-01-07 13:24:14 +01:00
@${ECHO} ${PKGTOOLS_VERSION}
if ${IDENT} does not exist, assume that the package tools are ok. This is for bootstrapping on systems that don't have RCS installed.
1999-08-31 23:45:45 +02:00
.endif
add print-pkgtools_ver to get version of currently-installed pkg-tools
1998-11-09 15:41:30 +01:00
Add a convenience target called "show-var", which will echo a make(1) variable from the command line: i.e. "make show-var VARNAME=var" will echo var's value
1999-09-28 12:03:16 +02:00
# convenience target, to display make variables from command line
# i.e. "make show-var VARNAME=var", will print var's value
show-var:
show-var: implement quoting via make's :Q modifier, instead of home-brewn.
2001-04-17 18:56:21 +02:00
@${ECHO} ${${VARNAME}:Q}
Add a convenience target called "show-var", which will echo a make(1) variable from the command line: i.e. "make show-var VARNAME=var" will echo var's value
1999-09-28 12:03:16 +02:00
Add a new "show-vars" target which allows to display several makefile variables at once.
2001-10-26 23:42:44 +02:00
# enhanced version of target above, to display multiple variables
show-vars:
.for VARNAME in ${VARNAMES}
@${ECHO} ${${VARNAME}:Q}
.endfor
* More target renaming: depends-list => build-depends-list package-depends => run-depends-list print-depends-list => print-build-depends-list print-package-depends => print-run-depends-list * While there, fix print-run-depends-list to not seperate items by \n. Changes discussed with wiz.
2000-08-01 04:51:34 +02:00
.if !target(print-build-depends-list)
print-build-depends-list:
Change indentation (whitespace changes only!): .if .if .if . if .else => . else .endif . endif .endif .endif Patch contributed by Marc Espie <espie@liafa.jussieu.fr> in preparation of merging latest changes with the OpenPackages project. Thanks Marc!
2001-07-19 00:43:32 +02:00
. if defined(BUILD_DEPENDS) || defined(DEPENDS)
This is NetBSD. s/port/package/g
1999-08-10 12:48:23 +02:00
@${ECHO} -n 'This package requires package(s) "'
Use ${SORT} and ${WC} instead of sort and wc. Also some minor whitespace fixes.
2001-06-12 15:17:01 +02:00
@${ECHO} -n `${MAKE} ${MAKEFLAGS} build-depends-list | ${SORT} -u`
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
@${ECHO} '" to build.'
Change indentation (whitespace changes only!): .if .if .if . if .else => . else .endif . endif .endif .endif Patch contributed by Marc Espie <espie@liafa.jussieu.fr> in preparation of merging latest changes with the OpenPackages project. Thanks Marc!
2001-07-19 00:43:32 +02:00
. endif
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
.endif
* More target renaming: depends-list => build-depends-list package-depends => run-depends-list print-depends-list => print-build-depends-list print-package-depends => print-run-depends-list * While there, fix print-run-depends-list to not seperate items by \n. Changes discussed with wiz.
2000-08-01 04:51:34 +02:00
.if !target(print-run-depends-list)
print-run-depends-list:
Change indentation (whitespace changes only!): .if .if .if . if .else => . else .endif . endif .endif .endif Patch contributed by Marc Espie <espie@liafa.jussieu.fr> in preparation of merging latest changes with the OpenPackages project. Thanks Marc!
2001-07-19 00:43:32 +02:00
. if defined(DEPENDS)
This is NetBSD. s/port/package/g
1999-08-10 12:48:23 +02:00
@${ECHO} -n 'This package requires package(s) "'
Use ${SORT} and ${WC} instead of sort and wc. Also some minor whitespace fixes.
2001-06-12 15:17:01 +02:00
@${ECHO} -n `${MAKE} ${MAKEFLAGS} run-depends-list | ${SORT} -u`
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
@${ECHO} '" to run.'
Change indentation (whitespace changes only!): .if .if .if . if .else => . else .endif . endif .endif .endif Patch contributed by Marc Espie <espie@liafa.jussieu.fr> in preparation of merging latest changes with the OpenPackages project. Thanks Marc!
2001-07-19 00:43:32 +02:00
. endif
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
.endif
Add a "show-license" target, and a "show-licence" alias, to display the package's licence, if it's non-standard.
2001-01-05 18:37:12 +01:00
.if !target(show-license)
show-license show-licence:
@if [ "${LICENSE}" != "" ]; then \
Modify all references to PKGSRCDIR to _PKGSRCDIR, except in the external references of the pkglint package. _PKGSRCDIR is an internal definition in bsd.pkg.mk, and a few packages which would like to refer to other packages in the build tree. It should not be set by users, but neither should it stop a user from building a package if it is defined, so make it obvious that this is the case.
2001-12-15 21:25:34 +01:00
if [ -e ${_PKGSRCDIR}/licenses/${LICENSE} ]; then \
${CAT} ${_PKGSRCDIR}/licenses/${LICENSE}; \
Check for the existence of the ${LICENSE} file before trying to access it. Pointed out by Thomas Klausner.
2001-03-20 13:39:00 +01:00
else \
${ECHO} "Generic ${LICENSE} information not available"; \
${ECHO} "See the package description (pkg_info -d ${PKGNAME}) for more information."; \
fi \
Add a "show-license" target, and a "show-licence" alias, to display the package's licence, if it's non-standard.
2001-01-05 18:37:12 +01:00
fi
.endif
Add code to include the size of a package into both the installed version and binary packages. The size can be queried then via pkg_info: xfeyrer @ noon% pkg_info -s xv Information for xv-3.10apl1: Size of this package in bytes: 4670692 xfeyrer @ noon% pkg_info -S xv Information for xv-3.10apl1: Size in bytes including required pkgs: 14610165 While doing work on the size code, support for the @src directive was removed (formerly enabled with the pkg_create -s switch, but unused in our pkg system). The new pkg_info -s and -S switches were tested on installed, local (file) and remote (ftp) packages. In bsd.pkg.mk, take special care for pkg_* versions that do not have the pkg_create -s and -S switches and do not record size information there.
1999-11-29 20:48:15 +01:00
Tune the print-pkg-size targets to not re-calculate the size for all the depends, but use pkg_info -sS instead. Some code-restructuring and renaming of the targets while there: print-pkg-size-this prints the size of the current pkg, and print-pkg-size-depends prints the size of all the depends ONLY (i.e. NO LONGER including the size of the current pkg). Speeds up "make install" on a pkg requiring teTeX from ~3.2s to ~1.7s.
2000-06-25 05:58:17 +02:00
# Stat all the files of one pkg and sum the sizes up.
Add code to include the size of a package into both the installed version and binary packages. The size can be queried then via pkg_info: xfeyrer @ noon% pkg_info -s xv Information for xv-3.10apl1: Size of this package in bytes: 4670692 xfeyrer @ noon% pkg_info -S xv Information for xv-3.10apl1: Size in bytes including required pkgs: 14610165 While doing work on the size code, support for the @src directive was removed (formerly enabled with the pkg_create -s switch, but unused in our pkg system). The new pkg_info -s and -S switches were tested on installed, local (file) and remote (ftp) packages. In bsd.pkg.mk, take special care for pkg_* versions that do not have the pkg_create -s and -S switches and do not record size information there.
1999-11-29 20:48:15 +01:00
#
# XXX This is intended to be run before pkg_create is called, so the
Add the glue for showing any security vulnerabilities to the README.html files.
2000-09-19 21:29:11 +02:00
# existence of ${PLIST} can be assumed.
Tune the print-pkg-size targets to not re-calculate the size for all the depends, but use pkg_info -sS instead. Some code-restructuring and renaming of the targets while there: print-pkg-size-this prints the size of the current pkg, and print-pkg-size-depends prints the size of all the depends ONLY (i.e. NO LONGER including the size of the current pkg). Speeds up "make install" on a pkg requiring teTeX from ~3.2s to ~1.7s.
2000-06-25 05:58:17 +02:00
print-pkg-size-this:
fix typo in last
2000-06-25 08:31:12 +02:00
@${SHCOMMENT} "This pkg's files" ; \
Fix print-pkg-size: when parsing the PLIST, use awk to prepend the proper prefix (defaults to $PREFIX, but can be changed by @cwd from the PLIST). Sent in in PR 9888 by Takahiro Kambe <taca@sky.yamashina.kyoto.jp>
2000-04-15 18:13:07 +02:00
${AWK} 'BEGIN { base = "${PREFIX}/" } \
/^@cwd/ { base = $$2 "/" } \
/^@ignore/ { next } \
NF == 1 { print base $$1 }' \
* some whitespace fix * s/.MAKEFLAGS/MAKEFLAGS/ in one place * add check-shlibs target. Need to at least document that later. :) (Should be added at end of root-install target, to check if the pkg's binaries/libs will find the shared libs they need)
2000-06-27 22:14:45 +02:00
<${PLIST} \
Use ${SORT} and ${WC} instead of sort and wc. Also some minor whitespace fixes.
2001-06-12 15:17:01 +02:00
| ${SORT} -u \
In print-pkg-size target, pre-filter the input to "xargs ls -ld" to shell escape any spaces in the filename. This allows building with the correct package size for things like StarOffice or Maelstrom.
2000-03-26 10:11:21 +02:00
| ${SED} -e 's, ,\\ ,g' \
Set XARGS to xargs (NetBSD/Solaris) or xargs -r (linux).
2001-05-18 12:29:10 +02:00
| ${XARGS} ${LS} -ld \
Add the glue for showing any security vulnerabilities to the README.html files.
2000-09-19 21:29:11 +02:00
| ${AWK} 'BEGIN { print("0 "); } \
{ print($$5, " + "); } \
Because "awk" keeps getting overflows on "arm32" while calculating the size of a large package we use "dc" now.
2000-09-15 10:35:15 +02:00
END { print("p"); }' \
| ${DC}
Add code to include the size of a package into both the installed version and binary packages. The size can be queried then via pkg_info: xfeyrer @ noon% pkg_info -s xv Information for xv-3.10apl1: Size of this package in bytes: 4670692 xfeyrer @ noon% pkg_info -S xv Information for xv-3.10apl1: Size in bytes including required pkgs: 14610165 While doing work on the size code, support for the @src directive was removed (formerly enabled with the pkg_create -s switch, but unused in our pkg system). The new pkg_info -s and -S switches were tested on installed, local (file) and remote (ftp) packages. In bsd.pkg.mk, take special care for pkg_* versions that do not have the pkg_create -s and -S switches and do not record size information there.
1999-11-29 20:48:15 +01:00
Tune the print-pkg-size targets to not re-calculate the size for all the depends, but use pkg_info -sS instead. Some code-restructuring and renaming of the targets while there: print-pkg-size-this prints the size of the current pkg, and print-pkg-size-depends prints the size of all the depends ONLY (i.e. NO LONGER including the size of the current pkg). Speeds up "make install" on a pkg requiring teTeX from ~3.2s to ~1.7s.
2000-06-25 05:58:17 +02:00
# Sizes of required pkgs (only)
#
# XXX This is intended to be run before pkg_create is called, so the
Fix print-pkg-size-depends: I now remember why I felt there was something wrong with the fix in PR 11433: it calls some target with PACKAGE_DEPENDS_WITH_PATTERNS=false, and this will cause problems when someone has a different version installed than what's currently in pkgsrc. This was also what the XXX was for that I couldn't remember - all dependencies were found installed at the time that the print-pkg-size-depends target gets called, and as such we can call run-depends list with the PACKAGE_DEPENDS_QUICK switch (to first print our direct dependencies, and then look at their @pkgdep lines to get all their depends - no need for recursion, as well store all a pkg's depends in it's @pkgdep lines!). Using that, we can call "pkg_info -e" on all the patterns to expand them to match what's really installed on the system, then make that list unique (so that e.g. foo-1.0 and foo-* gets to the same pkg twice, and then sorted out). After that we can calculate it's size as before using "pkg-info -s". Using this method is also a whole lot faster (due to no recursion).
2000-11-18 22:53:31 +01:00
# dependencies are all installed.
Tune the print-pkg-size targets to not re-calculate the size for all the depends, but use pkg_info -sS instead. Some code-restructuring and renaming of the targets while there: print-pkg-size-this prints the size of the current pkg, and print-pkg-size-depends prints the size of all the depends ONLY (i.e. NO LONGER including the size of the current pkg). Speeds up "make install" on a pkg requiring teTeX from ~3.2s to ~1.7s.
2000-06-25 05:58:17 +02:00
print-pkg-size-depends:
Fix print-pkg-size-depends: I now remember why I felt there was something wrong with the fix in PR 11433: it calls some target with PACKAGE_DEPENDS_WITH_PATTERNS=false, and this will cause problems when someone has a different version installed than what's currently in pkgsrc. This was also what the XXX was for that I couldn't remember - all dependencies were found installed at the time that the print-pkg-size-depends target gets called, and as such we can call run-depends list with the PACKAGE_DEPENDS_QUICK switch (to first print our direct dependencies, and then look at their @pkgdep lines to get all their depends - no need for recursion, as well store all a pkg's depends in it's @pkgdep lines!). Using that, we can call "pkg_info -e" on all the patterns to expand them to match what's really installed on the system, then make that list unique (so that e.g. foo-1.0 and foo-* gets to the same pkg twice, and then sorted out). After that we can calculate it's size as before using "pkg-info -s". Using this method is also a whole lot faster (due to no recursion).
2000-11-18 22:53:31 +01:00
@${MAKE} ${MAKEFLAGS} run-depends-list PACKAGE_DEPENDS_QUICK=true \
Set XARGS to xargs (NetBSD/Solaris) or xargs -r (linux).
2001-05-18 12:29:10 +02:00
| ${XARGS} -n 1 ${SETENV} ${PKG_INFO} -e \
Use ${SORT} and ${WC} instead of sort and wc. Also some minor whitespace fixes.
2001-06-12 15:17:01 +02:00
| ${SORT} -u \
Set XARGS to xargs (NetBSD/Solaris) or xargs -r (linux).
2001-05-18 12:29:10 +02:00
| ${XARGS} -n 256 ${SETENV} ${PKG_INFO} -qs \
Calculate the .SizeAll information for pkg_info -S correctly. Closes PR pkg/11433.
2000-11-12 03:46:53 +01:00
| ${AWK} -- 'BEGIN { print("0 "); } \
/^[0-9]+$$/ { print($$1, " + "); } \
END { print("p"); }' \
Because "awk" keeps getting overflows on "arm32" while calculating the size of a large package we use "dc" now.
2000-09-15 10:35:15 +02:00
| ${DC}
Split print-pkg-depend-sizes into two pkgs, to work make processing of $DEPENDS with wildcards and relational depends possible. (The previous solution with :Q was not useful as this also quoted the seperator between the single depends, making the DEPENDS useless).
2000-01-10 20:17:27 +01:00
Add code to include the size of a package into both the installed version and binary packages. The size can be queried then via pkg_info: xfeyrer @ noon% pkg_info -s xv Information for xv-3.10apl1: Size of this package in bytes: 4670692 xfeyrer @ noon% pkg_info -S xv Information for xv-3.10apl1: Size in bytes including required pkgs: 14610165 While doing work on the size code, support for the @src directive was removed (formerly enabled with the pkg_create -s switch, but unused in our pkg system). The new pkg_info -s and -S switches were tested on installed, local (file) and remote (ftp) packages. In bsd.pkg.mk, take special care for pkg_* versions that do not have the pkg_create -s and -S switches and do not record size information there.
1999-11-29 20:48:15 +01:00
Add print-PLIST target for automatic PLIST generation: - files & symlinks first - @exec/@unexec calls are added for info files - @dirrm statements last - empty directories are handled properly - dirs from mtree files are excluded Usage: - make install - make print-PLIST | brain >pkg/PLIST Moved over from bsd.hf-pkg.mk, after it's lived there for quite some time now.
2000-06-16 11:18:26 +02:00
###
### Automatic PLIST generation
### - files & symlinks first
### - @exec/@unexec calls are added for info files
### - @dirrm statements last
### - empty directories are handled properly
### - dirs from mtree files are excluded
###
### Usage:
### - make install
lose some more pkg/ references
2001-11-28 11:21:46 +01:00
### - make print-PLIST | brain >PLIST
Add print-PLIST target for automatic PLIST generation: - files & symlinks first - @exec/@unexec calls are added for info files - @dirrm statements last - empty directories are handled properly - dirs from mtree files are excluded Usage: - make install - make print-PLIST | brain >pkg/PLIST Moved over from bsd.hf-pkg.mk, after it's lived there for quite some time now.
2000-06-16 11:18:26 +02:00
###
# Common (system) directories not to generate @dirrm statements for
# Reads MTREE_FILE and extracts a list of sed commands that will
# sort out which directories NOT to include into the PLIST @dirrm list
print-PLIST: * move redundant sed expression into variable to only maintain it once * properly catch grep return code in *both* cases (makes substitution of pkg variables in @dirrm statements / directory names work)
2002-08-03 02:15:30 +02:00
SUBST_PLIST_REPLACEMENT=\
-e 's@${OPSYS}@\$${OPSYS}@' \
-e 's@${OS_VERSION:S/./\./g}@\$${OS_VERSION}@' \
-e 's@${MACHINE_GNU_PLATFORM}@\$${MACHINE_GNU_PLATFORM}@' \
-e 's@${MACHINE_ARCH}@\$${MACHINE_ARCH}@' \
-e 's@${MACHINE_GNU_ARCH}@\$${MACHINE_GNU_ARCH}@' \
-e 's@${LOWER_VENDOR}@\$${LOWER_VENDOR}@' \
-e 's@${LOWER_OPSYS}@\$${LOWER_OPSYS}@' \
-e 's@${LOWER_OS_VERSION}@\$${LOWER_OS_VERSION}@' \
-e 's@${PKGNAME:S/./\./g}@\$${PKGNAME}@' \
-e 's@${PKGVERSION:S/./\./g}@\$${PKGVERSION}@' \
-e 's@${PKGLOCALEDIR}/locale@\$${PKGLOCALEDIR}/locale@' \
Add print-PLIST target for automatic PLIST generation: - files & symlinks first - @exec/@unexec calls are added for info files - @dirrm statements last - empty directories are handled properly - dirs from mtree files are excluded Usage: - make install - make print-PLIST | brain >pkg/PLIST Moved over from bsd.hf-pkg.mk, after it's lived there for quite some time now.
2000-06-16 11:18:26 +02:00
.if make(print-PLIST)
Be consistent throughout the file with line continuations and whitespace. No functional changes.
2002-05-03 14:44:01 +02:00
COMMON_DIRS!= ${AWK} 'BEGIN { \
i=0; \
stack[i]="${PREFIX}" ; \
cwd=""; \
} \
! ( /^\// || /^\#/ || /^$$/ ) { \
if ( $$1 == ".." ){ \
i=i-1; \
cwd = stack[i]; \
} else if ( $$1 == "." ){ \
} else { \
stack[i] = cwd ; \
if ( i == 0 ){ \
cwd = $$1 ; \
} else { \
cwd = cwd "\\\\/" $$1 ; \
} \
print "-e \"/^" cwd "$$$$/d\""; \
i=i+1 ; \
} \
} \
Add print-PLIST target for automatic PLIST generation: - files & symlinks first - @exec/@unexec calls are added for info files - @dirrm statements last - empty directories are handled properly - dirs from mtree files are excluded Usage: - make install - make print-PLIST | brain >pkg/PLIST Moved over from bsd.hf-pkg.mk, after it's lived there for quite some time now.
2000-06-16 11:18:26 +02:00
' <${MTREE_FILE}
.endif
# scan $PREFIX for any files/dirs modified since the package was extracted
# will emit "@exec mkdir"-statements for empty directories
# XXX will fail for data files that were copied using tar (e.g. emacs)!
# XXX should check $LOCALBASE and $X11BASE, and add @cwd statements
.if !target(print-PLIST)
print-PLIST:
Make print-PLIST work again if no linux=procfs mounted. Patch by hubertf.
2001-09-11 18:41:36 +02:00
${_PKG_SILENT}${_PKG_DEBUG}\
${ECHO} '@comment $$'NetBSD'$$'
${_PKG_SILENT}${_PKG_DEBUG}\
shlib_type=`${MAKE} ${MAKEFLAGS} show-shlib-type`; \
The way that shared objects were handled in the PLISTs and bsd.pkg.mk was out of date - it was based on a.out OBJECT_FMT, and added entries in the generated PLISTs to reflect the symlinks that ELF packages uses. It also tried to be clever, and removed and recreated any symbolic links that were created, which has resulted in some fun, especially with packages which use dlopen(3) to load modules. Some recent changes to our ld.so to bring it more into line with other Operating Systems also exposed some cracks. + Modify bsd.pkg.mk and its shared object handling, so that PLISTs now contain the ELF symlinks. + Don't mess about with file system entries when handling shared objects in bsd.pkg.mk, since it's likely that libtool and the BSD *.mk processing will have got it right, and have a much better idea than we do. + Modify PLISTs to contain "ELF symlinks" + On a.out platforms, delete any "ELF symlinks" from the generated PLISTs + On ELF platforms, no extra processing needs to be done in bsd.pkg.mk + Modify print-PLIST target in bsd.pkg.mk to add dummy symlink entries on a.out platforms + Update the documentation in Packages.txt With many thanks to Thomas Klausner for keeping me honest with this.
2001-01-04 16:10:17 +01:00
case $$shlib_type in \
"a.out") genlinks=1 ;; \
*) genlinks=0 ;; \
esac; \
print-PLIST: on ELF systems, exclude libfoo.so.x and libfoo.so
2000-08-16 03:23:31 +02:00
${FIND} ${PREFIX}/. -newer ${EXTRACT_COOKIE} \! -type d \
Somewhat tune the generation of "PLIST file" by print-PLIST target: - remove unwanted entries earlier by using ${GREP} -v - substitute more specific bits before lesser ones: ${MACHINE_GNU_PLATFORM} before ${MACHINE_ARCH} and ${MACHINE_GNU_ARCH} - substitute *after* the sort so substitution does not move the pathnames around - add substitution of ${PKGVERSION} - substitute ${PKGLOCALEDIR}/locale (this can help actually catching PLIST, configuration, build, ... problems with respect to the correct locale directory varying from platform to platform)
2002-04-10 14:03:10 +02:00
| ( ${GREP} -v emul/linux/proc || ${TRUE} ) \
| ${SORT} \
* Fix processing of @dirrm commands: use the proper RE in sed, and move it after the processing, so empty dirs are still handled properly * Align trailing \s
2000-07-04 13:58:49 +02:00
| ${SED} \
print-PLIST: enclose s/// commands in single quotes, and protect '.' in OS_VERSION, so that "135" does NOT get replaced by "${OS_VERSION}". Detected in kdetoys-2.0
2000-11-18 22:55:28 +01:00
-e 's@${PREFIX}/./@@' \
print-PLIST: * move redundant sed expression into variable to only maintain it once * properly catch grep return code in *both* cases (makes substitution of pkg variables in @dirrm statements / directory names work)
2002-08-03 02:15:30 +02:00
${SUBST_PLIST_REPLACEMENT} \
* Fix processing of @dirrm commands: use the proper RE in sed, and move it after the processing, so empty dirs are still handled properly * Align trailing \s
2000-07-04 13:58:49 +02:00
| ${AWK} ' \
The way that shared objects were handled in the PLISTs and bsd.pkg.mk was out of date - it was based on a.out OBJECT_FMT, and added entries in the generated PLISTs to reflect the symlinks that ELF packages uses. It also tried to be clever, and removed and recreated any symbolic links that were created, which has resulted in some fun, especially with packages which use dlopen(3) to load modules. Some recent changes to our ld.so to bring it more into line with other Operating Systems also exposed some cracks. + Modify bsd.pkg.mk and its shared object handling, so that PLISTs now contain the ELF symlinks. + Don't mess about with file system entries when handling shared objects in bsd.pkg.mk, since it's likely that libtool and the BSD *.mk processing will have got it right, and have a much better idea than we do. + Modify PLISTs to contain "ELF symlinks" + On a.out platforms, delete any "ELF symlinks" from the generated PLISTs + On ELF platforms, no extra processing needs to be done in bsd.pkg.mk + Modify print-PLIST target in bsd.pkg.mk to add dummy symlink entries on a.out platforms + Update the documentation in Packages.txt With many thanks to Thomas Klausner for keeping me honest with this.
2001-01-04 16:10:17 +01:00
/^@/ { print $$0; next } \
/.*\/lib[^\/]+\.so\.[0-9]+\.[0-9]+\.[0-9]+$$/ { \
print $$0; \
sub("\.[0-9]+$$", ""); \
if ('$$genlinks') print $$0; \
sub("\.[0-9]+$$", ""); \
if ('$$genlinks') print $$0; \
sub("\.[0-9]+$$", ""); \
if ('$$genlinks') print $$0; \
next; \
} \
/.*\/lib[^\/]+\.so\.[0-9]+\.[0-9]+$$/ { \
print $$0; \
sub("\.[0-9]+$$", ""); \
if ('$$genlinks') print $$0; \
sub("\.[0-9]+$$", ""); \
if ('$$genlinks') print $$0; \
next; \
} \
* Fix processing of @dirrm commands: use the proper RE in sed, and move it after the processing, so empty dirs are still handled properly * Align trailing \s
2000-07-04 13:58:49 +02:00
{ \
Make print-PLIST output the install-info lines only when it finds files ending in ".info", not for any file that ends in "info".
2000-10-19 04:30:05 +02:00
if (/\.info$$/) { \
Introduce new framework for handling info files generation and installation. Summary of changes: - removal of USE_GTEXINFO - addition of mk/texinfo.mk - inclusion of this file in package Makefiles requiring it - `install-info' substituted by `${INSTALL_INFO}' in PLISTs - tuning of mk/bsd.pkg.mk: removal of USE_GTEXINFO INSTALL_INFO added to PLIST_SUBST `${INSTALL_INFO}' replace `install-info' in target rules print-PLIST target now generate `${INSTALL_INFO}' instead of `install-info' - a couple of new patch files added for a handful of packages - setting of the TEXINFO_OVERRIDE "switch" in packages Makefiles requiring it - devel/cssc marked requiring texinfo 4.0 - a couple of packages Makefiles were tuned with respect of INFO_FILES and makeinfo command usage See -newly added by this commit- section 10.24 of Packages.txt for further information.
2002-02-18 16:14:00 +01:00
print "\@unexec $${INSTALL_INFO} --delete --info-dir=%D/info %D/" $$0; \
Fix print-PLIST target so that files with whitespace in are dealt with correctly.
2001-02-05 19:35:48 +01:00
print $$0; \
Introduce new framework for handling info files generation and installation. Summary of changes: - removal of USE_GTEXINFO - addition of mk/texinfo.mk - inclusion of this file in package Makefiles requiring it - `install-info' substituted by `${INSTALL_INFO}' in PLISTs - tuning of mk/bsd.pkg.mk: removal of USE_GTEXINFO INSTALL_INFO added to PLIST_SUBST `${INSTALL_INFO}' replace `install-info' in target rules print-PLIST target now generate `${INSTALL_INFO}' instead of `install-info' - a couple of new patch files added for a handful of packages - setting of the TEXINFO_OVERRIDE "switch" in packages Makefiles requiring it - devel/cssc marked requiring texinfo 4.0 - a couple of packages Makefiles were tuned with respect of INFO_FILES and makeinfo command usage See -newly added by this commit- section 10.24 of Packages.txt for further information.
2002-02-18 16:14:00 +01:00
print "\@exec $${INSTALL_INFO} --info-dir=%D/info %D/" $$0; \
* Fix processing of @dirrm commands: use the proper RE in sed, and move it after the processing, so empty dirs are still handled properly * Align trailing \s
2000-07-04 13:58:49 +02:00
} else if (!/^info\/dir$$/) { \
Fix print-PLIST target so that files with whitespace in are dealt with correctly.
2001-02-05 19:35:48 +01:00
print $$0; \
* Fix processing of @dirrm commands: use the proper RE in sed, and move it after the processing, so empty dirs are still handled properly * Align trailing \s
2000-07-04 13:58:49 +02:00
} \
Add print-PLIST target for automatic PLIST generation: - files & symlinks first - @exec/@unexec calls are added for info files - @dirrm statements last - empty directories are handled properly - dirs from mtree files are excluded Usage: - make install - make print-PLIST | brain >pkg/PLIST Moved over from bsd.hf-pkg.mk, after it's lived there for quite some time now.
2000-06-16 11:18:26 +02:00
}'
Make print-PLIST work again if no linux=procfs mounted. Patch by hubertf.
2001-09-11 18:41:36 +02:00
${_PKG_SILENT}${_PKG_DEBUG}\
for i in `${FIND} ${PREFIX}/. -newer ${EXTRACT_COOKIE} -type d \
* Fix processing of @dirrm commands: use the proper RE in sed, and move it after the processing, so empty dirs are still handled properly * Align trailing \s
2000-07-04 13:58:49 +02:00
| ${SED} \
print-PLIST: * move redundant sed expression into variable to only maintain it once * properly catch grep return code in *both* cases (makes substitution of pkg variables in @dirrm statements / directory names work)
2002-08-03 02:15:30 +02:00
-e 's@${PREFIX}/./@@' \
print-PLIST: recognize MACHINE_ARCH and OPSYS_LOWER, and substitute with ${xxx} in generated PLIST
2000-07-04 05:52:17 +02:00
-e '/^${PREFIX:S/\//\\\//g}\/.$$/d' \
Use ${SORT} and ${WC} instead of sort and wc. Also some minor whitespace fixes.
2001-06-12 15:17:01 +02:00
| ${SORT} -r | ${SED} ${COMMON_DIRS}` ; \
* Fix processing of @dirrm commands: use the proper RE in sed, and move it after the processing, so empty dirs are still handled properly * Align trailing \s
2000-07-04 13:58:49 +02:00
do \
Use ${SORT} and ${WC} instead of sort and wc. Also some minor whitespace fixes.
2001-06-12 15:17:01 +02:00
if [ `${LS} -la ${PREFIX}/$$i | ${WC} -l` = 3 ]; then \
/bin/mkdir -> ${MKDIR}. Make the print-PLIST target output ${MKDIR} also.
2002-02-05 23:39:00 +01:00
${ECHO} @exec \$${MKDIR} %D/$$i ; \
* Fix processing of @dirrm commands: use the proper RE in sed, and move it after the processing, so empty dirs are still handled properly * Align trailing \s
2000-07-04 13:58:49 +02:00
fi ; \
${ECHO} @dirrm $$i ; \
done \
print-PLIST: * move redundant sed expression into variable to only maintain it once * properly catch grep return code in *both* cases (makes substitution of pkg variables in @dirrm statements / directory names work)
2002-08-03 02:15:30 +02:00
| ( ${GREP} -v emul/linux/proc || ${TRUE} ) \
* Fix processing of @dirrm commands: use the proper RE in sed, and move it after the processing, so empty dirs are still handled properly * Align trailing \s
2000-07-04 13:58:49 +02:00
| ${SED} \
print-PLIST: * move redundant sed expression into variable to only maintain it once * properly catch grep return code in *both* cases (makes substitution of pkg variables in @dirrm statements / directory names work)
2002-08-03 02:15:30 +02:00
${SUBST_PLIST_REPLACEMENT}
Add print-PLIST target for automatic PLIST generation: - files & symlinks first - @exec/@unexec calls are added for info files - @dirrm statements last - empty directories are handled properly - dirs from mtree files are excluded Usage: - make install - make print-PLIST | brain >pkg/PLIST Moved over from bsd.hf-pkg.mk, after it's lived there for quite some time now.
2000-06-16 11:18:26 +02:00
.endif # target(print-PLIST)
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
# Fake installation of package so that user can pkg_delete it later.
This is NetBSD. s/port/package/g
1999-08-10 12:48:23 +02:00
# Also, make sure that an installed package is recognized correctly in
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
# accordance to the @pkgdep directive in the packing lists
.if !target(fake-pkg)
Add automatic ${VARIABLE} handling for MESSAGE files. Convert most MESSAGE files to new syntax (${VARIABLE} gets replaced, not @VARIABLE@, nor @@VARIABLE@@). By default, substitutions are done for LOCALBASE, PKGNAME, PREFIX, X11BASE, X11PREFIX; additional patterns can be added via MESSAGE_SUBST. Clean up some packages while I'm there; add RCS tags to most MESSAGEs. Remove some uninteresting MESSAGEs.
2001-01-29 12:34:21 +01:00
fake-pkg: ${PLIST} ${DESCR} ${MESSAGE}
Be consistent throughout the file with line continuations and whitespace. No functional changes.
2002-05-03 14:44:01 +02:00
${_PKG_SILENT}${_PKG_DEBUG} \
if [ ! -f ${PLIST} -o ! -f ${DESCR} ]; then \
Use the new flags for pkg_create(1) for the build information and versioning information. Re-arrange the fake-pkg target so that the files exist before they're used.
1998-10-26 18:40:57 +01:00
${ECHO} "** Missing package files for ${PKGNAME} - installation not recorded."; \
exit 1; \
fi
Be consistent throughout the file with line continuations and whitespace. No functional changes.
2002-05-03 14:44:01 +02:00
${_PKG_SILENT}${_PKG_DEBUG} \
if [ ! -d ${PKG_DBDIR} ]; then \
Use the new flags for pkg_create(1) for the build information and versioning information. Re-arrange the fake-pkg target so that the files exist before they're used.
1998-10-26 18:40:57 +01:00
${RM} -f ${PKG_DBDIR}; \
${MKDIR} ${PKG_DBDIR}; \
fi
Change indentation (whitespace changes only!): .if .if .if . if .else => . else .endif . endif .endif .endif Patch contributed by Marc Espie <espie@liafa.jussieu.fr> in preparation of merging latest changes with the OpenPackages project. Thanks Marc!
2001-07-19 00:43:32 +02:00
. if defined(FORCE_PKG_REGISTER)
- Bump required package tools version to 19990412. - Remove support for package tools without database support.
1999-04-19 22:04:18 +02:00
${_PKG_SILENT}${_PKG_DEBUG}${PKG_DELETE} -O ${PKGNAME}
Add Solaris support to pkgsrc, using Christos Zoulas' NetBSD emulation package. Tested for some packages on Solaris 2.6 on Sparc.
1999-03-08 18:26:54 +01:00
${_PKG_SILENT}${_PKG_DEBUG}${RM} -rf ${PKG_DBDIR}/${PKGNAME}
Change indentation (whitespace changes only!): .if .if .if . if .else => . else .endif . endif .endif .endif Patch contributed by Marc Espie <espie@liafa.jussieu.fr> in preparation of merging latest changes with the OpenPackages project. Thanks Marc!
2001-07-19 00:43:32 +02:00
. endif
Add Solaris support to pkgsrc, using Christos Zoulas' NetBSD emulation package. Tested for some packages on Solaris 2.6 on Sparc.
1999-03-08 18:26:54 +01:00
${_PKG_SILENT}${_PKG_DEBUG}${RM} -f ${BUILD_VERSION_FILE} ${BUILD_INFO_FILE}
Add code to include the size of a package into both the installed version and binary packages. The size can be queried then via pkg_info: xfeyrer @ noon% pkg_info -s xv Information for xv-3.10apl1: Size of this package in bytes: 4670692 xfeyrer @ noon% pkg_info -S xv Information for xv-3.10apl1: Size in bytes including required pkgs: 14610165 While doing work on the size code, support for the @src directive was removed (formerly enabled with the pkg_create -s switch, but unused in our pkg system). The new pkg_info -s and -S switches were tested on installed, local (file) and remote (ftp) packages. In bsd.pkg.mk, take special care for pkg_* versions that do not have the pkg_create -s and -S switches and do not record size information there.
1999-11-29 20:48:15 +01:00
${_PKG_SILENT}${_PKG_DEBUG}${RM} -f ${SIZE_PKG_FILE} ${SIZE_ALL_FILE}
When constructing the build version information, avoid problems when there is a filename with an embedded space in the directory. Fixes PR 15755 from Simon Burge (simonb@wasabisystems.com). Whilst I'm here, only include the build information for the package Makefile once.
2002-02-28 12:08:55 +01:00
${_PKG_SILENT}${_PKG_DEBUG} \
files=""; \
Partitally backout revision 1.932: We *must* record the version of "${.CURDIR}/Makefile" because we otherwise only record the version of the wrong "Makefile" e.g. "x11/xscreensaver-gnome/../xscreensaver/Makefile" for the "xscreensaver-gnome" package. This will break the update target horribly.
2002-03-15 08:16:23 +01:00
for f in ${.CURDIR}/Makefile ${FILESDIR}/* ${PKGDIR}/*; do \
Fix PR 15755 from Simon Burge (simonb@wasabisystems.com) properly. When constructing the build version information, avoid problems when there is a filename with an embedded space in the directory. With thanks to Stoned Elipot for the practical help.
2002-03-12 16:40:24 +01:00
if [ -f "$$f" ]; then \
files="$$files \"$$f\""; \
fi; \
done; \
Deprecate DIGEST_FILE and PATCH_SUM_FILE (replaced by DIGEST_FILE, and not used anymore in pkgsrc).
2001-06-09 14:15:59 +02:00
if [ -f ${DISTINFO_FILE} ]; then \
for f in `${AWK} 'NF == 4 && $$3 == "=" { gsub("[()]", "", $$2); print $$2 }' < ${DISTINFO_FILE}`; do \
Make sure we record the RCS Ids of all of the patch files in the BUILD_VERSION information (pkg_info -b) Correct the English in the licence gripe.
2001-02-15 14:49:04 +01:00
if [ -f ${PATCHDIR}/$$f ]; then \
Fix PR 15755 from Simon Burge (simonb@wasabisystems.com) properly. When constructing the build version information, avoid problems when there is a filename with an embedded space in the directory. With thanks to Stoned Elipot for the practical help.
2002-03-12 16:40:24 +01:00
files="$$files \"${PATCHDIR}/$$f\""; \
Don't try to record non existing patch files in "BuildVersion".
1999-09-03 23:05:58 +02:00
fi; \
Record the names of the patches which were applied to the package (taken from the patch-sum file), plus any local patches, in the BuildVersion file (which can be viewed with the -b option to pkg_info(1)), rather than simply recording the contents of any patches directory.
1999-08-18 12:02:01 +02:00
done; \
fi; \
Use the new flags for pkg_create(1) for the build information and versioning information. Re-arrange the fake-pkg target so that the files exist before they're used.
1998-10-26 18:40:57 +01:00
if [ -d ${PATCHDIR} ]; then \
for f in ${PATCHDIR}/patch-*; do \
case $$f in \
*.orig|*.rej|*~) ;; \
Record the names of the patches which were applied to the package (taken from the patch-sum file), plus any local patches, in the BuildVersion file (which can be viewed with the -b option to pkg_info(1)), rather than simply recording the contents of any patches directory.
1999-08-18 12:02:01 +02:00
${PATCHDIR}/patch-local-*) \
Fix PR 15755 from Simon Burge (simonb@wasabisystems.com) properly. When constructing the build version information, avoid problems when there is a filename with an embedded space in the directory. With thanks to Stoned Elipot for the practical help.
2002-03-12 16:40:24 +01:00
files="$$files \"$$f\"" ;; \
Use the new flags for pkg_create(1) for the build information and versioning information. Re-arrange the fake-pkg target so that the files exist before they're used.
1998-10-26 18:40:57 +01:00
esac; \
done; \
fi; \
Fix PR 15755 from Simon Burge (simonb@wasabisystems.com) properly. When constructing the build version information, avoid problems when there is a filename with an embedded space in the directory. With thanks to Stoned Elipot for the practical help.
2002-03-12 16:40:24 +01:00
eval ${GREP} '\$$NetBSD' $$files | ${SED} -e 's|^${_PKGSRCDIR}/||' > ${BUILD_VERSION_FILE}
Change indentation (whitespace changes only!): .if .if .if . if .else => . else .endif . endif .endif .endif Patch contributed by Marc Espie <espie@liafa.jussieu.fr> in preparation of merging latest changes with the OpenPackages project. Thanks Marc!
2001-07-19 00:43:32 +02:00
. for def in ${BUILD_DEFS}
One "^" too much in last commit.
2000-11-29 12:39:25 +01:00
@${ECHO} ${def}= ${${def}:Q} | ${SED} -e 's|^PATH=[^ ]*|PATH=...|' >> ${BUILD_INFO_FILE}
Change indentation (whitespace changes only!): .if .if .if . if .else => . else .endif . endif .endif .endif Patch contributed by Marc Espie <espie@liafa.jussieu.fr> in preparation of merging latest changes with the OpenPackages project. Thanks Marc!
2001-07-19 00:43:32 +02:00
. endfor
Don't cause a build failure if "${CC} -version" doesn't work.
2001-01-13 01:18:51 +01:00
@if ${CC} --version >/dev/null 2>&1; then \
${ECHO} "CC= ${CC}-`${CC} --version`" >> ${BUILD_INFO_FILE}; \
fi
* Change the semantics of the USE_PERL5 variable. USE_PERL5 may now take an optional value of "build" to represent that the package only wants a build dependency on perl. * Add a new public variable "PERL5_PKGSRCDIR" that is either "../../lang/perl58" or "../../lang/perl5" depending on whether we need perl>=5.8.0 or not.
2002-07-24 21:42:21 +02:00
. if defined(USE_PERL5) && (${USE_PERL5} == "run")
Quiet perl invocations in bsd.pkg.mk when the locale isn't properly set in the environment.
2000-10-18 01:56:19 +02:00
@${ECHO} "PERL= `${PERL5} --version 2>/dev/null | ${GREP} 'This is perl'`" >> ${BUILD_INFO_FILE}
Change indentation (whitespace changes only!): .if .if .if . if .else => . else .endif . endif .endif .endif Patch contributed by Marc Espie <espie@liafa.jussieu.fr> in preparation of merging latest changes with the OpenPackages project. Thanks Marc!
2001-07-19 00:43:32 +02:00
. endif
. ifdef USE_GMAKE
Use the new flags for pkg_create(1) for the build information and versioning information. Re-arrange the fake-pkg target so that the files exist before they're used.
1998-10-26 18:40:57 +01:00
@${ECHO} "GMAKE= `${GMAKE} --version | ${GREP} version`" >> ${BUILD_INFO_FILE}
Change indentation (whitespace changes only!): .if .if .if . if .else => . else .endif . endif .endif .endif Patch contributed by Marc Espie <espie@liafa.jussieu.fr> in preparation of merging latest changes with the OpenPackages project. Thanks Marc!
2001-07-19 00:43:32 +02:00
. endif
fake-pkg: * print registered dependencies only once - no functional change. * some whitespace changes
2000-11-22 11:40:21 +01:00
${_PKG_SILENT}${_PKG_DEBUG} \
* Remove RUN_DEPENDS (left in packages.7 intentionally) * Renamed misc-depends to run-depends, and drop (old) run-depends altogether Code reviewed by wiz.
2000-08-01 04:16:58 +02:00
${ECHO} "_PKGTOOLS_VER=${PKGTOOLS_VERSION}" >> ${BUILD_INFO_FILE}
fake-pkg: * print registered dependencies only once - no functional change. * some whitespace changes
2000-11-22 11:40:21 +01:00
${_PKG_SILENT}${_PKG_DEBUG} \
Tune the print-pkg-size targets to not re-calculate the size for all the depends, but use pkg_info -sS instead. Some code-restructuring and renaming of the targets while there: print-pkg-size-this prints the size of the current pkg, and print-pkg-size-depends prints the size of all the depends ONLY (i.e. NO LONGER including the size of the current pkg). Speeds up "make install" on a pkg requiring teTeX from ~3.2s to ~1.7s.
2000-06-25 05:58:17 +02:00
size_this=`${MAKE} ${MAKEFLAGS} print-pkg-size-this`; \
size_depends=`${MAKE} ${MAKEFLAGS} print-pkg-size-depends`; \
* some whitespace fix * s/.MAKEFLAGS/MAKEFLAGS/ in one place * add check-shlibs target. Need to at least document that later. :) (Should be added at end of root-install target, to check if the pkg's binaries/libs will find the shared libs they need)
2000-06-27 22:14:45 +02:00
${ECHO} $$size_this >${SIZE_PKG_FILE}; \
Use "dc" instead of "expr" to calculate total package size to avoid another integer overflow which occured on "i386", too.
2000-09-15 11:18:21 +02:00
${ECHO} $$size_this $$size_depends + p | ${DC} >${SIZE_ALL_FILE}
Speedups! Major changes: * Avoid a big bunch of subshells/forks/execs by using make(1) features; should be good for some minor speedups. * Use shell builtins for echo, true, false, test. Using full paths here causes fork&execs, making things slow. Only changed for NetBSD. * Rename all references to ${.MAKEFLAGS} to ${MAKEFLAGS}. See make(1). * Evaluate all !=s only once, and add them to MAKEFLAGS * Pass ${MAKEFLAGS} to ALL ${MAKE} calls Now PKGTOOLS_VERSION is really only set once in a whole "make package" cycle, even across dependencies. Minor changes: * SORTED_MASTER_SITES was renamed SORTED_MASTER_SITES_CMD and is now (only) execuded in the places where it's needed. * Don't check for /usr/bin/fetch - we never had it, and if someone depends on it he can set FETCH_CMD instead. * Don't fall back to README.port * Replace some commands by their uppercase equivalents (sed -> ${SED}, same for grep, awk, ...) * Some whitespace changes to improve readability => With these changes, times for a "make clean" in x11/kde go down to 20%, time for "make readme" goes down to 33%!
2000-06-03 09:15:28 +02:00
${_PKG_SILENT}${_PKG_DEBUG} \
fake-pkg: * print registered dependencies only once - no functional change. * some whitespace changes
2000-11-22 11:40:21 +01:00
if [ ! -d ${PKG_DBDIR}/${PKGNAME} ]; then \
Fix PACKAGE_DEPENDS_QUICK when installing on Solaris - escape the argument from the shell, so that we can install packages on Solaris again, and use canonical ${GREP} and ${AWK} programs.
2000-03-13 15:19:15 +01:00
${ECHO_MSG} "${_PKGSRC_IN}> Registering installation for ${PKGNAME}"; \
Use the correct INSTALL_FILE, DEINSTALL_FILE, MESSAGE_FILE and REQ_FILE at installation time.
1998-09-21 14:22:47 +02:00
${MKDIR} ${PKG_DBDIR}/${PKGNAME}; \
As per discussion on tech-pkg, correct behavior of `make package' in the case where DESTDIR is set. Previously, if DESTDIR was set when a pkg was installed, $DESTDIR/var/db/pkg/+CONTENT would get `@cwd $DESTDIR/$PREFIX', as would the +CONTENT archived in the binary package. The first is correct, the second is not. Now, @cwd in the +CONTENT recorded in the binary package gets $PREFIX (no $DESTDIR). This allows binary packages built into a DESTDIR to be installed on a real system. The @cwd in the installed PKG_DBDIR ($DESTDIR/var/db/pkg) remains the same. In addition, the full path ($DESTDIR/$PREFIX) is recorded in @src in the binary package's +CONTENT, for reference purposes. This patch is the same as that posted to tech-pkg, except that variable names have been clarified as suggested by hubertf.
2001-01-29 02:56:51 +01:00
${PKG_CREATE} ${PKG_ARGS_INSTALL} -O ${PKGFILE} > ${PKG_DBDIR}/${PKGNAME}/+CONTENTS; \
Use the correct INSTALL_FILE, DEINSTALL_FILE, MESSAGE_FILE and REQ_FILE at installation time.
1998-09-21 14:22:47 +02:00
${CP} ${DESCR} ${PKG_DBDIR}/${PKGNAME}/+DESC; \
Use the make :Q modifier for quoting strings for the shell, instead of manually doing it (in some places).
2001-02-21 16:01:29 +01:00
${ECHO} ${COMMENT:Q} > ${PKG_DBDIR}/${PKGNAME}/+COMMENT; \
Use the new flags for pkg_create(1) for the build information and versioning information. Re-arrange the fake-pkg target so that the files exist before they're used.
1998-10-26 18:40:57 +01:00
${CP} ${BUILD_VERSION_FILE} ${PKG_DBDIR}/${PKGNAME}/+BUILD_VERSION; \
${CP} ${BUILD_INFO_FILE} ${PKG_DBDIR}/${PKGNAME}/+BUILD_INFO; \
Speedups! Major changes: * Avoid a big bunch of subshells/forks/execs by using make(1) features; should be good for some minor speedups. * Use shell builtins for echo, true, false, test. Using full paths here causes fork&execs, making things slow. Only changed for NetBSD. * Rename all references to ${.MAKEFLAGS} to ${MAKEFLAGS}. See make(1). * Evaluate all !=s only once, and add them to MAKEFLAGS * Pass ${MAKEFLAGS} to ALL ${MAKE} calls Now PKGTOOLS_VERSION is really only set once in a whole "make package" cycle, even across dependencies. Minor changes: * SORTED_MASTER_SITES was renamed SORTED_MASTER_SITES_CMD and is now (only) execuded in the places where it's needed. * Don't check for /usr/bin/fetch - we never had it, and if someone depends on it he can set FETCH_CMD instead. * Don't fall back to README.port * Replace some commands by their uppercase equivalents (sed -> ${SED}, same for grep, awk, ...) * Some whitespace changes to improve readability => With these changes, times for a "make clean" in x11/kde go down to 20%, time for "make readme" goes down to 33%!
2000-06-03 09:15:28 +02:00
if ${TEST} -e ${SIZE_PKG_FILE}; then \
Add code to include the size of a package into both the installed version and binary packages. The size can be queried then via pkg_info: xfeyrer @ noon% pkg_info -s xv Information for xv-3.10apl1: Size of this package in bytes: 4670692 xfeyrer @ noon% pkg_info -S xv Information for xv-3.10apl1: Size in bytes including required pkgs: 14610165 While doing work on the size code, support for the @src directive was removed (formerly enabled with the pkg_create -s switch, but unused in our pkg system). The new pkg_info -s and -S switches were tested on installed, local (file) and remote (ftp) packages. In bsd.pkg.mk, take special care for pkg_* versions that do not have the pkg_create -s and -S switches and do not record size information there.
1999-11-29 20:48:15 +01:00
${CP} ${SIZE_PKG_FILE} ${PKG_DBDIR}/${PKGNAME}/+SIZE_PKG; \
Speedups! Major changes: * Avoid a big bunch of subshells/forks/execs by using make(1) features; should be good for some minor speedups. * Use shell builtins for echo, true, false, test. Using full paths here causes fork&execs, making things slow. Only changed for NetBSD. * Rename all references to ${.MAKEFLAGS} to ${MAKEFLAGS}. See make(1). * Evaluate all !=s only once, and add them to MAKEFLAGS * Pass ${MAKEFLAGS} to ALL ${MAKE} calls Now PKGTOOLS_VERSION is really only set once in a whole "make package" cycle, even across dependencies. Minor changes: * SORTED_MASTER_SITES was renamed SORTED_MASTER_SITES_CMD and is now (only) execuded in the places where it's needed. * Don't check for /usr/bin/fetch - we never had it, and if someone depends on it he can set FETCH_CMD instead. * Don't fall back to README.port * Replace some commands by their uppercase equivalents (sed -> ${SED}, same for grep, awk, ...) * Some whitespace changes to improve readability => With these changes, times for a "make clean" in x11/kde go down to 20%, time for "make readme" goes down to 33%!
2000-06-03 09:15:28 +02:00
fi ; \
if ${TEST} -e ${SIZE_ALL_FILE}; then \
Add code to include the size of a package into both the installed version and binary packages. The size can be queried then via pkg_info: xfeyrer @ noon% pkg_info -s xv Information for xv-3.10apl1: Size of this package in bytes: 4670692 xfeyrer @ noon% pkg_info -S xv Information for xv-3.10apl1: Size in bytes including required pkgs: 14610165 While doing work on the size code, support for the @src directive was removed (formerly enabled with the pkg_create -s switch, but unused in our pkg system). The new pkg_info -s and -S switches were tested on installed, local (file) and remote (ftp) packages. In bsd.pkg.mk, take special care for pkg_* versions that do not have the pkg_create -s and -S switches and do not record size information there.
1999-11-29 20:48:15 +01:00
${CP} ${SIZE_ALL_FILE} ${PKG_DBDIR}/${PKGNAME}/+SIZE_ALL; \
Speedups! Major changes: * Avoid a big bunch of subshells/forks/execs by using make(1) features; should be good for some minor speedups. * Use shell builtins for echo, true, false, test. Using full paths here causes fork&execs, making things slow. Only changed for NetBSD. * Rename all references to ${.MAKEFLAGS} to ${MAKEFLAGS}. See make(1). * Evaluate all !=s only once, and add them to MAKEFLAGS * Pass ${MAKEFLAGS} to ALL ${MAKE} calls Now PKGTOOLS_VERSION is really only set once in a whole "make package" cycle, even across dependencies. Minor changes: * SORTED_MASTER_SITES was renamed SORTED_MASTER_SITES_CMD and is now (only) execuded in the places where it's needed. * Don't check for /usr/bin/fetch - we never had it, and if someone depends on it he can set FETCH_CMD instead. * Don't fall back to README.port * Replace some commands by their uppercase equivalents (sed -> ${SED}, same for grep, awk, ...) * Some whitespace changes to improve readability => With these changes, times for a "make clean" in x11/kde go down to 20%, time for "make readme" goes down to 33%!
2000-06-03 09:15:28 +02:00
fi ; \
Use the correct INSTALL_FILE, DEINSTALL_FILE, MESSAGE_FILE and REQ_FILE at installation time.
1998-09-21 14:22:47 +02:00
if [ -n "${INSTALL_FILE}" ]; then \
Add Solaris support to pkgsrc, using Christos Zoulas' NetBSD emulation package. Tested for some packages on Solaris 2.6 on Sparc.
1999-03-08 18:26:54 +01:00
if ${TEST} -e ${INSTALL_FILE}; then \
Use the correct INSTALL_FILE, DEINSTALL_FILE, MESSAGE_FILE and REQ_FILE at installation time.
1998-09-21 14:22:47 +02:00
${CP} ${INSTALL_FILE} ${PKG_DBDIR}/${PKGNAME}/+INSTALL; \
fi; \
fi; \
if [ -n "${DEINSTALL_FILE}" ]; then \
Add Solaris support to pkgsrc, using Christos Zoulas' NetBSD emulation package. Tested for some packages on Solaris 2.6 on Sparc.
1999-03-08 18:26:54 +01:00
if ${TEST} -e ${DEINSTALL_FILE}; then \
Use the correct INSTALL_FILE, DEINSTALL_FILE, MESSAGE_FILE and REQ_FILE at installation time.
1998-09-21 14:22:47 +02:00
${CP} ${DEINSTALL_FILE} ${PKG_DBDIR}/${PKGNAME}/+DEINSTALL; \
fi; \
fi; \
Use ${SORT} and ${WC} instead of sort and wc. Also some minor whitespace fixes.
2001-06-12 15:17:01 +02:00
if [ -n "${MESSAGE}" ]; then \
if ${TEST} -e ${MESSAGE}; then \
Add automatic ${VARIABLE} handling for MESSAGE files. Convert most MESSAGE files to new syntax (${VARIABLE} gets replaced, not @VARIABLE@, nor @@VARIABLE@@). By default, substitutions are done for LOCALBASE, PKGNAME, PREFIX, X11BASE, X11PREFIX; additional patterns can be added via MESSAGE_SUBST. Clean up some packages while I'm there; add RCS tags to most MESSAGEs. Remove some uninteresting MESSAGEs.
2001-01-29 12:34:21 +01:00
${CP} ${MESSAGE} ${PKG_DBDIR}/${PKGNAME}/+DISPLAY; \
Use the correct INSTALL_FILE, DEINSTALL_FILE, MESSAGE_FILE and REQ_FILE at installation time.
1998-09-21 14:22:47 +02:00
fi; \
fi; \
Use ${SORT} and ${WC} instead of sort and wc. Also some minor whitespace fixes.
2001-06-12 15:17:01 +02:00
list="`${MAKE} ${MAKEFLAGS} run-depends-list PACKAGE_DEPENDS_QUICK=true ECHO_MSG=${TRUE} | ${SORT} -u`" ; \
fake-pkg: * print registered dependencies only once - no functional change. * some whitespace changes
2000-11-22 11:40:21 +01:00
for dep in $$list; do \
fix up for dewey depends
1998-10-05 02:34:44 +02:00
realdep="`${PKG_INFO} -e \"$$dep\" || ${TRUE}`" ; \
Use ${SORT} and ${WC} instead of sort and wc. Also some minor whitespace fixes.
2001-06-12 15:17:01 +02:00
if [ `${ECHO} $$realdep | ${WC} -w` -gt 1 ]; then \
When checking and registerring dependencies, recognize dependencies that match more than one package, and warn about it: *** WARNING: Dependency on 'gnome-*' expands to several installed packages ( gnome-libs-1.0.53 gnome-core-1.0.53 gnome-print-0.9 ). Please check if this is really intended! In such a case, the pattern ('gnome-*') should be tightened to only match what's really intended (e.g. 'gnome-[0-9]*').
2000-01-10 20:43:37 +01:00
${ECHO} '***' "WARNING: '$$dep' expands to several installed packages " ; \
${ECHO} " (" `${ECHO} $$realdep` ")." ; \
${ECHO} " Please check if this is really intended!" ; \
continue ; \
fi ; \
Use ${SORT} and ${WC} instead of sort and wc. Also some minor whitespace fixes.
2001-06-12 15:17:01 +02:00
done ; \
for realdep in `${ECHO} $$list | ${XARGS} -n 1 ${SETENV} ${PKG_INFO} -e | ${SORT} -u`; do \
Add quotes round one place where it may be useful, and add a "plist" target to create the PLIST on the fly. (This is just an alias for the existing ${PLIST} target, but with that you have to type the full path which is inconvenient).
2000-01-05 17:55:32 +01:00
if ${TEST} -z "$$realdep"; then \
Improve wording of warning if required package is not found, which causes a dependency to be not registered, to minimize confusion like in pkg/9043.
2000-09-10 14:11:25 +02:00
${ECHO} "$$dep not installed - dependency NOT registered" ; \
Add Solaris support to pkgsrc, using Christos Zoulas' NetBSD emulation package. Tested for some packages on Solaris 2.6 on Sparc.
1999-03-08 18:26:54 +01:00
elif [ -d ${PKG_DBDIR}/$$realdep ]; then \
if ${TEST} ! -e ${PKG_DBDIR}/$$realdep/+REQUIRED_BY; then \
${TOUCH} ${PKG_DBDIR}/$$realdep/+REQUIRED_BY; \
fi; \
${AWK} 'BEGIN { found = 0; } \
$$0 == "${PKGNAME}" { found = 1; } \
{ print $$0; } \
END { if (!found) { printf("%s\n", "${PKGNAME}"); }}' \
< ${PKG_DBDIR}/$$realdep/+REQUIRED_BY > ${PKG_DBDIR}/$$realdep/reqby.$$$$; \
${MV} ${PKG_DBDIR}/$$realdep/reqby.$$$$ ${PKG_DBDIR}/$$realdep/+REQUIRED_BY; \
${ECHO} "${PKGNAME} requires installed package $$realdep"; \
+ explain "Unacceptable license" message a bit better. + create a +BUILD_VERSION file when creating the package, containing the RCS Id strings of files pertinent to the package build. + re-format one block of code + s/echo/${ECHO}/ + don't give out unnecessary internal pkg information to users (the exact location of registration of the package does not matter).
1998-10-12 21:40:33 +02:00
fi; \
done; \
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
fi
Postpone the check for vulnerabilities in the package being installed from the middle of root-install until the end of fake-pkg target. At the end of the fake-pkg target, the package has been registered using pkg_create(1), and so it's possible to use relational comparisons of the version numbers, thereby making it possible to use the information from the standard vulnerabilities file. This addresses PR 11077.
2000-09-27 14:50:49 +02:00
${_PKG_SILENT}${_PKG_DEBUG} \
if [ -f ${DISTDIR}/vulnerabilities ]; then \
allvul="`${AWK} '/#.*/ { next } NF > 0 { cmd = sprintf(\"${PKG_INFO} -e \\\"%s\\\"\", $$1); system(cmd) }' ${DISTDIR}/vulnerabilities`"; \
for vul in "" $$allvul; do \
if [ "X$$vul" = "X" ]; then continue; fi; \
if [ "$$vul" = "${PKGNAME}" ]; then \
${ECHO_MSG} '*** WARNING: This package (${PKGNAME}) has a security vulnerability ***'; \
${ECHO_MSG} "`${MAKE} show-vulnerabilities`"; \
${ECHO_MSG} '*** WARNING: You are strongly advised to deinstall ${PKGNAME} now ***'; \
fi; \
done; \
fi
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
.endif
This is NetBSD. s/port/package/g
1999-08-10 12:48:23 +02:00
# Depend is generally meaningless for arbitrary packages, but if someone wants
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
# one they can override this. This is just to catch people who've gotten into
make -> ${MAKE}, as per FreeBSD's PR 6341.
1998-04-19 14:48:07 +02:00
# the habit of typing `${MAKE} depend all install' as a matter of course.
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
#
.if !target(depend)
depend:
.endif
# Same goes for tags
.if !target(tags)
tags:
.endif
- Add OpenBSD and FreeBSD Ids in the header - Changes from FreeBSD's V1.164: * Warn if mtree-file not found * On 'make reinstall' gets DEPENDS_TARGET set to 'reinstall' instead of 'install' - Changes from OpenBSD's V1.14: * Documentation and implementation for ONLY_FOR_ARCHS * Documentation and implementation for WRKOBJDIR * Documentation on HAVE_MOTIF and MOTIF_STATIC: set in /etc/mk.conf, not /etc/make.conf * Set NOMANCOMPRESS=no to still compress man-pages (should probably be set to 'yes') * DEF_UMASK=022 * add ${MACHINE} suffix to WRKDIR if OBJMACHINE is set * .include <bsd.own.mk>
1997-09-28 02:44:15 +02:00
Some packages use bsd-style .mk files when building, and so any manual pages that are installed will be gzip-compressed, if MANZ is set, or not if MANZ is not set. If the package uses bsd-style .mk files, the variable MANCOMPRESSED_IF_MANZ should be set to a value of "yes" in the package Makefile. This replaces the previous method of specific inclusion of bsd.prefs.mk, followed by a check for MANZ and conditional assignment of MANCOMPRESSED. Add appropriate documentation, and change all necessary ocurrences in package Makefiles.
1999-07-02 10:37:20 +02:00
# if automatic manual page compression is done by the package according
# to MANZ's value, set MANCOMPRESSED if MANZ is set
Add a "show-distfiles" target, used to show the distfiles and patchfiles (including any subdir) for a package. If ${IGNORE} is set, for any reason, do not print anything. The output is relative to ${DISTDIR}. This target can be used to identify out of date distfiles and patchfiles in ${DISTDIR}, in conjunction with suitable filters.
1999-06-28 13:42:28 +02:00
.if defined(MANCOMPRESSED_IF_MANZ) && defined(MANZ)
MANCOMPRESSED= yes
Correctly handle the common case where "MANZ" setting is protected by ".ifdef BSD_PKG_MK" in /etc/mk.conf, but "MANZ" handling, in the package, relys on the system's "bsd.man.mk", which _CAN_ _NOT_ see variables protected by ".ifdef BSD_PKG_MK". By passing "MANZ" in through "MAKE_ENV", only if "MANZ" is defined, we ensure that the PLIST handling and the package's own handling are on the same wavelength.
2001-03-26 19:04:50 +02:00
MAKE_ENV+= MANZ="${MANZ}"
Add a "show-distfiles" target, used to show the distfiles and patchfiles (including any subdir) for a package. If ${IGNORE} is set, for any reason, do not print anything. The output is relative to ${DISTDIR}. This target can be used to identify out of date distfiles and patchfiles in ${DISTDIR}, in conjunction with suitable filters.
1999-06-28 13:42:28 +02:00
.endif
- move definition of ARCH and OPSYS so it is even available if ONLY_FOR_ARCHS is set - Usage points to PLIST_SRC
1997-12-13 22:28:24 +01:00
# generate ${PLIST} from ${PLIST_SRC} by:
move documentation to packages.7. also, remove ts=4 crap.
1998-06-05 14:45:53 +02:00
# - fixing list of man-pages according to MANCOMPRESSED/MANZ
Get rid of the old, error-prone, MAN<sect> and CAT<sect> manual page handling. Also, use two regexps when creating the work/.PLIST file, rather than the four original ones (necessary because the MANLANG definition has now gone away too).
1998-06-22 16:47:49 +02:00
# (we don't take any notice of MANCOMPRESSED as many packages have .gz
# pages in PLIST even when they install manpages without compressing them)
s/PLIST_SUB/PLIST_SUBST/
1999-09-03 04:43:51 +02:00
# - substituting by ${PLIST_SUBST}
Changes for building dynamic PLIST for perl packages: * Add a PERL5 variable that is always defined, set to the path of a pkgsrc-installed perl5 binary (${LOCALBASE}/bin/perl). * Define three new variables PERL5_SITELIB, PERL5_SITEARCH, and PERL5_ARCHLIB that define special locations used by perl. In particular, it seems packlists are always found under PERL5_SITEARCH. * Substitute the above three variables when generating PLISTs, but stripping away the initial ${LOCALBASE}/ part. This is for perl packages which don't generate packlists because they don't use the perl Makefile generator during the build process. * Append to the PLIST any files listed in the packlists named by PERL5_PACKLIST. Also append statements to try removing the directories installed into by the packlist-ed files.
2000-08-27 04:15:49 +02:00
# - adding files and appropriate rmdir statements for perl5 modules if
# PERL5_PACKLIST is defined
* Rename some targets to fit into the usual "do-XXX calls real-XXX" scheme * In real-su-install, do not call "make ${PLIST}" manually, but rather depend on the ${PLIST} file being there for the do-su-install target. * Break out shlib-handlink from real-su-install, and put it into target do-shlib-handling, which will either touch then PLIST (when called via the ${PLIST} target) or do the necessary steps to setup shared library handling (creating symlinks on ELF, running ldconfig on a.out, etc., when called via real-su-install) * Removed some unnecessary tests (check if $PLIST is there when it can be assumed to be there, ...)
2000-11-29 14:18:22 +01:00
# - adding symlinks for shared libs (ELF) or ldconfig calls (a.out).
move documentation to packages.7. also, remove ts=4 crap.
1998-06-05 14:45:53 +02:00
Add _OPSYS_HAS_MANZ and _PREFORMATTED_MAN_DIR definitions to the individual defs.${OPSYS}.mk files, and use them in bsd.pkg.mk. + _OPSYS_HAS_MANZ defines whether or not the OS does MANZ handling as standard + _PREFORMATTED_MAN_DIR is the name of directory (cat or man) where preformatted manual pages go. Rename the internal definitions used in the generation of PLIST files to start with '_'. This completes the "generic" changes to bsd.pkg.mk.
2001-11-21 14:44:44 +01:00
.if ${_OPSYS_HAS_MANZ} == "yes"
Change indentation (whitespace changes only!): .if .if .if . if .else => . else .endif . endif .endif .endif Patch contributed by Marc Espie <espie@liafa.jussieu.fr> in preparation of merging latest changes with the OpenPackages project. Thanks Marc!
2001-07-19 00:43:32 +02:00
. ifdef MANZ
Add _OPSYS_HAS_MANZ and _PREFORMATTED_MAN_DIR definitions to the individual defs.${OPSYS}.mk files, and use them in bsd.pkg.mk. + _OPSYS_HAS_MANZ defines whether or not the OS does MANZ handling as standard + _PREFORMATTED_MAN_DIR is the name of directory (cat or man) where preformatted manual pages go. Rename the internal definitions used in the generation of PLIST files to start with '_'. This completes the "generic" changes to bsd.pkg.mk.
2001-11-21 14:44:44 +01:00
_MANZ_EXPRESSION= -e 's|\(^\([^@/]*/\)*man/\([^/]*/\)\{0,1\}man[1-9ln]/.*[1-9ln]$$\)|\1.gz|' \
Sync patterns for man page compression with those for PLIST generation. (cat? should only contain pre-formatted man pages, which our man only recognizes as such if they match *.0).
2001-02-26 18:23:37 +01:00
-e 's|\(^\([^@/]*/\)*man/\([^/]*/\)\{0,1\}cat[1-9ln]/.*0$$\)|\1.gz|'
Change indentation (whitespace changes only!): .if .if .if . if .else => . else .endif . endif .endif .endif Patch contributed by Marc Espie <espie@liafa.jussieu.fr> in preparation of merging latest changes with the OpenPackages project. Thanks Marc!
2001-07-19 00:43:32 +02:00
. else
Add _OPSYS_HAS_MANZ and _PREFORMATTED_MAN_DIR definitions to the individual defs.${OPSYS}.mk files, and use them in bsd.pkg.mk. + _OPSYS_HAS_MANZ defines whether or not the OS does MANZ handling as standard + _PREFORMATTED_MAN_DIR is the name of directory (cat or man) where preformatted manual pages go. Rename the internal definitions used in the generation of PLIST files to start with '_'. This completes the "generic" changes to bsd.pkg.mk.
2001-11-21 14:44:44 +01:00
_MANZ_EXPRESSION= -e 's|\(^\([^@/]*/\)*man/\([^/]*/\)\{0,1\}man[1-9ln]/.*[1-9ln]\)\.gz$$|\1|' \
Sync patterns for man page compression with those for PLIST generation. (cat? should only contain pre-formatted man pages, which our man only recognizes as such if they match *.0).
2001-02-26 18:23:37 +01:00
-e 's|\(^\([^@/]*/\)*man/\([^/]*/\)\{0,1\}cat[1-9ln]/.*0\)\.gz$$|\1|'
Change indentation (whitespace changes only!): .if .if .if . if .else => . else .endif . endif .endif .endif Patch contributed by Marc Espie <espie@liafa.jussieu.fr> in preparation of merging latest changes with the OpenPackages project. Thanks Marc!
2001-07-19 00:43:32 +02:00
. endif # MANZ
Add _OPSYS_HAS_MANZ and _PREFORMATTED_MAN_DIR definitions to the individual defs.${OPSYS}.mk files, and use them in bsd.pkg.mk. + _OPSYS_HAS_MANZ defines whether or not the OS does MANZ handling as standard + _PREFORMATTED_MAN_DIR is the name of directory (cat or man) where preformatted manual pages go. Rename the internal definitions used in the generation of PLIST files to start with '_'. This completes the "generic" changes to bsd.pkg.mk.
2001-11-21 14:44:44 +01:00
_MANZ_NAWK_CMD=
.else
_MANZ_EXPRESSION=
Change indentation (whitespace changes only!): .if .if .if . if .else => . else .endif . endif .endif .endif Patch contributed by Marc Espie <espie@liafa.jussieu.fr> in preparation of merging latest changes with the OpenPackages project. Thanks Marc!
2001-07-19 00:43:32 +02:00
. ifdef MANZ
Add _OPSYS_HAS_MANZ and _PREFORMATTED_MAN_DIR definitions to the individual defs.${OPSYS}.mk files, and use them in bsd.pkg.mk. + _OPSYS_HAS_MANZ defines whether or not the OS does MANZ handling as standard + _PREFORMATTED_MAN_DIR is the name of directory (cat or man) where preformatted manual pages go. Rename the internal definitions used in the generation of PLIST files to start with '_'. This completes the "generic" changes to bsd.pkg.mk.
2001-11-21 14:44:44 +01:00
_MANZ_NAWK_CMD= ${AWK} '/^([^\/]*\/)*man\/([^\/]*\/)?man[1-9ln]\/.*[1-9ln]\.gz$$/ { \
Major changes in manual page handling - deal with imake's man pages in Solaris, and consolidate other manual page handling.
1999-03-12 11:19:14 +01:00
$$0 = sprintf("%s.gz", $$0); \
} \
Sync patterns for man page compression with those for PLIST generation. (cat? should only contain pre-formatted man pages, which our man only recognizes as such if they match *.0).
2001-02-26 18:23:37 +01:00
/^([^\/]*\/)*man\/([^\/]*\/)?cat[1-9ln]\/.*0\.gz$$/ { \
Major changes in manual page handling - deal with imake's man pages in Solaris, and consolidate other manual page handling.
1999-03-12 11:19:14 +01:00
$$0 = sprintf("%s.gz", $$0); \
} \
Optimise the manual page handling a bit more - miss out redundant commands.
1999-03-16 10:50:28 +01:00
{ print $$0; }' |
Change indentation (whitespace changes only!): .if .if .if . if .else => . else .endif . endif .endif .endif Patch contributed by Marc Espie <espie@liafa.jussieu.fr> in preparation of merging latest changes with the OpenPackages project. Thanks Marc!
2001-07-19 00:43:32 +02:00
. else
Add _OPSYS_HAS_MANZ and _PREFORMATTED_MAN_DIR definitions to the individual defs.${OPSYS}.mk files, and use them in bsd.pkg.mk. + _OPSYS_HAS_MANZ defines whether or not the OS does MANZ handling as standard + _PREFORMATTED_MAN_DIR is the name of directory (cat or man) where preformatted manual pages go. Rename the internal definitions used in the generation of PLIST files to start with '_'. This completes the "generic" changes to bsd.pkg.mk.
2001-11-21 14:44:44 +01:00
_MANZ_NAWK_CMD= ${AWK} '/^([^\/]*\/)*man\/([^\/]*\/)?man[1-9ln]\/.*[1-9ln]\.gz$$/ { \
Major changes in manual page handling - deal with imake's man pages in Solaris, and consolidate other manual page handling.
1999-03-12 11:19:14 +01:00
$$0 = substr($$0, 1, length($$0) - 3); \
} \
Sync patterns for man page compression with those for PLIST generation. (cat? should only contain pre-formatted man pages, which our man only recognizes as such if they match *.0).
2001-02-26 18:23:37 +01:00
/^([^\/]*\/)*man\/([^\/]*\/)?cat[1-9ln]\/.*0\.gz$$/ { \
Major changes in manual page handling - deal with imake's man pages in Solaris, and consolidate other manual page handling.
1999-03-12 11:19:14 +01:00
$$0 = substr($$0, 1, length($$0) - 3); \
} \
Optimise the manual page handling a bit more - miss out redundant commands.
1999-03-16 10:50:28 +01:00
{ print $$0; }' |
Change indentation (whitespace changes only!): .if .if .if . if .else => . else .endif . endif .endif .endif Patch contributed by Marc Espie <espie@liafa.jussieu.fr> in preparation of merging latest changes with the OpenPackages project. Thanks Marc!
2001-07-19 00:43:32 +02:00
. endif # MANZ
Add _OPSYS_HAS_MANZ and _PREFORMATTED_MAN_DIR definitions to the individual defs.${OPSYS}.mk files, and use them in bsd.pkg.mk. + _OPSYS_HAS_MANZ defines whether or not the OS does MANZ handling as standard + _PREFORMATTED_MAN_DIR is the name of directory (cat or man) where preformatted manual pages go. Rename the internal definitions used in the generation of PLIST files to start with '_'. This completes the "generic" changes to bsd.pkg.mk.
2001-11-21 14:44:44 +01:00
.endif
Adding PLIST filtering based on MANINSTALL's content for the shake of BSD-makefile'd packages. By tuning MANINSTALL, passing it to a package's build process by way of MAKE_ENV, one can retains the man related entries in ${PLIST_SRC} while keeping a correct generated ${PLIST}. This is mostly intended for packages being compiled on non-NetBSD platforms when "andoc man pages" are difficult or impossible to process i.e. depending on groff package is not realistic.
2002-03-04 12:47:25 +01:00
.if defined(MANINSTALL)
_MANINSTALL_CMD= ${AWK} 'BEGIN{ \
start="^([^\/]*\/)*man\/([^\/]*\/)?"; \
end="[1-9ln]"; } \
{ if (!"${MANINSTALL:Mmaninstall}" && \
match($$0, start "man" end)) {next;} \
if (!"${MANINSTALL:Mcatinstall}" && \
match($$0, start "cat" end)) {next;} \
print $$0; }' |
.else
_MANINSTALL_CMD=
.endif
Add _OPSYS_HAS_MANZ and _PREFORMATTED_MAN_DIR definitions to the individual defs.${OPSYS}.mk files, and use them in bsd.pkg.mk. + _OPSYS_HAS_MANZ defines whether or not the OS does MANZ handling as standard + _PREFORMATTED_MAN_DIR is the name of directory (cat or man) where preformatted manual pages go. Rename the internal definitions used in the generation of PLIST files to start with '_'. This completes the "generic" changes to bsd.pkg.mk.
2001-11-21 14:44:44 +01:00
.if defined(USE_IMAKE) && ${_PREFORMATTED_MAN_DIR} == "man"
_IMAKE_MAN_CMD= ${AWK} '/^([^\/]*\/)*man\/([^\/]*\/)?cat[1-9ln]\/.*0(\.gz)?$$/ { \
sect = $$0; n = match(sect, "/cat[1-9ln]"); \
sect = sprintf(".%s", substr(sect, n + 4, 1)); \
s = $$0; sub("/cat", "/man", s); sub("\.0(\.gz)?$$", sect, s); \
if (match($$0, "\.gz$$") > 0) { ext = ".gz";} else { ext = "";} \
$$0 = sprintf("%s%s", s, ext); \
} { print $$0; }' |
. else
_IMAKE_MAN_CMD=
.endif # USE_IMAKE
Major changes in manual page handling - deal with imake's man pages in Solaris, and consolidate other manual page handling.
1999-03-12 11:19:14 +01:00
Changes for building dynamic PLIST for perl packages: * Add a PERL5 variable that is always defined, set to the path of a pkgsrc-installed perl5 binary (${LOCALBASE}/bin/perl). * Define three new variables PERL5_SITELIB, PERL5_SITEARCH, and PERL5_ARCHLIB that define special locations used by perl. In particular, it seems packlists are always found under PERL5_SITEARCH. * Substitute the above three variables when generating PLISTs, but stripping away the initial ${LOCALBASE}/ part. This is for perl packages which don't generate packlists because they don't use the perl Makefile generator during the build process. * Append to the PLIST any files listed in the packlists named by PERL5_PACKLIST. Also append statements to try removing the directories installed into by the packlist-ed files.
2000-08-27 04:15:49 +02:00
.if defined(PERL5_PACKLIST)
PERL5_COMMENT= ( ${ECHO} "@comment The following lines are automatically generated"; \
Fix broken MANZ handling in PERL5_PACKLIST case. Closes PR#10930 with fix provided by Hubert Feyrer <feyrer@rfhs8012.fh-regensburg.de>.
2000-09-01 20:20:06 +02:00
${ECHO} "@comment from the installed .packlist files." )
Migrate some OS-specific variable definitions into OS-specific files. Include it in bsd.prefs.mk to allow their use much earlier in Makefiles, and try to use the variable references instead of directly invoking the programs in bsd.prefs.mk and bsd.pkg.mk where possible.
2001-06-12 14:49:55 +02:00
PERL5_PACKLIST_FILES= ( ${CAT} ${PERL5_PACKLIST}; for f in ${PERL5_PACKLIST}; do [ ! -f $$f ] || ${ECHO} $$f; done ) \
Use only the first field of the perl5 packlist. Some packlists list the type of the file and additional information in successive fields of the packlist. Note that this will break if the installed filenames have spaces in them, which I don't think happens, yet.
2000-08-30 20:49:18 +02:00
| ${SED} -e "s,[ ].*,," -e "s,/\./,/,g" -e "s,${PREFIX}/,," \
Use ${SORT} and ${WC} instead of sort and wc. Also some minor whitespace fixes.
2001-06-12 15:17:01 +02:00
| ${SORT} -u
Migrate some OS-specific variable definitions into OS-specific files. Include it in bsd.prefs.mk to allow their use much earlier in Makefiles, and try to use the variable references instead of directly invoking the programs in bsd.prefs.mk and bsd.pkg.mk where possible.
2001-06-12 14:49:55 +02:00
PERL5_PACKLIST_DIRS= ( ${CAT} ${PERL5_PACKLIST}; for f in ${PERL5_PACKLIST}; do [ ! -f $$f ] || ${ECHO} $$f; done ) \
Use only the first field of the perl5 packlist. Some packlists list the type of the file and additional information in successive fields of the packlist. Note that this will break if the installed filenames have spaces in them, which I don't think happens, yet.
2000-08-30 20:49:18 +02:00
| ${SED} -e "s,[ ].*,," -e "s,/\./,/,g" -e "s,${PREFIX}/,," \
mkdir -> ${MKDIR} rmdir -> ${RMDIR} rm -> ${RM} (${RM} added to PLIST_SUBST) chmod -> ${CHMOD} chown -> ${CHOWN}
2002-02-15 11:12:28 +01:00
-e "s,^,@unexec \${RMDIR} -p %D/," \
In print-PLIST, use "${RMDIR} dir 2>/dev/null || ${TRUE}" instead of just using "true" at the end.
2002-08-27 08:06:38 +02:00
-e "s,/[^/]*$$, 2>/dev/null || \${TRUE}," \
Use ${SORT} and ${WC} instead of sort and wc. Also some minor whitespace fixes.
2001-06-12 15:17:01 +02:00
| ${SORT} -ur
Changes for building dynamic PLIST for perl packages: * Add a PERL5 variable that is always defined, set to the path of a pkgsrc-installed perl5 binary (${LOCALBASE}/bin/perl). * Define three new variables PERL5_SITELIB, PERL5_SITEARCH, and PERL5_ARCHLIB that define special locations used by perl. In particular, it seems packlists are always found under PERL5_SITEARCH. * Substitute the above three variables when generating PLISTs, but stripping away the initial ${LOCALBASE}/ part. This is for perl packages which don't generate packlists because they don't use the perl Makefile generator during the build process. * Append to the PLIST any files listed in the packlists named by PERL5_PACKLIST. Also append statements to try removing the directories installed into by the packlist-ed files.
2000-08-27 04:15:49 +02:00
PERL5_GENERATE_PLIST= ${PERL5_COMMENT}; \
${PERL5_PACKLIST_FILES}; \
${PERL5_PACKLIST_DIRS}
Generalize how the PLIST contents are generated: GENERATE_PLIST is a sequence of commands, terminating in a semicolon, that outputs contents for a PLIST to stdout and is appended to the contents of ${PLIST_SRC}. Convert the perl5 packlist handling to use GENERATE_PLIST.
2002-04-16 06:10:08 +02:00
GENERATE_PLIST+= ${PERL5_GENERATE_PLIST};
Changes for building dynamic PLIST for perl packages: * Add a PERL5 variable that is always defined, set to the path of a pkgsrc-installed perl5 binary (${LOCALBASE}/bin/perl). * Define three new variables PERL5_SITELIB, PERL5_SITEARCH, and PERL5_ARCHLIB that define special locations used by perl. In particular, it seems packlists are always found under PERL5_SITEARCH. * Substitute the above three variables when generating PLISTs, but stripping away the initial ${LOCALBASE}/ part. This is for perl packages which don't generate packlists because they don't use the perl Makefile generator during the build process. * Append to the PLIST any files listed in the packlists named by PERL5_PACKLIST. Also append statements to try removing the directories installed into by the packlist-ed files.
2000-08-27 04:15:49 +02:00
.endif
Add automatic ${VARIABLE} handling for MESSAGE files. Convert most MESSAGE files to new syntax (${VARIABLE} gets replaced, not @VARIABLE@, nor @@VARIABLE@@). By default, substitutions are done for LOCALBASE, PKGNAME, PREFIX, X11BASE, X11PREFIX; additional patterns can be added via MESSAGE_SUBST. Clean up some packages while I'm there; add RCS tags to most MESSAGEs. Remove some uninteresting MESSAGEs.
2001-01-29 12:34:21 +01:00
message: ${MESSAGE}
.ifdef MESSAGE
${MESSAGE}: ${MESSAGE_SRC}
${_PKG_SILENT}${_PKG_DEBUG} \
if [ -z "${MESSAGE_SRC}" ]; then \
${ECHO} "${MESSAGE_SRC} not found."; \
${ECHO} "Please set MESSAGE_SRC correctly."; \
else \
Allow MESSAGE_SRC to be a space-separated list of files, like PLIST_SRC, that are concatenated together to form the whole MESSAGE file.
2001-11-14 22:04:43 +01:00
${CAT} ${MESSAGE_SRC} | \
${SED} ${MESSAGE_SUBST_SED} \
> ${MESSAGE}; \
Add automatic ${VARIABLE} handling for MESSAGE files. Convert most MESSAGE files to new syntax (${VARIABLE} gets replaced, not @VARIABLE@, nor @@VARIABLE@@). By default, substitutions are done for LOCALBASE, PKGNAME, PREFIX, X11BASE, X11PREFIX; additional patterns can be added via MESSAGE_SUBST. Clean up some packages while I'm there; add RCS tags to most MESSAGEs. Remove some uninteresting MESSAGEs.
2001-01-29 12:34:21 +01:00
fi
.endif
Generalize how the PLIST contents are generated: GENERATE_PLIST is a sequence of commands, terminating in a semicolon, that outputs contents for a PLIST to stdout and is appended to the contents of ${PLIST_SRC}. Convert the perl5 packlist handling to use GENERATE_PLIST.
2002-04-16 06:10:08 +02:00
# GENERATE_PLIST is a sequence of commands, terminating in a semicolon,
# that outputs contents for a PLIST to stdout and is appended to
# the contents of ${PLIST_SRC}.
#
GENERATE_PLIST?= ${TRUE};
_GENERATE_PLIST= ${CAT} ${PLIST_SRC}; ${GENERATE_PLIST}
Add quotes round one place where it may be useful, and add a "plist" target to create the PLIST on the fly. (This is just an alias for the existing ${PLIST} target, but with that you have to type the full path which is inconvenient).
2000-01-05 17:55:32 +01:00
plist: ${PLIST}
Use MI/MD PLIST files pkg/PLIST-{mi,md-{shared,static}}
1997-11-22 04:39:20 +01:00
${PLIST}: ${PLIST_SRC}
Major changes in manual page handling - deal with imake's man pages in Solaris, and consolidate other manual page handling.
1999-03-12 11:19:14 +01:00
${_PKG_SILENT}${_PKG_DEBUG} \
Generalize how the PLIST contents are generated: GENERATE_PLIST is a sequence of commands, terminating in a semicolon, that outputs contents for a PLIST to stdout and is appended to the contents of ${PLIST_SRC}. Convert the perl5 packlist handling to use GENERATE_PLIST.
2002-04-16 06:10:08 +02:00
{ ${_GENERATE_PLIST} } | \
Adding PLIST filtering based on MANINSTALL's content for the shake of BSD-makefile'd packages. By tuning MANINSTALL, passing it to a package's build process by way of MAKE_ENV, one can retains the man related entries in ${PLIST_SRC} while keeping a correct generated ${PLIST}. This is mostly intended for packages being compiled on non-NetBSD platforms when "andoc man pages" are difficult or impossible to process i.e. depending on groff package is not realistic.
2002-03-04 12:47:25 +01:00
${_MANINSTALL_CMD} \
Add _OPSYS_HAS_MANZ and _PREFORMATTED_MAN_DIR definitions to the individual defs.${OPSYS}.mk files, and use them in bsd.pkg.mk. + _OPSYS_HAS_MANZ defines whether or not the OS does MANZ handling as standard + _PREFORMATTED_MAN_DIR is the name of directory (cat or man) where preformatted manual pages go. Rename the internal definitions used in the generation of PLIST files to start with '_'. This completes the "generic" changes to bsd.pkg.mk.
2001-11-21 14:44:44 +01:00
${_MANZ_NAWK_CMD} \
${_IMAKE_MAN_CMD} \
${SED} ${_MANZ_EXPRESSION} \
* Remove old PLIST-mi/md.shared/md.static that was only used for perl in a previous (pkgsrc) life. * add "lint" target to run pkglint * Add commented out direction on how to use bzip2 compressed binary packages * Some cleanup (clean target, ...) Reviewed by Thomas Klauser <wiz@netbsd.org>.
2000-12-30 12:19:04 +01:00
${PLIST_SUBST:S/=/}!/:S/$/!g/:S/^/ -e s!\\\${/} \
> ${PLIST}; \
${MAKE} ${MAKEFLAGS} do-shlib-handling \
SHLIB_PLIST_MODE=1 ; \
Automatically append HOMEPAge to DESCR files, and remove homepage URLs from individual DESCR files that had them.
1998-08-26 18:50:48 +02:00
# generate ${DESCR} from ${DESCR_SRC} by:
# - Appending the homepage URL, if any
Speedups! Major changes: * Avoid a big bunch of subshells/forks/execs by using make(1) features; should be good for some minor speedups. * Use shell builtins for echo, true, false, test. Using full paths here causes fork&execs, making things slow. Only changed for NetBSD. * Rename all references to ${.MAKEFLAGS} to ${MAKEFLAGS}. See make(1). * Evaluate all !=s only once, and add them to MAKEFLAGS * Pass ${MAKEFLAGS} to ALL ${MAKE} calls Now PKGTOOLS_VERSION is really only set once in a whole "make package" cycle, even across dependencies. Minor changes: * SORTED_MASTER_SITES was renamed SORTED_MASTER_SITES_CMD and is now (only) execuded in the places where it's needed. * Don't check for /usr/bin/fetch - we never had it, and if someone depends on it he can set FETCH_CMD instead. * Don't fall back to README.port * Replace some commands by their uppercase equivalents (sed -> ${SED}, same for grep, awk, ...) * Some whitespace changes to improve readability => With these changes, times for a "make clean" in x11/kde go down to 20%, time for "make readme" goes down to 33%!
2000-06-03 09:15:28 +02:00
descr: ${DESCR}
Automatically append HOMEPAge to DESCR files, and remove homepage URLs from individual DESCR files that had them.
1998-08-26 18:50:48 +02:00
${DESCR}: ${DESCR_SRC}
Speedups! Major changes: * Avoid a big bunch of subshells/forks/execs by using make(1) features; should be good for some minor speedups. * Use shell builtins for echo, true, false, test. Using full paths here causes fork&execs, making things slow. Only changed for NetBSD. * Rename all references to ${.MAKEFLAGS} to ${MAKEFLAGS}. See make(1). * Evaluate all !=s only once, and add them to MAKEFLAGS * Pass ${MAKEFLAGS} to ALL ${MAKE} calls Now PKGTOOLS_VERSION is really only set once in a whole "make package" cycle, even across dependencies. Minor changes: * SORTED_MASTER_SITES was renamed SORTED_MASTER_SITES_CMD and is now (only) execuded in the places where it's needed. * Don't check for /usr/bin/fetch - we never had it, and if someone depends on it he can set FETCH_CMD instead. * Don't fall back to README.port * Replace some commands by their uppercase equivalents (sed -> ${SED}, same for grep, awk, ...) * Some whitespace changes to improve readability => With these changes, times for a "make clean" in x11/kde go down to 20%, time for "make readme" goes down to 33%!
2000-06-03 09:15:28 +02:00
@${CAT} ${DESCR_SRC} >${DESCR}
Automatically append HOMEPAge to DESCR files, and remove homepage URLs from individual DESCR files that had them.
1998-08-26 18:50:48 +02:00
.if defined(HOMEPAGE)
Speedups! Major changes: * Avoid a big bunch of subshells/forks/execs by using make(1) features; should be good for some minor speedups. * Use shell builtins for echo, true, false, test. Using full paths here causes fork&execs, making things slow. Only changed for NetBSD. * Rename all references to ${.MAKEFLAGS} to ${MAKEFLAGS}. See make(1). * Evaluate all !=s only once, and add them to MAKEFLAGS * Pass ${MAKEFLAGS} to ALL ${MAKE} calls Now PKGTOOLS_VERSION is really only set once in a whole "make package" cycle, even across dependencies. Minor changes: * SORTED_MASTER_SITES was renamed SORTED_MASTER_SITES_CMD and is now (only) execuded in the places where it's needed. * Don't check for /usr/bin/fetch - we never had it, and if someone depends on it he can set FETCH_CMD instead. * Don't fall back to README.port * Replace some commands by their uppercase equivalents (sed -> ${SED}, same for grep, awk, ...) * Some whitespace changes to improve readability => With these changes, times for a "make clean" in x11/kde go down to 20%, time for "make readme" goes down to 33%!
2000-06-03 09:15:28 +02:00
@\
${ECHO} >>${DESCR} ; \
${ECHO} "Homepage:" >>${DESCR} ; \
${ECHO} '${HOMEPAGE}' >>${DESCR}
Automatically append HOMEPAge to DESCR files, and remove homepage URLs from individual DESCR files that had them.
1998-08-26 18:50:48 +02:00
.endif
Pull in bulk-build targets if BATCH is set
2000-07-28 03:16:27 +02:00
#
# For bulk build targets (bulk-install, bulk-package), the
* Remove RUN_DEPENDS (left in packages.7 intentionally) * Renamed misc-depends to run-depends, and drop (old) run-depends altogether Code reviewed by wiz.
2000-08-01 04:16:58 +02:00
# BATCH variable must be set in /etc/mk.conf:
Pull in bulk-build targets if BATCH is set
2000-07-28 03:16:27 +02:00
#
.if defined(BATCH)
Change indentation (whitespace changes only!): .if .if .if . if .else => . else .endif . endif .endif .endif Patch contributed by Marc Espie <espie@liafa.jussieu.fr> in preparation of merging latest changes with the OpenPackages project. Thanks Marc!
2001-07-19 00:43:32 +02:00
. include "../../mk/bulk/bsd.bulk-pkg.mk"
Pull in bulk-build targets if BATCH is set
2000-07-28 03:16:27 +02:00
.endif
Reference in a new issue Copy permalink